EPA 904 / 9-77-022
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
GHENT GENERATING STATION
UNITS 3 AND 4
UNITED STATES
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION IV
REGION IV 345 COURTLAND ST., ATLANTA, GA. 30308
-------
EPA 904/9-77-022
NPDES Application Number: KY0041971
August 1977
DRAFT
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
for
Ghent Generating Station
Units 3 and 4
Ghent, Kentucky
prepared by
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region IV
Atlanta, Georgia
Approved by:
A/tt
.ct/Lng Regional ^Wministrator ' D/te
-------
SUMMARY SHEET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT STATEMENT
GHENT STATION UNITS 3 and 4
Kentucky Utilities Company
Carroll County, Kentucky
(X) Draft
) Final
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region IV
345 Courtland Street N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Phone 404/881/7458
1.. Type of Action : Administrative (X) Legislative ( )
2. Description of Action :
The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) was prepared by the
Region IV office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
EPA has prepared this document as lead Federal agency in
fulfilling the requirements of the National Environmental Policy
Act of 1969 (NEPA) and the EPA January 11, 1977 regulations:
Preparation of Environmental Impact Statements for New Source
NPDES Permits (42 CFR 6.900). NEPA requires all Federal agencies
to assess the impacts which would occur following a major Federal
action which will result in a significant impact on the human
environment.
Kentucky Utilities, the Applicant, proposes to expand the Ghent
Station by adding two 500 megawatt units which will approximately
double the station’s, electrical generating capacity. The Ghent
station is located at river mile 536 on the Ohio River 1.5 miles
upstream from the town of Ghent in Carroll County, Kentucky.
The expansion would provide for increased electrical generating
capacity within the Applicant’s service area. The proposed
capacity increase is consistent with the need for power projected
by the Applicant.
The proposed project will involve the additional clearing of
13.3 acres to add to 60 acres formerly cleared during
construction of the existing units 1 and 2. Necessary major
componenteof the expansionare: Two generating units, a 660
foot stack, two mechanical draft cooling towers, expansion of
the switchyard, expansion of ash pond, new water intake and
discharge structures and a 40 mile lông 345 kilovolt (kV)
1
-------
transmission line to the Frankfort area.
NO construction has commenced for this expansion pending issuance
of the EPA’s NPDES Permit, EPA’s Authority to Construct (EPA
Regulations for the Prevention of Significant Deterioration
of Air Quality, 40 CFR 52.21), the Corps of Engineers t Section
10 and Section 404 Construction Permit and necessary State
approval certificates and permits.
3. Major Environmental Impacts
(A) Construction
Expansion of the Ghent Station represents a further commitment
of additional acreage to industrial usage. Short term increase
in air pollution, especially fugitive dust, is expected on and
near the station. Pollutants will also be contributed to the
Ohio River from site preparation runoff and construction of
the new service water intake and discharge. Increased noise
will result from the site construction and increased vehicular
use of roadways in the construction areas. The construction
work force will average about 300 during the seven year
construction period. A potentially significant archeological
site was located during initial survey work. A follow—up
investigation revealed it to be of no significance. Significant
historical items on the site are a 19th century barn and
cemetery. These sites will not be affected by construction.
The proposed transmission line will increase electrical service
to the growth areas near Frankfort and increase system
reliability. Transmission construction represents by far the
most significant quantities of land to be cleared. About 703
acres are needed, 365 acres of this is woodland and the remainder
is presently farmland or otherwise open land. Work will result
in localized short term air pollution and also siltation to
nearby reaches of streams crossed by the line. Total project
construction costs for units 3 & 4 and the transmission line
will be about 497 million dollars.
(B) Operation
Operation impacts will occur for the life of the proposed
facility, about 30 years. Most significant will be the impact
to air quality by the contribution to the sulfur dioxide,
nitrogen oxides and particulate levels within the Ohio River
Valley area. vapor emissions from the cooling towers will
aggravate naturally occurring fog near the station. Units 3
& 4 will require coal usage at the station to double thereby
increasing the amount of barge traffic which will affect river
2
-------
recreation. Greater visual and noise impact will be experienced
by nearby residents. Units 3 and 4 are subject to Prevention
of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality regulations. These
units will take up 41 percent and 35 percent of the available
sulfur dioxide (SOt,) 3 hour and 24 hour increments, respectively,
thereby reducing t e available deterioration increments for
other large SO , sources which could potentially be constructed
near Ghent in the future. The increased volume of intake water
will cause greater quantities of orgamisms to be entrained
through the plant resulting in greater mortality. A significant
increase in the quantity of wastewater discharged to the Ohio
River will result from operation of units 3 and 4. Wastewater
discharges will be those associated with the plant service water
system, cooling system, sanitary waste treatment system and
coal pile and construction runoff. The discharge will have
a minor impact on aquatic populations.
4. Agency Position On Mitigation Of Impacts
The proposed facility will be required to meet all New Source
Performance Standards pertaining to water discharge and water
quality standards under NPDES permitting authority and will
also be restricted by emissions limitations for new source
industries under the Clean Air Act. However, the EPA region
IV has identified Several potential adverse impacts which require
further mitigation. Mitigative measures have been developed
by the Agency and the Applicant. The Applicant has agreed to:
Monitor groundwater to detect any contamination and,
if needed, take steps to reduce it.
Control site erosion and reduce sediment entering waters
of the United States
provide for adequate, environmentally acceptable waste
d ispo s a 1
Keep construction related noise and fugitive dust
production to a minimum
Restricted use of herbicides on transmission corridor
work
Provide for identification of valuable vegetation and
wildlife habitat along the transmission corridor
needed with the station expansion
Provide for identification of archeological
3
-------
resources along the transmission corridor needed
with the Station expansion
The EPA considers these to be prerequisite to NPDES Permit
approval.
5. Alternatives to the Proposed Action Considered
(A) Alternatives not requiring new capacity
(1) upgrade or reactivate old units
(2) purchase capacity
(3) load curtailment
(4) conservation
(B) Alternatives requiring new capacity
(1) Alternative sites
(2) Alternative fuels
(3) Alternative plant system design
(4) Alternative waste treatment
(5) Alternative electrical transmission
6. Federal, State and local agencies and interested
groups requested to comment
Federal Agencies
Bureau of Outdoor Recreation
U.S. Coast Guard
Corps of Engineers
Council on Environmental Quality
Department of Commerce
Department of Health, Education and Welfare
Department of the Interior
Department of TransporatiOn
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Economic Development Administration
Energy Research and Development Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Fisheries & Wildlife Service
Food and Drug Administration
Forest Service
Geological Survey
National Park Service
Soil Conservation Service
4
-------
Federal Energy Administration
Federal Power Commission
Members of Congress
Honorable Richard Lugar Honorable Birch Bayh
United States Senate United States Senate
Honorable Wendell Ford Honorable Walter D. Huddleston
United States Senate United States Senate
Honorable Romano L. Mazzoli Honorable M. Gene Snyder
U.S. House of Representatives US. House of Representatives
Honorable Lee H. Hamilton
U.S. House of Representatives
State
Kentucky
Bureau of Intergovermental relations
Department for Natural Resources and Environmental Protection
Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources
Kentucky Public Service Commission
Honorable Julian M. Carroll, Governor of Kentucky
Department of Energy
John M. Berry Jr. Robert A Jones
Kentucky State Senate Kentucky State Representative
Indiana Budget Agency (A—95 State Clearinghouse)
Local
Harry A. Berge, Mayor Robert M. Westrick, Judge
Carroliton, KY Carroll County
F.R. Weldon, Mayor Clarence Davis
Warsaw, KY Judge, Gal].atin County
Roy Branhani, Board President Eddie James
of Vevay, Indiana County Judge, Switzerland County
5
-------
Interested Groups
National wildlife Federation
League of Kentucky Sportsmen
The Nature Conservancy
Citizens League to Protect the Surface Rights
Garden Club
Izaak Walton League
Kentuckian’s for Environmental Planning
Kentucky Federation of Women’s Clubs
League of Women Voters
Appalachian Research and Defense Fund
Home Builders Association
Kentucky Coal Association
Hardin County Environmental Council
Save The Valley
Kentucky Water Resources Research Institute
Natural Resources Defense Council
Friends of the Earth
Environmental Defense Fund
Sierra Clubs
Save Our Streams
Tennessee Conservation League
The Filson Club
Kentucky Rivers Coalition
Save our Kentucky
Citizens Energy Coalition
Purdue Environmental Action
7. This draft EIS was made available to the Council on
Environmental Quality (CEQ) and the public on AUG 28 1q77 .
6
-------
FORE WARD
Kentucky Utilities Company proposes to construct two additional coal fired steam
electric generating units on an existing site located near Ghent, Kentucky. Each
of the units will have a gross rating of about 550 MW with an expected net rating
of about 500 MW. At present, Unit 1 at the site is operational and Unit 2 (500 MW
estimated net) is under construction to be in operation in 1977. When completed,
this station will have four units for a total net generating capacity of about
2000 MW. The construction will also include a 345 kV transmission line which will
connect the Ghent Station to a load center about five miles west of Frankfort,
Kentucky.
Pursuant to regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA), this statement on the construction of the Ghent Station Units 3 and 4 was
prepared utilizing a third party consultant approval procedure. Under this proce-
dure, the applicant, Kentucky Utilities Company, nominated Geo-Marine, Inc. as the
contractor. Geo-Marine was then reviewed and approved by the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Region IV, for objectivity and qualification. An objectivity and
qualification statement was then circulated to interested parties for conmient and
after the comments were reviewed, final approval of Geo-Marine was made by EPA,
Region IV. All work completed by Geo-Marine was reviewed by EPA before final
publication.
In this report, consideration was given to all matters required by the guidelines
published by EPA, Region. IV for preparation of environmental statements. The ma-
terial was selected and arranged in a manner which was considered most appropriate
for discussion of the overall impact of this project.
Description of the proposed project is outlined in Section 1 and includes identifi-
cation of the applicant, objectives of the proposed project, and finally, the pro-
ject scope. Section 2 gives details on the environment without the proposed action
and includes descriptions of the natural environment and the man-made environment.
Description of the proposed construction Is discussed in Section 3, followed by
alternatives to the proposed action in Section 4 and environmental effects of the
-------
proposed action in Section 5. Section 6 includes unavoidable adverse impacts
and suggested mitigative measures. Section 7 will be comprised of comments
from Federal or State agencies and the public.
A draft version of the NPDES Permit is present in Section 8. This is EPA’s
proposed regulatory action. Changes in the permit effluent limitations and per-
mit conditions may result following the EIS review process and further public
input on the proposed permit issuance. Also presented in Section 8 is the Corps
of Engineers’ Draft Public Notice which describes the proposed construction at
the Ghent Station that requires a Section 10 and Section 404 Construction Permit
(up to and near high water elevation). It is expected that the Draft Public
Notice will be circulated for a 30-day public comment period within several days
following the official filing date of the Draft EIS with the CEQ.
-------
Table of Contents
1.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
2.0 THE ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT THE PROPOSED ACTION
3.0 PROPOSED STRUCTURES
4.0 ALTERNATIVES
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PROPOSED PROJECT
6.0 ADVERSE IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES
7.0 COMMENTS FROM FEDERAL AND STATE AGENCIES AND THE PUBLIC
8.0 FEDERAL PERMITS
-------
SECTION 1.0
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
-------
Section
1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
Project Scope
ProjectHistory
Existing Site Description
Proposed Site Description
Description of Proposed Transmission Line
1.4 Consequences of Delay
1.5 References
Page
1.1—1
1.2-1
1 .2-6
1 .2-8
1 .2-13
1 .2-16
1 .2—18
1 .2-22
1 .2-25
Table of Contents
Company Description
The Need for Additional Generating Capacity
Peak Load Demand
Per Capita Demand
Generation, Sales and Purchases . . . .
Summary
Population and Industrial Increases . .
Kentucky-Indiana Pool
Transmission Line Rationale
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
. . .
. I I I I • I • I •
Project
1.3-1
1 .3-1
1.3-1
1 .3-3
1 .3-5
. • • 1.4—1
. 1.5—1
I
-------
List of Figures
Page
1.1-1 Kentucky Utilities Company and subsidiary territory served . 1.1-2
1.2-1 Kentucky Utilities Company summer peak loads-historical and
forecasted 1.2—4
1.2-2 Weekly peak loads for Kentucky Utilities 1.2-7
1.2—3 Kentucky Utilities total system load duration curve, 1975 . 1.2-10
1.2-4 Capability, capacity and peak load--historical 1965-1976,
projected 1976-1984 1.2-11
1.2-5 Per capita usage for urban and rural residential customers
in the Kentucky Utilities service area . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2-12
1.2—6 Input-output diagram, Kentucky Utilities, 1975 1.2-14
1.2-7 Kentucky Utilities Company electric use by customer classes 1.2-17
1.2-8 Number of residential customers by division, historical and
projected 1.2—19
1.2-9 Kentucky Utilities Company percent reserve (as percent of
peak load) • • • • 1.2—26
1.3-1 Ghent Power Station site before construction 1.3-2
1.3—2 Plant site layout . 1.3—4
1.3—3 Preferred and two alternate 345 kV transmission routes . . . 1.3-7
Ii
-------
List of Tables
Page
1.1—1 Kentucky Utilities Company highlights--1973—1975 . . . . . . . 1.1-3
1.1—2 Kentucky Utilities Power Station Descriptions 1.1—4
1.2-1 Power Utility Sales, Output and Capacity 1.2-2
1.2-2 Kentucky Utilities Summer Peak Loads and Percent Growth--
1960-1976 . 1.2—3
1.2-3 Electrical Heating Trends in Kentucky 1.2—9
1.2-4 Kentucky Utilities Company Long—Term Purchases and Sales--.
summer seasonal load period 1.2—15
1.2-5 Kentucky Utilities Company load, capacity and reserves,
1976—1983 . . • • • 1.2—20
1.2-6 Manufacturinc Employment in Kentucky--1964—1974 1.2-21
1.2-7 Kentucky-Indiana Pool--load and capacity (sunv er 1981) . . 1.2—23
1.2-8 Kentucky—Indiana Pool--loads, capacity and reserves,
1976-1981 1.2—23
1.3-1 Preliminary Construction Schedule, Ghent Station-Units 3 & 4 . 1.3-6
ill
-------
1.1 COMPANY DESCRIPTION
Kentucky Utilities Company is an investor-owned company listed on the New York
Stock Exchange. It was chartered by the Commonwealth of Kentucky on August 17,
1912 and has provided electricity for the people of Kentucky since December 2,
1912.
Kentucky Utilities’ service area encompasses a major portion of Kentucky and is
made up of four major divisions: Western, Central, Bluegrass and Mountain. The area
of these four divisions lies in 78 of the 120 Kentucky counties. Old Dominion Power
Company, a subsidiary of Kentucky Utilities Company, is located to the east of the
Mountain Division in five counties of Virqinia. The home office for the service
area is located in Lexington, Kentucky, with divisional and service offices located
throughout the state (Figure 1.1—1).
The operational highlights of Kentucky Utilities Company for the calendar years
1973, 1974 and 1975 appear in Table 1.1-1. Although the percent increase column
represents only a two year period, it gives an idea of the Company’s growth through
a period of economic recession.
Within the Kentucky Utilities system, there are eight electric generating stations
with a total net generating capacity of 1714 MW in the summer months and 1742 MW
during the winter months. The generating stations consist of five coal fired steam
electric generating stations, two hydroelectric generating stations and one combus-
tion turbine generating station (Table 1.1-2).
Aside from this installed capacity, Kentucky Utilities has available, by contract,
the capacity in excess of Owensboro Municipal Utilities needs of their Elmer Smith
Units 1 and 2 which have a total net summer capacity of 409 MW and 417 MW netwin-
ter capacity. Kentucky Utilities also owns 20 percent of the stock in Electric
Energy, Inc. with a 1000 MW capacity plant located at Joppa, Illinois under contract
to supply electric power to Energy Research and Development Administration’s plant
near Paducah, Kentucky. By its stock ownership, Kentucky Utilities is entitled to
1.1—1
-------
• GENERATING STAT 0NS
E.W. BROWN STEAM
DIX DAM HYDRO
GHENT STEAM
GREEN RIVER STEAM
HAEFLING GAS TURBINE
LOCK SEVEN —HYDRO
PINEVILLE STEAM
TYRONE STEAM
c i s
ILLINOIS
C IPS — Central Illinois Public Service Company
LGaE- Louisville Gas and Electric Company
OMU — Owensboro (Ky) Municipal Plant
OPC — Ohio Power Company
EEl—Electric Energy, Inc.
PSI Public Service Company of Indiana
KP — Kentucky Power Company
TVA —Tennessee Volley Authority
CG &E- Cincinnati Gas and Electric Company
UHLP—Unuon Heat, Light and Power
Note: EKPC-East Kentucky Power Cooperative services areas in the eastern half of Kentucky.
KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
TERRITORY SERVED
CG a E
INDIANA
PSI
OHIO
OPc
BLUEGRASS
DIV/S/ON
WESTERN
DIV/S/ON
Tyrone
•Haef ling
CENTRAL
DIV/S/ON
WEST
VIRGINIA
[[[1
TVA
-------
Table 1.1—1.
Kentucky Utilities Company Highlights
1973—75
1973
1974
1975
Percent Increase
1973—75
Operating Revenues (000’s)
—
$120,439
$165,076
$221,085
83.6
Net Income (000’s)
19,185
13,260
24,257
26.4
Earnings per average share
of common stock
$2.80
$1.63
$3.18
13.6
Dividends per share of
common stock
1.74
1.74
1.75
.9
Construction expendi tures
(000’s)
$ 57,072
$ 57,133
$ 84,283
47.6
Gross utility plant (000’s)
576,559
629,783
709,370
23.0
Sale of securities--
Long-term debt and capital
stock (000’s)
14,513
48,000
54,213
73.5
Kilowatt hour sales (000’s)
7,132,375
9,008,514
9,527,254
33.6
System peak demand in KW
1,458,000
1,433,000
1,536,000
5.3
Average annual residential
use in KWh
7,503
7,633
8,406
12.0
Cost of fuel used in
generation (000’s)
21,516
46,059
58,093
170.0
Number of employees,
December 31
1,614
1,634
1,627
.8
Number of customers,
December 31
307,404
315,521
322,076
4.8
Source: Kentucky Utilities Company
1.1—3
-------
Table 1.1—2.
Kentucky Utilities Power Station Descriptions
Station County Unit Nameplate* Type Fuel
Brown Mercer 1 100 MW Steam Coal
2 157 MW Steam Coal
3 410 MW Steam Coal
Total 667 MW
Ghent Carroll 1 511 MW Steam Coal
2 511 MW** Steam Coal
Total 1022 MW
Green River Muhlenberg 1 33 MW Steam Coal
2 33 MW Steam Coal
3 66 MW Steam Coal
4 100 MW Steam Coal
Total 232 MW
Haefling Fayette 1 21 MW Gas Turbine Gas/Oil
2 21 MW Gas Turbine Gas/Oil
3 21 MW Gas Turbine Gas/Oil
Total 63 MW
Pineville Bell 3 33 MW Steam Coal
Tyrone Woodford 1 25 MW Steam oil
2 25 MW Steam oil
3 66 MW Steam Coal
Total 116 MW
Dix Dam Mercer 1 9.3 MW Hydro
2 9.3 MW Hydro
3 9.3 MW Hydro
Total 27.9 MW
Lock 7 Mercer 1 0.7 MW Hydro
2 0.7 MW Hydro
3 0.7 MW Hydro
Total 2.1 MW
Source: Kentucky Utilities Company
* Nameplate ratings are the manufacturer’s specified ratings and may differ from
actual ratings given In the text.
** Scheduled for completion in 1977.
1.1-4
-------
20 percent of any capacity at the Joppa plant not required to meet Electric Energy’s
contractual obligations to ERDA. Likewise, Kentucky Utilities Company owns 2.5 per-
cent of the 2250 MW generating capacity of the Ohio Valley Electric Company under
contract to supply electric power to ERDA’s plant near Portsmouth, Ohio and is enti-
tled to receive 2.5 percent of the capacity not required to meet OVEC’s contractual
obligations to ERDA.
A system operation center is maintained at Dix Dam near Burgin, Kentucky from which
the operation of all generating and transmission facilities are controlled. At
this center a dispatch computer determines and controls at all times the operation
of the Company’s generating units to meet the system load in the most economical
manner. The functions of this computer include unit commitment which is a process
that determines the most economical operating schedule for generating units
to meet predicted system load each day and economic dispatch which is a process to
determine the most economical load assignments for each generating unit. In addi-
tion, the computer is used to evaluate the options of sale or purchase of power
at any time with each of the interconnected neighboring Companies.
The most efficient and economical units and therefore the most utilized, are Ghent
Unit 1, Green River Units 1, 2, 3 and 4, and Brown Units 1, 2 and 3. Other units
at Pineville, Tyrone and Haefling are less efficient and more expensive to run and
are used mainly as peaking units during peak load periods. The range of fuel costs
as of January 1976 was from 5.96 mills/kwh for the least expensive base load unit
to 36.152 mills/kwh for the most expensive peaking unit.
Kentucky Utilities Company has interconnection agreements with eleven other com-
panies for short-term and long-term power transactions. Three of these companies
(Indianapolis Power and Light Company, Public Service of Indiana and East Kentucky
Power Cooperative) joined with Kentucky Utilities in 1971 to form the Kentucky-
Indiana Pool (PUP). The objectives of KIP are to coordinate installation and
operation of the four Companies’ generation and transmission systems to achieve
maximum operating economy.
1.1—5
-------
1.2 THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL GENERATING CAPACITY
Over the past 50 years, the demand for electrical power in the United States has
doubled each decade. This corresponds to an annual average increment in power
generation capacity of 7.15 percent per year (Table 1.2-1). It is expected that
this growth rate will continue at a similar rate through at least the end of the
century. Increased usage of personal comfort and convenience items in the home,
the expansion of manufacturing and production capacities, and other factors have
been, and will continue to be, major causative factors for this growth in power
demand (Hittman Associates, Inc. 1972).
In order to trace Kentucky Utilities Company growth in peak demand through the decade
of the 1960’s and so far in the 1970’s, several city and Rural Electric Coop Corpor-
ation loads served by Kentucky Utilities prior to 1966 and not presently served, along
with the future growth of these loads, have to be taken into account. Between 1960
and 1966 the cities of Princeton, Fulton, Paducah and Glasgow, Kentucky theretofore
served by Kentucky Utilities Company began to take service from TVA. In addition,
in 1966 three rural cooperatives (two of which Kentucky Utilities had supplied in
the past) formed Big Rivers Electric Corporation, installing generation to serve their
own loads. The adjustments shown on Table 1.2-2 serve to remove these loads from the
system peak load in the years they were being served so that growth patterns spanning
times when these loads were being served and since may be made.
The adjusted figures (Table 1.2-2) show a variable year by year growth in peak load
from 1960 until the recession year of 1974 with an overall compound growth rate of
8.7 percent. The trend line developed using a least squares exponential curve fit
for this period is for 10 percent per year annual growth. This trend line is shown
on figure 1.2-1. During the period 1967 through 1973 when no adjustment for loss of
load is required the compound growth rate was 10.8 percent.
During the year 1974, attributable to the state of the economy, energy conservation mea-
sures and weather conditions, the peak demand decreased 1.7 percent. While there is
every indication conservation measures will continue to affect the demand for e1ectri
1.2—1
-------
Table 1.2-1.
Power Utility Sales, Output, and Capacity*
Year
Total Sales
(1O Kw—h)
Total Output
(lOs Kw-h)
Installed
Capacity
(MW)
Peak Load
(MW)
Installed
Peak Load
1960
681
765
175,000
133,000
—
1.31
1965
950
1060
216,000
175,000
1.24
1968
1198
1327
279,000
238,000
1.17
1969
1302
1446
300,000
258,000
1.16
1970
1386
1540
325,000
275,000
1.19
1975
(est)
2013
2226
448,000
390,000
1.25
1980
(est)
2901
3200
681,000
544,000
1.24
* United States Total.
Source: Electrical World Magazine, McGraw-Hill, September 15, 1970.
-------
Table 1.2-2.
Kentucky Utilities Summer Peak Loads
And Percent Growth
1960-1976
Actual Peak Increase From
Load Adjustment* Adjusted Previous Year
Year (MW) For Loss Of Load Peak Load (%)
1960 489 63 426
1961 522 61 461 8.2
1962 584 66 518 12.4
1963 583 49 534 3.1
1964 665 54 611 14.4
1965 727 61 666 9.0
1966 781 14 767 15.2
1967 789 789 2.9
1968 937 937 18.8
1969 979 979 4.5
1970 1082 1082 10.5
1971 1150 1150 6.3
1972 1348 1348 17.2
1973 1458 1458 8.2
1974 1433 1433 -1.7
1975 1536 1536 7.2
1976 1610 1610 4.8
LEVELIZED - ANNUAL RATE OF GROWTH 8.7
* During the years 1960 through 1966 Kentucky Utilities served the cities of
Princeton, Fulton, Paducah and Glasgow, Kentucky, as well as two electric
cooperatives (now members of Big Rivers Electric Corp.). These cities,
since 1966, have been served by TVA and the electric cooperatives have
received their power from Big Rivers. In order to compare peak loads before
1967 with those after, the load of these cities and co-ops are removed from
peak load data prior to 1967. In this manner, these loads and their subse-
quent growth are not a factor in Kentucky Utilities growth trends.
1 .2-3
-------
3600
HISTORICAL
Figure 1.2-1.
HISTORICAL TREND LINE 1960- 1973
10% PER YEAR
70
YEARS
0.
S
S
,. 976-77 WINTER PEAK
— l797 MW
1976 SUMMER PEAK
4* ’ 1610 MW
1536 MW 975 BASE
FOR FORECAST
Kentucky Utilities Company summer peak loads—
historical and forecasted.
3200
2800
2400
(1)
I .-
2000
w
600
1200
800
400
60
62
1.2-4
-------
power, these measures have already evidenced their greatest reduction. On Ken-
tucky Utilities Company’s system this appears to have amounted to about one year
load growth. This is reflected in Figure 1.2-1. Any relaxation in conservation
efforts by consumers will result in higher than forecasted peak demands.
In 1975, despite continuing economic sluggishness, the system demand increased 7.2
percent over 1974. There is little question that as the economy returns to a more
normal state, a rate of growth higher than that experienced in 1975 can be expected.
On the other hand, considering the continuing effect of conservation measures, and
some question that the economy will, in the next half decade, return to a pre-1973
state, Kentucky Utilities Company feels that a growth rate substantially less than
the historical trend is to be expected. On this basis and as shown on Figure 1.2—1,
Kentucky Utilities is using the peak established in summer 1975 as a base (reflecting
as noted above a one year loss of load) and forecasting load growth from this base
at a rate of 8.5 percent per year for summer peaks.
The summer peak load experienced by Kentucky Utilities for 1976 was 1610 MW.* This
figure is 3.3 percent lower than the 1665 MW summer peak forecasted for this year
(see Figure 1.2-1). Kentucky Utilities has completed an investigation of the factors
influencing this peak load to determine how representative those factors would be
to periods of peak load in the future. It was found that since the 1976 summer peak
occurred on a Friday (historically summer peaks occur on a Tuesday or Wednesday)
with reduced coal mine load requirements due to a miners’ holiday, the peak was some-
what lower than forecasted. Had weather conditions contributing to the summer peak
load occurred on a Tuesday or Wednesday during a general load buildup after the week-
end and during full load demand from the coal mining industry, a peak more closely
approximating the 1665 MW forecasted would probably have been reached. It is expected
that future summer peak loads will more closely approximate the forecasted curve in
Figure 1.2-1.
Kentucky Utilities provides electrical power to its customers under the regulations
and statutes of the Kentucky Public Service Commission Law. Under this law, the
Company is required to provide electricity to any customer, as specified in Title
807 KAR 2:010 as follows:
* The winter peak load experienced on 18 January 1977 was 1797 MW.
1 .2—5
-------
Section 2 (2). The word “customer” means any person, firm,
corporation, or body politic supplied service
by any electric, gas, water or telephone utility.
Section 5 (2). A customer who complied with the regulations of
the Commission should not be denied service for
failure to comply with the rules of the utility
which have not been made effective in the manner
prescribed by the Commission.
Kentucky Utilities Company therefore has to be concerned with both the present elec-
trical demand as well as future electrical demands. Since the average time period
for planning and construction of a fossil fuel steam electric generating unit is
five years, long—term planning, including prediction of future needs, is necessary.
The following factors all play a role in the estimation of future demand and there-
fore future expansion plans in the Kentucky Utilities system:
• Peak load demand
• Per capita demand
• Generation and sales
• Population and industrial increases
• Reserve margin
• Kentucky-Indiana Pool obljqations
1.2.1 Peak Load Demand
Utility companies normally experience a yearly or semi-yearly peak in electrical
usage by their customers. This peak in usage is called the “peak load demand” and
is defined as the largest hourly kilowatt demand delivered anytime during a one-
year period.
Depending upon the meteorological region, this can be a summer peak or a winter
peak. A summer peak usually results from air conditioning use during the hottest
part of the summer, whereas a winter peak results largely from electrical heating
during the coldest part of the winter.
Kentucky Utilities is presently in a transition period with the summer and winter
peaks essentially equal (Figure 1.2-2). However, by 1982, the Company predicts that
1 .2-6
-------
‘I
I
:
... ‘
:
a
—- I I I I I I I I
JAN FEB
1976 SUMMER PEAK
1610 MW
..1
1.
I
‘I
1975
1976
1977
1975 SUMMER PEAK
/1536 MW
I l
‘I ’
I
I
‘I
i 1’ I
I .’ I
I: ‘ I
I,.
‘i: ‘ I
I
1975 WINTER PEAK
1514 MW
1
A \\ / \
II \ i
/
/
/
.1
...
974
I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
WEEKS
MAR APR MAY JUN JUL
AUG SEPT OCT NOV
DEC
1900 -
1800
1976-1977 WINTER PEAK
1797 MW
U)
I—
I CD
..-J w
1700
1600
1500
1400 -
1300 -
1200 -
1100-
1000
Figure 1.2-2. Weekly peak loads for Kentucky Utilities service area, 1975-1977.
-------
the system’s demand may change to winter peaking. This change is mainly due to the
restriction on gas connections to new customers because of the natural gas shortage
in Kentucky. Table 1.2-3 indicates the increasing degree to which new construction
has been relying upon electricity for winter heating in recent years.
Another method by which the load demand upon a utility company can be described is
through a load duration curve. Figure 1.2-3 illustrates Kentucky Utilities’ dura-
tion curve for 1975, giving the numbers of hours per year a particular demand in
megawatts is reached or exceeded. The top of the curve shows a peak load demand of
1,536 MW for the year and the middle part of the curve shows a demand of over 900 MW
during 50 percent of the year.
Peak load demand projections provide Kentucky Utilities with the means for planning
construction of new generating units. By maintaining the capacity to cover peak
loads during the heavy demand periods of the year, the Company also has the capa-
city to conduct periodic maintenance on its larger units during off-peak load
periods in the spring and fall. Figure 1.2-4 demonstrates how Kentucky Utilities
plans to meet its peak load demand through 1984 with Ghent’s Units 3 and 4 going
on-line in 1981 and 1983, respectively. rt can be seen that through installation
of units and power purchases, the Company will maintain adequate reserve margins.
1.2.2 Per Capita Demand
Per capita demand, as applied to residential usage, is defined as the average amount
of electrical power in kilowatt hours consumed per customer. In the past ten years,
this figure for urban and rural residential customers had demonstrated a continual
rise (Figure 1.2-5). By the end of 1975, this figure reached a high of 8,406 kilo-
watt hours per capita per year (Kentucky Utilities Company 1976).
As of 1970, only 8.3 percent of the Kentucky housing units used electricity for
heating, and 29.4 percent for water heating. These percentages are small when com-
pared to housing units using natural gas for home heatIng, 58 percent, and for
water heating, 51.2 percent (Huitman, unpublished).
1.2-8
-------
Table 1.2-3
-J
I . ; . )
Electrical HeatiAg Trends in Kentucky
* Installations reported on Electric Heating Suuinary.
N/A - Not available.
1975
1974
1973
1972
1971
1970
Single Dwelling:
Starts
3,683
3,859
5,044
5,246
4,012
3,529
Electrically heated
3,404
3,472
4,181
2,164
1,579
1,160
Percent
92.42%
89.97%
82.89%
41.25%
39.36%
32.87%
Apartments:
Starts
1,088
1,409
1,900
2,578
2,396
2,427
Electrically heated
1,077
1,373
1,345
1,235
854
962
Percent
98.99%
97.44%
70.79%
47.91%
35,64%
39.64%
Single Dwelling and
Apartments combined:
Starts
4,771
5,268
6,944
7,824
6,408
5,956
Electrically heated
4,481
4,845
5,526
3,399
2,433
2,122
Percent
93.92%
91.97%
79.58%
43.44%
39.97%
35.63%
Mobile Homes:
Total Net Additional
1,972
2,480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
All-Electric
1,636
2,130
1,478*
607*
528*
263*
Percent
82.96%
85.89%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Source: Kentucky Utilities Company
-------
U,
I-
C !,
w
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
HOURS PER YEAR Cx 1000)
9
Figure 1.2-3. Kentucky Utilities total system load duration curve, 1975.
-------
YEAR
Figure 1.2—4. Capability, capacity and peak load. Historical 1965-1975, projected 1976-1984.
— PEAK LOAD
fl PURCHASE COMMITMENTS INCLUDING NET K I P
TRANSACTIONS
CAPACITY OF UNITS 3 AND 4
K.U. GEN. CAPACITY WITHOUT UNITS 3 AND 4
J .
I-
z
I —
z
D
3,500
3,000
2,500
U)
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
c%J
-a
-4
-J
I —
z
I—
I-
z
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
-------
9,000
8,000 -
7,000 -
6,000 -
5,000 -
4,000
3,000
Figure 1.2-5.
I I I
65 66 67 68 69 70 7 1 72 73 74 75
YEAR
Per capita usage for urban and rural residential customers
in the Kentucky Utilities service area.
LU
C /)
0
L i i
> -
U)
ILl
-J
C,)
0
I
I—
0
-J
1.2-12
-------
Because of the increased number of all—electrical homes in Kentucky, the per capita
use is expected to continue rise. In 1975, the average usage for an all-electric
home per year was 18,900 kilowatt hours in the Kentucky Utilities service area.
It is expected that by the 1990’s, as all-electrical homes comprise a greater percen-
tage of the total homes, the average usage per residential customer will approach
the 18,900 kilowatt hour per year figure (Rittman Associates, Inc. 1972).
1.2.3 Generation, Sales and Purchases
It is possible to get further understanding of the complex system of sales and pur-
chases through the input-output power diagram for Kentucky Utilities’ calendar year
1975 (Figure 1.2-6). The white blocks in the diagram indicate power generated and
power sold inside the Kentucky Utilities’ system. The shaded blocks indicate power
that was purchased from or sold to other utilities outside the Kentucky Utilities’
system.
It should be noted that the quantity of purchases and sales from other utilities
changes continually. Such transactions are either long-term or short-term contracts.
Long-term contracts are those transactions which span a considerable period of time
and are usually agreed upon months or years before the transactions take place (Table
1.2-4). In the case of KIP unit and diversity power, the commitments are on a Unit
Year basis with the Unit Year beginning April 1st of a given year and ending March
31st of the following year. Also in KIP the Unit Year is divided into two seasonal
load periods; the summer period comprised of the months of April through September,
and the winter period comprised of the months of October through March. The data
shown in Table 1.2-4 for KIP transactions is for the summer seasonal load period.
Other long-term transactions are normally on a calendar year basis but may be only
for specified months of the year. Short-term transactions are mainly dependent on
the operating status of the system. Such power may be purchased to, among other
things, cover short time unit outages, for reasons of economy or conservation of oil
or natural gas fuel. In the case of a major unit outage which requires the purchase
of additional power, the situation may become critical during peak load periods since
all Pool members are operating at or near full load conditions. At such times, the
available reserve margin of the Pool becomes all important. On the other hand at
1.2-13
-------
TOTAL YEARLY INPUT: 10,240,449 MWH
POWER
6,843 IIO MWH
POWER PURCHASED
(LONG TERM)
3,237,576 MWH
POWER
(SHORT
159,763
* PERCENT OF SYSTEM SALES
TOTAL YEARLY OUTPUT:I0,240,449 MWH
SYSTEM SALES: 7,184,546 MWH
RESIDENT IAL
1,583,338 MWH
RURAL
692,624 MWH (IO.7%)*
COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL
2,864,186 MWH (44.2%)*
MINE POWER
736,856 MWH (II.4%)*
PUBLIC AUTHORITIES
594,347 MWH (9.2%i
LOSSES AND COMPANY USE
713,195 MWH
OTHER ELECTRIC UTILITIES
3,055,903 MWH
—a
-I
INTERCHANGED, NET
TERM)
MWH
Figure 1.2-6. Input-output diagram, Kentucky Utilities, 1975.
-------
Table 1.2-4
Kentucky Utilities Company
Long-Term Purchases and Sales
Suniner Seasonal Load Period
KIP
Year Purchase Unit Power KIP/KU Diversity
(Excluding KIP) (KU Purchase) Sale KU Purchase*
MW MW ( )__ (MW)
1965 242 0 0 0
1966 312 0 0 0
1967 314 0 0 0
1968 353 0 0 0
1969 385 0 0 0
1970 459 6 0 0
1971 187 7 0 12
1972 172 158 0 16
1973 213 235 0 21
1974 515 0 379 22
1975 497 0 233 26
Es t.
1976 471 0 51 31
1977 459 0 311 36
1978 349 24 0 37
1979 338 151 0 29
1980 528 15 0 29
1981 315 0 87 29
1982 328 0 0 0
1983 317 0 0 0
Source: Kentucky Utilities Company
* In accordance with Kentucky-Indiana Pool Agreement, Kentucky
Utilities purchases Diversity Power In the sumer and sells
Diversity Power in the winter.
1.2—15
-------
times other than peak load conditions, a utility generally can cover the loss of a
major unit from its own reserves. In 1975, it can be seen that the Company’s pur-
chases (3,237,576 MWH) approximates its sales to other utilities (3,055,903 MWH).
In this way, the power generated (6,843,110 MWH) plus net power interchanged
(159,763 MWH) approximates the sale to its own customers (7,184,546 MWH).
The input-output diagram, Figure 1.2-6, also illustrates the percent make-up of the
system sales for 1975. As can be seen, the commercial and industrial sales make up
the largest portion, 44.2 percent, and the combined rural and residential sales make
up the second largest portion, 35.2 percent. Over the last ten years, the trend of
system sales has been steadily upward with the combined portion of commercial, indus-
trial and mine sales showing the largest increase. Rural and residential sales have
demonstrated a steady and substantial growth (Figure 1.2-7).
1.2.4 Summary
In summary, Kentucky Utilities expects its system loads to continue growing at a
substantial rate. While latest forecasts, like the national trend, are for a rate
of growth less than forecasts made in the early 1970’s, Kentucky Utilities continues
to expect growth above the national average by reason of industrial expansion, in-
creased residential use in the area of air conditioning and home heating and expanding
coal mining productivity. As shown in Figure 1.2-7, the various segments of Kentucky
Utilities kilowatt hour deliveries to its customers have steadily increased over the
years 1960 through 1975 and are expected to continue increasing at a substantial rate.
The historical growth curves Plotted on Figure 1.2-7 have no adjustment factored in
for the loads Kentucky Utilities Company served prior to 1966 and does not now serve
as explained in Table 1.2-2. Despite this and the effects of conservation, economic
recession and mild weather In the year 1974, residential sales show a growth rate of
8.1 percent 1960 through 1975 and industrial and commercial sales show an increase at
a rate of 8.7 percent for the same time period. Rural sales show an even higher rate
of 10 percent for the period. The trend line extension of the curves based on exponen-
tial curve fits of the historical data show 10.3 percent growth rate for commercial
and industrial sales, 8.9 percent for residential and 10.5 percent for rural. Anti-
cipated sales for future years are expected to be at growth rates at least as fast as
these considering the fact that these trend lines have no adjustment for loads not
1.2-16
-------
8
7
6
5
I
3
YEARS
I\)
1
—4
2
ACTUAL
76 78 80 82 84 86
TREND LINE EXTENSION
Figure 1.2-7. Kentucky Utilities Company-Electric use by customer classes.
-------
now served which were served until 1966 and that the trend line calculations include
the data for the recession period 1974 and 1975.
A peak load demand of 2948 MW is forecasted for 1983 as shown on Table 1.2—5 which
is 1151 MW above the winter peak of 1797 MW experienced in January 1977. It can
be seen that the need for additional generating capacity will be a prime concern
of Kentucky Utilities in the years to come.
1.2.5 Population and Industrial Increases
For years, Kentucky’s population trends have been on the negative side. However,
the trend now seems to be reversing. Kentucky’s population as of 1 July 1974 was
3,357,000 according to the National Bureau of Census. This represents a 138,000
increase over the 1970 census fiqure. This percentage increase is greater than
what Kentucky experienced during the whole decade of the 1950’s, and is approaching
the increase of 181,000 people experienced in the 1960’s (Ford 1975).
Despite the downward trend of Kentucky’s population prior to 1970, Kentucky Utilities
Company’s residential customers have increased at a steady rate. For the years 1966
through 1975, each of the Company’s four divisions shows an annual levelized growth
rate above 2 percent as illustrated on Figure 1.2-8. This historical growth estab-
lishes trend lines (also shown on Figure 1.2-8) indicating continuing growth through
1985. Kentucky Utilities Company estimates this annual growth rate to be 2.0 per-
cent to 2.5 percent over the entire service area.
Closely allied with population growth is an even sharper increase in industry in
Kentucky. Manufacturing employment increased 51.7 percent from 1964 to 1974, giving
an indication of the increase in manufacturing industry in Kentucky (Table 1.2-6)
(Kentucky Department for Human Resources 1975).
1 .2-18
-------
rend Line
d
/
,,
/
I
Bluegrass
Div. T
—--
I
-
/
—--
—--
;I--
/
7-----
4
— -- - -- -— ,
I
—
//
——-—
—
‘ $4
——-
I ’
.,
,
140
130
120
Ito
(1)
wI0 0
0
I—
U)
0
90
2
w
0
w80
w
0
U)
70
2
C l)
0
I
50
40
30
Figure 1.2-8.
Central Div.
Trend Line
—
—--
—
-
,
/
.
,
—----
..
—
—
.,
‘4
.0
/
Mountain Div. -QDP Trend Line
—, .-
——
.
—
—
—
-‘I
,
—
.
—
.—
—
—
-S
6
Western Div. Trend Line
--
-
,‘—
liii
66 68 70 72
HISTORICAL
74
76
78 80
—TREND
82 84 86
LINE
YEARS
Numbers of residential customers by Division, Historical
and Projected.
1.2—19
-------
Table 1.2-5.
Kentucky Utilities Co.
Load, Capacity And Reserves
1976—1983
Year
Surnmer*
Peak Load
Total Capacity At
Time of Summer Peak
(Including Purchases)
Reserve
1976
1665
2165
500 30.0%
1977
1807
2398
591 32.7%
1978
1961
2624
663 33.8%
1979
2127
2732
605 28.4%
1980
2308
2786
478 20.7%
1981
2504
2971
467 18.6%
1982
2717
3042
325 12.0%
1983
2948
3531
583 19.8%
* Winter Peak loads are slightly higher in 1982 & 1983. However,
winter capacity rating on generating units are also higher to
the extent that minimum reserve levels are during the summer
period.
1.2-20
-------
Table 1.2-6.
Manufacturing Employment in Kentucky
1964-1974
Industry
1974
1
964
% Change
1964-1974
Number
(000)
Percent
of Total
Number
(000)
Percent
of Total
Manufacturing
291.5
100.0
192.2
100.0
51.7
Nondurable goods
123.9
42.5
94.5
49.2
31.1
Food and kindred products
22.9
7.9
24.9
13.0
- 8.0
Distilled liquors, except brandy
6.0
2.1
6.6
3.4
- 9.1
Tobacco manufacturers
13.9
4.8
12.3
6.4
13.0
Cigarettes
11.1
3.8
8.4
4.4
32.4
Tobacco stemming and redrying
1.7
0.6
3.0
1.6
56.7
Textilemill products
7.2
2.5
2.8
1.5
157.1
Apparel and other textile products
29.0
9.9
23.6
12.3
22.9
Men’s and boys’ suits, coats
23.3
8.0
19.3
10.0
20.7
Paper and allied products
5.9
2.0
2.6
1.4
126.9
Printing and publishing
13.2
4.5
9.2
4.8
43.5
Chemicals and allied products
14.7
5.0
12.5
6.5
17.6
Industrial chemicals
5.9
2.0
5.2
2.7
13.5
Plastics and synthetics
5.1
1.7
4.9
2.6
4.1
Paints and allied products
2.0
0.7
1.5
0.8
33.3
Petroleum, rubber and plastic products
11.6
4.0
3.7
1.9
213.5
Leather and leather products
5.5
1.9
3.0
1.6
83.3
Durable goods
167.6
57.5
97.7
50.8
71.5
Lumber and wood products
10.2
3.5
9.0
4.7
13.3
Furniture and fixtures
6.4
2.2
6.2
3.2
3.2
Stone. clay and glass products
8.4
2.9
6.2
3.2
35.5
Primary metal industries
17.8
6.1
10.7
5.6
66.4
Blast furnace and basic steel products
Fabricated metal products
8.9
22.1
3.1
7.6
8.4
14.1
4.4
7.3
6.0
56.7
riachinery, except electrical
35.4
12.1
17.6
9.2
101.1
Electrical equipment and supplies
Transportation equipment
43.5
14.5
14.9
5.0
25.1
5.6
13.1
2.9
73.3
158.9
Other durable goods
9.3
3.2
3.3
1.7
181.8
Source: Kentucky Department for Human Resources, Bureau for Administration and Operations,
Revised Published Nonagricultural Employment , 1964 and 1974.
1.2—21
-------
1.2.6 Kentucky-Indiana Pool
Kentucky Utilities, as stated earlier, is a member of the Kentucky-Indiana Pool.
Each year the members, having studied each Company’s load and capacity situation as
well as the Pool’s, agree on capacity additions at least five years in the future.
At the same time, commitments for Unit Power, Diversity Power and Back-Up Power are
made for the year this new capacity is to be added. These commitments are firm con-
tractual obligations. Presently commitments have been made for unit installations
and power transactions through Unit Year 1981.
Unit Power is the vehicle in the pooling agreement whereby the members share the cost
of providing adequate pool reserves. Usually the Company or Companies with the small-
est forecasted reserves for the year in question will commit to provide the new unit
capacity necessary to bring the Pool up to an agreed upon level of reserves. Each
Company is then committed to carry its proportionate share of these reserves according
to the provisions of the agreement. Power scheduled to be purchased and sold to
accomplish this is termed Unit Power. The advantage of this system is that it allows
for installation of larger more efficient units than the individual Companies could
justify or provide back-up for were they not in the Pool. Kentucky Utilities Company
is forecasted to have only 2.2 percent reserve in 1981 before any unit addition
(Table 1.2-7). This is lower than any of the other Pool members hence Kentucky Uti-
lities has agreed to install Ghent 3 as a Pool Unit to bring the Pool reserves up
to the 19.6 percent reserves shown in Table 1.2-8. With the installation of the Unit
Kentucky Utilities Company will have 18.6 percent reserves and will sell 87 MW of
Unit Power (Table 1.2-5).
Diversity Power interchanges in the Kentucky—Indiana Pool are on a seasonal load
period basis. The Companies which are Summer peaking purchase power from those who
are Winter peaking during the summer load period and sell a like amount to those
Companies in the winter load period. In doing so, the Companies all benefit to the
extent their need to install capacity to meet peak loads is reduced in the amount
of diversity power purchased. In 1981 Kentucky Utilities Company’s Diversity Power
transaction is 29 MW (Table 1.2-4).
1 .2—22
-------
Table 1.2-7.
Kentucky-Indiana Pool
Load And Capacity-Summer 1981
Company
Peak
Load
oiversfty Power
Receipts -
Df èrsTfied
Peak Load
Capacity Before
Unit Addition
Reserve Before
jinit Addition
EK
858
-191
1049
1383
334 MW
31.8%
IPL
2571
157
2414
2528
114 MW
4.7%
KU
2504
29
2475
2529
54 MW
2.2%
PSI
4570
5
4565
5625
1060 MW
23.2%
Pool
10503
-—
10503
12065
1562 MW
14.9%
Table 1.2-8.
Kentucky-Indiana Pool
Loads, Capacity And Reserves
l976_l981*
Year
Pool
Peak Load
At
Pool
Time
Capacity
OP Peak Load
Pool Reserve
At Time Of Peak
1976
7225
9185
1960
MW
27.1%
1977
7840
9961
2121
MW
27.0%
1978
8500
11014
2514
MW
29.6%
1979
9213
11653
2440
MW
26.5%
1980
9993
12078
2085
MW
20.9%
1981
10503
12565
2062
MW
19.6%
—
* No capacity additions
have been committed under the agreement past 1981.
1 .2-23
-------
Back-Up Power commitments are made at the time Pool units are committed. The instal-
ling Company is responsible for backing up the unit in an amount equal to 10 percent
of its own forecasted Peak Load for the year the unit is to be operational. The other
Companies are committed to supply Back-Up Power for the remainder of the Unit in pro-
portion to their forecasted Peak Loads during that year. Hence, in 1981, Kentucky
Utilities Company will be able to call on the other Pool members for 250 MW of Back-
Up Power whenever Ghent 3 is out of service. This provision of the agreement aug-
ments Unit Power provisions in providing for installation of units larger than the
individual companies could reasonably install outside the Pool.
Kentucky Utilities Company is forecasted to have only 83 MW or 2.8 percent reserve
in 1983 with no capacity additions in that year. The installation of Ghent 4 is
required to provide adequate reserves. With the unit Kentucky Utilities will have
580 MW or 19.7 percent reserves.
Kentucky Utilities Company, like all electrical utilities, is forced to plan for
capacity to provide capability in excess of its forecasted peak load. This excess
capacity provides a reserve to insure continued service to its customers in cases
of generating unit outages either scheduled or unscheduled, generating unit derates,
generating unit maintenance, to allow for forecast error and provide for vastly
increased demands during periods of weather conditions extremely different from nor—
mal conditions used in forecasting loads. The methods of establishing adequate reserve
margins are based on several considerations among which are: historical load data,
equipment outage rates, largest unit to system size ratio, interconnections with
other Companies and changing load patterns. At present, Kentucky Utilities has estab-
lished a minimum of 17 percent for the reserve capacity margin considered necessary
to insure against system wide “brown-outs” except for possible extreme contingencies.
This figure is somewhat less than the 20 percent frequently mentioned as an average
reserve requirement by the Federal Power Commission. However, because of its many
interconnections with other systems including the Kentucky—Indiana Pool Companies,
this reserve margin is considered adequate by the Company.
1 .2-24
-------
Figure 1.2-9 illustrates what reserve margins have been established in the past and
what reserve margins have been estimated for the future. Due to Kentucky Utilities
relatively small but growing size, the reserve margins fluctuate widely when new
units come on-line. In this regard, membership with KIP benefits small companies
through reserve margin sharing. Companies with large reserves share with companies
with small reserves until capacity meets system demand.
1.2.7 Transmission Line Rationale
Kentucky Utilities has shown through extensive loadflow and transient stability
studies that no transmission lines will be required to incorporate Unit #3 into
systems operations.
However, upon completion of Unit #4, there is indication for the need of an addi-
tional 345 kV line out of the Ghent Station. Justification for construction of
this line is based on the following: a) loss of the double circuit 345 kV tower
line carrying 2 circuits to Indiana results in overloads on several other facili-
ties at or eminating from Ghent causing a cascading of facility outages with the
resultant loss of the entire station, and b) increased EHV (extra high voltage) sup-
port is needed in the Company’s Central Service Area territory, including Lexington
and Frankfort.
Strengthening or duplicating of the Indiana tie facilities which may become over-
loaded would insure against the potential impact of this line outage, as would be
true of constructing a 345 kV line to East Kentucky Power Cooperative’s Spurlock
Station, Cincinnati Gas and Electric’s East Bend Station, or Louisville Gas and Elec-
tric’s proposed station in Trimble County. But neither of these lines would supply
the additional EHV support needed in the Central Service Area.
Studies run with a 345 kV line from EK’s Spurlock Station to Avon, 138 kV line
(from Lexington) and 345 kV line (from Brown) ties to Avon revealed the need for this
additional support in the Central Service Area.
1 .2—25
-------
40
35
30
LU
>
LU
(I )
20
0
5
I0
5
0
Figure 1.2-9 Kentucky Utilities Company percent reserve (as percent or peak load).
66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84
YEAR
1 .2-26
-------
Construction of a second 345 kV line from G.hent to West Lexington was studied in some
detail. Although this line would provide the required additional outlet at Ghent and
support to the Lexington area, its construction would duplicate an existing line and
provide no potential support for Frankfort and Shelbyville. These studies showed
that these cities would need additional support by the mid 1980’s.
Finally, the proposed route was investigated through comprehensive studies which
determined that this line would provide the following: a) necessary additional power
outlet at Ghent, b) required support in the Frankfort and Shelbyville area and c)
several advantages to the system not evident by the other construction studied.
Therefore, Kentucky Utilities concluded that the proposed line would be the best
available route because it would require several million dollars less in terminal
equipment and is approximately 12 miles shorter than the Ghent to West Lexington
circuit; and termination near Frankfort provides not only support to the Central
Area but also a possible future interconnection to LG & E’s EHV system.
1.2—27
-------
1 .3 PROJECT SCOPE
1.3.1 Project History
The concept of the Ghent power plant began in 1950. The site was selected mainly
for its location on the Ohio River. The Ohio River provides the essentials that
make it ideal for the siting of power plants, in that it provides an abundance
of water for cooling purposes and an economical means of transportation for fuel
supplies. Land was purchased near Ghent in 1969. The site is located one mile
northeast of Ghent, Kentucky, on the Ohio River at river mile 536.0. Figure 1.3—1
shows an aerial photograph of the site before any construction. The original plans
were to have 4 coal-fired units with a combined gross electric generating capacity
of 3,300 MW. Unit sizes were to produce 550 MW, 750 MW, 900 MW and 1,100 MW of
power, respectively. Later, these plans were modified and all units were to pro-
duce 550 MW gross of electricity for a combined total of 2,200 MW gross. This
decision came about because of other companies’ experience with the poorer relia-
bility of units with capacities greater than 600 MW.
1.3.2 Existing Site Description
Construction of Ghent’s Unit 1 began in 1969 and the plant became operational in
1973. Construction for Unit 2 started in 1974 and the unit is expected to be
operational in 1977. The characteristics of Units 1 and 2 are:
Turbine generating rate 550 MW gross
Fuel Coal: Unit l--3% sulfur coal
Unit 2--O.7% sulfur coal
Coal handling system Barge, railroad
Ash disposal method Discharge into ash settling pond
Particulate removal method Unit l--98.5% electrostatic removal system
Unit 2--99.O% electrostatic removal system
Stack height 660 ft above grade
Circulating water system Closed cycle cooling system employing
one mechanical draft cooling tower
per unit
1.3-1
-------
Figure 1.3-1. Ghent Power Station site before construction, 1967.
. 11 rp
dt
-------
Figure 1.3-2 is a site drawing of the existing site at Ghent Electric Generating
Station. Unshaded areas represent construction for Units 1 and 2.
1.3.3 Proposed Site Description
Kentucky Utilities Company plans to add two coal-fired electric generating units
at its Ghent Power Station. This is a rational decision for the Company since
the original plans for the Ghent Station included the construction of Units 3 and
4. The existinci property of 632.7 acres is adequate to support the addition of
the two new units without new purchases. Transmission lines are adequate to take
the increased load from the additional units with one additional 345 kV transmis-
sion line in 1983.
The new units, each of which will have a capacity of 550 MW gross, will have a com-
bined total electric generating capacity of 1,100 MW gross. Units 3 and 4 charac-
teristics are:
Turbine generation rate 550 MW gross
Fuel Coal--O.7% sulfur coal
Ash disposal method Discharge into existing ash settling
pond as modified
Particulate removal method 99.5% electrostatic removal systems
Stack height 660 ft above grade
Circulating water system Closed cycle cooling system employing
one mechanical draft cooling tower
per unit
New construction to the existing site will include:
• One water intake structure
• One mechanical draft cooling tower per unit
• One stack
• Switch yard expansion
• Housing for boilers and turbines
• New road
• One warehouse
• Expansion of the existing coal yard
• Expansion of the coal conveyor system
1.3—3
-------
J
OHIO RIVE
0E 1 l LOO0 EL 4 ’-O( E &O * - iN F1 C Od P 0
L O0L E 420-0 4 ,,
sE v!cI 4T(R 4-
? T1 L I i I
N ________ -i
:
/ * :‘ : L I ;t
L ,
STA4 $E0PP FIELE Al 1
€ “ PEM
-- J7 -Q
5
8 009
Ii 1 I I - , a - ”
ASF-
-1t
Th
__
: :
Figure 1.3—2. Plant site layout.
1.3-4
-------
Shaded areas on Figure 1.3-2 show the proposed siting for new construction for
Units 3 and 4.
It is anticipated that the construction of the Ghent Units 3 and 4 will begin
as soon as permits are issued thereby enabling the commercial operation of Unit 3
to begin in 1981 and of Unit 4 in 1983 (Table 1.3-1).
A new 345 kV transmission line will be constructed in order to insure the trans-
mission of power in case of failure on the other lines. The right-of-way for new
transmission lines will be to the south of Ghent to a point approximately 5 miles
west of Frankfort, Kentucky. Proposed construction is to begin in 1981.
1.3.4 Description of Proposed Transmission Line Project
The EPA requires that environmental assessment work be performed on proposed
transmission facilities associated with the construction of new source generating
plants. The assessment work present in this EIS covers only the general area of
the proposed Ghent Station transmission facilities since at this time no detailed
routing work has been completed.
The proposed line will connect the 345 kV facilities at the Ghent plant to a sub-
station approximately 5 miles west of Frankfort. The proposed route and two alternate
routes (Figure 1.3—3) lie in an area 15 miles wide and 40 miles long. Self supporting
lattice type steel towers with bundled (2 wire) 954 MCM 45-7 ACSR conductor and two
7-No. 8 AW overhead ground wires will be used in the line construction which will
begin about May 1981 with completion in December 1982.
1 .3—5
-------
Table 1.3-1
Preliminary Construction Schedule
Ghent Station - Units 3 & 4
Unit 3 Unit 4
Soil Borings Mar. 1976 to Apr. 1976 Mar. 1976 to Apr. 1976
Site Work July 1977 to May 1979 Jan. 1979 to Aug. 1979
Substructure July 1977 to May 1979 June 1979 to Sep. 1980
Intake and Discharge
Structures Jan. 1978 to June 1979 - —
Circulating Water Piping Feb. 1978 to July 1978 Aug. 1979 to Aug. 1981
Structural Steel July 1978 to Oct. 1979 Jan. 1980 to Apr. 1981
Chimney May 1978 to July 1980
Gallery Work Aug. 1978 to Oct. 1979 Mar. 1980 to June 1981
Siding Sep. 1978 to July 1980 Apr. 1980 to Dec. 1980
Superstructure Dec. 1978 to Jan. 1981 May 1980 to Sep. 1981
Condensing Equipment Feb. 1979 to Nov. 1979 Sep. 1980 to June 1981
Mechanical Equip.
Erection Feb. 1979 to Nov. 1980 Sep 1980 to Apr. 1982
Steam Generator Feb. 1979 to Feb. 1981 Sep. 1980 to Nov. 1982
Feed Water Heaters May 1979 to Aug. 1979 Oct. 1980 to Dec. 1980
HVAC Apr. 1979 to Aug. 1980 Nov. 1980 to Oct. 1981
Station Piping Apr. 1979 to Mar. 1981 Nov. 1980 to Nov. 1982
Electrical Work Apr. 1979 to Apr. 1981 Nov. 1980 to Nov. 1982
Coal Handling Aug. 1979 to Nov. 1980 Feb. 1981 to May 1982
Cooling Tower (mech) May 1979 to Oct. 1980 Feb. 1981 to Aug. 1982
Precipitators Aug. 1979 to Dec. 1980 Mar. 1981 to Mar. 1982
Switchyard Oct. 1979 to Oct. 1980 May 1981 to May 1982
Turbine Generator Dec. 1979 to Mar. 1980 July 1981 to Nov. 1982
Ductwork Oct. 1979 to Sep. 1980 Aug. 1981 to May 1982
Thermal Insulation Feb. 1979 to Mar. 1981 Sep. 1981 to Jan. 1983
1 .3—6
-------
SCALE IN MILES
Station
•s f
-
f GR C0UN -
4NEW
EMINENCE
I
C
CASTLE
Figure 1.3-3.
S
I-J
-Ji
ZN
U
/ West
\
\‘
\
\
\
Frankfort
\
\
F —
I
I
I
1
z
Preferred and two alternate transmission routes.
L cR O
/
(c ;V\
(J-
- —
SHEL CO(jN —
SHELBY VILLE
1 .3—7
-------
1.4 CONSEQUENCES OF DELAY
Any delay in the availability of the capacity of the proposed units will involve
decreased system reliability to the extent that “brown-outs may result. Kentucky
Utilities’s only option should the units be delayed would be to attempt to purchase
power with no assurance that dependable power will be available. Even if such pur-
chases could be made, the power would probably be from older less efficient units
or peaking units, which coupled with the requirement to operate Kentucky Utilities’
less economical, less efficient units at higher capacity factors would result in
much higher overall system operating costs.
Construction delays will cause increased construction costs. The escalating cost
of materials and wages, along with contract penalties, increase the total cost of the
construction at a rate of approximately 9 percent per year.
1 .4-1
-------
1.5 REFERENCES
Ford, Thomas R. 1975. Kentucky’s population taking a sizable jump. The Herald
Leader , Lexington, Kentucky.
Hittman Associates, Inc. 1972. Electrical power supply and demand forecasts for
the United States through 2050. Hittman Associates, Inc., Columbia,
Maryland. 38 pp.
Hultnian, Charles W. 1976. Residential energy usage in Kentucky. Unpublished.
54 pp.
Kentucky Department for Human Resources. 1975. Non-agricultural employment, 1964-
1974. Bureau for Administration and Operations, Frankfort, Kentucky.
Kentucky Utilities Company. 1976. Personal communications.
1.5-1
-------
SECTION 2.0
THE ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT THE PROPOSED ACTION
, .fr
;
-------
Table of Contents
Section
Page
2.1—1
2.1
The Natural Environment
2.1.1
•
Atmosphere .
2.1—1
2.1.1.1
• •
Regional Climatology
2.1—4
2.1.1.2
Severe Weather
2.1—8
2.1.1.3
. . .
Dispersion Climatology
2.1—10
2.1.1.4
Air Quality
2.1-14
2.1.1.4.1
The Study Area
2.1-14
2.1.1.4.2
Ambient Air Quality and Area Sources
2.1—16
2.1.2
Land and Topography
2.1—18
2.1.2.1
Site Geology .
2.1—19
2.1.2.2
. . . . . . .
Seismic Risk
2.1—19
2.1.2.3
Soils
2.1—22
2.1.3
Terrestrial Biota
2.1—22
2.1.3.1
Flora
2.1-24
2.1.3.1.1
Regional Vegetation
2.1-24
2.1.3.1.2
.
On—Site Vegetation
2.1—26
2.1.3.1.3
Rare and Endangered Plant Species
2.1-28
2.1.3.2
. . . . . . . . . .
Fauna
2.1—33
2. 1 .4
•
Hydrology . • . • . • . . .
2.1—34
2.1.4.1
Surface Water Hydrology
2.1-35
2.1.4.1.1
Flow Characteristics
2.1-40
2.1.4.1.2
Water Quality
2.1—43
2.1.4.1.2.1
Chemical and Physical
2.1—43
2.1.4.1.2.2
Total and Fecal Coliform
2.1-51
2.1.4.2
Ground WaterHydrology
2.1-51
2.1.5
2.1.5.1
. • . . . .
Aquatic Biota of the Ohio River . . . . . .
Fish . .
2.1-57
2.1—57
2.1.5.2
. .
Phytoplankton
2.1—64
2.1.5.3
Zoop lankton
2.1-70
2.1.5.4
Periphyton
2.1—77
2.1.5.5
Benthic Organisms
2.1-81
2.1.5.6
Aquatic Macrophytes
2.1-84
2.2
Man-Made Environment
2.2-1
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
Population • • . . . • . • . . • . . .
Present and Projected Populations
2.2—1
2.2—1
2.2.1-A
.
Methodology Used in Estimating and Projecting
2.2.l—A.l
2.2.l—A.2
2.2.1.2
2.2.2
Populations
Population Estimates
Population Projections . . . .
Employment, Income and Characteristics of Labor
Force • • . . . . . • . . .
Land Use
2.2—8
2.2—8
2.2—8
2.2—9
2.2—15
2.2.2.1
. . . . . , • • • • •
Present Land Use . . . . .
2.2—17
2.2.2.2
. . . .
Future Land Use . . .
2.2-23
2.2.3
.
Transportation
i
-------
Table of Contents (cont’d)
Section
Page
2.2.3.1
Present Transportation .
.
2.2-24
2.2.3.1.1
Railroads .
.
2.2-24
2.2.3.1.2
Air Transportation .
.
2.2—24
2.2.3.1.3
Water Transportation .
.
2.2—25
2.2.3.1.4
Highways and Streets .
.
2.2-26
2.2.3.2
Future Transportation .
.
2.2-27
2.2.3.2.1
Railroads .
.
2.2-27
2.2.3.2.2
Air Transportation .
.
2.2-27
2.2.3.2.3
Water Transportation .
.
2.2-27
2.2.3.2.4
Highways and Streets .
.
2.2-27
2.2.4
Community Services and Facilities .
.
2.2-28
2.2.4.1
Schools .
.
2.2-28
2.2.4.2
Institutions .
.
2.2-28
2.2.5
Archaeological Areas .
.
2.2—29
2.2.5.1
The Physical Setting .
.
2.2-29
2.2.5.2
The Archaeological Setting .
.
2.2—30
2.2.5.3
Research Techniques .
.
2.2-31
2.2.5.4
Site Descriptions .
.
2.2-36
2.2.5.5
2.2.5.6
Specific Results of Machine-Assisted Archaeological
Testing of Site 15 CL—18 .
Conclusions .
.
.
2.2—38
2.2—43
2.2.6
Historical Areas .
.
2.2—45
2.2.7
Sensitive Areas .
.
2.2—46
2.2.7.1
Sensitive Natural Areas .
.
2.2—46
2.2.7.2
Sensitive Man-made Areas .
.
2.2-48
2.3
2.3.1
Environment Without Proposed Transmission Line
Natural Environment
2.3—1
2.3—1
2.3.1.1
Soils
2.3—1
2.3.1.2
Hydrology
2.3-3
2.3.1.3
Vegetation
2.3—3
2.3.1.4
Wildlife
2.3-5
2.3.1.4.1
Amphibians and Reptiles
2.3-5
2.3.1.4.2
Birds
2.3—5
2.3.1 .4.3
Mammals
2.3—7
2.3.2
Man—made Environment
2.3-7
2.3.2.1
Archaeological
2.3—8
2.3.2.2
2.3.2.3
Archaeological Sites Along the Proposed Routes
Historical
2.3—9
2.3-11
2.3.2.4
Present Land Use
2.3—12
2.3.3
2.3.3.1
Sensitive Areas Along the Proposed Transmission Route
Natural Environment
.
2.3-19
2.3—19
2.3.3.2
Man-made Environment
2.3-20
2.4
References . .
2.4-1
11
-------
Table of Contents (cont t d)
Section Page
A-i Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent Power
Station Al-I
A-2 Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area . A2-l
A-3 Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly
occuring at the Ghent Power Station area A3-1
A-4 Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of
mammals at the Ghent Power Station area A4-1
A-5 Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community A5-1
A-6 List of threatened or endangered species of plants that have
been reported to grow in Kentucky A6-l
A-7 Amphibians and reptiles which may occur in the Eagle Creek
drainage, in Trimble County, Kentucky and along the proposed
transmission corridors A7—l
A-8 Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage and which
were observed in Trimble County, Kentucky and along the trans-
mission corridors A8-1
A-9 Mammals which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage, in Trinible
County, Kentucky and along the proposed transmission corridors. A9-l
i1•1
-------
List of Figures
No. Page
2.1-1 Weather station locations . . . . 2.1-2
2.1-2 Ghent station terrain 2.1-3
2.1-3 Wind rose—-Louisville, 1949-1972 2.1-li
2.1-4 January 1974 - December 1974 wind rose, 199-foot level
Marble Hill 2.1-12
2.1-5 Generalized columnar section, Carroll County 2.1-20
2.1-6 Fault lines of Northern Kentucky River Basin 2.1-21
2.1—7 Ghent station soil borings 2.1-23
2.1-8 Location of Ghent and Green River power stations Within the
Interior Low Plateau Province 2.1-25
2.1—9 Topographical cross—section (diagranuiiatic) depicting vege-
tation communities surrounding the Ghent power station,
Carroll County, Kentucky 2.1-27
2.1-10 McAlpine pool reach--Ohio River 2.1-37
2.1-11 Ohio River cross-section at Ghent power station 2.1-38
2.1-12 Ghent power station location 2.1-39
2.1-13 Relative flood stage profiles--Ohio River 2.1-44
2.1-14 Availability of ground water in Carroll, Galiatin, Henry,
Owen and Trimble Counties, Kentucky 2.1-54
2.1-15 Cumulative phytoplankton distribution for Ohio River and
tributary stream sampling locations 2.1-69
2.1-16 Average numbers of zooplankton collected at the five Ohio
River sampling locations 2.1-75
2.1—17 Periphyton standing crop values at Ohio River stations A-i
through A—5, Marble Hill Site, April through December 1974. 2.1-78
2.2-1 Orientation map of study area 2.2-2
2.2-2 Zero to 5—mile population estimates and projections . . . . 2.2-3
2.2-2a Zero to 1—mile population estimates and projections . . . . 2.2-4
2.2-3 Zero to 10-mile population estimates and projections . . . 2.2-5
2.2-4 Present and future land use of study area 2.2-21
2.2-5 Archaeological survey routes 2.2-32
2.2—6 Archaeological test plots, 15 CL-l8 2.2-34
2.2-7 15 CL-18 Bifaces 2.2-41
iv
-------
List of Figures (cont’d)
No. Page
2.2-8 Location of Black Rock Creek 2.2-47
2.3-1 Preferred and two alternate transmission routes 2.3-2
2.3—2 Archaeological sites along the preferred and two alternate
transmission routes 2.3—10
2.3-3 Historical, terrestrial and recreation sites along the pre-
ferred and two alternate transmission routes 2.3-13
2.3-4 Railroads and highways crossed by the preferred transmission
route 2.3—17
2.3-5 Transmission lines traversed by the preferred transmission
route 2.3-18
V
-------
List of Tables
Page
2.1-1 Temperatures (F) 2.1-5
2.1-2 Average monthly precipitation, Vevay, Indiana (1941-1970) . 2.1-6
2.1-3 Rainfall frequence for durations from 5 minutes to 24 hours
and return periods from 2 to 100 years for CarrOllton, Ken-
tucky 2.1—6
2.1—4 Relative humidity percentages—-Cincinnati Climatic Station,
13-year period 2.1-7
2.1-5 Heavy fog occurrences—-Cincinnati and Louisville Climatic
Stations, 12-year period 2.1-8
2.1-6 Industry within 26 km of the Ghent station 2.1-15
2.1-7 Ambient Air Quality 2.1-17
2.1-8 Occurrence and general abundance of woody plant species
encountered on the Ohio River slope and on the river flood-
plain at the Ghent power plant 2.1-29
2.1-9 Occurrence and general abundance of woody plant species
encountered on upland slopes and ridges at the Ghent power
plant 2.1—30
2.1-10 Endangered and threatened plants of Kentucky 2.1-32
2.1-il Tributaries of Ohio River-—vicinity of Ghent station . . . . 2.1-36
2.1-12 Ohio River discharge at Markland Dam--Water Year 1975 . . . 2.1-41
2.1-13 Water quality data, Water Year October 1974 to September
1975 2.1—46
2.1-14 Summary of USEPA STORET Water Quality Data--Ohio River at
Markland Dam (River Mile 531.5) 2.1-48
2.1-15 Dissolved oxygen 1975 at Markland (R.M. 531.5) 2.1-49
2.1-16 Ohio River temperature standards 2.1-49
2.1-17 Temperature (C) of water, Water Year October 1974 to
September 1975 2.1-50
2.1-18 Number of months during 1975 that Total and Fecal Coliform
criteria were met in the Ohio River 2.1-52
2.1-19 Description of wells within 5 miles of Ghent station . . . 2.1-53
2.1-20 Water level at noon, from recorder graph, Water Year 1974 2.1-55
2.1-21 Ohio River fish population at Markland Lock and Dam . . . 2.1—59
2.1-22 Number and percent of relative abundance of fish--Marble
Hill 2.1—60
2.1-23 Rare and endangered fish species of Kentucky 2.1-62
vi
-------
List of Tables (cont’d)
Page
2.1-24 Reported spawning temperatures of fourteen species of fish
common to the Ohio River at Marble Hill 2.1-63
2.1-25 Fish larvae collected by tow net at 5 sampling points--
Marble Hill Site 2.1—65
2.1-26 Summary of egg and fry tows—-Tanner’s Creek 2.1-67
2.1-27 Cumulative species list from samples taken from the Ohio
River stations A-l through A-6--Marble Hill Site 2.1-71
2.1-28 Cumulative taxonomic list of zooplankton-—Marble Hill
sampling locations 2.1-76
2.1-29 Cumulative taxonomic list of periphyton algae--all Marble
Hill sampling stations 2.1—79
2.1-30 Benthic taxa collected at the Marble Hill Site 2.1-82
2.2—1 Population estimates and projections, 1970 through 2000 with-
in 0—10 miles of Ghent station 2.2—6
2.2-2 Population rates 2.2—7
2.2-3 Employment in the private sector 2.2-10
2.2-4 Manufacturers with over 100 employees in the study area . . . 2.2-11
2.2-5 Employment characteristics for counties, 1970 2.2-12
2.2-6 Occupation and earnings for counties, 1970 2.2-13
2.2-7 Industry of employed persons and occupation of experienced
unemployed persons for counties, 1970 2.2-14
2.2-8 Income and poverty status in 1969 for counties, 1970 . . . . 2.2—16
2.2-9 Urban and rural land use distribution, 1969 . 2.2—18
2.2-10 Farms, land in farms, and land use, 1969 2.2—19
2.2-il Crops harvested, 1969 2.2—20
2.2—12 Wholesale trade, 1972 and retail trade, 1972 . 2.2—22
2.2—13 Number of industries, 1970 2.2—22
2.2-14 Distribution of prehistoric artifacts 2.2—39
2.2-15 Distribution of historic artifacts . 2.2—40
2.3-] Present land use for the proposed transmission route . . . . 2.3-14
2.3-2 Natural terrain traversed by the proposed transmission
route 2.3—15
2.3-3 Cultural features of the proposed transmission route . . . . 2.3—16
vi i
-------
2.1 THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
2.1.1 Atmosphere
Information on atmospheric characteristics in the vicinity Of Ghent as well as for
the Kentucky Utilities service area are presented for two Purposes:
• As inputs to the atmospheric dispersion model
• As parameters which may affect the structural
integrity or operational ability of the plant
and its peripheral elements.
Available meteorological data of direct Concern to these purposes include air tem-
perature, relative humidity (or dew point temperature), precipitation, wind and the
occurrence of inversions, fog and severe weather.
No historical or current weather data are available for the Ghent site itself. How-
ever, information for Ghent and the Kentucky Utilities service area has been gathered
from National Weather Service Stations at Louisville, Kentucky and Cincinnati, Ohio
and from the Environmental Report for the proposed Marble Hill Nuclear Generating
Station between Madison, Indiana and Louisville, Kentucky. Each of these data
bases is applicable, in part, to the Ghent assessment, but will be used with some
discrimination because of differences in topography, elevation, latitude and proxi-.
mity to the Ohio River. Each of the stations whose data are cited is shown in
Figure 2.1-1.
The Ghent plant site lies on a bluff along the left (south) bank of the Ohio River.
Topographically, the Ohio Valley in this reach runs roughly northeast-southwest.
The river, at a normal pool elevation of 420 ft, is approximately 1,500 ft wide;
bluffs rise sharply to an elevation of 487 ft. Above the bluffs, the valley is rela..
tively flat for a 1/2 mile distance between hilly terrain on both Indiana and Ken-
tucky banks. These hills are generally 250 to 300 ft in height above the plain.
The terrain in the vicinity of the plant, which is typical of the area, is shown
in Figure 2.1—2. The topography is of concern primarily as it may affect local air
movement. The occurrence of fog, and to some degree, air temperature and relative
humidity, will also be affected by topography and proximity to the river.
2.1—1
-------
Figure 2.1—1.
Weather Sti tion Locations.
LOUIS VILL
CL I MAT IC
STATION
2.1-2
-------
T: f /
M. —
-.
-‘
/ •
‘ - -‘ -
t ‘—i -T - --
— - ‘I —
- - (
\ k
\
- - —-
-
N L ( —
£
1 H i >.:
1 11
)
11
r 1 ’
Figure 2.1—2. Ghent Station Terrain.
/
- V
-------
2.1.1.1 Regional Climatology
The following is a narrative description of the climate of Louisville, Kentucky.
Although the climate station is approximately 50 miles southwest of the Ghent Sta-
tion, the climatic summary is generally applicable to the Ohio River Valley region.
The climate of Louisville, while continental in type.,
is of a variable nature because of its position in midlati—
tudes) in the belt of the westerly winds, in the path of
cyclonic storms, and its location in the interior of the con-
tinenL: , but; still not shut off from a great source of moisture,
the Gulf of Mes co. Since highs and lows pass through this
area, the temperature generally varies with the systems. Thus,
in winter and summer, there are occasional cold and hot spells
of short duration with quick moderation as the high pressure
ridge moves off. As a whole, winters are moderately cold and
swmriers are quite warm. Temperatures of 100? or more in sum-
mer and OF or less in winter are rare. The city is so situated
geographically as to receive rainfall from cyclonic storms
which, particularly in the winter and spring, move along a
path extending from Texas to New England. It is also situated
so as to receive rainfall from storms which move across the
continent from west to east. Thunderstorms with high intensi-
ties of rainfall are common during the spring and summer months.
As a result, precipitation in Louisville is nonseasonal and
varies from year to year, and month to month with the fall
months usually the driest. Generally March is the month of
greatest monthly rainfall and October of least monthly rainfall.
Snowfall, while seldom heavy, is a usual occurrence during the
months of November through March. As with rainfall, a nounts
vary from year to year and month to month. Some snow has also
been recorded in the months of October and April. Mean total
cono wits for the months of December, January, and February are
about the scone with January showing a slight edge in total
aniount. Relative humidity remains rather high throughout the
sunriner months. Cloud cover is about equally distributed
throughout the year with the winter months showing somewhat
of an increase in canount. The percentage of possible sunshine
at Louisville varies from month to month with the greatest
amount during the summer months as a result of the decreasing
sky cover during that season. Heavy fog is unusual and there
is only an average of 10 days during the year with heavy fog
and these occur generally in the months of September through
March. The average date for the last occurrence -in the spring
of temperatures as low as 32? is at the end of the first week
in April the occurrence of the first 32F reading in autumn is
generally at the beginning of the last week in October. The
prevailing direction of the wind has a southerly component and
the velocity averages under 10 m.p.h. The strongest winds
are usually associated with thunderstorms. (NOAA 1975)
2.1-4
-------
Temperature extremes range from a maximum of lOlF to a minimum of -20F. Monthly
average temperatures range from a low of 33.3F in January to a high of 76.9F in
July (Table 2.l—l)(NOAA 1975).
Table 2.1-1
Temperatures (F)
Normal Extremes
Daily Daily Monthly Record Year Record Yea
Maximum Minimum Highest Lowest r
15* 15*
J 42.0 24.5 33.3 73 1975 —20 1963
F 45.0 26.5 35.8 77 1972 -4 1966
M 54.0 34.0 44.0 83 1967 15 1969
A 66.9 44.8 55.9 88 1962 24 1972
M 75.6 53.9 64.8 91 1971 31 1966
J 83.7 62.9 73.3 97 1971 42 1966
J 87.3 66.4 76.9 101 1966 50 1972
A 86.8 64.9 75.9 101 1964 49 1965
S 80.5 57.7 69.1 96 1964 37 1965
0 70.3 45.9 58.1 89 1963 25 1962
N 54.9 35.1 45.0 82 1968 10 1964
D 44.1 27.1 35.6 73 1975 -3 1962
July Jan.
YR 65.9 45.3 55.6 101 1966 —20 1963
Precipitation, at the Ghent Station, is fairly well distributed throughout the years
The month of October usually has the least rainfall and March the most. Table 2.1...2
presents average precipitation for the period of record 1941 to 1970 at an observa
tion station at VevaY , Indiana. The average annual precipitation is 41.63 inches
and ranges from a low of 2.43 inches in October to a high of 4.47 inches in March.
*Length of record in years.
2.1-5
-------
Table 2.1—2
Average Monthly Precipitation
Vevay, Indiana (1941—1970)
_____ Inches Month _______
3.43 July
3.30 August
4.47 September
3.87 October
3.87 November
4.08 December
Annual Precipitation - 41.63 Inches
A statistical study of heavy precipitation in periods of 5 minutes to 24 hours is
included in Table 2.1-3. Thunderstorms occur on an average of about 45 days each
year. They are most frequent in the spring and summer months.
Table 2.1—3
Rainfall Frequency For Durations From 5
Periods From 2 to 100 Years For Carroilton,
Return Period 5 Mm 30 Mm
2-year 0.4 1.1
10-year 0.6 1.6
25—year 0.7 1.8
50-year 0.8 2.0
100-year 0.9 2.3
Minutes To 24 Hours And Return
Kentucky (Values given in inches)
1H 6H 12H 24H
1.4 2.2 2.7 3.1
2.0 3.2 3.8 4.2
2.3 3.6 4.2 5.0
2.6 4.0 4.7 5.4
2.8 4.3 5.2 6.0
For example: The 2-year 1-hour rainfall given in this table as 1.4 inches means
that this value will be equalled or exceeded, on an average, once
every 2 years.
Source: U.S. Weather Bureau, Technical Paper No. 40, Rainfall Frequency Atlas
of the United States .
Month
January
February
March
Apri I
May
June
Inches
4.15
3.00
2.79
2.43
3.27
3.01
2.1—6
-------
Snowfall in the Ghent region is quite variable from year to year. The total for
an average year is estimated to be between 15 and 20 inches. In an average year,
days with snow cover, equal to or greater than 1 inch, total 16; the average snow-
fall is about 3 inches.
The relative humidity for this region is lowest in mid—sPring and highest in late
summer. A daily maximum usually occurs in the early morning and a daily minimum
occurs usually in the mid-afternoon. Table 2.1—4 presents the mean relative humi-
dity percentages for a 13-year period of record at the Cincinnati Climatic Station.
Table 2.1-4
Relative Humidity Percentages
Cincinnati Climatic Station, 13—year Period
01 Hour 07 Hour 13 Hour l 9 Hour
(Local Time)
75 78 66 69
73 77 63 64
73 78 61 61
71 76 54 55
75 78 53 56
80 81 55 58
82 84 56 60
83 88 56 62
83 88 58 68
77 83 54 64
75 79 63 69
77 79 69 72
77 81 59 63
Annual free—water evaporation, i.e., from shallow lakes and farm ponds, averages
about 34 inches (about 8 inches less than mean precipitation). About 76 percent
of this evaporation occurs during the 6-month period of May—October.
2.1-7
-------
The occurrence of fog in the Ghent area is not well documented. Occurrences of
heavy fog (visibility of 1/4 mile or less) at Cincinnati and Louisville Climatic
Stations are listed in Table 2.1-5.
Table 2.1—5
Heavy Fog Occurrences
(visibility 1/4 mile or less)
Cincinnati and Louisville Climatic Stations (12-year period), 1875
Months Louisville Cincinnati
January 1 3
February 1 2
March 1 2
April 0 1
May 0 1
June 0 1
July 1 2
August 1 3
September 1 4
October 2 3
November 1 2
December 1 3
Total 10 26
2.1.1.2 Severe Weather
Snow and ice damage to transmission lines is an ever present potential problem during
winter months in Kentucky. To date, no major outage has resulted from this pheno-
menon within Kentucky Utilities system and the probability of a major outage is
small.
The maximum 24—hour snowfall in the Cincinnati area was 9.8 inches, which occurred
in March 1968. Louisville received a record 24-hour snowfall of 13.0 inches, Nov-
ember 1966. Monthly maximum snowfalls are 15.3 and 22.9 inches for Cincinnati and
Louisville, respectively.
2.1-8
-------
Kentucky is subject to a rather high probability of tornado occurrence, constituting
a major meteorological feature for this region. High winds and specifically torna-
does can cause severe damage to transmission lines, generating stations or trans-
mission substations, either by direct wind damage or by secondary damage due to
electrical overloading of transmission lines.
On April 3, 1974, a major tornado outbreak occurred in central and northern Kentucky
The following is an excerpt from the Kentucky Utilities Company report of damages
to the system and specifically the effect on the Ghent Station.
During the afternoon and evening of April 3, 1974
several tornadoes swept through central and northern areas
of Kentucky causing extreme ly heavy damage to tranemiss ion
lines of the Kentucky Utilities Conrpany (KU) and East Ken-
tucky Power Cooperative (EK). Generating Stations were
undamaged, but since a large proportion of the lines of
the bulk power network in the area were da naged to some
extent, there was insufficient transmission capability
to deliver adequate power into the central area of the
system. Consequently, generators which were operating in
that area became overloaded and Were taken off to avoid
damage, conrpleting a general outage which lasted approx-i-
mately seven hours. The approximate nwnber of customers
affected was 181,000 and the normal load in the affected
area for the following day was estimated to be 530 mega-
watts (MW).
Ghent Station . The first major unit to be taken
off was Chent #1 (500 MW) at 7:29 PM. C art recorder out-
puts indicate that after all major transmission lines into
the station were down except the Kenton and Boone 138 kV
lines, a period of steady state instability existed in
which the remaining lines were unable to carry the full
output of the unit. For a period of approximately three
minutes at 7:25 PM the unit output swung between 370 and
530 MW, then dropped suddenly and again swung for a period
of about three minutes between 50 and 200 MW. All the
while, frequency was swinging between 58.5 and 61.5 Hz.
These power swings coincide closely with similar though
less severe action at Brown Station. The indications are
very strong that duri-ng this period, when a “Beat frequency”
of light intensity Was observed, that the Ghent jt was
losing synchronism wi th the rest of the system. Boiler
conditions and control system limits made it necessary to
take the unit off at 7:29 PM to avoid damage. An auxili-
ary generator was able to supply power necessary for shut-
down and protect1 On of the unit until 8:44 PM when the Ghent
2.1-9
-------
Substation bus was re-energized from Ohio Power via Kenton,
allowing use of the station reserve auxiliary transformer
for re-starting the unit. At 10:54 PM, the Ghent unit was
synchronized and began supplying power to the system as
fast as permitted by the restoration of lines.
2.1.1.3 Dispersion Climatology
Factors which effect ground level concentrations of plant emissions are wind
speed and direction, atmospheric stability and atmospheric mixing height. Wind
data are available from the Louisville Climatic Station for a 24-year period
record, 1949-1972 and from Public Service of Indiana at the proposed Marble Hill
Station site for the period January 1974 through December 1974. Wind direction,
as recorded at the Louisville Climatic Station, 1949-1972, indicates that pre-
vailing winds are from the south; however, significant distribution of wind fre-
quencies from other directions is indicated. The wind is from the east-northeast
the least amount of time (Figure 2.1-3).
On-site data from the Marble Hill Station for the calendar year 1974 indicates
findings similar to Louisville with the dominant wind occurring from the south-
southwest direction. The 1—year data from the Marble Hill Station indicate
more of a valley effect on the wind direction than the Louisville data (Figure
2.1-4). This valley effect could also be the case at Ghent where the topography
of the site is similar to the Marble Hill Site. The Ohio River at the Ghent Sta-
tion runs from northeast to southwest. The river orientation causes a shifting
of dominant wind direction, as noted at Louisville, to be more from the southwest
at lower elevations.
The °fastest mile” of wind (the fastest average wind speed over any one mile of
travel by the wind) at Louisville occurred from the northwest at 61 miles/hour
in February 1967. The fastest mile recorded at the Cincinnati Climatic Station
occurred from the south-southwest at 40 miles/hour in December 1973.
Atmospheric stability is a measure of the resistance of the atmosphere to mix
vertically, due to temperature and density differences. The relative percentage
frequencies of occurrence for the seven stability classes based on surface observa-
2.1-10
-------
N
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
Figure 2.1—3. Wind Rose--Louisville, 1949—1972.
NNE
WNW
w-
wsw
ENE
-E
ESE
S
-3 4-7 >7
MPS
2.1—11
-------
WNW
w-
wsw
O r c5I 3O
3.01-7.0
>7
N
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
Figure 2.1—4. January
1974 - December 1974 Wind Rose
199-Foot Level, Marble Hill.
2.1-12
ENE
I rio,
I ¼.! ,O
ESE
14.0
-------
tions at Louisville for 24 years are presented below (Public Service Indiana 1975):
Stability Class 1949 to 1972
(%)
1 (A) (Least stable) 1.306
2 (B) 7.845
3 (C) 10.358
4 (D) (Neutral) 47.346
5 (E) 11.807
6 (F) 12.533
7 (G) (Most stable) 8.535
Mixing height, or the average depth of vigorous vertical mixing in the atmosphere,
also greatly affects ground level concentrations of plant emissions. This height
is diel in nature and gives an indication of the thickness of the atmospheric
layer available for the mixing and dispersion of effluents. For the Louisville
region, the seasonal average mixing heights for morning and afternoon in feet are
(Public Service Indiana 1975):
Season Morning Afternoon
(feet) (feet)
Spring 650 1700
Summer 400 1800
Fall 390 1400
Winter 520 1000
Annual 450 1400
Source: Holzworth, G.C. 1972. Mixing heights, Wind Speeds and Potential for Urban
Air Pollution Throughout the Contiguous United States, EPA, Research, Tri-
angle Park, North Carolina.
2.1—13
-------
2.1.1.4 Air Quality
This section describes the existing air quality including the factors directly
affecting air quality in the area surrounding the Ghent Station. (Under Environ-
mental Protection Agency’s rules for prevention of significant air quality deteri-
oration, dated 5 December 1974, all areas of the Nation are to be designated into
classes with designated allowable deterioration.) The information in this section
provides a baseline for the prediction of the air quality deterioration and the
total concentrations of emissions near the Ghent Station.
2.1.1.4.1 The Study Area
The study area is defined as the area around the Ghent Station in which the possible
effects of emissions resulting from the operation of the generating units are likely
to occur. As a result of personal communication with the Air Quality branch of
EPA Region IV, 14 May 1976, the study area is defined by a circle with a radius
of 25 km and centered at the Ghent Station. During climatic conditions that lead
to poor dispersion, maximum concentrations of plant emissions usually occur within
10 km of the plant. For this reason, a study area of 25 km from the plant is con-
sidered adequate for assessing the dispersion of emissions.
The land form within the study area is basically a river valley oriented northeast
to southwest. The Ohio River in the study area is normally at an elevation of 420
ft M.S.L. with the sides of the valley reaching an elevation of 800 ± ft M.S.L.
(see Section 2.1.2.1). The prevailing winds at lower elevations probably follow
the river valley and are therefore from the southwest (less often from the north-
east). At higher elevation the wind may occur from a greater variety of directions
as it is not affected as much by terrain (see Section 2.1.1.1.2).
The study area is primarily an agricultural area (see Section 2.2.2). Local indus-
try other than the Ghent Station that may affect air quality in the area are few
in number with emissions lower than deemed significant to warrant including in
an assessment of the Ghent Station. Table 2.1—6 presents all local industries in
the study area and their emission rates. A rate of 100 tons per year or less of
2.1-14
-------
Table 2.1-6
Industry Within 26 km Of The Ghent Station
Distance from Particulates Sulfur Dioxide
Ghent Station (Tons/Year) (Tons/Year)
Carroll County, Kentucky
Dow Corning 7.4 14 55
M & T Chemicals 10.4 55 0
Standard Oil Company 13.1 0 0
Gulf Oil Company 13.4 0 0
Consolidated Aluminum 13.5 24 0
Coo-Par Concrete 14.6 95 0
Ohio Valley Paving 19.8 39 0
Martin Marietta 21.2 290 0
Kawnee 22.4 2 0
Gallatin County, Kentucky
Eaton Asphalt 13.7 17 0
Switzerland County, Indiana .
TricountY Stone 21.6 21 0
Hilltop Concrete 25.7 60 0
2.1-15
-------
SO 2 is considered as not high enough to significantly affect the results of the
computer modeling of the emission from the Ghent Station. As can be seen, all SO 2
emission from local industry is less than 100 tons per year (EPA 1976).
The nearest existing fossil fuel plant to the Ghent Station Is the Clifty Creek
Plant at Madison, Indiana, 33.1 km west. Other proposed plants consist of the
Wise Landing Plant 37.4 km west southwest in Trimble County and the East Bend Plant
23.5 km northeast in Boone County.
2.1.1.4.2 Ambient Air Quality and Area Sources
The State of Kentucky is divided into 9 Air Quality Control Regions (AQCR). The
Gherit Station is located in the Cincinnati Interstate AQCR. Near the Ghent Station,
in Carroll County, are located two air monitoring stations; one at the Ghent Ele-
mentary School and the other at the Carroll County Mid-school in Carroliton. These
two stations monitor the ambient air quality in terms of total suspended particu-
lates, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide on a daily basis. Table 2.1-7 presents
results from calendar years 1974 and 1975 for these two stations. As noted, corre-
sponding primary and secondary standards are printed in each column. Primary ambient
air quality standards mean those levels of air quality which are necessary, with
an adequate margin of safety, to protect the public health. Secondary ambient air
quality standards mean those levels of air quality which are necessary to protect
the public welfare from any known or anticipated adverse effects of a pollutant.
2.1—16
-------
Table 2.1-7
Ambient Air Quality
Measured Concentrations of Total Suspended Particulates
( g/m 3 )
Air Quality —
Monitoring Station
Monftoririj
Period
Number of
Samples
Annüa1
Arith. Mean
nnual Geo.*
Mean
(75/60)**
Maximum
24 hr Avg.
(260/150)**
a) Carroliton
1/74-12/74
60
55
50
120
1/75-12/75
57
53
48
166
b) Gherit
1/74-12/74
61
48
43
148
1/75-12/75
55
41
38
102
* Geometric
** Kentucky Primary TSP/Secondary TSP Standards.
Measured Concentrations of Sulfur Dioxide
(pg/rn 3 ) *
— Air Quality
Monitoriiij
Number of
Annual
Maximum
Maximum
Monitoring Station
Period
Samples
Arith. Mean
(80/60)**
24 hr Avg.
(365/NA)**
3 hr Avg.
A/1300)**
a) Carroilton
1/74-12/74
60
T6.4
139.0
-
1/75-12/75
56
16.1
119.1
-
b) Ghent
1/74-12/74
450
12.0
110.0
264.6
1/75—12/75
447
8.2
36.7
110.0
* 24 hr Bubbler Method.
** Kentucky Primary S0 2 /Secondary SO 2 Standards.
Measured Concentrations of Nitrogen Dioxide
(pg/rn 9 )
Air Qualify -
Monitôrin Station
fonitoring
Period
‘R mberöf
Samples
AnnuaF
Arith. Mean
a) Carroilton
b) Ghent
1/74—12/74
1/75—12/75
1/74-12/74
1/75—12/75
60
58
59
55
19.2
17.5
14.8
14.1
2.1-17
-------
2.1.2 Land and Topography
The Ghent Station is located in Carroll County in northern Kentucky adjacent to
the floodplain of the Ohio River. Physiographers (Fenneman 1938) generally call
this region the Hills of the Bluegrass Region, and include the Ghent Station loca-
lity in the Outer Bluegrass Region.
The Outer Bluegrass Region is a strongly dissected area of steep hillsides and nar-
row crested ridgetops (Bailey and Winsor 1964). Stream valleys are constricted and
meandering, indicating mature dissection. Elevation in the county ranges from
420 ft M.S.L. on the floodplains to 700 ± ft M.S.L. at ridgetops.
Ghent Station is located in the pre-glacial Kentucky River Valley (Campbell etal.
1974). Fluvial deposits form well-developed terrace remnants 40-80 ft above the
Present floodp1ains which cap bedrock spurs extendinq out from the sides of the
Present valley. The southerly advance of the glacial ice probably covered the
Ghent Station locale, although the southerly boundary at this point is inconclusive.
During the glaciated period Eagle Creek (south of Ghent) and the present—day Ohio
River were formed and the pre-glacial Kentucky River was filled with outwash and
till between Carroilton and Lawrenceburg (Campbell etal. 1974).
The Ghent Station is located on the Cincinnati Arch which extends from Tennessee
through Kentucky and along the Indiana-Ohio line, and divides with its western por-
tlOfl extending into northwestern Illinois and its eastern portion extending beyond
eastern Michigan and into Canada. The station is located more specifically on the
northwestern corner of the Jessamifle Dome. This dome is approximately 80 miles
Wide and 120 miles in length, and is located primarily in central Kentucky, extending
into southeastern Indiana and southwestern Ohio.
Hard surface rocks jfl the Ghent Station area are composed of limestone, calcareous
Shales, and siltstones of the Upper Ordovician series (Jilison 1928). Alluvium and
glacial till consisting of sand and gravels, and silts of Recent and Pleistocene Age
are found in all the floodplaiflS.
2.1—18
-------
2.1.2.1 Site Geology
A generalized columnar section of the rocks and other materials underlying parts
of the North and South Vevay Quadrangle, from Pleistocene alluvium at the surface,
to the middle Ordovician series is shown in Figure 2.1-5 (Hall and Palmquist 1960).
The oldest exposed rock in the Ghent area is of the Lexington group and consists of
80 to 90 percent limestone with minor shale. The floodplain where the Ghent plant
is situated consists of glacial outwash and alluvium deposits. Glacial outwash
consists of interbedded gravel, sand, silt and clay which filled the Ohio River
Valley to an elevation of 510 ft M.S.L. in the Ghent Station vicinity. Well records
indicate outwash of Wisconsin age and possibly some underlying outwash of Illinoian
age attain a total thickness of 120 ft at Ghent (Price 1964). Alluvial deposits con-.
sisting of clay, silt, sand and gravel are found on both erosional and depositional
outwash terraces below the highest Wisconsin terrace level.
The hill slope directly behind the Ghent Station consists of interbedded shale and
limestone of the Kope Formation between the elevation of 490 and 670 ft M.S.L., inter-
bedded limestone and shale from the FairvieW Formation between 670 and 750 ft M.S.L.,
and various combinations of limestone and shale of the Grant Lake limestone and Bull
Fork Formation above 750 ft M.S.L. elevation. Also present above the 750 ft eleva-
tion are several areas of glacial drift and lacustrine deposits (Swadley 1973).
2.1.2.2 Seismic Risk
The Ghent Station is located in an area of relatively low seismic risk, rated as zone
1 on the U.S.G.S. Seismic Risk Map of the United States (U.S. Army Engineer District,
Louisville 1975). However, an area 35 to 95 miles southeast of Ghent does exhibit
extensive faulting and is potentially more active than any but the southwest parts of
Kentucky (Figure 2.1-6). In the event of a recurrence of an earthquake of the inten -.
sity of the New Madrid earthquake of 1811-1812, the Ghent region would be VIII on
the modified Mercali System of 1931. This rating is enough to affect the steering
of motor cars and produce slight damage in specially designed structures, considerable
damage in substantial buildings and great damage to poorly built structures.
2.1-19
-------
(ilaciation Ihickness rormation Series System
in Feet
0-50+ Alluvium (clay, sand, silt, gravel) Pleistocene and Holocene
0-65+ Terrace Deposits (clay, sand, silt, gravel)
0-55+ Lacustrine Deposits (silty clay, sandy clay)
Wisconsin
Gldcial Outwash
0—90k (gravel, sand, silt, clay) Quaternary
________ Pleistocene
Illinoan 0-70+ __ —o Glacial Drift (sandy, silty clay with cobbles)
( -.o Glacial Drift
0-80 (sandy, silty clay with cobbles)
pre-Illifloafl< 0
0 50’ Lacustrine Deposits
(clay--sometimes silty)
0—30? iii i High Level Fluvial Deposits
‘ _ ‘ (intermixed clayey silt and ? Pliocene and Pleistocene )Tertiary & Quatenary
‘ -- -‘- - sandy, silty clay) ) J
120+ _____
________ Bull Fork Formation
________ (Interbedded limestone and shale)
I’ll’
15?—70 “ ‘‘‘ ‘ Grant Lake Limestone
‘ ‘II
Fairview Formation Upper Ordovician
85-105 ________ (interbedded Limestone and shale)
I’ll
—— Ordovician
Kope Formation
— — (Interbedded shale and limestone)
215-230
_______ Point Pleasant Formation
0-12± r’ _ i _ ’. a (limestone and shale) Middle & Upper Ordovician
45+ Lexington Limestone (limestone and shale) J
Figure 2.1-5. Generalized Coltimnar Section, Carroll County.
-------
N
)
10 20 30
SCALE IN MILES
/
\. ..
\ ..
•/• -‘
•1
.,
MAJOR FAULTS
ISOSEISMAL ••.•••
CONTOURS
Source: U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville 1975.
Figure 2.1-6. Fault lines of Northern Kentucky River Basin.
GHENT /
ini :
L
7
I
.
2.1—21
-------
2.1.2.3 Soils
The area in which the Ghent Station is located is characterized as the Bluegrass
area. The soils have developed in weathered Ordovician limestone, overlain in places,
by bess mantle. Much of the truck and fruit crops of Kentucky are produced in the
Bluegrass region in the counties bordering the Ohio River. Chief crops are corn,
tobacco, small grains and truck and fruit crops. Livestock production is also impor-
tant (Bailey and Winsor 1964).
The principal soil series for this area are the Eden, Nicholson and Lowell. Eden
soils are the most extensive, characterized by limestone flags, clayey textures
with rapid run-off, and are best suited to pasture and hay (Bailey and Winsor 1964).
The soils of the bottoms and terraces near the Ohio River are mostly of the Captina
and Wheeling series. These soils formed an old alluvium that washed from soils of
limestone origin. They are noted for a brittle hardpan at a depth of about 18 to
26 inches and are generally strongly acid, but respond well to liming and fertilizer
(U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville 1975).
Sargent and Lundy Engineers have performed soil borings at the Ghent Station. Figure
2.1-7 illustrates the log of a soil bore that was made at the location of planned
construction for Units 3 and 4. Surface soils in the construction area generally
consist of silty clay loam at the surface and progress into sandy loam at depths of
3 to 5 ft. From this depth until bedrock is reached at approximately the 130 ft
depth, soils consist of varying ratios of sand, gravel and clay.
2.1.3 Terrestrial Biota
The area surrounding the Ghent Power Station, like much of Kentucky, was once a
luxuriant hardwood forest. Migration to Kentucky by white settlers in the late 18th
century and later, was followed by rapid removal of forests on much of the arable
land (Wharton and Barbour 1973). The level land on the floodplain immediately
surrounding the Ghent Power Plant was probably converted early to farmland, the
gentler slopes were cleared for pastureland, and only the steep hillsides remained
forested.
2.1-22
-------
490 ,9
490 silty day loam, light brown organic in upper 2 ft.,
vary friable in disturbed state, damp, stiff
486.4
485 •.. Sandy loam with few fine gravel, brown, moist, loose
482.9
480
Fine to medium sand and fine to medium gravel, some
coarse sand and few large gravels in upper portion,
475 gravel concentration diminishing with depth, damp,
medium
470
4674
465
460
Fine to coarse sand and fine tu coarse gravel, brown
and gray well-graded, moist, dense
450
4469
445
Medium sand, brown, trace of fine sand, moist, medium
440
435
432,9
C) 430
C)
LL
425 Medium sand with some fine to coarse gravel, brown, appreciable
silt and clay content, brown, moist into saturated at Elevation
421, medium into dense with depth
O 420
•,-
4 3
415
I — 4129
LU
410 Fine to coarse sand and fine to coarse gravel, brown, saturated,
• medium
405
4034
400
395
Fine to medium sand with some fine to medium gravel, brown
390 appreciable silt and clay binder, sand somewhat coarser with
depth, saturated, dense
385
380
377.4
375
Fine to coarse sand and fine to medium gravel, brown, some
370 coarse gravel, appreciable silt and clay content, saturated,
dense
365
3644
360 Limestone (70%) light gray, fine to inedium—gralned crystallina,
fossiliferous, hard; with some interbedded, irregular shale (30%)
lamlnae and seams, dark gray, medium
355
3534
Figure 2.1-7. Ghent Station Soil Borings.
2.1-23
-------
The present land use of the area greatly influences the distribution and abundance
of vegetation and wildlife. Tobacco, corn and other crops are grown on the most
level lands. Pasturelands are on gentler slopes rising from the floodplain to the
steeper hillsides. Cut-over forests occupy most of the steeper slopes; however,
almost untouched stands of hardwood timber are found in limited areas on the steepest
slopes. Counts of annular rings on stumps of trees recently felled for power-line
right-of—way construction showed the larger individuals of several dominant species
to he 200 years old or more. The patchwork of variation in land use provides excel-
lent habitat for ‘edge’ species. These edge species (e.g., those animals thriving
where two or more vegetation types come together) are the most abundant and commer-
cially significant wildlife resource. They include such animals as cottontailed
rabbits (s jZv laqus floridanus), white-tailed deer (Odocoilcus virginianus), bob-
white (COi fl virainianus), and raccoons (Proc?!con Zotor). Species associated
with extensive stands of the original forests, for example gray squirrels (Sciu rus
carolinensis), are not benefitted by such interspersion of types and will disappear
with more intensive land use. Rabbits, bobwhite, mourning doves (Zena da rnacrou.ra)
and white-tailed deer frequently utilize crops to supplement their normal diet
(Gusey and Maturgo 1973), and certain farming practices may be beneficial to these
species.
2.1.3.1 Flora
2.1.3.1.1 Regional Vegetation
The Ghent Station is located in a transition region called the Western Mesophytic
Forest Region (Braun 1950). This region is bounded on the east by the western escarp-
ment of the Cumberland and Allegheny Plateaus and extends to the bess bluffs of
the Mississippi River. The region extends from the southern boundary of the Wisconsin
glaciation in Ohio and Indiana, southward to northern Alabama and Mississippi. Fennernan
(1938) calls this reqion the Interior Low Plateau (Figure 2.1—8), which includes four
subdivisions.
2.1-24
-------
\L p of Physjogr phic I’rov ncc tr d Scciior s. (After Fenrieman, 193g.)
* Green River is an alternative site for the proposed units (see Section 4.2.2).
Figure 2.1—8. Location of Ghent and Green River power stations within
the Interior Low Plateau Province of Fenneman (1938).
LEGEND
8. Interior Low Plateau Province
a. Highland Rim section
b. Bluegrass section
c. Nashville Basin
d. Shawnee section
Gherit Station
Green River Station*
30
0 00 200 500 o0
S
2.1—25
-------
Unlike the Mixed Mesophytic Forest Region on the east, this region is not charac-
terized by a single climax type but is composed of a mosaic of vegetation types.
This complex mosaic is the result of past and present influences (e.g., substrate,
topography) operative within recent enough time that their effects upon vegetation
have not yet been eliminated. These transition forests are less luxuriant than
the Mixed Mesophytic Forest Region. There is greater tendency toward dominance
by a few species and community composition is more influenced by habitat factors.
Forest composition shifts in its western portions toward forests dominated by oaks.
This region has a variety of upland forest types and extensive alluvial swamps.
Geology appears to be the prime factor affecting the flora and plant distribution
of the state. Geologic structure determines the parent material, and this influ-
ences the physical and chemical soil structure. Topography also plays an impor-
tant role in plant distribution; certain species do have broad ranges but generally
still will occur on a limited number of sites. Past glaciation, as pointed out by
Braun (1951) also has had an important influence on plant distribution, with this
region serving as a refuge for plants during the glaciation period.
The total vascular flora of Kentucky includes well over 2,000 species of ferns and
seed plants (Wharton and Barbour 1971). Woody plants comprise over 280 species
(Wharton and Barbour 1973); grasses, sedges and rushes comprise over 350 species.
No other associations in the Eastern Deciduous Forest Formations are as diverse.
This diversity is promoted by the presence in the flora of Appalachian species,
southern species, northern species, swamp species and many species characteristic
of more easterly regions in the United States.
2.1.3.1.2 On-Site Vegetation
Land use and the resultant vegetation cover at the Ghent site is greatly influenced
by topography (Figure 2.1—9). Woodlands between normal water level and normal high
water level bordering the Ohio River are dominated by American sycamore (Plcztcznus
dt 7 s), cottonwood (Populus deltoides), silver maple (Acer saccharinzon) and
American elm (Ulmus americana). Above this normal high water mark but below the
floodplain, dominance is assumed by hackberry (CeZtis ocoidentaZis), sugar maple
2.1-26
-------
1,200 —
1,100 —
1,000 —
900 —
800
700 —
[ Hackberry
Sugar Maple
American Elm
LBlack Locust
I Fields 1
[ Pastureland I
\
600 -
American Sycamore
— Cottonwood
Silver Maple
500 — American Elm
400 -
Normal Water Level (420’ Elev.)
1,000 0
SECOND-GROWTH WOODLAND
\ American Ash
\ Box Elder
Black Locust
Hackberry
[ Pasturelands Wi ]
f Wooded Margins J
1 (Elev.
I — Flood Plain Drainage
Ohio River Flood Plain (About 500’ Elev.)
1,000
DISTANCE IN FEET
Figure 2.1-9. Topographical cross-section (diagrarnnatic) depicting vegetation comunities
surrounding the Ghent Power Station, Carroll County, Kentucky.
2,000
INVADED PASTURES
Black Locust
Eastern Red Cedar
Honey Locust
Blackberry
Prairie Rose
Snowberry
-j
( 1)
2
Li
>
0
r ) C D
0
U
-J
U
MATURE WOODLAND
Shagbark Hickory
Bitternut Hickory
Sugar Maple
Black Oak
Chinquapin Oak
American Ash
Power
Plant
American Sycamore
Black Locust
American Elm
-------
(Acer aaccharum), American elm and black locust (Robini a pseudoacacia). The flood-
plain proper is mostly in farmland and pastureland, with black locust, American
sycamore and American elm along edges and small drainageways. Adjacent to and
above the floodplain on the more gentle slopes exist pasturelands, locally invaded
by black locust, eastern red cedar (Juniperus virginianus), and honey locust (Gleditsia
triacant os). Blackberry (Ruhus sp.), prairie rose (Rosa setigera) , and snowberry
(.7?rny7 or1oarpos orbiculatus) grow along fencerows and edges. Upper slopes above
the floodplain are either cut—over (in most areas) or mature (locally in very steep
areas) forests. Dorninants here are such hardwoods as suqar maple, bitternut hickory
(Car7Ja cordiformis), black walnut (Juglans niqra), and yellow poplar (Liriodendron
tuZ pifera) in mature stands and black locust, box elder (Acer negundo), and hack-
berry in second-growth forests.
Table 2.1-8 and 2.1-9 further describe the occurrence and general abundance of
woody species found on the lowlands and uplands, respectively, at the Ghent site.
Species within these tables are segregated by topographic community type and by
stature (overstory and understory). Woody species found at the Ghent Station are
similar in occurrence and abundance to those of nearby woodlands as reported by
Gentry (1963) and Keith (1967). A further species list of vascular plants known
to occur in the Ghent area is presented in Appendix A-i.
2.1.3.1.3 Rare and Endangered Plant Species
Since the Mixed Mesophytic Forest was the center of origin for many widely—esta-
blished species and still contains good habitat for most of these, the number of
endangered or threatened species is few. Table 2.1-10 lists these species in Ken-
tucky officially considered endangered or threatened (Smithsonian Institution 1975).
Distributions within Kentucky of the listed species were difficult to ascertain
from the literature. However, based upon a general evaluation of the habitats of
those listed, it is probable that only the ones so indicated (Steilar a fontinaiis 5
Rypericum sphaerocarpum var. turidum and Polernoniwn reptans var. villosuin) could
occur within the general region of the station. In addition to those listed, Wharton
and Barbour (1971) mention other species that seem, based upon their general distri-
bution and habitats, likely to occur near the two areas. These species are Goidseal
(H?jdrastis canadensis), Canada Mayflower (Maranthemum canadense), Gensing (Panax quin—
quafolium) , and all other orchids occurring there.
2.1—28
-------
Table 2.1-8
Occurrence and general abundance of woody plant species encountered on
the Ohio River slope and on the river floodplain at the Ghent Power Plant.
OVERSTORY
Lower Slope (Below Normal High Water Level (See Fig. 2.1-9))
Cottonwood (Populus deltoides)
Black Willow (Salix nigra)
American Elm (UZ nus a’nerica a)
American Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis)
Silver Maple (Acer saccharinwn)
Red Maple (A. rubrwn)
Dominant; large trees
Common; streamside
Common
Dominant; large trees
Dominant; large trees
Common
Upper Slope (Between Normal High Water Level and Floodplain)
Hackberry (Ceitis occidental is)
American Elm (Ulmue americana)
American Sycamore (Piatcrnus occidental-is)
Black Cherry (Pyyunus serotina)
Black Locust (Robinia pseudoacacia)
Sugar Maple (Acer saccharuni)
Basswood (TiZ-ia conericana)
White Ash (Frax-inus conericana)
Floodplain
Black Willow (Salix nigra)
American Elm (Ulmus americana)
American Sycamore (Platanus occidental-is)
Black Locust (Robinia paeudoacacia)
Honey Locust (GZ.editsia triacant os)
Donii nant
Domi nant
Common
Infrequent to common
Common
Domi nant
Infrequent
Common
Common; streamsides
Common; edges, streamsides
Along drainageways
Abundant; edges, invader
Common; edges, openings
UNDERSTORY (Floodplain)
Blackberry (R us ep.)
Prairie Rose (Rosa setigera)
Honeysuckle (I,onicera jctponica)
Snowberry (Synrphor’L -carpos orbiculatus)
Elderberry (Sa,nbucus canadensis)
Common; edges
Common; edges
Abundant; edges
Abundant; edges
Common; edges
2.1—29
-------
Table 2.1—9
Occurrence and general abundance of woody plant species
encountered on upland slopes and ridges at the Ghent Power Plant.
OVERSTORY VEGETATION
(Jun iperus vira’ini.rna)
(Carya ordiformis)
(C. avata)
Species
Eastern Red Cedar
Bitternut Hickory
Shagbark Hickory
Black Walnut (Ju rlans nigra)
American Beech (Fagus grandifolia)
Chinquapin Oak (Quercus muhlenbergjj)
Pin Oak (Q. palustri )
Black Oak (Q. velutina)
Hackberry (Celtic occid ntalis)
American Elm (Ulinus america-na)
Slippery Elm (U. rubra)
Magnolia (Magnolia sp.)
Yellow Poplar (riri tulipifera)
American Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis)
Wi 1 d P1 urn (Prunus sp.)
Black Cherry (Prunus serotina)
Kentucky Coffeetree (Gymnocladus dioicus)
Black Locust (Robinia pseudoacacia)
Sugar Maple (Acer saccharwn)
Box Elder (A. negundo)
Buckeye (Aesc ulus sp.)
Basswood (Tilia canericana)
American Ash (F’raxinua americana)
Occurrence and Abundance
Abundant invader of open areas
Common, hillside woodlands
Scattered; hillsides
Common; woodlands
Infrequent; woodlands
Locally common; rocky slopes
Common; woodlands
Common locally
Abundant; various sites
Common; lower slopes
Common; woodlands
Infrequent; woodlands
Locally abundant; woodlands
Local; near ravines
Common; edges
Common; woodlands
Locally common; second growth
Abundant; second growth and
edges
Abundant; hillside woodlands
Abundant; second growth and
edges
Locally common; woodland edges
Infrequent; woodlands
Abundant; second growth and
edges
2.1—30
-------
Table 2.1-9 (cont’d)
Occurrence and general abundance of woody plant species
encountered on upland slopes and ridges at the Ghent Power Plant.
UNDERSTORY VEGETATION
Species
Greenbrier (Sm- lax sp.)
Eastern Hophornbeani (Ostrya virginiana)
Blackberry (Rubus sp,)
Prairie Rose (Rosa s tigercz)
Honey Locust ( fleditsia triacanthos)
Shining Sumac (Rhus copallina)
Rough-leaf Dogwood (Cornus drummondi’i)
Snowberry (Synrphor carpos orbicuZa*us)
Occurrence and Abundance
Common; edges, openings
Infrequent; woodlands
Abundant locally; edges, openings
Abundant; edges, openings
Common; edges, fencerows
Common invader; edges
Local; edges
Abundant; edges, openings
2.1—31
-------
Table 2.1-10
Endangered (E) and threatened (T) plants of Kentucky
(Smithsonian Institution 1975).
FAMILY SPECIES STATUS
Asteraceae Eupator um res-inosujn var. kentucl
-------
2.1.3.2 Fauna
The wildlife of the area surrounding the Ghent Power Plant is influenced in its
diversity and abundance by the location of the power plant on the banks of the Ohio
River at the periphery of the Outer Bluegrass Region. The topographic relief
created by the sudden drop in terrain from the uplands to the river floodplain,
from there across the floodplain and into the river channel proper, promote great
local diversity in habitats and, therefore, among vertebrate animals. The river
itself is a migratory pathway and feeding and resting area for waterfowl and shore-
birds (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service undated: 9). Streamside animals such as
raccoons and mink (Mustela vison) are apparently abundant along its edge. Riverside
forests harbor a variety of resident and migratory birds. The river floodplain,
about 80 ft above normal water level, provides open pastureland and farmland areas,
extensive brushy edges, and woodlots as habitat for animals such as cottontailed
rabbits, bobwhite and opossums (Didelp7-tis virginiana). Woody and brushy hillsides
rising to the uplands from the floodplains are a different kind of habitat, and har-
bor gray squirrels and fox squirrels (Sciurus niger), ruffed grouse (Bonasa um1 ellus),
white-tailed deer, and a variety of songbirds. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
(undated: 64) has estimated that the Ohio River Valley (including surrounding uplands)
is about 43 percent farm game (rabbits, bobwhite) habitat, 33 percent forest game
(squirrels, deer) habitat, and 1.8 percent waterfowl habitat.
During the on site visit, one reptile, one amphibian, 24 birds and 10 mammal species
were encountered by sight, sound or observation of sign. About 32 amphibians, 30
reptiles, 255 birds and 40 mammals are described in the literature as having ranges
encompassing the area (Barbour 1956b; Barbour etal. l966)(Appendices A-2 to A-4).
Animals inhabitating the Ghent site which are hunted (Kentucky Department of Fish
and Wildlife Resources 1976) for sport include cottontailed rabbits, gray squirrels,
fox squirrels, woodchucks (Marmota monczx), white-tailed deer, bobwhite, ruffed grouse,
mourning doves, woodcock (Philohelcz minor), opossums, raccoons, red foxes (Vulpes
vulpes), gray foxes (urocyon cinereoargenteus) and several waterfowl species. The
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (undated: 7) describes the cottontailed rabbit as
2.1—33
-------
the most abundant game animal arid bobwhite as the most abundant game bird. During
the period 1961-1970, hunters in Carroll County killed an estimated average total
of 95 ducks per year of which mallards (Anas piatyrhynchos) and black ducks (A.
rubripes) composed the majority of those harvested (Carney etal. 1975). The mourning
dove sustains a sizeable amount of hunting effort in Kentucky, but most other migra-
tory non—waterfowl birds do not (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service undated: 9; Artnian
1975). Of the rare and/or endangered vertebrate species, there is only one, the
Indiana bat (Myotis sodalis), which is likely to occur in the Ghent area. This
species is listed as “threatened by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (1973: 209)
and ‘ endangered” by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (1974). The Indiana bat
is distributed in the midwestern and eastern United States from the western edge of
the Ozark region in Oklahoma to central Vermont and south to northern Florida. Its
populations are normally associated with major cavernous limestone areas, of which
the Bluegrass Region has many (Bailey 1933; Funkhouser 1925). A fairly extensive
literature is available on this bat and is summarized by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (1976). The American and Arctic peregrine falcons (Falco peregrinus anatwn
and F. p. tundrius) and the Southern bald eagle (Raliaeetus Zeucocephalus leucocephalus)
possibly visit the area during migration, but habitat of suitable quality for exten-
sive nesting and feeding during the migration probably does exist at Ghent.
2.1.4 Hydrology
The Ohio River flows from its head at the confluence of the Monongahela and Allegheny
Rivers in Pittsburgh for a distance of 981 miles to its mouth at the Mississippi
River in Cairo, Illinois. The Ohio River drainage basin is large, covering most of
the states of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee and West Virginia, and parts of
Pennsylvania, Alabama, Illinois, New York and Virginia. Because the drainage area
is so extensive, the river is subject to considerable increases in flow and high
volumes of run-off during times of heavy rainfall often resulting in floods (Wapora
1973).
The Ghent Power Station is located on the Kentucky side on the south bank of the Ohio
River, 536 river miles downstream from Pittsburgh. The existing Units 1 and 2 are
presently located on a floodplain approximately 330 ft from the Ohio River shoreline
and 67 ft above normal pool elevation of the Ohio River (420 ft M.S.L.).
2.1-34
-------
The location of the power station is on the upper reaches of the McAlpine Pool,
which is formed as a result of McAlpine Dam located in Louisville at river
mile 607.3. The flow of the Ohio River at the Ghent Power Station is affected
by discharges of Markiand Dam 5.5 miles upstream at river mile 531.5 and stor-
age in McAlpine Pool (Figure 2.1—10).
2.1.4.1 Surface Water Hydrology
The Ohio River is the dominant feature when discussing the surface water hydro-
logy of the region in which the Ghent Power Station is located. The width of
the Ohio River, at the point where the station is located, is 1215 ft with a
maximum depth of 30 ft at normal pool elevation (420 ft M.S.L.)(Figure 2.1-li).
The Ohio River at this point flows in a southwesterly direction, includes a
drainage area of 83,170 square miles (at Markiand Dam) and includes 13 princi-
pal tributaries and a vast number of smaller creeks emptying into the Ohio
River main stem.
Table 2.1-11 lists the tributaries 5 miles upstream and downstream from the
station. The western portion of the Ghent Station is drained principally by
a small creek which discharges into Black Rock Creek shortly before it joins
the Ohio River (Figure 2.1—12). The drainage area of the entire Black Rock
Creek system is 1647.4 acres of which 361.8 acres or 21.9 percent is within
the station boundaries. The composition of the drainage basin is of almost
equal areas of mixed forest and farmland. Although no water chemistry was
performed, it can be assumed that the water quality of the creek is fairly
high as opposed to drainage basins with less vegative cover and the possibility
of more erosion. The eastern portion of the Ghent Station contains the
existing ash pond which collects the majority of the rainfall and run-off from
this area and discharges it into the Ohio River after allowing for settling of
suspended solids.
2.1-35
-------
Table 2.1-li.
Tributaries of Ohio River
Vicinity of Ghent Station
Tributary River Mile Bank
Stephens Creek 532.0 S
Log Creek 533.0 N
Agnieis 534.7 S
Plum Creek 535.6 N
Ghent Station 536.5 S
Black Rock Creek 537.0 S
Indian 540.0 N
McCools Creek 540.7 S
2.1-36
-------
PUBLIC USE AREAS
A JEFFERSONVILLE. INO.
A COX PARK, KY.
A WEST PORT, KY.
A MADISON. IND.
CARROLLION, KY.
VEVAY, IND.
A MILTON, KY.
SCALE IN MILES
5 0
UPSTREAM LIMIT
OF
McALPINE POOL
(1) MARKIAND
L&D
(KY.)
INDIANA
J
rarsaw
GHENT
STATION
Charleston
CLARK
Co. Sellersburg
New
Albel
C , 0
/
KENTUCKY
LEGEND
Normal pool elevation 420.0
A Launching ramp (undeveloped)
A Launching ramp (developed)
S
Source: U.S. Corps of Engineers. 1975.
Figure 2.1-10. McAlpine Pool Reach--Ohio River.
2.1 -37
-------
1200 1300
440
430
420
-J
w
>
U i
-J
410
U i
U,
z
400
Ui
>
0
390 <
I—
Ui
U i
U-
380
NORMAL POOL ELEVATION
420 M.S.L.
— — —
— 4 — 4 4 — — — 4
75 0
300
600
FEET
900
Figure 2.1-11.
Ohio River Cross-section at Ghent Power Station.
-------
.‘
- I
/1’ - —
----7---
,
. . S\
— r —
-
js .‘fL-
- --
4 - ‘i - — —— —
_ :: ;; ::
L-
; _ f -
-J ?
I -
- - * ; ‘
-
- I I - \/
: -j
44
— T• -- -
,
—:5 ,
-<
N- -
7
-
1- -
‘ -
Figure 2.1-12. Ghent Power Station Location.
-------
2.1.4.1.1 Flow Characteristics
Ohio River flow data from the gauging station at Markiand Dam (R.M. 531.5) are
available from 1970 to the present (USGS 1975). Means and extremes for this period
along with daily flow data for the water year 1975 (October 1974 to September 1975)
are presented in Table 2.1-12. Average flow for the period of record at Markiand
Dam is 130,500 cfs. Maximum flow was recorded as 465,000 on 14 December 1972 and
reached a pool elevation 458.52 ft M.S.L. (Ghent Station elevation 487 ft M.S.L.).
Minimum flow for the period of record at Markiand Dam was 10,500 cfs on 9 July 1971.
There have been 5 major floods that occurred on the Ohio River before gauging records
began at Markiand Dam. Descriptions are presented below:
a. Flood of March 1913
The March 2913 flood originated in the northern part
of the Ohio River, particularly in the watersheds of the
Beaver, Musl
-------
Table 2.1-12
Ohio River Discharge at Markiand Dam
Water Year 1975
LttATI()1. --L.at 38 ’46’29”, long 8457’52 ”. Gallatin Coonty. at left end of #rkland E a, 0.4 ml. (0.6 1cm) tçatr. frcm StapItasS
Creek. 3.4 miles (5.5 1c ) west of Warsaw and at mile 531.5 (855.2 ).
DRAINAGE AREA. --83,170 ml (215,410 sq ka), approximately.
PER.JOD OF R D. - - y 1970 to an-rant year.
GAGE. - -Gate opening aixi weter-stage recorders on left bank. turbine recorders in powerpisot on right bank. Datc.n of headwater gage
0.5 mile (0.8 ka) upstream is 443 ft (135.0 a) above mean sea level. (ido River da a. Dettu of tailwater gage 0.4 mile (0.6 1cm)
downstream is 35 ft (10.7 a) lower.
AVERAGE DIS(}IARGE.--S years, 130,500 c Ia (3,696 aj rn/a), 21.31 inJyr (541 mn/yr).
EXThD4FS. - -&jrrent year: Maxiicun daily discharge, 460,000 cfs (13,000 Cu Ws) Feb. 26; uaaimas headwater gage height, 13.67 ft
(4.167 in) Mar. 18; maxistian tailwater gage height, 47.41 ft (14.451 a) Mar. 18; minim .in daily discharge, 12,100 cfs (3.43 co m Is)
July 30, 31.
Period of record: MaxinLnn daily discharge, 465,000 cfs (13,200 a.. I L ’s) Dec. 14, 1972; ,imxini_an headwater gage height, 17.20 ft
(5.243 a) Jan. 15, 1974; maxinimc tailwater gage height, 50.52 ft (15.398 a) Dec. 14, 1972; mmm iii daily discharge. 10,500 cfs
(297 Cu m/s) July 9, 1971.
Flood of Jan. 26, 1937, reached a stage of 76.1 ft or 23.20 a (tailwater gage).
RII4ARKS. --Records fair. Daily discinarge conçtited frr.n head, gate openings, lockages, aix! turbine flows. F1 regulated by (1 id
River system of locks, dams, and reservoirs upstream fron station.
DISCHARGE, IN CUBIC FEEl’ PER SECOND. WATER YEAR OCTOBER 1974 10 SEPTEMBER 1975
DAY OCT NOV DEC JAN EB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP
I 31.800 .38,800 144.000 223,000 291.000 410,000 430,000 370,000 107,000 61,500 31,800 85,300
2 31,400 30.300 189,000 236,000 324,000 369,000 410.000 322,000 112,000 39,700 20,600 142.000
3 29.000 34,400 210,000 264,000 329,000 283,000 360,000 289,000 126,000 45,000 13,000 130.000
4 34.700 35,600 199,000 280,000 333,000 228,009 330,000 263,000 145,000 60.600 17.100 103.000
s 35.300 44,600 179,000 265,000 334.000 200,000 222,000 240,000 143,000 58,300 25.500 70.000
6 31,700 58.000 156.000 226,000 334,000 182,000 201,000 248,000 121,000 66.900 26,700 54,700
7 30.100 60,200 135.000 198.000 334.000 162,000 186,000 250.000 139,000 48.300 32.400 54,700
8 23.800 61.900 164,000 188.000 315,000 161,000 160.000 226,000 155,000 49.800 33.800 59,000
9 23.800 65,200 180,000 166.000 315,000 163,000 134.000 180,000 163,000 32.900 29,600 41.400
10 22.300 .0,400 224,000 164,000 285,000 183.000 119,000 161,000 134,000 43.900 23,600 34.200
11 27.900 48,900 250.000 225.000 239,000 205,000 113.000 141,000 111.000 47,000 23,500 44,400
22 29,100 96,600 247.000 224,000 200.000 249.000 93,100 135,000 96,700 39,800 2 ,30O 42,000
13 24,400 67,300 220,000 209.000 212.000 325,000 87,700 124,000 95,000 29,000 21.900 68.800
14 22,600 73.000 188,000 190,000 251,000 390,000 84,000 102,000 107,000 30,600 33,400 83,800
15 28,400 75,600 175,000 182,000 264.000 425,000 71.500 98.800 112.000 29.000 51,100 13.200
16 33,200 42,100 182,000 172,000 232.000 396,000 68,900 104.000 114,000 30.900 64.500 55,000
11 41.300 13.800 185,000 154,000 190,000 405,000 75,100 120.000 93,700 33,800 99.000 34,300
18 60.700 68,300 191,000 141,000 165.000 400,000 66,900 129,000 110,000 23,600 103.000 50.400
19 57.200 68,500 197,000 156.000 164,000 389,000 72,500 146,000 101,000 30,000 82.200 50.100
20 50,100 64,600 194,000 187,000 177,000 394,000 17,900 148,000 85,600 33,800 39,200 72,600
21 36.600 79,100 169,000 222.000 189.000 374,000 86,600 135,000 81,900 39,000 29,100 81.900
22 39,600 101,000 148,000 240,000 190.000 377,000 86,800 126,000 63,300 37.400 21,200 91,200
23 27,800 121.000 129,000 241,000 268,000 383,000 86,500 91,000 68,300 36,700 24,600 76,800
24 33,700 127.000 123,000, 199,000 415,000 424,000 158.000 95,800 45,800 19,300 23,000 118,000
25 40,700 119,000 124,000 160,000 450.000 435,000 270.000 114,000 61.600 35.700 22,700 202.000
26 37,900 123,000 141,000 170,000 460,000 430,000 332,000 112.000 38,000 33,800 27,400 262,000
27 38,100 124,000 171.000 217,000 455,000 420,000 390.000 105.000 66,700 27.600 25.100 250.000
28 32.100 1.37,000 201.000 258,000 440,000 410.000 410.000 97,600 68,400 31.800 21,800 162,000
29 32.000 140,000 428,000 263,000 400,000 420.000 102,000 66.400 24.900 23,000 113.000
30 33.200 131.000 234.000 250.000 410.000 410.000 83,300 71,100 12.100 21.500 95.000
31 32,600 228.000 256,000 425,000 92.100 12.100 31.300
TOTAL 1,053.7$ 2,360.114 5,705.0$ 6,624.0$ 8,155.0$ 10,397$ 6,011.5$ 4,948.6$ 2,988.5$ 1,119.8$ 1,062.8$ 2,800.7$
MEAN 33,990 78,670 184,000 210,500 291,300 335,400 200,400 159.600 99,620 36.120 34.930 93,360
HAA 60.700 140,000 250,000 289,000 440,000 435.000 430,000 310.000 155.000 66,900 103,000 262,000
MON 22,300 30,300 123.000 141,000 164.000 161.000 66.900 83,300 38.000 12.100 13.000 34,200
CAL YR 1974 TOTAL 47,972,800 MEAN 131,400 MAX 458,000 HIM 18.800 F 4 1.58 D . 21.46
WTR YR 1975 TOTAL 53,146,700 MEAN 146.600 MAX 460.000 HIM 12.100 GE94 1.75 IN. 23.77
H Expressed in th.xisands.
2.1-41
-------
c. Flood of January-February 1937 (Flood of Record: F.O.R.)
The flood of January-February 1937 was the most dis-
astrous ever in the Ohio River Basin. Excessive and almost
continuous rainfall from January 6 to 25 caused maximwn
recorded stages in a 705 mile reach of the Ohio River below
the mouth of Xanawha at Point Pleasant, West Virginia, to
the mouth of the Ohio River at Cairo, Illinois. This flood
interrupted virtually all communications and transportation
between the north and south banks of the river for periods
ranging from a week to a month. With the exception of the
Cincinnati suspension bridge, every highway bridge approach
from Marietta, Ohio, to the Mississippi River, a distance
of 800 miles, was flooded and closed to traffic. At Cin-
cinnati, the approaches were raised by an earth and sand
bag ramp. Although generally not the most severe flood in
Ohio River tributaries, this flood did produce record
stages on the lower reaches of the Cwnber land, Green and
Kentucky Rivers record stages on the C nber land occurred
to 160 miles upstrecvn, above the present location of Cheatcan
Dam.
d. Flood of March 1945
The March 1945 flood was of major proportion along
the entire main stem of the Ohio River, increasing in
severity from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, to Louisvi-lle,
Kentucky, where it was the second highest of record.
Downstream of these cities, the stages were exceeded by
several previous floods. It was not serious on most
tributaries, many of which did not exceed flood stage in
the upper reaches. Six reservoirs in operation in the
Allegheny and Monongahela Basins reduced the 1945 flood
stage at Pittsburgh by 1.8 feet. These and two reservoirs
in the Beaver Basin resulted in a 2. 3-foot reducti -on at
h eeling , West Virginia. The 14 reservoi-rs in th Mud-
kin gu’n Basin reduced flood stages 3. 0 feet at Mari-etta,
Ohio. With the exception of Dale Hollow on the Cwnberland
River and the T.V.A. reservoirs in the Tennessee Ri ver
Basin, there were no additional major flood control reser-
voirs in 1945 in the Ohio River Basin downstreo,n of the
Muakingwn River. Therefore, the reserovirs on the Ohio
River flood crest could bring only a 1.0-foot reducti-on
at Portsmouth, Ohio, 0.5-foot at Cincinnati, Ohio, and
0.2-foot at Louisville, Kentucky.
e. Flood of March 1964
The March 196’4 flood was the fourth highest flood
in the century at Cincinnati (stage 66.2 feet) and the
maxiinwn of record in the Licking and Little Miami Basins.
The heavier rains were concentrated in the area along
2.1—42
-------
the main stem of the Ohio River with rainfall exceeding
16 inches at Paducah., Kentucky, and 13 inches at Louis-
ville, Kentucky. The 39 reservoirs in operation and the
62 local protection projects prevented an estimated $290
million in damages, even though the reservoirs are located
mostly in upper reaches of tributaries and the heaviest
rainfall occurred below them. The reservoirs were there-
fore less effective in reducing flood atages than if the
rainfall had been more widely distributed. (U.S. Corps
of Engineers 1967)
The relative flood stage profiles for the 5 floods of record are shown in Figure
2.1-13. The maximum predicted discharge rate at the Ghent Station for a 100-year
flood is 820,000 cfs and a surface elevation of 476 ft (M.S.L.). This elevation
is 11 ft under the elevation of the Ghent Power Station. The maximum predicted
discharge for a 50-year flood is 770,000 cfs at an elevation of 474 ft (M.S.L.).
Low flows are of prime importance in the production of electricity by electric
power plants. The requirement for cooling water necessitates that a minimum volume
of water be available in order to operate the plant. Due to the increasing regula-
tion of the Ohio River through storage reservoirs, a larger minimum flow can be
maintained than in the past. At the present time, the value for the predicted 7
day, 10-year flow at the Ghent Station is uncertain; however, it is considered
to fall within the range of 10,000 to 15,000 cfs (U.S.G.S. 1976). ORSANCO (1970)
estimated the 7 day, 10—year low flow as 12,100 cfs for the river reach from Meldahi
Dam (R.M. 436.2) to McAlpine Dam (R.M. 605.8).
2.1.4.1.2 Water Quality
2.1.4.1.2.1 Chemical and Physical
Water quality of the Ohio River in the Ghent Station vicinity is monitored by the
U.S. Geologic Survey at Markiand Dam, 5 miles upstream from the Ghent Station. The
measurements are published annually in the Water Resources Data for Kentucky.
2.1—43
-------
o00
700
MILES BELOW PITTSBURGH
Source: U.S. Corps of Engineers 1967.
Figure 2.1-13. Relative Flood Stage Profiles--Ohio River.
-j
‘ S I
>
Lu
-J
4
‘La
z
4
Lu
‘ SI
>
0
4
z
0
4
>
Lu
-I
-l
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
0
5
10
p.-
Lu
IL.
U-
z
Lu
I-
4
3:
0
D
x
4
3:
0
-l
Lu
I
p.-
Lu
3
20
25
30
300
-------
The Ohio River Valley Sanitation Commission (ORSANCO) monitors the water quality
of the Ohio River to insure that established water quality standards for anrionia,
barium, cadmium, chloride, chromium, fluoride, nickel, nitrate, selenium, silver,
sulfate, total dissolved solids and zinc are met 100 percent of the time at all
Ohio River monitoring stations (ORSANCO 1976). Tables 2.1-13 present monthly
and quarterly data of specified chemical parameters for water year 1975 at Mark-
land Dam. In addition, Table 2.1-14 presents a summary of USEPA STORET water
quality data for the period October 1971 to June 1974.
Dissolved oxygen concentrations were less than the stream standard (daily average
not less than 5 mg/2 , no value less than 4 mg/2 ) one or more days during July or
August at several monitoring stations between Cincinnati and Louisville. Table
2.1-15 gives a sumary of the dissolved oxygen values at Markland Dam for 1975
(ORSANCO 1976).
Temperature standards for Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio and West Virginia state
that the maximum rise above natural temperature shall not exceed 5F and that the
maximum temperature during any month shall not exceed values presented in Table
2.1—16.
During 1975 this standard was met 100 percent of the time. U.S.G.S. records daily
temperatures at Markland Dam. The daily temperatures for water year 1975 are pre-
sented in Table 2.1—17.
2.1—45
-------
Table 2.1-13
Water Quality Data, Water Year October 1974 to September 1975
Instan- Dissolved Dissolved Dissolved Dissolved Dissolved Bicar- Alka— Dissolved Dissolved Dissolved
taneous Silica Calcium Magnesium Sodium Potassium bonate unity Sulfate Chloride Fluoride
Discharge (S 102) (CA) (mg) (NA) (K) (HCO3 asCACO3 (S04) (CL) (F)
Date (cfs) (mg/a.) (mg/i .) (mg/s.) (mg/P.) (mg/s.) (mg/s. (mg/s.) (nig/e) (mg/s) (my/s.)
10/30/74 32,100 4.4 51 15 33 4.0 89 73 120 40 0.4
11/27/74 122,000 5.0 51 2.0 23 3.2 81 66 85 30 0.3
12/20/74 197,000 6.8 35 10 13 2.3 75 62 22 57 0.2
1/24/75 215,000 6.5 29 8.0 13 2.0 64 53 52 17 0.2
2/27/75 451,000 5.9 42 9.2 12 2.4 109 89 55 15 0.3
3/28/75 470,000 6.1 26 7.8 8.8 2.0 56 46 52 11 0.1
4/15/75 69,500 6.3 35 11 13 2.0 71 58 71 15 0.1
5/13/75 122,000 5.7 28 8.3 9.8 1.8 61 50 56 11 0.3
6/10/75 129,000 5.6 33 9.6 15 2.2 63 52 66 17 0.4
7/22/75 38,100 - 49 13 22 2.9 103 84 78 28 0.4
7/30/75 13,200 - 38 11 23 3.6 85 70 73 27 0.3
9/23/75 70,900 5.9 44 12 25 7.0 71 58 100 31 0.4
Total
Nitrite Total Dissolved
Plus Kjeldahl Total Total Solids Non-
Nitrate Nitrogen Nitrogen Phosphorus (Residue Hardness Carbonate Specific Temper— Tur-
(N) (N) (N) (P) at 180°C) (CA, mg) Hardness Conductance pH ature bidity
(mg/s.) (mg/s.) (mg/s.) (mg/s.) (mg/s.) (mg/s.) (mg/s.) ( mhos) (Units) (°C) (JTU)
10/30/74 1.5 0.81 2.3 0,13 334 190 120 460 7.7 19.5 7
11/27/74 1.1 0.59 1.7 0.13 226 140 69 420 6.8 9.0 30
12/20/74 1.4 0.89 2.3 0.25 192 130 67 328 7.0 5.0 50
1/24/75 0.97 0.83 1.8 0.18 156 110 53 300 7.0 4.0 80
2/27/75 1.2 1.3 2.5 0.34 197 140 53 300 7.8 6.0 200
3/28/75 0.87 0.70 1.6 0.11 156 97 51 260 7.5 9.0 55
4/15/75 0.93 0.46 1.4 0.07 225 130 74 300 7.6 10.0 9
5/13/75 0.32 0.42 1.2 0.06 164 100 54 255 7.2 19.0 20
6/10/75 1.3 0.27 1.6 0.07 243 120 70 320 6.5 24.0 20
7/22/75 1.1 0.65 1.8 0.13 254 180 91 455 7.4 27.5 5
7/30/75 0.90 0.90 1.8 0.12 246 140 70 402 7.6 27.0 5
9/23/75 1.5 0.37 1.9 0.10 291 160 100 405 7.2 22.0 15
Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total
Arsenic Arsenic Cadmium Cadmium Chromium Chromium Cobalt Cobalt Copper Copper Iron
(AS) (AS) (CD) (CD) (CR) (CR) (CO) (Co) (CU) (CU) (FE)
Date (iag/s.) ( Jg/s.) ( ig/s.) ( /s.) (pg/s.) (ug/t) ( Js.) (pjg/s.) ( js.) ui.gI ____ (uah)
10/30/74 1 1 1 1 10 1 0 1 13 6 530
1/24/75 3 1 1 1 <10 0 20 7 33 6 6,900
4/15/75 0 0 1 1 <10 2 6 0 5 3 990
7/22/75 1 0 0 0 <10 0 0 0 6 5 410
Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved Total Dissolved
Iron Lead Lead Manganese Manganese Mercury Mercury Selenium Selenium Zinc Zinc
(FE) (PB) (PB) (MN) (MN) (HG) (HG) (SE) (SE) (ZN) (ZN)
Date (ug/s.) ( ig/2 .) g/s.) ( g /9 .) (pg/P.) (pg/P.) (pg/2 .) (hg ’s.) (pg/s.) (u/s.)
10/30/74
1/24/75
4/15/ 75
7/22/75
0 2 3 61 15 0.1 0.1 0
0 25 0 400 110 0 0 0
o 43 1 140 110 0 0
0 1 0 50 4 0 0 1
Source: U.S.G.S. 1975.
0 20 20
0 180 10
1 30 0
1 10 0
2.1—46
-------
Table 2.1-14
Suniiiary of
Ohio River at
USEPA STORET Water Quality Data
Markiand Dam (River Mile 531 .5)1
Water temperature
Turbidity
Color
pH
Hardness
Dissolved solids
Dissolved oxygen
BOO 5-day
Total coliform
Fecal coliform
Alkalinity total
Non-fl 1 terable
residue total
Aluminum dissolved
Aluminum, total
Ammonia N
Arsenic, total
Barium, total
Cadmium, dissolved
Cadmium, total
Calcium, total
Chloride
Chromium, dissolved
Chromium, total
Copper, dissolved
Copper, total
Flouride
Iron, dissolved
Iron, total
Kjeldahl N, total
Lead, dissolved
Lead, total
Manganese
Manganese, dissolved
Magnesium, total
Mercury, total
Nickel, dissolved
Nickel, total
Nitrite and Nitrate
N-total
207.65
6.94
1.57
15,130.832
1,765.692
60.71
31.54
334.37
11.8
2.5
71 ,000.02
37,000.02
102.0
84. 2
2.19
3.02
0.8
1,500.0
30.0
35.0
3.0
Parameter
Mean Value
65.46
22.25
9.31
7.21
Number of
Unit Samples
22
JTU 20
Units 20
Std units 22
mg/2 -
mg/i 22
mg/9 22
mg/9 20
/100 m2, 20
/100 m9 22
mg/L 20
mg/9 22
Maximum Value
82.4
56.0
20.0
7.7
Minimum Value
32.0
8.0
5.0
6.7
mg/Z
1
0.500
0.500
mg/9.
mg/2
mg/i
mg/2
mg/9-
mg/2
mg/9
mg/9.
mg/i
1
22
7
—
18
14
2
22
10
0.129
0.00625
0.O0383
O.00255
32.05
21.49
0.01944
0.020
0.36
0:010
O.02O
O.O08
32.1
44.0
0.030
0.20
0.03
0.002
0.001
0.001
32.0
13.0
0.010
0.020
mg/2
mg/i
mg/9
mg/9
mg/9
mg/L
mg/i
mg/i
mg/i
mg/i
mg/i
mgR
mg/9
2
11
2
20
2
2
2
19
17
3
18
2
7
0.02963
0.015
0.201
0.020
1.1250
0.535
0.0l833
0.01221
0.14125
0.057392
0.009252
0.000322
0.O5O
0.O15
0.33
0.020
1.7000
0.57
O.120O
O.O502 3
0.2100 2
0.3900 2
0.0094 2
0.000502
0.030
0.010
0.015
0.13
0.020
0.5500
0.50
0.005
0.005
0.065
0.010
0.0091
0.0002
0.020
mg/i
rng/z
mg/9
2
2
22
0.025
0.030
1.38
0.030
2.1
0.030
0.85
2.1—47
-------
Table 2.1-14
(cont’d)
Summary of USEPA STORET Water Quality Data
Ohio River at Markiand Dam (River Mile 531.5)1
Parameter
Phenols
Phosphorus, dis-
solved P
Phosphorus, total
Potassium, total
Selenium, total
Silica, total
Silver, dissolved
Silver, total
Sodium, total
Sul fate
Zinc, dissolved
Zinc, total
Unit
mgi £
mg/i
P mg/i
mgi i
mg/i
mg/ £
mg/9
mg/i
mg/i
mgi £
mg/i
mgi £
Number of
Samples Mean Value
1 0.0032
Maximum Value
0.0032
0.132
0.21
2.6
0.003
5.62
0.020
0. O02O
13.8
130.0
o.iiO
0.O50
Minimum Value
0.0032
0.01
0.084
2.4
0.003
5.62
0.002
O.Ooi
13.2
59.0
0.020
0.015
1 October 1971-June 1974
2 Indicates values which violate standards
The apparent disparity between dissolved and
has not been resolved conclusively; however,
analyses were performed using samples taken
reflected by the number of samples taken).
total concentrations for some constituents
it can be reasonably assumed that these
on dates which were not in common (as
“STOrage and RETrieval: System,”
15
16
2
3
1
2
6
2
23
5
2
0.059
0.128
2.5
0.003
5.62
0.O1l
0. 001 67 3
13.5
86.57
O.O44
0.0325
Source: U.S. Environmental
computer printout,
Protection Agency,
7 February 1975.
2.1-48
-------
Table 2.1-15
Table 2.1—16
Ohio River Temperature Standards
Month Temperature Deg. C Month Temperature Deg. C
January 10.0 July 31.7
February 10.0 August 31.7
March 15.6 September 30.6
April 21.1 October 25.6
May 26.7 November 21.1
June 30.6 December 13.9
Source: ORSANCO 1976.
Dissolved Oxygen
1975
Markland (R.M. 531.5)
(mgR)
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
June
July
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mo. Avg.
10.7
11.5
10.9
9.9 8.0 6.5
5.4
4.6
6.3
6.8
8.8
10.9
Mm. Day
10.3
10.8
9.9
8.3 7.3 5.2
3.2
2.8
3.4
6.0
7.6
9.7
Mm. Hour
10.2
10.6
9.9
7.6 6.9 4.7
3.1
2.6
3.2
5.9
7.3
9.6
2.1-49
-------
Table 2.1-17
(°C) of
1974 to
Mean Values
Water,
September 1975
Note: Mean daily temperature values for 3
12-28 March, 30 March, 26-30 April,
readings furnished by Corps of Engineers
Source: U.S.G.S. 1975.
November, 9-13 January, 28-30 January,
6, 7, 10, 11 May based on once-daily
Temperature
Water Year October
Day
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sep.
1
21.0
17.0
8.5
6.0
5.5
6.5
8.5
16.5
24.0
28.0
29.5
29.5
2
20.5
16.5
8.0
6.5
5.5
6.0
9.0
16.5
24.0
28.5
29.5
29.0
3
20.0
16.5
7.0
6.5
5.5
5.5
9.0
16.0
24.0
28.5
29.5
29.5
4
20.0
16.5
7.0
6.5
5.5
5.5
9.0
15.5
24.0
29.0
29.5
29.0
5
19.5
16.5
6.5
6.5
5.5
5.5
9.0
18.0
24.0
29.0
29.5
29.5
6
19.5
16.5
6.5
6.5
5.5
6.0
9.0
17.0
24.0
29.0
29.5
30.0
7
19.0
16.0
6.5
6.5
5.5
6.0
9.5
16.5
24.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
8
19.0
15.5
6.5
6.5
4.5
6.0
9.5
16.0
24.0
28.5
29.0
28.5
9
19.0
15.0
6.0
6.0
4.5
6.5
9.5
16.5
23.5
27.0
29.0
28.5
10
19.0
15.0
5.5
6.0
4.5
6.5
10.0
16.5
23.5
27.0
29.0
28.0
11
19.0
15.0
5.5
7.0
4.5
7.0
10.0
16.5
23.5
28.0
29.0
28.0
12
19.0
15.0
5.5
7.0
4.5
6.5
10.0
18.0
23.5
28.0
29.0
28.0
13
19.0
14.5
5.5
6.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
18.0
23.5
28.0
29.0
27.0
14
15
19.0
19.0
14.0
13.0
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
10.0
10.5
18.5
19.0
23.5
23.5
28.0
28.0
28.5
28.5
25.5
25.0
16
17
19.0
18.5
12.0
12.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
4.0
4.5
6.0
6.0
10.5
10.5
19.0
19.0
23.5
24.0
28.0
28.0
29.0
29.0
24.5
24.5
18
18.5
12.0
5.5
6.0
5,5
6.0
11.0
19.5
24.0
27.0
29.0
24.0
19
20
18.0
17.0
12.0
12.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
11.5
12.0
20.0
20.5
24.5
24.5
27.0
27.0
29.0
29.5
24.0
24.0
21
16.5
12.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
7.0
12.0
20.5
25.0
28.0
29.5
24.0
22
16.5
11.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
8.5
13.0
21.0
25.5
28.5
29.5
23.5
23
16.0
11.0
5.5
5.5
6.5
9.5
13.0
21.5
25.5
28.5
29.5
23.0
24
16.0
11.0
5.5
5.5
7.0
10.0
13.5
22.0
26.0
28.5
29.5
22.0
25
16.0
11.0
5.5
6.0
7.0
10.0
14.0
22.0
26.5
28.5
29.5
21.0
26
16.0
10.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
10.0
14.5
22.0
26.5
29.0
29.5
20.0
27
16.0
10.0
6.0
6.0
6.5
9.5
15.0
23.0
27.0
29.0
30.0
19.5
28
16.0
9.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
16.0
23.5
27.0
29.0
30.0
19.5
29
16.0
9.5
6.0
6.5
-
9.0
15.5
23.5
27.0
29.5
29.5
19.5
30
16.5
9.0
6.0
6.0
-
9.0
16.0
24.0
27.0
29.5
29.5
19.0
31
16.5
-
6.0
5.5
-
8.5
—
24.0
-
29.5
29.5
-
2.1-50
-------
2.1.4.1.2.2 Total and Fecal Coliform
The Ohio River states have adopted various combinations of standards for acceptable
total and fecal coliform concentrations in surface waters. Table 2.1-18 shows the
number of months the requirements were met at Cincinnati and Louisville. There
are 14 municipal sewage treatment plants that discharge into the Ohio River between
Cincinnati and Louisville and are considered as the main source of coliforrn in the
Ohio River (ORSANCO 1976).
Public Service Indiana (1975) sampled the Ohio River at R.M. 570 for fecal coliform
concentrations. The fecal coliform results obtained from the Ohio River stations
exceeded the Kentucky standards for all months except July, August and October.
2.1.4.2 Ground Water Hydrology
The most extensive sources of ground water in the region around the Ghent Station
are the alluvial deposits along the Ohio River. From Lawrenceburg, Indiana to
Carroliton, Kentucky, the alluvium averages about 1 1/2 miles in width and as much
as 140 ft in thickness. The water in the unconsolidated deposits along the Ohio
River is very hard, varying from about 250 to 340 mg/i. The water also generally
has objectionable concentrations of iron (U.S. Corps of Engineers 1966).
Adjacent to the Ohio River, ground water is readily available. Wells in this area
yield up to 500 gpm. Along the Kentucky River and Eagle Creek, wells yield up to
5 gallons per minute (Watkins and Associates 1974). Table 2.1-19 describes the
known wells within 5 miles of the Ghent Station on the south bank of the Ohio River.
Figure 2.1-14 is a map of the North Kentucky region showing the availability of
ground water and the location of the previously mentioned wells.
U.S.G.S. (1975) lists the water table at Schenley Distillers, Inc., Carroilton as
varying from a high of 9.00 ft below the land surface datum (l.s.d., 455 ft M.S.L.),
March 10, 1955 and a low of 38.31 ft below l.s.d. December 19, 1960. (Period of
record: 1951—1975), (Table 2.l- Q). Chemical data on the Schenley Distillers, Inc.
well are as follows:
2.1—51
-------
Table 2.1-18
Number of Months During 1975 that Total and
Fecal Coliform Criteria were met in the Ohio River
Public Water Supply Recreation
L t o Mile St Sampling Total Fecal Total Fecal
oca 1 fl Point a es Frequency 1000/lOOmi 200/lOOmi Total Fecal
Cincinnati 462.8 Oh-ky 5/week 6 12 6 0 3
Louisville 600.6 Irid—Ky Daily 0 7 4 0 4
Criteria:
Public Water Supply
Total coliforni: Less than 5000/100 ml monthly average and
overrun (rndiana, Kentucky);
Fecal coliform: 200/100 ml: less than 200/100 ml monthly
geometric average and overrun (Illinois,
Ohio, Pennsylvania);
Recreation—-May through October
Total coliform: Less than 100/100 ml monthly arithmetic
average and overrun (Kentucky);
Fecal coliform: Less than 200/100 ml monthly geometric
average and overrun (Illinois, Indiana,
Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia).
Source: ORSANCO 1976
2.1-52
-------
Table 2.1-19
Description of Wells
Within 5 Miles of Ghent Station
Location* d** Well Depth Aquifer Yield*** Quality
of Well (feet)
A .8 120 Alluvium 100 gprn Good
B 1.7 124 Alluvium P Good
C 2.8 100 Alluvium P Good
D 4.0 120 Alluvium P Good
E 3.7 ? Eden Group H
(Ordovician)
F .4 160 Alluvium H Salty & Sulfurous
G 3.2 50 Eden Group H Good
(Ordovi ci an)
* See Figure 2.1-14
** Distance from the Gheflt Station (in miles)
P = Suitable for power-pump
H = Suitable for hand-pump
Source: Hall and Palmquist 1960.
2.1-53
-------
PIA’IOI4
ffl ll
,/
\ : .
f_.
— — —,. • . . ‘,* -.
WN4 • p. .d .d.
LIII
• d ...
• W f .’ 4PN&4 4 p4
D
F
H
0W .”
8 4 N
H
. i.• , p
p —N - Np
,_ .—
N.
— •N .4 -
Figure 2.1-1.4. Availability of ground water in Carroll, Gallatin, Henry, Owen,
and Trimble Counties, Kentucky.
Source: Hall and Palmquist 1960.
I 4 - . 7 • N
N
Ji
0
9
S
—.4
/
/
/
-------
Table 2.1-20
Water Level At Noon, From Recorder Graph, Water Year 1974*
Water Year 1975
* Schenley Distillers, Inc. Carroilton. Drilled unused water-table well in sand and gravel of Quaternary
age, diam 8 in (.20 m), depth 110 ft (34 m), screened 96—110 ft (29-34 m). Lsd about 455 ft (139 m)
above MSL. MP top of casing, 3.40 ft (1.04 m) above lsd. Highest water level 9.00 ft (2.74 m) below
lsd, March 10, 1955; lowest 38.31 ft (11.68 m) below lsd, December 19, 1960. Records available: 1951—75.
Day Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept.
5 35.63 33.34 26.95 22.90 24.88 27.70 20.10 29.96 20.97 28.90 34.60 29.02
10 35.50 34.47 31.46 30.33 26.07 24.88 17.50 31.22 29.44 32.07 34.75 32.23
15 35.63 34.87 32.18 15.05 28.65 19.50 21.30 25.35 32.31 33.16 34.37 31.83
20 35.85 34.76 31.76 20.95 29.21 - 25.85 25.71 32.30 33.65 35.10 34.15
25 36.00 34.50 28.95 20.45 27.65 - 28.82 28.48 25.20 34.22 35.50 34.10
Eom 35.35 23.20 22.82 19.70 27.60 25.40 30.30 27.95 28.15 34.30 31.99 34.65
5
10
15
20
25
Eom
34.94
35.87
35.46
34.70
35.23
35.63
35.39
35. 04
34.22
34.24
32.28
31.35
28.41
28.00
27.67
27.25
29.47
25.76
28.79
26.95
25.75
26.70
24.60
23.45
20.85
19.80
21.75
25.00
17. 50
16.38
21.20
24.10
16.50
13.80
13.40
11.72
17.25
24.30
28.01
29.13
20.75
10.01
14.10
17.15
22.40
25.67
27.78
29.50
27.85
27.74
29.18
30.16
32.30
32.48
33.37
33.60
34.08
34.06
34.85
35.01
35.01
35.07
35.05
34.60
35.70
35.31
34. Ot
35.10
34.18
34.50
31.95
31.77
Source: U.S.G.S. 1975.
-------
Geologic Unit - glacial outwasy, Pleistocene Age
Total Depth of Well - 127 ft
Date of Sample - 8/14/75
Dissolved Silica - 15 mg/i
Dissolved Iron - 10 mg/i
Dissolved Manganese - 10 mg/i
Dissolved Calcium - 99 mg/i
Dissolved Magnesium - 26 mg/i
Dissolved Sodium - 17 mg/i
Dissolved Potassium - 2.0 mg/i
Bicarbonate - 275 mg/i
Source: U.S.G.S. 1975
The main sources of drinking water for Carroll County are municipal or private wells.
Carroliton Utilities furnished fluoridated, chlorinated and softened water to the
city of Carroliton. Average use is about 500,000 gal per day. The Carroll County
Water District supplies chlorinated water to the eastern part of the county including
the communities of Worthville, Ghent and Sanders. Approximately 120,000 gal are
supplied on an average day (Watkins and Associates 1974).
At many rural homes in areas where ground water is not sufficient for domestic or
farm use, rainfall is collected and/or water is delivered to be stored in cisterns
for later use. These areas are primarily located in the white region In Figure
2.1-14 where the average production of wells is only 100 gal per day. 1
On-site wells for the Ghent Power Station will consist of two 200 gpm wells, one
400 gpm well and a fourth well with a flow rate of approximately 450 gpm. This
availability of ground water will be more than adequate to supply the normal operating
demand of 150 gpm per generating unit (Sargent and Lundy 1976).
All four wells servicing the Ghent Station are located in “Area I” or the area of
ground water-rich alluvium near the Ohio River, as denoted in Figure 2.1-8. Maximum
reported yield in this area is 500 gpm. Most properly drilled wells will produce
several hundred gallons per minute.
1 Personal communication with Gene McMurry, local agricultural extension agent,
Carroll County, Kentucky.
2.1-56
-------
2.1.5 Aquatic Biota of the Ohio River
The Ohio River in earlier times consisted of a series of pools and riffles collecting
natural run-off from the drainage basin. Now, however, it has been dammed and chan—
nelized to form a relatively narrow, deep trough without the pools and riffles. 4
series of high rise dams has within the past 20 years been built to replace the
older roller dams. The construction of these high rise dams has in effect created
a series of lakes or impoundments along the river, thereby modifying the original
aquatic community to a more lake-like one (Wapora 1973).
In conjunction with the aquatic biota of the main stem of the Ohio River, a more
lotic type community is found in small tributaries. An example would be Black Rock
Creek into which the western portion of the Ghent Station drains. These small creeks
are receiving increased interest as they provide the only shallow gravel bars and
weeds suitable for spawning by several important fish species inhabiting the Ohio
River, e.g. Sauger Redhorse, Large and Small Mouth Bass and Golden Shiner (ORSANCO
1962, 1976).
In the following subsections, the aquatic biota will be discussed in terms of
species composition of the major components. The components discussed include
fish, phytoplankton, zooplankton, periphyton, benthic organisms and macrophytes.
Sources of data are from several recent studies performed on the Ohio River within
50 miles of the Ghent Station (R.M. 536). Public Service Indiana (1975) has com-
pleted a year long biological study (March 1974-February 1975) at R.M. 570 for its
proposed nuclear station. In addition, the Ohio River Sanitation Commission
(ORSANCO) has completed several studies (1962, 1976) including biological studies
at Markland Dam which is located 5 miles upstream from the Ghent Station. Wapora,
Inc. has had a continuing biological sampling program (1972, 1973, 1974) at the
Tanner’s Creek Plant (R.M. 496), 40 miles upstream from the Ghent Station.
2.1.5.1 Fish
A change in the fish population of the Ohio River has occurred since the 9 foot pool
stage was established ifl 1929. The paddlefish and sturgeons that were once abundant
2.1-57
-------
in the Ohio River are now rarely found. Among other important fishes which seem to
be declining in the Ohio River since 1900 are the yellow bullhead, blue catfish, the
walleye and the silver lamprey (Trautman 1957).
On the other hand, the impounding of sections of the Ohio River seems to be creating
conditions that are better suited to certain species, possibly due to less competi-
tion, or deeper, slower moving water, or a combination of both. Among the species
which seem to be increasing in population are the channel catfish, black bullhead,
the goldeye, the skipjack herring and the gizzard shad (ORSANCO 1962).
The nearest and most recent fish population study completed in the vicinity of the
Ghent Station was a rotenone study of Markiarid Lock 5 miles up river on 30 October
1975 (ORSANCO 1976). Table 2.1-21 presents the findings. A total of 19 species were
found totaling 5540 individuals for a total weight of 529.37 Kg. It is shown that
the gizzard shad, carp, freshwater drum and channel catfish make up the majority of
the population with gizzard shad making up the greatest percentage by number (70 per-
cent) and the carp making up the greatest percentage by weight, (57 percent).
Similar findings were obtained from the survey at R.M. 570 (Public Service Indiana
1975). Table 2.1-22 presents results of four different methods of collection (seining,
hoop-netting, gill netting and electro-fishing). Minnows and herrings were most nu-
merous in the total sample due to the abundance of emerald shinners and gizzard shad.
Low numbers of game fish were indicated by the sampling.
In a study completed by Wapora (1974) near the Tanner’s Creek Plant (R.M. 496), 25
species of fish were collected by electro-fishing. The data indicate that the emerald
shinner and gizzard shad were the most abundant in terms of numbers of fish, while
the gizzard shad, carp, river carpsucker and largemouth bass contributed the greatest
percent of total fish weight.
No rare or endangered species of fish were found in any of the before mentioned sur-
veys. Table 2.1-23 lists the rare and endangered fish species of Kentucky.
Fish eggs and larvae surveys have been completed by Public Service Indiana (1975) at
R.M. 570 and Wapora (1974) at R.M. 496. Table 2.1-24 presents reported spawning tem-
peratures of 14 species of fish common to the Ohio River (Public Service Indiana 1975).
2.1-58
-------
Table 2.1-21
Ohio River Fish Population
Markiand Lock And Dam (R.M. 531.5)
30 October 1975
Comon Name Scientific Name Number Weight
(Kg.)
Range
(Cm.)
Herrings CLUPEIDAE
Gizzard shad Do osoma cep di anum 3855 127.51 6-30
Skipjack Alosa chrysochZori$ 6 0.4 1-25
Minnows and carps CYPRINIDAE
Carp Cyp’inus carpio 104 299.4 30-66
Suckers CATOSTOMIDAE
Smaliniouth buffalo Ictiobus bubaius 1 2.1 41
Freshwater catfishes ICTALURIDAE
Channel catfish Thtaiurus punctatus 311 22.6 21-45
Flathead catfish Pylodictus olivardis 11 0.82 10-20
Temperate basses PERCICTHYIDAE
White bass Morone chrysops 10 1.18 11-18
Sunfishes CENTRARCHIDAE
Bluegill Lepornis macrochirus 14 1.58 5-19
Spotted bass Micropterus punctulatus 3 0.59 13-24
Largemouth bass Micropterus saimoidee 4 3.8 28-33
White crappie Porno js annularis 23 8.18 7-28
Black crappie Pornoxis nigromaculatus 1 0.22 19
Longear sunfish Lepomis magalotis 13 1.03 5-15
Rock bass Anthioplites rupestris 1 0.10 13
Perches PERCIDAE
Sauger Stizostedion canadense 108 27.54 15-43
Gars LEPISOSTEIDAE
Longnose gar Lepisosteus osseus 1 0.3 39
Drums SCIAENIDAE
Freshwater drum Apiodinotus gUrnfliefls 1069 31.4 3-36
Paddi efi shes POLYODONTI DAE
Paddlefish Polydon 8pathula 2 0.34 32
Mooneyes HIODONTIDAE
Mooneye Hiodon tergisus 3 0.28 14-19
Total 5540 529.37
Source: ORSANCO 1976.
2.1—59
-------
Table 2.1-22
Number And Percent Of Relative Abundance Of Fish
16 March 1974 Through 22 January 1975
Marble Hill (R.M. 570)
Ga r
Longnose gar
Herrings
Skipjack herring
Gizzard shad
Mooneyes
Gol deye
Moon eye
Minnows and Carp
Goldfish
Carp
Emerald shiner
Common shiner
Sand shiner
Shiner
Bluntnose minnow
Bullhead minnow
E. Blacknose dace
Northern Creek chub
Suckers
River carpsucker
White sucker
Smalimouth buffalo
Bigmouth buffalo
Spotted sucker
Redhorse
Catfishes
Bi uecatfi sh
Channel catfish
Flathead catfish
Li vebearers
Mosqui tofish
Temperate bass
White bass
Scientific Name Totals
LEPISOSTEIDAE
L pisost u. os us 33
CLUPEIDAE
Alosa ehr jsochloris 29
Dorosoma cepedianuin 499
HI 000NTIDAE
Hiodon alosoides 8
H. tergi sue 1
CVPR IN I DAE
Carassius auratus
C yprinus carpio
Notropis atherinoides
N. cornutus
N. stromineus
Notropis sp.
Pimephales not cztus
P. vigilax
Rhinichthys a. atratulue
SernotiZus atrc7nacuZatus
CATOSTOMI DAE
Carpiodes carpio
Catostornus corr nersoni
Ictiobus bubaZus
Ictiobus cyprine hue
Minytrerna rnelanope
Moxcetoma sp.
ICTALURIDAE
Ictalurus furcatus 1
Thtaluraue punctatus 11
Pylodictis ohivaris 1
POECILI IDAE
Ga’nbusia affinis 1
PERC ICHTHYIDAE
Morons chrysops 14
Relative
Abundance
(percent)
2.2
1.9
33.0
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.7
39.7
0.1
0.9
0.5
1.0
0.5
6.0
0.2
1.8
0.2
0.3
0.1
0,4
0.7
0.1
0.7
0.1
0.1
0.9
Common Name
1
10
601
1
13
7
15
7
91
3
27
3
5
1
6
10
2.1—60
-------
Table 2.1-22 (cont’d)
Number And Percent Of Relative Abundance Of Fish
16 March 1974 Through 22 January 1975
Marble Hill (R.M. 570)
Common Name
Sunfi shes
Rock bass
Green sunfish
Pumpki nseed
Bluegill
Longear sunfish
Smalimouth bass
Spotted bass
Largemouth bass
White crappie
Black crappie
Perches
Rainbow darter
Yellow perch
Sauger
Walleye
Dr urn
Freshwater drum
Scientific Name
CENTRARCHIDAE
Amblopii es rupesLris
Lepornis cyanelius
L. gibbosus
L. macro thirus
L. megaiotis
Micropterus doiom-ieui
M. pun otulatus
M. salmoides
Pomoxis annularis
P. ni 0 -rornaculatus
PERCIDAE
Etheostoma caerulewn
Perca fiavescens
Stizostedion canadense
S. vitreum
SCTAENIDAE
Ap lodinotua grunniens
Relative
Abundance
(percent)
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
Totals
1
11
1
21
1
4
11
8
9
2
2
1
22
7
18
1512
0.1
0.7
0.1
1.4
0.1
0.3
0.7
0.5
0.6
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.5
0.1
1.2
100.0
Totals
2.1—61
-------
Table 2.1-23
Rare And Endangered Fish Species Of Kentucky
Species Common Name
Percop6is orniscomaycus (Wal baum) Trout-perch
Etheostoma asprigene (Forbes) Mud darter
Etheostoma lustrio (Jordan and Gilbert) Harlequin darter
Etheostoma tippecanos (Jordan and Everrrian) Tippecanoe darter
Percina macrocephala (Cope) Longhead darter
Source: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1973.
2.1—62
-------
Table 2.1—24
Reported Spawning Temperatures Of Fourteen Species Of Fish
Common To The Ohio River At Marble Hill
Coninon Name Scientific Name Reported Spawning Temperature Source
C F
Longnose gar Lepisosteus osseus 20-30 68-86 Taber, 1969
Gizzard shad Dorosoma cepedianum 10-21 50-70 Miller, 1960
Carp Cyprinus carpio 15-30 59-86 Breder and Rosen, 1966
Emerald shiner Notropis cztherinoides 22 72 Flittner, 1964
River carpsucker Carpiodes carpio 19.4-23.9 67-75 Jester, 1972
White sucker Catostomus corii’nersoni 6-23 43-73 Mansuetti and Hardy, 1967
Shorthead redhorse Moxostoma macrolepidotwn 11 52 Mansuetti and Hardy, 1967
Channel catfish Ictalurus punctatus 21.1-29.4 70-85 Clemens and Sneed, 1957
White bass Morons chrysops 15.6 60 Breder and Rosen, 1966
Bluegill Leponna macrochirus 19.4-26.7 67-80 Calhoun, 1966
Largernouth bass Micropterus salinoides 17.2-20.0 64-68 Harlan and Speaker, 1956
White crappie Pomoxis annularis 17.8-20.0 64-68 Calhoun, 1966
Sauger Stizostedian cc adense 6.1-11.1 43-52 Priegel, 1969
Freshwater drum Aplocinotus g-runniens 18 64 Swedberg and Walburg, 197(
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
-------
Public Service Indiana (1975) reported that no fish eggs or larvae were collected
until the river temperature exceeded 12.5C (54.5F) after April 19, 1974. After
this date until July 31, 1974, a total of 510 fish eggs and 1213 fish larvae were
collected. Samples collected on July 17 contained the greatest number of fish
larvae with freshwater drum accounting for 95 percent of the 1018 larvae collected
(Table 2.1-25).
Wapora (1974) performed fish eggs and larvae survey on April 3-6, May 20-21, June
16 and August 14, 1974. Specimens were found only in the May and June samples.
All the specimens identified belonged to the herring (Clupeidae) or minnow (Cyprin—
idae) families. Densities ranged from 0 to 15.7 larvae per cubic meter (Table 2.1—26).
2.1.5.2 Phytoplankton
The composition of the phytoplankton community of the Ohio River, like most rivers,
is changeable and dependent upon river temperature, flow and nutrient load. For this,
reason only general statements can be made concerning population density and species
make-up for the Ohio River at the Ghent Station.
Public Service Indiana found diatoms to dominate the monthly samples from March 1974
through February 1975. Population densities ranged from under 500 individuals per
milliliter in December, January and February to over 4000 individuals per milliliter
in November (Figure 2.1-15).
Centric diatoms comprised the majority of diatoms from May through November 1974 in
the Public Service Indiana survey. Centric diatoms included Cyciotella atomue, C.
menegh-iniana, Melosira ambigua., M. distans, and M. granulata which are generally
found in eutrophic water (Lowe 1974). During periods of lower water temperature
and greater discharge (March and April 1974, December 1974 through February 1975),
pennate diatoms, most of which are periphytic, comprised the majority of the plank-
tonic diatoms. The most common pennate diatoms included Cocconeis piacentuia, Fra-
gilaria crotonensis, Goniphonenia olivacewn, G. parvuluin, Navicula cryptocephala, N.
tripunctata and N. viridula.
2.1-64
-------
Table 2.1—25
Fish Larvae Collected by Tow Net at Five Sampling Points
Marble Hill Site, March 18 to July 31, 1974
DATE TAXON TOTALS
March 18 0
March 27 0
April 5 0
April 10 0
April 19 0
April 28 PERCIDAE
Stizostedion sp. 1.
Stizosted-lon vitreurn 1
Total Larvae 2
May 7 CYPRINIDAE 3
CATOSTOMIDAE 9
PERCIDAE
Stizostedion sp. 1
POLYODONTI DAE
Polyodon spathula 1
ESOC I DAE
Esox sp. ].
Total Larvae 15
May .12 CYPRINIDAE
Cyprinus oarrpio 1
Other nrLnnows 7
CATOSTOMIDAE is
SCIAENIDAE
Aplodinotus grunniens 1
Total Larvae 24
May24 0
May29 0
May30 0
June6 0
June 12 CYPRINIDAE
Cyprinus carpio 3
Other minnows 30
CLUPEIDAE 2
Unidentifiable 3
Total Larvae 38
2.1—65
-------
Table 2.1-25 (cont’d)
Fish Larvae Collected by Tow Net at Five Sampling Points
Marble Hill Site, March 18 to July 31, 1974
DATE TAXON TOTALS
July 17 CYPRINIDAE
Cyprinus carpio 30
Othsr minnows 13
CLUPEIDAE 6
SCIAENIDAE
Aplodinotus grunniens 968
CENTRARCHI DAE
Lepomis sp. 1
Total Larvae 1018
July 25 CYPRINIDAE 8
CLUPEIDAE 1
SCIAENIDAE
Aplodinotus grunniens 9
Unidentifiable 2
Total Larvae 20
July 31 CLUPEIDAE 70
SCIAENTDAE
Aplodinotus grunniens 23
CENTRARCHIDAE
r epomis sp. 3
Total Larvae 96
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
2.1—66
-------
Table 2.1-26
Sunuuary Of Egg And Fry Tows
Tanners Creek
20-21 May 1974
Size Range Number of Number of Number of Fish
Location of Tow Taxonomic Group (nun) Fish Liters Sampled per iO Liters
Upstream No specimens 25042.9 0
Upstream LUPEIDAE (Herring) 6 1 31093.4 0.3
CYPRINIDAE (Minnows) 5 14 4.5
Egg-sac Fry 4 1 0.3
Discharge CYPRINIDAE 7 10 6350.4 157
CLUPEIDAE 7 2 3.1
Egg 3 1 1.6
Discharge CYPRINIDAE 14.5 1 13312.3 0.8
7 1 0.8
5 9 6.8
CLUPEIDAE 6 1 0.8
Egg—sac Fry 4 3 2.3
Discharge CYPRINIDAE 5 23 24531.4 9.4
CVPRINIDAE (Egg-sac Fry) 4 1 0.4
CLUPEIDAE 7 1 0.4
Source: Wapora 1974.
-------
Table 2.1—26 (cont’d)
Sunuiary Of Egg And Fry Tows
Tanners Creek
16 June 1974
Location of Tow
Taxonomic Group
Size Range
(m)
Number of
Fish
Number of
Liters Sampled
Number of Fish
per i03 Liters
Above
Above
Below
No specimens
CYPRINIDAE
CYPRINIDAE
9
7
6
1
1
1
20685.8
25072.3
17881.1
0
0.4
0.4
0.6
Below
Great Miami River
CLUPEIDAE
No specimens
CYPRJNIDAE
CLUPEIDAE
5
11
16
1
1
2
20391.8
24149.2
0.1
0
0.4
0.8
Great Miami River No specimens 16140.6 0
Great Miami River Nospecimens 23073.1 0
-r Great Miami River CLUPEIDAE 7 1 12348.0 0.8
CYPRINIDAE 9 1 0.8
LPRJNIDAE 5 1 _______________ 0.8
Source: Wapora 1974.
-------
z
0
1— 4000
z
‘C
3000
0
I-
2000
0
1000
w
z
5000
z
0
I-
Z 4000
‘C
a-
0
3000
2000
w
1000
z
STATION
1234
1974
S S
SAMPLING DATE
Source: Public Service Indiana, 1975.
Cumulative Phytoplankton Distribution for Ohio River
and Tributary Stream Sampling Locations.
Figure 2.1-15.
w
I-
-j
-J
-J
w
0
MARC U 1$, APRIL 1 5, MAY 22. JR NI 20 JULY 24, A RUST 27,
1974 1974 1974 1974 1974 1914
SAMPLING
DATE
I-
C,
fl
DIATOMS
‘ .4
1174
SE PTE MIII 25. OCTOIF 1 23. NOV EMIl $ 209(0 (MIII 1*. JANUARY 22 FtP iRA U
197 5
1974
1174
25
1975
2.1—69
-------
Non-diatom taxa in the Public Service of Indiana survey ranged from complete
absence or very low numbers to a high of 1235 cells/mi in November 1974. Some of
the more common species of the green algae included Actinastrum hantzschii, Ankis-
trodesinus falcatus., Chiconydomonas sp. Crucigenia quacfrata, Dictyosphaeriwn pul-
cheliwn, and Scenedesmus quadricauda. Euglena sp. and Trachelomona8 sp. were
euglenoids that were present. Table 2.1-27 presents a cumulative species list of
the phytoplankton found in the Public Service of Indiana survey.
A year long study completed by Wapora (1974) at Tanner’s Creek Plant (R.M. 496)
demonstrated similar findings. Diatoms dominated the samples throughout most of
the year except in the June samples in which the green algae dominated, mainly due
to a high number of coccoid greens. Comonly found diatom species included CycZo-.
tella meneghinicma, Synedra sp.., Stephanodiscus sp. and commonly found greens included
Ankistrodesmus falcatus and Scenedeernus quadricauda.
2.1.5.3 Zooplankton
The zooplankton community, which includes cladocerans, copepods, rotifers and pro-
tozoans, is a main link between the primary producers and secondary consumers in
river systems. The importance of zooplankton as a food source for larger inverte-
brates and fish is well documented.
Zooplankton populations of the Ohio River, as surveyed by Public Service Indiana
(1975) at R.M. 570, included 9 species of copepods, 11 species of cladocerans, and
38 species of rotifers. Total zooplankton abundance ranged from a low of 2 organisms
per liter in March 1974 to a high of 441 organisms per liter, in July 1974 (Figure
2.1-16). In May, rotifers were dominant with the dominant species being Brachionue
calycifiorue and Kerateila cochisarie. Rotifers were also dominant in June with
major genera being Keratelia, Pleosoma and Synchaeta. Moina affinis and the rotifers
Synchasta and Kerateila and the protozoa Codonelia were also numerous in most samples.
Table 2.1-28 is a species list of the zooplankton found during the year study.
Wapora (1974) had similar findings at the Tanner’s Creek Plant, R.M. 496. Roti-
fers dominated the June, November and July samples and cladocerans were dominant in
2.1—70
-------
Table 2.1-27
Cumulative Species List From Samples Taken From The Ohio River Stations
A-i Through A-6 During The Period From March 1974 To February 1975
Marble Hill Site
BACILLARIOPHYTA PENNALES (cont’d)
A. veneta
CENTRALES AsterionelZ-a formosa
Bidduiphia laevis Bac-illaria paradoxa var. tumidula
Coscinodiscus Zaucustris Caioneis baciliwn
C. rot hi i Cocconeis pediculus
Cyciotella atomus c. placentula
C. comta C. placentula var. euglypta
C. cryptica - meneghiniana C. placentula Var. linearve
C. kutzingiana Cymbella affinis
C. raeneghiniana c. aspera
C. michiganiana c. cistula
C. oce 1 lata c. graci us
C. pseudostelligera c. prostrata
C. stelligera .
Melosira conbigua a. ventricoea
M. distana C zjmbella sp.
M. granulata Cylinclrotheca gracilis
M. granulata var. angustissima Cymatopleura solea
M. italica Diatoma tenue
M. varians D. tenue var. elongata
Microsiphona D. vulgare
Stephanodiscus astrea E’pithenria curvata
S. hantzschii E. turgida
S. invisitatus Eunotia curvata
S. minutus E. elc 2s
S. nigaras E. e igua
S. subtiiis E. falia r var. fallax
Stephanodiscus Eunotia Bp.
Thalassiosira fluviatilus Fragilaria capucina
T. psedonana F. cons truens
F. crotonenei8
F. leptoatauren
Achnanthes affiniB F. vaucherias
A. lanceolata F. viscerana
A. lanceolata var. dubia Fragilaria 8pp.
A. minut’issima Frustulia rhomboidea
Achnanthes 8p. F. vuigaria
Anrp hipleura pel lucida Gonrphonema abbreviatwn
Amphiprora paiusida a. anguatatum
A. ornata G. cons trictum
Anrphora ovalis a. ianceolatwn
A. oVali8 var. pediculua
2.1—71
-------
Table 2.1—27 (cont’d)
Cumulative Species List From Samples Taken From The Ohio River Stations
A-i Through A-6 During The Period From March 1974 To February 1975
Marble Hill Site
BACILLARIOPHYTA (cont’d) PENNALES (cont’d)
P E NNA L ES
N. achroeteri
Goniphohema olivacewn N. secura
G. parvuiwn N. symmetr ca
G. sphaerophorum N. tenera
G. turns N. tripunctata
Gomphonema sp-1 N. tripunctata Var, echizonemoidea
Gomphonerna ep-2 N. vinduja
Goniphonema sp-$ N. viridula var. avenacea
Gyrosi9ma acowninatue Navicula ap-1
a. attenuatwn Navicula sp-2
G. obtuswn Nitzachja ac1. ouicjr1 8
a. scaiproidee N. actinastroides
Hannea arcus N. acuta
Hannea sp. N. affinie
Hantz8chia cvnphioxye N. ccnp hi hi a
Meridion circuiare N. apiculczta
Navicula accomoda N. capiteliata
N. bicapitellata N. clauaii
N. capitat N. cloeteriwn
N. aryptocephala N. disaipata
N. cryptocephaia var. avenacea N. filifor,nia
N. aryptocephala var. veneta N. fonticola
N. cuspidata N. fr ’ustulwn
N. decuasia N. hungarica
N. elgineneie N. lctnceoiata
N. exigua N. ilMearia
N. graciloidee N. lorenziwza var. aubtilia
N. huatedti N. nricrocephala
N. lanceolata N. palea
N. longi roe true N. paleacea
N. 7nenieculus var. upBaUen8ia N. parvuia
N. minima N. paado . ca
N. mutioa N. romana
N. paeudoreinhardtii N. sigma
N. pupula N. siginoidea
N. pupula var. mutica N. sinuata var. tabs ilaria
N. pygmea N. auboohacreus
N. radioea N. sub Unearia
N. rhyncocephala N. the r’,nalie
N. rhynoocephala var. anrphiceroa N. tribUonella
N. triblioneija var. viotorias
N. ealinarwn
2.1—72
-------
Table 2.1-27 (cont’d)
Cumulative Species List From Samples Taken From The Ohio River Stations
A-i Through A-6 During The Period From March 1974 To February 1975
Marble Hill Site
BACILLARIOPHYTA (cont’d) CHLOROPHYTA (cont t d)
PENNALES A. falcatus
Characiwn ap.
N. vermicuiar s aizicorv jdomonac sp-l
Nitzschia 8 PP• Chlcwrydomonas sp-2
Pinnuiaria appendicuiata Chodateila sp.
P. braunii Ciadophora sp.
P. brebissonii var. din?inuta Cloateriun Op.
P. mesolepta Coelastrwn ap.
P. ?nicro8taurorL c cigenia apiculata
P. subccrpitata C. quadrata op.
Pinnularia sPP• C. tetrapedia
Rhoicosphenia curvata Crucigenia 8p.
Stayroneis cvnceps Dictyosphaeriwn puicheliwn
S. snrithii Dictyosphaeriwn sp.
Stczuroneis op. Draparnal.dia op.
Surirella angustata Eiakatothrix 80.
S. biseriata Euraetrwn op.
S. ovalie Golenkinia op.
S. ovata Kirchnerielia lunaria
S. variabi lie Micractiniwn pusi 1 iwn
Surirella Micractiniwn 8p.
Synedx’a acus Monoraphidiwn Br.
S. delicatiasima Mougeotia op.
S. delicatissirna var. cmgustissirna Qocystis lacustri. a
S. fasciculata Qocystie sp.
S. incisa Pandorina morwn
S. parasitica var. subconetre -cta Pando na op.
S. puicheila Pediaetrwn duple c
S. rwirpene • siniple c
S. rumpens var. familaris p• tetras
S. rumpeno var. meneghinana Qdrigula op.
S. Bocia Scenedeemue abundana
S. ulna s. acu’ninatue
S. ulna var. ramaei s. arcuatus
Synedra app. S. arfl.2tU8
Tabellaria fenestrata S. opoliensi.-8
T. flocculosa s. protruberano
CHLOROPHYTA S. quadx cauda
S. quadricaude var. aiternano
Actinaetrwn hantzechii . B7flVthii
Actinaetrwn 8p. .
Ankiatrodeamue conVo lutue
2.1—73
-------
Table 2.1-27 (cont’d)
Cumulative Species List From Samples Taken From The Ohio River Stations
A-i Through A-6 During The Period From March 1974 To February 1975
Marble Hill Site
CFILOROPHYTA (cont’ d)
Scenedesrnu8 8p-1
Scenede8rnus 8p- 2
Schroederia eet gera
Seianastrwn sp.
Sphaerocystis sp.
Staurastru’n ap.
Stigeocloniwn ep.
Tetraecfron caudatwn Var. i-nci-swn
Te traB trwn he terocanthwn
Tetraetrwn ep.
CHRYSOPHYTA
Chry8000caUB 8p.
Dinobryon 8ertular a
Dinobryon ep.
Lagynion op.
CYANOPHYTA
Anabaena op.
Chr0000ccuB ap.
Coe losphaeriwn 8p.
Meriemopedia Bp.
Microcyatie op.
Oscillatoria 8p-1
Oscillatoria op-2
Rhaphidiopeie curvata
Rhaphidiopeie op.
E UGLENOPHYTA
Euglena ap.
Phacue 8p.
Strombornonaa op.
Trachelornonas 8p.
PYRROPHYTA
Cryptomonae op.
Peridiniwn op.
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
2.1—74
-------
300
2*0
240
2
20
110
14
-J
L 1
I ”
120
100
$ 0
*0
20
— — —
I. — —
— —
—
—
0
0
SAMPLE DATES
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
Figure 2.1-16. Average Numbers of Zooplankton Collected at the
Five Ohio River Sampling Locations.
2.1—75
20
—
—
0
0
p .
0
p.
0
p.
0
p ..
0
‘a
0
p.
0
0
p .
0
0
p.
0
0 0
p . p.
0 0
—
p.
0
0
p. M I p. •- —
0 - . , Ma
— — 0 —
I.. —
— Ma
— —
a.
Ma
‘a,
U,
p.
0
-------
Table 2.1-28
Cumulative Taxonomic List of Zooplankton
March 1974 Through February 1975
Marble Hill Sampling Locations
TAXA
ARTHROPODA ROTIFERA (cont’d)
CRUSTACEA B. urceolaris
COPEPODA Cephalodella op.
Chromogaster ovaiis
Naup lii Conochilus sp.
Calanoid copepodite Conochi bides op.
Cycbopoid copepodite Ruchianis dilatata
Harpa ticoid copepodite Fil-inia bongiseta
Cyclops bicuspidatus thomasi- Gastropus 8ty lifer
C. verna lie Hexarthra op.
Dicptomus ashlandi Keilicottia bostonienais
D. ore gonensis K. bongiepina
D. pallidos Keratella coahlearis
D. sicilis K. quadrata
D. si-ciboides K. serrulata
Eucycbopa ag’ilio K. valga
Macrocycbops aibidus Lecane buiba
Lecane op.
CLADOCERA Lepadebla pate ha
Notho boa acwninata
Aiona guttata Platyias patulus
Boarnina bongiroatris Pbeosama truncatuin
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula Pontpholyx
Chydorus sphaeri cue So boat a
Daphnia Poiy thra op.
D. gabeata rnendotae RO r-1a op.
D. parvula Synchacta pectinata
D. retrocurva
S. otylata
Diaphanoeoma brachyurwn Synchaeta op.
Iiyooryptue spinifer Test udine ha patina,
Mama affinie Trichocerca Bp.
Trichotria tetyxzctie
ROTIFERA
Aoplanchna priodanta
Brachionue an gulari a
B. bidentata
B. budapestinensia
B. calycifiorus
B. caudatus
B. havanien8is
B. quadr’id8ntata
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
2.1—76
-------
the October samples. One species of rotifer, Keratella cochiearis was found on
all 4 dates, as were Nauplii, the juvenile form of copepods. Three species of
adult copepods and 5 species of cladocerans were collected during the study.
Cyclops ap., Diaptornus ep. and a Harpacticoid species were the copepods found.
The cladocerans found were Bosmina longirostria., Chydorus sp.., Daphnia 8p., Eubos-
mina longispina and Sida crystallina.
Zooplankton populations are recognized to be highly variable and subject to radical
and sudden fluctuations in density (Pennak 1946). The populations examined in these
studies were most abundant in spring and summer and scarce in winter, showing sea-
sonal highs and lows.
2.1.5.4 Periphyton
Periphyton, or algae which are normally attached to submerged objects, have been
studied at river miles 570 and 496 (Public Service Indiana 1975). Masses of
cells may occur as thin films on mud, silt or plant surfaces receiving sufficient
light. Although the periphyton community is more stable than the phytoplankton com-
munity, it is subject to seasonal variations due to hydrographic factors. During
periods of flooding, increased abrasion may loosen the periphyton from its substrate
causing it to become a major part of the phytoplankton community (Butcher 1932).
Public Service of Indiana found in studies carried out quarterly between June 1974
and February 1975, that the periphyton community consisted of 86 species from 3
algal divisions, Bacillariaphyta (diatoms), Chiorophyta (green algae) and.Cyanophyta
(blue-green algae). Total periphyton populations ranged from a low of 1.3 x lo
cells per 10 cm 2 in April 1974 to a high of 4.5 x 106 cells per 10 cm 2 in August
1974 (Figure 2.1-17). Diatoms dominated all samples in both total species and abun-
dance and comprised between 86 and 100 percent of all organisms identified and counted.
Table 2.1-29 presents a species list of the periphyton algae collected April 1974
through February 1975.
2.1—77
-------
1$74 1174
.
22, UCEIIER 17
SAMPLE DATES
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
Figure 2.1-17. Periphyton Standing Crop Values at Ohio
A-i through A-5, Marble Hill
ber 1974.
2.1—78
River Stations
Site, April through Decem-
45
4
35
31
2
I-
C l
C .)
C -,
-a
a4 1
C.,
2
a
I-
a
‘I
-J
I .
a
a-
I ,
a
a-
a
a
a
‘I
-J
‘a
a
a-
1
IN
a
S ..
a
a
1
1 W
a
a
a
I-
a
a-
‘4
S..
4 S
a
S..
a
a
a
a-
I”
a
a
a
a-
a
a
1
a
a
a
I-
a
I-
‘ 4
a
IN
a-
IN
-I
a
I
IP1IL iS, AUGUST 21 OCTOIC 1
1174
IN
1
a-
a
1174
-------
Table 2.1-29
Cumulative Taxonomic List Of Periphyton Algae
April 1974 Through February 1975
All Marble Hill Sampling Stations
BACILLARIOPHYTA PENNALES (cont’d)
CENTRALES N. graciloides
Coscinodiscus Zacustris N. integra
Cyclote lie mengh’iniana N. ineniscula
C. pseudostelligera N. minima
Melo.sira cDnbigua N. mutica
M. distans N. peiliculosa
M. granulata N. pupula
M. granulate var. crizgustissima N. radiosa
N. variccns N. radiosa var. tene lie
Stephcrtiodiscus hcüitsschii N. sanctaecrucis
N. symetrica
PENNALES N. tenera
Achn zthes exigua N. tr’ipunctata
A. lanceolata N. tripunctata var. eclzizonemoide
A. minutissima N. viriduja
Anrphipieura lindheimeri N. viridula var. avenacea
Arirphora ovalis Nitzschia aciculars
A. ovalis var. pediculus N. r ihibia
A. normani N. apiculata
Caloneis baciliwn N. dissipate
c. ventricosa N. filiformis
Capartogrciii na cr cicuia N. fonticola
Cocooneis pedicuius N. line arms
c. piacentula N. palea
C ymbelia sinuata N. paradoxa
C. twnida N. pun ctata
C. ventricosa N. sub linearis
Diatoma tenue N. tryblione lie
D. tenue var 7 oc • N. tryblioneila var. ViCtOY(Ze
D. vulgare N. vermicularia
Fragi iar-ia vaucheriae Pinnularia borealie
Gc!nphonema abbreviatwn Rhoicoop zenia curv ate
a. ianceolatwn Surireila crngustata
G. olivaceujn S. ovate
G. parvulu.’n Syneth’a minuscule
Gyrosi ma sca iproideB S. puichella
Hantzschia o, irphioxys S. ulna
Meridion circulare
Vavicula ccrpitata CHLOROPHYTA
N. cryptocephala Ciadophora app.
N. cryptocephala var. veneta Ciosterium eboracense
2.1—79
-------
Table 2.1-29 (cont’d)
Cumulative Taxonomic List Of Periphyton Algae
April 1974 Through February 1975
All Marble Hill Sampling Stations
CHLOROPHYTA (cont’d)
CloB terium ,noni Ziforwn
Cioster wn ap.
Cosmczriuni botrytis
P8 udoulv lla conericana
Stigeocloniuin ep.
CYANOPHYTA
Lyngbya sp.
Microcys tie ep.
OBci 1 latoria tenuis
Phormidüon sp.
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
2.1-80
-------
The diatom Gomphon ma olivac uni dominated the April samples with AchnantheB Z.an—
ceolata, Navicula virdula var. avenacea, iVit achia di8sipczta and Surirella ovata
present to a lesser degree. August, in which the largest total abundance was noted,
demonstrated a shift in species composition with the dominant organisms being the
diatoms, elchnanthea lanceolata and Cocconeis plac ntula and the blue-green alga
Phor,nidiuin sp., C. piacentula was the single most abundant species.
October samples showed Cocconeis piacentula dominating as in August except in lower
abundance. Achnanthes ianceoiata, Gornphonema parvulum and Navicula graciloidee
were also present in substantial numbers.
December samples showed a species composition similar to October’s except lower
abundance, probably due to increasing river discharge, lower temperatures and
decreasing transparency of the water.
2.1.5.5 Benthic Organisms
Benthic organisms are a group of aquatic organisms associated with bottom substrates.
Some of these organisms spend their entire lives in the aquatic environment, but the
majority have a terrestrial phase. All serve as important links in the transfer of
energy in the aquatic ecosystem. Benthos such as stoneflies, mayflies, caddisfites
and midges convert detritus into forms usable by other animals in the food web.
Others utilize such sources as periphyton, drifting heterogeneous material, other
aquatic organisms or small fish, fry, or fingerlings (Forbes 1925; Hynes 1960; Usin—
ger 1956).
Benthos were sampled at various stations near R.M. 570 on the Ohio River by Public
Service Indiana from March 1974 to February 1975. Samples included species pre-
sented in Table 2.1-30. Aquatic worms (Oligochaeta) and other pollution tolerant or
facultative species dominated collections from the Ohio River. Other less pollution
tolerant species such as mayfly, stonefly, and caddisfly larvae were also collected.
Other abundant organisms collected include the amphipod Crangonyx and the isopod
Lirceus, both facultative genera. In the early spring, before emergence of other
aquatic forms, a very diverse chironomid fauna was collected.
2.1—81
-------
Table 2.1-30
Benthic Taxa Collected At The Marble Hill Site
1974— 1975
TAXA
PLATYHELMINTHES INSECTA
TURBELLARIA DIPTERA
ANNELIDA CHIRONOMIDAE (cont’d)
OLIGOCHAETA Stictochirononius op.
NAIDIDAE Microtendipeo op.
Nais variabiUs Phaenopsectra 819.
TUBIFICIDAE Dicrotendipea rnodeetuo
Lin?noth 1i8 Xenochironornua op.
E. . Ablabesnryia op.
L. hoffrnei.steri Glyptotendipes op.
L. .spiralia Kiefferulus 8 P
L. udekerni anus Chi -roflofliUs 8 ).
E. maumeenois Rheotanytarouo op.
L. ciaparedianuB Calopaect a OP.
Branchiura oowerbyi Endochironomuo op.
Ilyodrilus tenrpletoni P atendipeo 8p.
Immature with capilliform cT cotopua op.
chaetae Polypedilwn op.
Immature without C 12’diocladiu8 OP.
capilliform chaetae op.
HIRUDINEA Mzcropsectra op.
EPOBDELLIDAE pupae
Erpobdella punctata CERATOPOGONIDAE
SIMULIIDAE
ARTHROPODA Prosimuliwn op.
CRUSTACEA TRICHOPTERA
ISOPODA Chewnatopsyche op.
Lirceus 819. Neophy lax op.
AMPHIPODA Neureclipsis op.
Gammarua op. Oecetis p.
Crangony.x 8p. Dip lectrona op.
INSECTA PLECOPTERA
DIPTERA Leuctra op.
CHIRONOMIDAE iVeoperia op.
Cryptochirononiue op. EPHEMEROPTERA
Paracladopelma op. Hexagenia op.
Coo lotanypus op. Potcvnanthua OP.
Tricho cladius op. COLEOPTERA
Concha pelopia 8p. Poephenus op.
Proc ladius 819. MEGALOPTERA
Laroia op. Chauliodea 8p.
2.1-82
-------
Table 2.1—30 (cont’d)
Benthic Taxa Collected At The Marble Hill Site
1974-1975
TAXA
ARTHROPODA
MOLLUSCA
GASTROPO DA
Pleurocera czcuta
Amniaoia ep.
Phyaa Bp.
PELECYPODA
Corbicula maflilefl8i8
Pisidiwn sp.
phaeriwn ap.
Source: Public Service Indiana 1975.
2.1-83
-------
2.1.5.6 Aquatic Macrophytes
Due to the channelization and increased utilization of the Ohio River for trans-
portation, the abundance and relative importance of aquatic macrophytes has decreased
significantly in the past several decades, as compared to the other components of
the aquatic food web. Public Service Indiana found only one 0.27 acre zone of
aquatic macrophytes at R.M. 570 which consisted of 1 species, horned pond weed
(Zanniohellia puiutris).
2.1—84
-------
2.2 MAN-MADE ENVIRONMENT
2.2.1 Population
Potential demographic changes associated with regional socio-economic and plant
emission impacts will be limited largely to the area within 10 miles of the Ghent
Power Station. Particular emphasis is given to the area within a 5 mile radius
because it has been shown that maximum concentrations of plant emissions will be
limited to this area (see Section 2.1.2).
Figure 2.2-1 is an orientation map of the study area within a 10 mile radius of
the plant; the major population centers are indicated. This area covers a major
portion of Carroll County and parts of Gallatin and Owen Counties on the Kentucky
side of the Ohio River. On the Indiana side of the Ohio River, the area covers a
major portion of Switzerland County and a small part of Jefferson County. There are
several small towns shown on the orientation map. Ghent, Kentucky, and Vevay, Indi-
ana, are within 2 miles of the plant, while other towns of Carroliton, Prestonville,
Sanders and Warsaw, Kentucky, are from 6 to 10 miles from the plant.
2.2.1.1 Present and Projected Populations
Present and projected populations are illustrated by populations wheels that are
divided into 16 directional sections and present first the 1970 census populations
and then projected populations in 10—year increments through the year 2020. (For
methododology used in projecting populations, see Section 2.2.l.1A).
Figures 2.2—2 and 2.2-2a present the populations zero to 5 miles from the plant In
1-mile increments and Figure 2.2-3 presents the populations zero to 10 miles from
the plant in 5-mile Increments. The annular ring totals are given in Table 2.2-1.
Based on house counts from 1970 enumeration district maps, the population within
a 5—mile radius was 3,953 people, and Is projected to increase to approximately
4,686 people by the year 2000. Most of this population resides in the towns of
Ghent (385) and Vevay (1,473). The population of the area within a 10-mile radius,
based on 1970 enumeration district maps, was 16,050 IncludIng the additional popula-
2.2—1
-------
_ __ cou jiy
SWrT ZERLAND
• INOL/STRiAL sirEs
,evrt IIvDusrrnAz
Figure 2.2-1. Orientation map of study area.
2
Scale in Miles
>-
I —
z
0
0
2.2-2
-------
WEST - NORTHWEST
SECTOR
$970- 570
$980— 626
$990— 648
2000- 669
20 10- -
2020- -
WEST SECTOR
970— 518
$980— 564
1990— 583
2000- 603
2010- -
2020— -
WEST-SOUTHWEST
SECTOR
1970— 279
1960— 290
$990— 297
2000- 307
2010— -
2020- -
Figure 2.2—2. Zero to 5—mile population estimates and projections.
Note: Circles are drawn with the Ghent Station as center.
2.2—3
NORTH- NORTHWEST
SECTOR
1970- 377
1980- 414
1990— 430
2000- 442
2010—
2020- -
NORTH SECTOR
1970— $29
1980—142
1990—147
2000—ISO
2010— -
2020— -
NORTHWEST
SECTOR
1970— 512
1980- 562
1990— 579
2000- 596
2010— -
2020- -
NORTH- NORTHEAST
SECTOR
1970— IO
1980— 115
$990— $20
2000—123
2010— -
2020- -
SOUTHWEST
SECTOR
1970- 419
1980— 422
1990— 430
2000- 435
2010— 434
2020— 425
-------
WEST- NORTHWEST
SECTOR
WEST
SECTOR
WEST- SOUTHWEST
SECTOR
EAST - NORTHEAST
SECTOR
EAST
SECTOR
EAST-SOUTHEAST
SECTOR
0-I MILE
INSERT
Figure 2.2-2a. Zero to. 1-mile population estimates and projections.
Note: Circles are drawn with the Ghent Station as center.
NORTH-NORTHWEST
SECTOR
NORTH
SECTOR
SOUTH
SECTOR
SOUTH-SOUTHEAST
SECTOR
2.2—4
-------
NORTH SECTOR
970— 381
980— 419
1990— 434
2000— 445
2010— -
2020—
Figure 2.2-3. Zero to 10-mile population estimates and projections.
EAST—NORTHEAST
SECTOR
1970—1695
1980— 1980
1990— 243 1
2000—2954
2010— 3624
2020- 4485
EAST SECTOR
1970— 365
980— 429
1990— 532
2000—651
2010— 803
2020- 998
EAST-SOUTHEAST
SECTOR
1970 —380
1980—445
1990— 549
2000 -671
2010— 825
2020- 1023
Note: Circles are drawn with the Ghent Station as center.
2.2-5
NORTH- NORTHWEST
SECTOR
1970— 624
1980— 685
1990— 7 11
2000— 731
2010— -
2020— -
NORTHWEST
SECTOR
1970— 2773
980— 3047
1990— 3153
2000— 3245
20 10- -
2020— -
NORTH- NORTHEAST
SECTOR
970— 341
980— 374
990— 389
2000— 399
20 10— -
2020— -
WEST SECTOR
970 — 692
1980— 755
990— 781
2000— 807
2010— -
2020— -
SOUTH— SOUTHWEST
SECTOR
1970— 440
1980— 443
990 — 452
2000— 458
20 10 — 456
2020 447
SOUTH SECTOR
1970— 645
1980— 649
990 — 662
2000—671
2010— 669
2020— 654
SOUTH-SOUTHEAST
SECTOR
970— 366
1980—369
1990— 576
2000— 381
2010— 379
2020—37 I
-------
Table 2.2-1
Population Estimates and Projections
1970 through 2000 Within 0-10 Miles
of Ghent Station
Radius
1970
1980
1990
2000
0-1 mile
1—2 miles
2-3 miles
1,172
1,320
340
1,269
1,403
363
1,303
1,452
386
1,339
1,490
410
3-4 miles
4-5 miles
495
626
541
677
595
731
654
793
0—5 miles
3,953
4,253
4,467
4,686
6—10 miles
12,097
13,617
15,296
17,293
Total
16,050
17,870
19,813
21,979
Note: Complete annular ring projections available only to year 2000.
2.2—6
-------
tior, centers of Carroliton (3,884), Prestonville (252), Sanders (268), Worthville
(258) and Sparta (213). The population within a 10-mile radius is expected to
increase to 21 ,979 by the year 2000. The average population density for this area
in 1970 was 51 people per square mile and will increase to approximately 70 people
per square mile by the year 2000.
The largest population increases, as indicated by projection figures, will occur
in Gallatin County and the City of Carrolitor ,. Gallatin County is expected to
grow at a rate of 18 to 25 percent per decade through 2020, while Carroliton is
expected to grow at a rate of 15 to 19 percent per decade. All the other areas
included in the population wheels are expected to grow at less than 10 percent
per decade (Table 2.2-2).
Table 2.2—2
Population Rates
Counties
1970
to
1980
1980
to
1990
1990
to
2000
2000
to
2010
2010
to
2020
Carroll*
Carroilton
Owen
Gallatin
Switzerland
0.86%
18.00%
1.74%
18.53%
9.9%
1.84%
19.02%
2.63%
24.49%
3.6%
1.26%
18.58%
5.13%
22.95%
2.9%
- 0.24%
17.28%
3.66%
24.00%
-
-2.07%
15.81%
3.53%
24.73%
- **
* Not including Carroliton.
** Switzerland County Projection data not available for the
years 2010 and 2020.
2.2—7
-------
2.2.1-A Methodology Used in Estimating and Projecting Populations
2.2.1-A.l Population Estimates
The population estimates (Figures 2.2—2 and 2.2-3 and Table 2.2-1) are based on
the summation of the rural, rural town and urban populations within each section
of the population wheel. The rural populations are based on house counts from
enumeration district maps obtained from the State of Kentucky Highway Department
1970. The number of housing units was then multiplied by an average occupancy
rate for each county as follows:*
Average Occupancy Rate, 1970
County Farm Non-Farm All Homes
Carroll 3.46 3.29 -
Gallatin 3.48 3.00
Owen 3.15 2.74
Switzerland 257
The 1970 population of each urban area or rural town was then added to the rural
population of each corresponding section. It sometimes became necessary to pro-
portion an urban area or rural town’s population between two or more sections.
2.2.l-A .2 Population Projections
Population projections for the years 1980 through 2020 are based on the best avail-
able studies for the urban and rural areas of the counties within the 10-mile radius
of the Ghent plant. Projection figures for Carroll County, Kentucky, were obtained
from Comprehensive Plan for Carroll County, Kentucky (Watkins and Associates 1974).
Included in this report was an urban projection for the City of Carroliton which
was also utilized in constructing the population wheels. (Carroliton was the only
city in the 10-mile radius that is considered urban (population over 2500)). Projec-
tions for the Counties of Gallatin and Owen, Kentucky were obtained from Population
* U.S. Department of Comerce l971a.
2.2—8
-------
by County, Historic (1940-1970) and Projected (1980-2020), Region IV (EPA
1972). Projection figures for Switzerland County in Indiana were obtained from the
State Board of Health and were prepared by Division of Research, School of Business,
Indiana University, 1976.
County-wide and city projections, as percent change per 10-year period, were then
applied to each corresponding section. Table 2.2—2 presents the percent change
incorporated in these population projections.
2.2.1.2 Employment, Income and Characteristics of Labor Force
This section describes the general economic activity for the area around the Ghent
Power Station. The Counties of Carroll and Gallatin, Kentucky, and Switzerland,
Indiana, will be addressed.
A detailed breakdown of employment in the private sector of the three counties for
1973 is given in Table 2.2-3. This table also indicates payrolls, number of esta-
blishments and employment-size class.
Carroll County has by far the strongest manufacturing sector of the three counties
with 5 manufacturers hiring over 100 employees (Table 2.2-4). In 1972, manufacturing
clearly dominated Carroll County’s economy with 56.5 percent (1,060) of the total
employment working in manufacturing (Northern Kentucky Area Development District
1974).
By comparison, Gallatin and Switzerland Counties are much less industrialized with per
capita wages and the number in the labor force much less than Carroll County. Industry
in Gallatin and Switzerland Counties is dominated mainly by several small industries
and retail stores (U.S. Department of Commerce 1974).
Selected employment characteristics for the three countless residents are shown in
Table 2.2-5. A more detailed breakdown of occupations and earnings is given in
Table 2.2-6, wIth a breakdown of employment by industry given in Table 2.2-7.
2.2-9
-------
Table 2.2-3
Employment in the Private Sector
Number of
employees,
Taxable
payrolls,
Total
Industry
Numbe
r of
reporting units,
by em
20
ployrse
50
nt-size
100
class
250
500
mid—March
pay period
Jan.-Mar.
($1,000)
reporting
unIts
1 to 3
4 to 7
8
to 19
to
49
to
99
to
249
to
499
or
more
2.385
3,698
181
106
27
24
forestry, fisheries
(D)*
11
7
6
-
I
—
—
—
-
—
-
contractors
air conditioning
(0)
(0)
617
0)
15
7
8
4
4
2
—
2
—
1
1
—
-
964
2
-
1
—
—
1
—
-
allied products
chenlcals
0)
0)
1,787
(9
10
2
-
1
1
1
3
4
2
—
-
organic chemicals,
(Ii)
(9
1
—
-
—
—
—
1
—
-
botanicals
(0)
(9)
(0)
0)
Ia)
1
1
1
-
-
-
-
—
—
1
1
‘
-
Industries
(0)
-
-
—
1
—
•
and drawing
D
(0)
1
1
and drawing
13
(
1
-
—
—
—
—
1
—
-
products
( Ii
(0
(13
(0
(0
1
2
—
-
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
other public utilities
134
1
-
—
—
-
—
1
—
-
501
214
9
2
1
4
2
—
—
—
—
naterials
472
16
4
3
3
1
4
1
-
-
raw materials, N.E.C.
472
8
-
—
2
1
4
1
—
-
369
467
8
-
-
2
1
4
1
—
-
78
358
74
47
12
12
3
..
(D)
100
(D)
13
11
9
8
2
1
—
2
-
-
-
-
& Service Stations
77
—
2
-
-
.
-
stations
43
75
16
11
2
2
1
—
—
—
—
places
94
39
11
7
2
2
.
and real estate
52
57
17
10
2
5
—
.
139
96
10
6
1
3
—
—
—
health services
57
42
35
4
1
2
-
-
—
-
establishments
(0)
50
(0)
11
4
8
4
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
268
264
71
48
forestry, fisheries
(13)
9
1
-
-
-
-
(13)
(0)
(0)
(9)
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
-
other public utilities
29
(0)
2
1
—
-
1
-
—
-
-
48
36
6
4
—
2
-
-
—
-
-
132
77
10
6
2
2
—
—
—
—
—
and real estate
19
92
35
21
10
4
-
-
—
-
-
15
16
3
13
1
13
1
-
1
—
—
-
—
-
-
-
-
713
951
82
(0)
(0)
18
6
1
-
—
1
—
14
1
—
-
—
1
—
—
—
—
products
rubber
rubber
(0
(0
(0)
(D)
11
0
0
(0
5
6
1
1
4
3
—
—
1
1
•
-
—
1
—
—
—
-
—
•
- .
—
—
1
I
1
—
—
other public utilities
13
)D)
16
1
—
.
-
-
-
—
1
-
9
4
2
2
—
.
—
—
—
116
16
3
2
1
.
—
—
—
—
—
and real estate
30
86
44
38
5
28
1
7
3
-
-
—
—
—
38
2
2
-
-
-
establishments
(0)
29
(0)
19
1
16
—
3
1
-
—
-
—
-
—
—
-
—
-
—
Source: U. S. Department of Cononerce, Bureau of the Census, 1973, Business Patterns , Kentucky and Indiana
* (13) - data withheld to avoid disclosure of informotinn on individual reporting units.
2.2-10
-------
Table 2.2-4
Manufacturers with Over 100 Employees
in the Study Area
Manufacturer
Products
Employment
Location
Consolidated Aluminum
Aluminum
122
Carroliton
Corporation
extrusion
Dow Corning Corporation
Silicones
104
Carroilton
Kawneer Company
Aluminum
200
Carroilton
appliance trim;
Auto parts
M & I Chemicals
Tin, organic
chemicals,
coatings
241
Carroliton
Teledyne Wirz
Metal collap-
sible tubes
134
Carroilton
Source: North Kentucky Area Development District 1974.
2.2—11
-------
Table 2.2—5
Employment Characteristics for Counties: 1970
Counties
Carroll
Gallatin
Switzerland
EMPLOYMENT STATUS
Male, 16 years old and over
Labor force 2,091 923 1,555
Percent of total 73,7 69.1 70.9
Civilian labor force 2,091 923 1,555
Employed 1,940 871 1,482
Unemployed 151 52 73
Percent of civilian labor force 7.2 5,6 4,7
Not in labor force 747 412 637
Inmate of instItution 73 — 4
Enrolled in school 112 32 115
Other: Under 65 years 250 193 258
65 years and over 312 187 260
Female, 16 years old and over
Labor force 1,153 411 978
Percent of total 37.4 28.2 42.0
Civilian labor force 1,153 411 978
Employed 1,042 383 944
Unemployed 111 28 34
Percent of civilian labor force 9.6 6.8 3.5
Not in labor force 1,927 1,049 1,353
Inmate of Institution 24 - 3
Enrolled In school 82 76 131
Other: Under 65 years 1,376 718 804
65 years and over 445 255 415
Male, 16 to 21 years old 340 157 262
Not enrolled In school 214 95 103
Not high school graduate 133 76 44
Unemployed or not in labor force 87 28 33
WORKERS IN 1969 BY WEEKS WORKED
Male, 16 years old and over 3 , , 5 Q , 1 730
50 to 52 weeks 1,628 710
27 to 49 weeks 417 218 410
26 weeks or less 287 95 197
Female, 16 years old and over 1 451 590 1 141
50 to 52 weeks • 79 ’ ‘ —.1.1’ .
27 to 49 weeks 301 131 282
26 weeks or less 472 247 212
CLASS OF WORKER, 16 YEARS OLD AND OVER
Male employed 1 940 871 1 482
Private wage or salary workers T ’7 ‘ ‘ 7 “7W
Government workers 248 69 269
Local government workers 86 23 103
Self-employed workerS 344 146 465
Unpaid family workers 16 19 9
Female employed 1 042 383 944
Private wage or salary workers “ ‘ ‘ “W
Government workers 264 104 163
Local government workers 149 31 116
Self-employed workers 72 6 94
Unpaid family workers 7 10 45
Male employed. In agrIculture 329 196 397
Wage or salary workers “TlT ‘ 6T
Self-employed workers 204 97 350
Unpaid family workers 11 15 4
Female employed, In agriculture 5 3 61
Wage or salary workers — - —‘- - ‘ f l.
Self-employed workers 5 3 26
Unpaid family workers - 22
LABOR MOBILITY FOR MALES
Male, 30 to 49 years old in 1970 690 425 634
Nonworker In 1965. nonworker in 1970 “ ‘ T ‘•“1 ’
Nonworker In 1965, worker In 1970 64 15 30
Worker in 1965. nonworker In 1970 67 52 42
Source: U. S. Department of Coimierce, Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population , General Social and
Economic Characteristics, Kentucky and Indiana
2.2-12
-------
Table 2.2-6
Occupation and Earnings for Counties: 1970
Counties
Carroll
Gallatin
Switzerland
OCCUPATION
Total employed, 16 years old and over 1,254 2 426
Professional, technical, and kindred workers 250 64
Engineers 38 - 16
Physicians, dentists, and related practi-
tioners 12 4
Health workers, except practitioners 21 3 12
Teachers, elementary and secondary
schools 77 45 83
Technicians, except health 25 — —
Other professional workers 77 16 55
Managers and administrators, except farm 295 87 108
Salaried: Manufacturing 35 6 4
Retail trade 25 18 5
Other industries 143 34 67
Self-employed: Retail trade 70 20 24
Other industries 22 9 8
Sales workers 130 57 81
Retail trade 95 22 63
Other than retail trade 35 35 18
Clerical and kindred workers 345 164 203
Craftsmen, foremen, and kindred workers 455 220 332
Automobile mechanics, including body
repairmen 56 22 17
Mechanics and repairmen except automobile 78 30 65
Metal craftsmen, except mechanics 12 3 32
Construction craftsmen 134 109 95
Other craftsmen 175 56 123
Operatives, except transport 499 180 499
Durable goods manufacturing 334 152 146
Nondurable goods manufacturing 102 11 314
Nonmanufacturing industries 63 17 39
Transport equipment operatives 149 75 122
Laborers, except farm 152 98 182
Construction laborers 18 12 27
Freight, stock, and material handlers 66 32 94
Other laborers, except farm 68 54 61
Farmers and farm managers 206 96 388
Farm laborers and farm foremen 108 79 60
Service workers, except private household 342 113 254
Cleaning service workers 66 14 50
Food service workers 133 59 81
Health service workers 28 5 43
Personal service workers 33 10 49
Protective service workers 75 22 31
Private household workers 51 21 27
MEDIAN EARNINGS IN 1969 OF PERSONS
IN EXPERIENCED CIVILIAN LABOR FORCE
FOR SELECTED OCCUPATION GROUPS
Male, 16 years old and over with earnings $5,816 $5,567 $5,979
Professional, managerial, and kindred workers 8,240 7,700 8,050
Craftsmen, foremen, and kindred workers 6,341 6,640 6,653
Operatives, including transport 5,675 5,758 6,662
Laborers except farm 3,342 1,857 5,690
Farmers and farm managers 4,984 3,g38 3,379
Farm laborers, except unpaid, and farm
foremen 1,891 2,929
Female, 16 years old and over with earnings $3,185 $2,915 $3,857
Clerical and kindred workers 3,290 3,425 4,026
Operatives, including transport 3,571 2,675 4,254
Source: U. S. Department of Comerce, Bureau of CensuS, 1970 Census of Population , General Social and
Economic Characteristics, Kentucky and Indiana
2.2—13
-------
Table 2.2—7
Industry of En 1oy.d Persons and Occupation of
Experienced Unemployed Persons for Counties:1970
Counties
Carroll
Gallatin
Switzerland
INDUSTRY
Total employed, 16 years old and over 2,982 1,254 2,426
Agriculture, forestry, and fisheries 348 199 458
Mining 3 - 20
Construction 202 128 174
Manufacturing 926 321 806
Furniture and lumber and wood products 173 94 14
Metal industries 242 38 77
Machinery, except electrical 19 20 31
Electrical machinery, equipment, and 32 14 69
supplies
Transportation equipment 73 57 9
Other durable goods 55 23 68
Food and kindred products 12 4 107
Textiles and fabricated textile products 10 25 10
Printing, publishing and allied industrIes 21 4 -
Chemicals and allied products 267 24 11
Other nondurable goods (md. not
specified mfg. Indus.) 22 18 410
Railroads and railway express service 29 6 4
Trucking service and warehousing 92 26 21
Other transportation 46 36 30
Communications 11 — 19
Utilities and sanitary services 36 14 8
Wholesale trade 54 58 19
Food, bakery, and dairy stores 96 33 57
Eating and drinking places 93 65 27
General merchandise retailing 40 9 10
Motor vehicle retailing and service stations 58 48 45
Other retail trade 195 48 95
Banking and credit agencies 30 26 45
Insurance, real estate, and other finance 28 40 20
Business and repair services 51 8 23
Private households 51 26 35
Other personal services 72 19 73
Entertainment and recreation services 7 24
Hospitals 66 3 37
Health services, except hospitals 42 14 38
Elementary, secondary schools, and colleges—
government 125 65 111
Elementary, secondary schools, and colleges—
private 7 20 33
Other education and kindred services 4 13
Welfare, religious, and nonprofit membership
organizations 31 21
Legal, engineering, and miscellaneous profes-
sional services 28 3 12
Public administration 215 35 148
Total employed, 14 and 15 years old 25 25 34
Agriculture - — 4
Nonagriculture industries 25 25 30
Source U. S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population , General Social and
Economic Characteristics, Kentucky and Indiana
2.2—14
-------
The average income and percent of families with less than poverty level income
are presented in Table 2.2-8. Carroll County has the highest per capita income
($2,307 per year) largely due to the larger share of industry present in this
county (North Kentucky Area Development District 1974).
Economic projection data are available for Carroll and Gallatin Counties. Because
Carroll County has one of the strongest economies, total employment is expected
to grow 36 percent between 1972 and 1990. Gallatin County is expected to continue
to have a relatively weak economy with total employment growth of 14 percent between
1972 and 1990. Population growth for Gallatin County is expected to be 47 percent
between 1970 and 1990, necessitating more and more Gallatin residents to seek employ-
ment outside the County (North Kentucky Area Development District 1974).
2.2.2 Land Use
Land use in the 10-mile radius of Kentucky Utilities’ Ghent plant may be characterized
by the following categories:
• Urban
• Rural non-farm
• Rural farm
These categories can further be broken down into residential, connercial, industrial,
agricultural and recreational areas. The discussion of land use will be limited to
the above categories for the following counties:
• Carroll County, Kentucky
• Gallatin County, Kentucky
• Switzerland, Indiana
These counties were selected because they make up the greater part of the land area
within 10 miles of the Ghent plant and also because of the availability of land use
data by county units.
2.2-15
-------
Table 2.2—8
Income and Poverty Status in 1969 for Counties: 1970
Co jmties
Carroll
Gallatin
Switzerland
INCOME OF FAMILIES AND UNRELATED INDIVIDUALS
All famIlies 2 307 1 056 1 691
Less than $1 .000
$1000 to $1,999 138 107 84
$2,000 to $2999 177 106 119
$3,000 to 83,999 195 99 142
$4,000 to $4,999 193 38 71
$5,000 to $5,999 213 125 123
$6,000 to $6,999 209 82 152
87,000 to $7,999 155 59 121
$8,000 to $8,999 176 119 108
$9,000 to $9,999 189 75 127
$10,000 to $11,999 278 63 222
$12,000 to $14,999 179 64 219
$15,000 to $24,999 114 42 131
$25,000 to $49,999 34 3 10
$50,000 or more 5 4 9
Median income $6,888 $5,864 $7,839
Mean Income $7731 $6.539 $8.927
Families with female head 225 124 121
Mean Income 84,414 84.058 $6,066
All families and unrelated individuals 2,880 1,297 2,201
Median Income $5,091 $5,194 $6,237
Mean Income $6,802 $5,754 $7,410
All unrelated IndivIduals 573 241 510
Median income $2,173 81.627 $1,740
Mean income $3,060 $2,313 $2,377
Female unrelated indIviduals 398 147 355
Mean income $2,635 $1 .677 $2,466
Per capita Income of persons $2,311 $1 .844 $2,590
TYPE OF INCOME OF FAMILIES
All families 2 307 1 056 1 691
With wage or salary income _t ,.
Mean wage or salary income $7,064 $6,664 $7,506
With nonfarm self-employment income 242 58 245
Mean nonfarm self—employment income $5,847 $5,550 $6,008
With farm, self-employment income 451 180 781
Mean farm self-employment Income $2,502 $2,628 $2,478
With Social Security income 504 268 521
Mean Social Security income $1,348 $1 .412 $1,544
With public assistance or public welfare
Intone 120 37 55
Mean public assistance or public welfare
Income $ 835 $ 745
With other income $02 108 431
Mean other income $1,108 $1,176 $2,469
INCOME LESS ThAN POVERTY LEVEL
Families 392 260 219
Percent of all families 17.o 1L6 T1 .o
Mean family income $2,213 $1,712 $1,853
Mean income deficit $1,271 $1,350 $1,221
Percent receiving public assistance income 19.6 6.2 2.3
Mean size of family 3.89 3.44 3.54
With related children under 18 yearn 225 146 103
Mean number of related children under 18 yr. 2.85 2.64 3.10
Families with female head 71 69 44
With related children under 18 years 52 54 26
Family heads 392 260 219
Civilian male heads under 65 years 203 131 113
Percent in labor force 80.3 64.1 62.8
Unrelated individuals 227 132 262
Percent of all unrelated Individuals L8
Mean Income $ 957 $ 823 $ 954
Mean income deficit $ 617 $ 933 $ 776
Percent receiving public ansistance Income 14.5 20.5 17.2
Persons 1 751 1 027 1 038
Percent of all persons ‘ 2L9
Percent receiving Social Security income 20.0 19.4 31.4
Percent 65 years and over 20.8 22.1 26.6
Percent receiving Social Security Income 79.1 74.0 90.2
Nelated children under 18 years 583 408 314
Percent living with both parents 60.4 65.7 62.7
Households 447 234 216
Percent of all households ‘! . 7 T.3
In owner accupied housing units 213 114 126
Mean value of unit $8,836 8,888 $7,639
In renter occupied housing units 234 120 90
Mean gross rent $ 61 $ 56
Percent lacking same or all plumbing fec. 43.2 37.6 44.8
Source: U. S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census, 1970 Ceasus of Posulation , General Social and
Economic Characteristics, Kentucky and Indiana
2.2-16
-------
2.2.2.1 Present Land Use
In the area of study, there is only one urban area, Carroilton, Kentucky, (1970
population of 3,884). The U.S. Bureau of Census defines an urban area as a place
of 2,500 or more inhabitants. The remainder of the study area is considered rural.
As shown by Table 2.2-9, the principal land use of the three counties is agricultural.
Of the total land area (285,987 acres), 74 percent (or 211,626 acres) is designated
as farm land. Table 2.2-10 lists the breakdown of farms in the study area according
to number of farms, farm land area and farm land use for 1969. Table 2.2-11 lists
the types of crops harvested during 1969 for the three—county area. Tobacco is
the most important crop in this area.
The second largest land use for the study area is rural non-farm, which includes
the communities with less than 2,500 inhabitants plus all other rural land not con-
sidered farm land. This area makes up 25 percent (72,498 acres) of the land area
of the three counties being discussed.
A small percentage of land is used for commercial, industrial and recreational pur-
poses. Figure 2.2-4 shows these areas. Table 2.2-12 shows the number of wholesale
and retail businesses by county, and Table 2.2—13 lists the industries. Recreational
developed areas can be broken down into two categories: public and private. Swit-
zerland County, Indiana has 1,250 acres of land which are considered to be for
recreational purposes. Carroll and Gallatin Counties in Kentucky have 3,651 acres
of recreational land. General Butler State Park is the only state park located in
the study area. The park has 809 acres of land and the following facilities are
available:
Camping Picnicking
Cabins Hiking
Hotel Boating
Nine-hole golf course Fishing
25—acre lake Riding
Tennis Swiming
2.2-17
-------
Table 2.2-9
Urban and Rural Land Use Distribution: 1969
Carroll County,
Kentucky
• (Acres)
Gallatin County,
Kentucky
(Acres)
Switzerland County
Indiana
(Acres)
79,657
63,605
141,440*
farm
non-farm
areas
64,931
14,548
288
49,143
14,062
400
97,552*
43,888
320**
646.1
residential
comercial
public/semi-
191.4
82.7
51.0
industrial
recreational
41.0
280.0
80,803
63,744
141,440
* Source: North Kentucky Area Development District 1974.
** Switzerland County Development Board.
2.2-18
-------
Table 2.2-10
FARMS, LAND IN FARMS, AND LAND USE:
1969
Counties: Carroll Gallatin Switzerland
acres
acres
acres
percent
dol lars
dollars
do] lars
64,93]
133.8
83,392
77.9
16,395,972
33,806
252.51
373
49,143
131.7
63,744
77.1
11,599,646
31 ,098
236.03
785
97,552
124.2
141 ,440
69.0
21,575,946
27,485
221.17
number 485
All farms
Land in farms
Average size of farm
Approximate land area
Proportion in farms
Value of land and buildings
Average per farm
Average per acre
Land in Farms According to Use
Total cropland
farms
447
345
759
acres
33,423
22,777
43,970
Harvested cropland
farms
acres
431
9,348
312
5,846
736
19,646
Number of farms by acres
harvested:
1 to 9 acres
220
161
287
10 to 19 acres
73
56
108
20 to 29 acres
42
34
108
30 to 49 acres
42
30
131
50 to 99 acres
37
19
70
100 to 199 acres
14
12
28
200 to 499 acres
3
-
3
500 to 999 acres
-
-
1
1 ,000 acres and over
Cropland used only for pasture
or grazing
farms
276
173
383
All other cropland (see text)
acres
farms
acres
19,599
165
4,476
12,450
139
4,481
16,503
348
7,821
Woodland including woodland
pasture
farms
acres
248
17,907
188
15,375
468
19,676
All other land (see text)
Irrigated land
farms
acres
farms
acres
365
13,601
78
317
285
10,991
22
87
654
33,906
43
168
Source: U.S. Department of Commerce 1972.
2.2—19
-------
Table 2.2-11
CROPS HARVESTED: 1969
Counties: Carroll Gallatin Switzerland
Field corn for all purposes farms 90 87 308
For grain farms 82 68 281
acres 1,593 694 3,875
bushels 120,880 46,227 324,160
Cut for silage, green or dry
fodder, or hogged or grazed farms 20 33 50
acres 221 395 853
Sorghums for all purposes except
syrup farms 13 18 19
For grain or seed farms 2 - 4
acres 2 4
bushels 160 300
Cut for silage, dry forage or
hay, or hogged or grazed farms 13 18 15
acres 71 52 63
Wheat for grain farms 9 2 110
acres 103 22 1,136
bushels 3,065 560 35,347
Other small grains for grain farms 4 3 60
acres 72 15 500
Soybeans for beans farms 7 1 104
acres 72 35 2,820
bushels 2,525 875 82,613
Hay, excluding sorghum hay farms 234 186 476
acres 5,959 3,477 9,317
tons 11,404 5,655 16,570
Cotton farms - - -
acres - - —
bales
Peanuts for nuts farms
acres
pounds - - —
Tobacco farms 403 302 675
acres 1 ,246 753 1 ,001
pounds 3,050,546 1,782,709 2,588,649
Irish potatoes and sweetpotatoes farms 25 22 63
acres 83 33 96
Vegetables, sweet corn, or
melons for sale farms 2 2 2
acres 12 1 1
Berries for sale farms 1 2 2
acres (Z) 1 (Z)
Land in orchards (see text) farms 4 1 3
acres 16 (D)* 5
Other crops farms 9 16 17
acres 51 42 181
Greenhouse products under glass
or other protection farms 2
sq. ft. 18
* (D) = data withheld to avoid disclosure of information on individual reporting units.
Source: U.S. Department of Commerce 1974.
2.2-20
-------
L_ OHIO COUNTY
Figure 2.2-4. Present and future land use of study area.
2.2—21
0 I 2 3
en
FUTL iOVJ$T#9I4
-------
Table 2.2—12
WHOLESALE TRADE: 1972
jilt p jill) it p
Is tall-
. 5
Isles
(51,1111)
Totol
Inuentortes,
end of yrir
1172
SI 001)
Payroll,
entire
year
(51.000)
Payroll
first
quarter
97?
(51,000)
-- —
Paid
employees
for week
in l,dirq
March 1?
Merchant wholesalers
I stab—
lrsh- Sales
ments ($1,000)
Other t 1 pes -
[ stab—
lish Sales
ment5 ($1,000)
I on oIl Is lilt p
‘5
2’,, 1,9
1 67 ,’
921
249
108
13 4 567
1? 20,762
,il lit r Ion, Op
1
7,347
120
167
41
35
7 (0)
2 )D)
u tyerlarid Co ,iily
7
2,619
19?
169
41
28
5 )D)
2 )D)
* (0) data iuttfihil,l to ,rvotd ,Iisclosvrr of information on individual reporting units.
I 0. 1. ,. (liii rl ii ill :f Coneerce, Rsrraij of the (ensus, Census of Wholesale 1972 Area Series, Kentucky and Indiana
Sf1011 If /IDE- 197 ?
ion Op irid ty
lotil - —
All istahlishii’ots Fstrhlishoeets uith p .ryr-olt
- — - — — - -
Payroll Paid
Payroll, first employees
Sole entire quarter for week
lutes Iropnie- Partner- Sales year 1972 includin:
Iuiiil ,i ’r ($1,007) tor ships ships Number (91,000) (11,000) ($1 000) March 1?
Kind—of—business_groqp._
Ruildtn materials,
hardware, garden General mdse.
supply, mobile group Stores
home deulers (all establish-
all establlshinbnts( melts)
Sales Sales
Number ($1 000) Number ($1,000)
11 Coomly
,irrolltoo
tleiuain,ler if li,uri Ip
11
91
7)
14,469
1,199
1,470
55
40
15
15
14
1
77
64
13
13,214
12,071
1,143
1.395
1,791
104
317
288
29
306
276
30
6 1,298 6 756
4 )D)* S (0)
2 (0) 1 (0)
l ,ilI,itiii C l, nt 0
90
5,047
16
5
10
4,861
424
107
123
4 461 3 (0)
‘juit i’rlar,l booty
sI
692
211
2
37
4,073
324
01
106
3 223 5 364
d,ila uithfield to auoid disclosure of iiiformatiitn on individual reporting units.
Source: U. S. Oeparteient of Conmierce, turray of the Census, Census of Retail 1972 hrea Series, Kentucky and Indiana
Table 2.2-13
NUMBER OF INOASTRILS : 1970
All establ ishments
— —
-
-- Est
-
ablishnients with
-
9 PU_
- —
-
Couot.y rid
jOy
tivoher
Receipts
51 000)
.
Operated lip unincor—
Sole proprie—
torshfps Partnershtps
Number
Receipts
($1 .000)
Payroll,
entire year
($1,000)
Payroll
first quarter
1972
($1 .000)
employees
for week
including
March 12
tar r,il 1 County
Larrolltiirl
Reisa irider if
county
b4
4b
9
I .037
971
116
38
32
6
6
5
1
24
20
4
764
677
87
170
157
13
41
38
3
42
39
3
l-i’lupiri Count ,’
25
548
17
2
10
409
64
14
14
Swifoeclanil County
33
421
22
1
10
235
47
13
11
Sours e. I I. S. teparti :u’nt , Bureau of the Census, 1970 Selected Service Industries-Area 5tlCPw Kentucky and Indiana
2.2—22
-------
2.2.2.2 Future Land Use
Future land use is closely related to population and economic growth. As popula-
tion increases occur, there will be a greater demand for land for residential,
commercial and service activities. Population increase of 58 percent by the year
2020 is expected in Carroll County. Trends for the three counties indicate con-
tinued rapid industrial growth for Carroll County and moderate to slow growth for
Gallatin and Switzerland Counties. Although agriculture is decreasing for these
counties, it is unlikely that it will be replaced as the major land use.
Gallatin County is expected to increase its population by 169 percent, whereas
Switzerland County’s population is expected to decrease by 8 percent by the year
2020. Although Gallatin County is expected to grow at an accelerated rate, indus-
trial growth is not expected to compare. It is expected, however, that a large
part of the work force will have to find work outside the County (North Kentucky
Area Development District 1976). Proposed industrial sites suggested by the Kentucky
Department of Commerce are shown in Figure 2.2—4. These sites are within 10 miles
of the Ghent power plant and are located in Kentucky. The sites range from 10 acres
to approximately 400 acres and total 1,584 acres.
Switzerland County is expected to show moderate industrial growth in the future.
However, industrial growth predictions are still difficult to make due to the uncer-
tainty of proposed industrial sitings and the unknown commercial effect of the soon
to be completed bridge over the Ohio River at Markiand Dam.
2.2.3 Transportation
The following information presented for this section is obtained from Watkins and
Associates, Inc. 1974 Comprehensive Plan for Carroll County, Kentucky , p. 69-88,
prepared for the Carroll County Planning Commission. Although the above report is
for Carroll County, it also applies to Gallatin County and is indirectly applicable
to Switzerland County, Indiana. Switzerland County is accessible to Carroll County
by a ferry some miles downstream from the power plant.
2.2-23
-------
2.2.3.1 Present Transportation
2.2.3.1.1 Railroads
Carroll County has very good rail transportation
through the Carroliton Railroad and Louisville and Nash-
ville Railroad.
The L&N Railroad is one of the largest lines in the
county. It directly serves the mid-south from the Ohio
River to the Gulf of Merico. It ‘s main line from Louis-
ville to Cincinnati passes through Worthville and Sanders.,
and is along Carroll County’s southern boundary. Presently,
there are three fast freight trains per day each way that
stop at Worthville where connections are made with Carroll-
ton and Ghent over the Carroilton Railroad.
The Carroliton Railroad runs from Ghent and Carroll-
ton to Worthville once a day, 6 days a week. It connects
the industries in Carroliton and those along the Ohio
River between Carrollton and the Gallatin County line with
the L&N main line at Worthville. The Carroilton line is
a wholely-owned subsidiary of the L&N Railroad carrying
1.5 million tons of freight last year. Only carload freight
service is available. Passenger service in Carroll County
was curtailed some years ago.
The Carroliton line was recently extended beyond Ghent
to the new Kentucky Utilities’ generating plant and the
coal processing plant near the Gallatin County line. It
is expected that the coal processing plant, where coal will
be transferred to barges, will become a major distributor
of coal along the Ohio River starting in 1977. (Watkins
and Associates 2974)
2.2.3.1.2 Air Transportation
The nearest commercial airport is the Greater Cincinnati
Airport in Boone County, Kentucky, about 45 miles from Car-
rollton. Stand-iford Field at Louisville is about 50 miles
away. Both of these airports are large, modern facilities
offering a complete variety of air service and connections.
The primary connecting route between Carroll County and
these two airports is 1-71. By this route, either airport
can be directly reached on a modern, interstate highway
in less than one hour’s driving time from Carroliton.
2.2-24
-------
A general aviation public airport has been approved
b?J Federal Aviation Administration and the State Depart-
ment of Aeronautics. It will be designed to handle pri-
vate and non-scheduled commercial flights. An airport
master plan is presently being prepared and final design
of the airport will begin as soon as the proposed site
has been selected. (Watkins and Associates 1974)
2.2.3.1.3 Water Transportation
Carroll County’s northern border fronts for more
than 20 miles on the Ohio River, one of the major
navigable waterways in this county. The Kentucky River,
also a maintained navigable waterway, bisects the County
for 10 miles before entering the Ohio River at Carrollton.
A 9-foot deep channel is maintained in the Ohio River
and a 6-foot channel in the Kentucky River. Stable pools
have been created in both waterways by lock and dam sys-
tems.
The Kentucky River is navigable 259 miles upstream
to Beattyville. It comprises a system of 14 locks and
dams, the first five of which were developed by the Com-
monwealth of Kentucky and ceded to the United States in
1880. The latter nine were developed by the Federal
Government in 1917. The Kentucky River navigation sys-
tem is now obsolete. Appro imately 680, 000 tons of
traffic are still shipped each year, almost all of
which are inbound shipments of sand, gravel and crushed
rock.
The entire 981 miles of the Ohio River from Pitts-
burgh, Pennsylvania to Cairo, Illinois, have been improved
since the first locks were built at Louisville in 1852.
Canalization of the river was completed in 1929. Direct
connections for shipments over the inland navigation sys-
tem as well as the Great Lakes system and the Gulf Inter-
coastal Waterway are afforded to Carroll County by the
Ohio River. More than 130 million tons of freight are
shipped on this waterway a year, two-thirds of which are
bulk forms of energy such as coal, crude oil and petro-
leum products. Each year the amount of freight traffi c
on the river increases.
2.2-25
-------
These two waterways initially had a very strong
influence on the development of Carroll County. With
the advent of rail and highway transportation, however,
the importance to the County of water transportation
has declined. No port facilities have been developed
and use of the rivers has been largely limited to spor-
adic shipments of sand and gravel.
The Carroll County Planning Commission reconrmends
that continued attention be devoted to the fulfillment
of the great water transporation potential on both the
Kentucky and Ohio River waterways. Plans should be
prepared for the development of a terminal at Carroll-
ton for private recreational boats to “dock and shop”
in downtown Carrollton. (Watkins and Associates 19?4)
Kentucky Utilities’ Ghent Station, with Unit 1 now in operation, presently utilizes
Ohio River barge transportation to transport coal. At the present time, two to
three 6-barge tows of coal are being unloaded per week. When Unit 2 comes on-line,
this will increase to four to six 6-barge tows of coal per week.
2.2.3.1.4 Highways and Streets
By far the most important forms of transportation
to Carroll County are the automobile, truck and bus on
the County ‘s highways and streets. Other modes of trans-
portation are used to connect Carroll County to the out-
side world hut the highways and streets interconnect all
parts of the County, providing access to every section
of Carroll County as well as linking the County with the
outside world.
Commercial truck and bus transportation is availa-
ble in Carroilton over the highway system. U o trucking
companies have terminals located in Carroilton and several
more companies serve the County. Through these truck lines,
good service is available to or from all parts of the
County. The commercial bus line operates three passenger
buses a day through to Cincinnati and four per day to
Louisville. 2 o buses in each direction carry freight in
addition to passengers. (See Figure 2.2-4 for the high-
way system for the three county area.) (Watkins and Asso-
ciates 1974.)
2.2-26
-------
2.2.3.2 Future Transportation
2.2.3.2.1 Railroads
Railroad service is sufficient for today and for the forseeable future, and the
Carroll County Planning Commission has no recommendations to make at this time.
2.2.3.2.2 Air Transportation
A general aviation public airport has been approved by the Federal Aviation Admin-
istration and the State Department of Aeronautics. it will be designed to handle
private and non-scheduled commercial flights. An airport master plan is presently
being prepared and final design of the airport will begin as soon as the proposed
site has been selected.
2.2.3.2.3 Water Transportation
Although no port facilities are available at the present time for Carroll Co inty,
the water transportation potential for Carroll County and surrounding areas is
excellent. With the increase of industry along the Ohio River, increased use of
water transportation for the movement of materials can be expected. By 1977, a
major coal terminal is scheduled to begin operation on the Ohio River at Ghent.
At this terminal, rail shipments of coal will be transported to barges for shipment
to industries along the river.
2.2.3.2.4 Highways and Streets
The major change in highways is a bridge which will connect Gallatin County, Kentucky,
to Switzerland County, Indiana. The bridge is proposed to be located at Markiarid
Dam.
2.2—27
-------
2.2.4 Community Services and Facilities
There are three major communities within 10 miles of the Ghent Station that will
be discussed in this section. These are Carroilton and Warsaw, Kentucky, and Vevay,
Indiana. The communities which are most directly related to the Ghent facility
are Carrollton and Warsaw, and will receive a more detailed description.
2.2.4.1 Schools
The nearest schools to the Ghent Station are located on the opposite side of the
Ohio River in Vevay, Indiana, 2 miles distant. There is a high school and an ele-
mentary school located in Vevay. In addition, there are 4 other elementary schools
in other parts of Switzerland County. The total estimated 1976-77 enrollment for
Switzerland County alone was 1,500.
Carroll County has 3 public schools, consisting of an elementary school, a middle
school and a high school. All are located in Carroilton and have a total enrollment
of approximately 1,960 students. There is also a vocational school located in Car-
rollton.
Warsaw (in Gallatin County) has a high school and an elementary school with a total
enrollment of approximately 1,000 students.
2.2.4.2 Institutions
There are 2 public libraries in the area, 1 located in Carrollton and another in
Vevay.
The nearest hospital to the Ghent Station is located in Carroliton, approximately
8 miles distant. It has 80 beds and provides general hospital care. Neither Galla-
tin nor Switzerland Counties have hospital facilities. The nearest hospital on the
Indiana side of the Ohio River is located in Madison, Indiana, 17 miles distant from
the Ghent Station.
2.2—28
-------
2.2.5 Archaeological Areas
Two separate archaeological surveys were completed at the Ghent Station. The first,
on 20 April 1976, was a general survey to locate and evaluate any prehistoric archaeo-
logical sites which may be impacted by the proposed construction. The results of
this survey indicated that a possible site of unknown extent, 15 CL-l8, may be situ-
ated in the area of the proposed coal yard expansion. On 9 June 1976 a survey to
further test the extent of this site was performed utilizing a tractor-mounted back-
hoe-frontloader supplied by Kentucky Utilities.
The following sections present the results of the 2 surveys. Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2
present the physical and archaeological settings, respectively; section 2.5.3 the
research techniques; section 2.5.4 the site descriptions; section 2.5.5 the results
of machine—assisted archaeological testing and section 2.5.6 the conclusions. Within
these sections, general descriptions of all the sites found on the station represent
data gathered during the April survey while specific descriptions of site 15 CL-18
represent data gathered from the June survey.
2.2.5.1 The Physical Setting
The survey area is located on a broad terrace overlooking the Ohio River. This sec-
tion of the river flows through the Eden Shale Belt section of the Bluegrass Region
of the Interior Low Plateau physiographic province (Thornbury 1965). The river val-
ley itself is relatively flat with low hills extending generally parallel to the
river. The area behind the floodplain is marked by high, steep hills dissected by
numerous narrow, deep stream valleys. The local geological outcropping consists
largely of Ordovician limestones and shales (U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville
1973).
The original forest cover of the area was mixed mesophytic in character. Various
species of hickory, walnut and oak would have been available as food resources for
the prehistoric inhabitants of Carroll County (Braun 1950).
2.2-29
-------
2.2. .2 The Archaeological Setting
To this date, 10 prehistoric sites have been recorded in Carroll County. Most of
these were discovered during an early survey of the commonwealth (Webb and Funkhouser
1932: 71-73). The remaining sites have been more recently located including the 2
found during the Ghent Generating Station survey. The following paragraphs briefly
outline the known prehistoric development of the area.
The earliest inhabitants of the area probably entered Northern Kentucky around
14,000 years ago. The Paleo-Indian Tradition lasted until around 8,000 B.C. Sites
of the period are recognized by the presence of the characteristic fluted projectile
points. These peoples were apparently organized into small bands of related indivi-
duals whose economic system was geared toward the exploitation of Pleistocene mega—
fauna. A number of fluted points have been found in the area but no systematic sur-
vey or excavation of these sites has yet been undertaken (Rolingson 1964).
The succeeding Archaic Tradition began around 8,000 B.C. and continued until 1,500
or 1,000 B.C. Hunting and gathering of fauna and flora essentially similar to those
species available in the area today provided the economic base of the period. The
Archaic tool kit included a wide variety of chipped stone implements, bone tools and
artifacts manufactured by the pecking and grinding of stone (Willey 1966). A number
of sites of the period, ranging from small, temporary camps to fairly substantial
occupations which were repeatedly visited by relatively large groups are known
throughout the area (Purrington and Smith 1966; Rolingson 1968; Allen 1973).
The Woodland Tradition began around 1,000 B.C. and lasted until approximately A.D.
900. It is marked by 3 significant cultural features-- the developement of agri-
culture, the manufacture of pottery and the development of an elaborate burial cere-
monialism centering around the construction of earthern mounds over the graves of the
honored dead. These mounds have been a focus of archaeological research for many
years. Village, camp and mound sites have been located throughout the Middle Ohio
Valley (Dragoo 1963; Bluegrass Archaeological Society 1976; Collins and Cowan 1976).
2.2-30
-------
The Mississippian and Fort Ancient Traditjp p began around A.D. 900 and lasted until
the historic era. These groups developed an economic system based on maize agricul-
ture. This dependable food base allowed a more stable settlement system and the
rise of large permanent villages. A relatively complex social organization is also
evident. Sites of the period are numerous throughout the area in both the river bot-
toms and upland areas (Purrington and Smith 1966; Hanson 1966).
2.2.5.3 Research Techniques
April Survey
All of the proposed construction areas and much of the remaining Kentucky Utilities
property were systematically traversed (Figure 2.2-5). The ground surface was exa-
mined for evidence of prehistoric occupation. Special attention was given to those
areas where plant cover was relatively sparce and the ground surface could be seen.
In general , survey conditions were poor. Much of the project site was covered with
thick vegetation or buildings and equipment associated with the existing power plant.
In no area was more than 5 to 10 percent of the ground surface visible.
With the exception of fire-cracked rock, all cultural materials were collected in
paper sacks labeled as to site, collector and date. Written records were kept on
site location, size, condition and state preservation. The location of each site
was noted on a U.S.G.S. topographic map and a plant map provided by Kentucky Utilities.
Upon completion of the field phase of the project, the cultural materials were
returned to Lexington where they were washed, sorted, cataloged and analyied. These
materials were then deposited at the University of Kentucky Museum of Anthropology
for permanent storage.
2.2-31
-------
Figure 2.2-5. Archaeological Survey Routes.
-------
June Survey
At the time of the April survey, the only dimension of site 15 CL-18 which could
be inferred from surface indications was the roughly east-west extent of cultural
material exposed along the bluff’s edge. The material was exposed for some 65
meters, centered approximately at the point where a chain-link fence (the eastern
boundary of the existing coal storage pile) intersected the bluff. East of the
fence, in a small eroded patch about 25 meters from the bluff, were exposed a few
fragments of apparently fire-cracked rock and a flake. As this latter spot is
directly in the path of proposed expansion of the coal repository, and there seemed
to be considerable cultural material eroding out at the top of this bluff, it was
recommended that the site be tested.
Archaeological testing is specific application of the broader concept of archaeolo-
gical sampling universe is of uncertain dimensions (Mueller 1974: 4), thus, in the
case of 15 CL-18, it would not be feasible to dig test pits which purport to discover
the nature of the site when the size of the site (the sampling universe) is unknown.
With this consideration in mind, it was decided to peel away patches of ground cover
with power equipment to expose the topsoil and determine the extent of the site
prior to testing. It was reasoned that with the horizontal extent of the site deter-
mined (and almost certainly something more about its content known), a more adequate
sample could be achieved by archaeological testing. Since the site area had obviously
been plowed in the past, it was obvious that the use of power equipment would do no
damage to the site as long as only previously plowed earth was disturbed.
This strategy was implemented on 9 June 1976. A backhoe-frontloader supplied by
Kentucky Utilities was made available. The survey team selected 16 small areas
(roughly 3 by 3 meters) distributed over the presumed extent of the site, marked
them with survey flags, and removed the sod from each of these using the frontloader
(Figure 2.2-6).
2.2—33
-------
meters
NN
TP 13
TP 14
fl
house
j ]
TP 15
I
TP 16
TP 3
TP 2
TP 7
10
TP
—
1
TP
TP 11
r c
,s.c. ‘
TP 4
I
TP 12
TP 6
9
TP
U
V’
fence
existing
coal
pile
Figure 2.2—6.
Archaeological Test Plots, 15 CL-18
-------
Initially, only about 20 cm (8 inches) of soil were removed from test pits 1, 2, 3,
4 and 5. As each cut was taken, the floor of the pit was examined as was the fill
removed from it.
After these 5 pits had been scraped down to about 20 cm below the surface, it seemed
obvious that the original estimation of the density of cultural material was high.
Even when correcting for the fact that only a portion of the cultural material pre-
sent in a certain deposit will be observed using this excavation technique, very
little was showing up in the plowzone fill from these pits. Since the plowzone soil
at 15 CL-18 is sandy and was very dry on the day of the testing, it poured out of
the frontloader easily, and cultural items could be spotted much more readily than
if the soil had been more cohesive. It was then decided to modify the strategy and
employ the backhoe to actually test the site.
The testing procedure was to make succeeding cuts of roughly 15 to 25 cm in vertical
dimension; the remaining 11 were dug with this technique and the earth removed with
each cut was piled separately in order of removal. This resulted in several piles
of backdirt, the one nearest the pit coming from nearest the surface and progressively
more distant ones from increasingly greater depths. Each load of fill could be iden-
tified as coming from plowzone or from beneath plowzone (or, in some cases including
some of both kinds of fill). The piles of backdirt from each pit graded in content,
color and texture, reflecting the depth from which they were recovered. The upper-
most fill was grayish in color and unconsolidated in texture; it contained the humus
and grassroots layers. Fill from progressively deeper cuts graded through a light
brown (or a medium brown, depending upon the horizontal location) to an orange color
and became slightly more compact with depth. Most of these piles of earth were exa-
mined, at least to some degree, for cultural materials. Maximum depths of the pits
ranged from 20 to 60 cm and averaged just over 40 cm.
Additionally, backhoe trenches were dug along one edge of 3 of the test pits to depths
of about 1.50 meters. These provided exposures of the lower subsoil horizons and a
more complete picture of the structure site.
2.2-35
-------
2.2.5.4 Site Descriptions
The following section describes the various prehistoric localities that were dis-
covered during the course of the survey.
15 CL-l7
This is a habitation site of unknown dimensions located toward the eastern end of
the Kentucky Utilities property. It will not be affected by any of the proposed
construction. The site is situated 200 yds west of the Carroll-Gallatin County
line and 40 yds north of Highway 42. It stretches over the crest of a low ridge
which parallels the Ohio River. At the time of the survey, the field in which
the site lies was almost completely covered with pasture grass. Consequently,
it was impossible to determine the size of the habitation area. Cultural materials
were recovered from an area enclosing several small patches of exposed ground sur-
face about 15 yds in diameter. However, less than 10 percent of this area was devoid
of vegetation.
The cultural materials observed at and recovered from the site consist of fire-cracked
stone and 10 non—utilized flakes.
15 CL-7
One of the goals of the survey was to attempt to relocate a site (15 CL-7) which
had been originally discovered by an early archaeological survey of the Commonwealth
(Webb and Funkhouser 1932). Although this site was thought to have been within
the boundaries of the Ghent Power Plant, its precise location was not known. Webb
and Funkhouser’s map (1932) locates the site approximately in the area of the switch—
yards south of Highway 42, and a few specimens found in that vicinity in the course
of this survey are possibly associated with 15 CL-7. Three small areas, each of which
produced limited amounts of cultural material, were located. These are situated on
the south, east and southwest of the existing and proposed switchyard, and it is pro-
bable that earth moving activities have already destroyed the central section of the
site. The ground surface in the switchyard area had the characteristics of C-horizon
soil (subsoil), indicating that the site had probably been removed. The different
sections of 15 CL-7 have been labeled areas A, B and C (see Figure 2.2-5). Each of
these are described separately below.
2.2-36
-------
Area A is a low hill overlooking a small, seasonally-flowing branch of Black Rock
Creek. It is just to the north of a large barn which was part of a now abandoned
farm. Cultural materials were found in a cut made by an access road leading to this
farm. Materials collected from this area consist of 1 core and 5 non-utilized flakes.
Area B is situated on a low hill located immediately to the south of the east end of
the existing switchyard. A small amount of material was collected along a cut bank
over a distance of approximately 15 yards. One core and 5 non-utilized flakes were
recovered.
Area C is a level field located immediately to the north of the proposed switchyard.
Although surface examination conditions were relatively good, only 5 flakes were
recovered in an area approximately 25 yards in diameter.
Surface Indications
Surface indications (s.i.) is a term used to designate small areas where limited
amounts of cultural materials were recovered and evidence is present that indicates
these items may have been moved from their original context. Two such localities
were discovered during the course of the survey.
S.I. 1 is situated on the edge of the bluff overlooking the Ohio River. It is just
to the west of the conveyer belt extending from the barge unloading dock and is
north of Unit 1 Cooling Tower. One non-utilized flake and 1 fire-cracked stone were
found at this locality.
S.I. 2 is situated on the slope of I of the high hills overlooking the plant site
from the south. It is found about midway between the crest of the hill and the base
on a small dirt road at a point where it crosses under a power line. The forest
cover of this area had recently been cleared and the ground surface was partially
graded in connection with the construction of a clearway for the power lines. Con-
sequently, it is evident that the cultural materials have been displaced. One biface
fragment and a non-utilized flake were recovered.
2.2—37
-------
2.2.5.5 Specific Results of Machine-Assisted Archaeological Testing
of Site 15 CL—18
The prehistoric cultural materials recovered from the test excavations at 15 CL—18
have been divided into 7 classes. These consist of 3 tool types, 3 categories of
chert implement manufacture waste and 1 class of cooking unit residue. These are
described in the following section along with the historic materials which were
recovered. Distributions are presented in Tables 2.2-14 and 2.2-15.
Bifaces , 3 specimens (Figure 2.2—7)
These bifacially modified chert implements were recovered from 2 different test
pits. All were either broken or discarded during the process of manufacture.
One specimen is more or less teardrop in shape with a pointed end and convex base.
The lateral edges are asymetrically excurvate. Primary flake scars are wide and
relatively shallow. No secondary flake scars or edge wear is visible. The cross-
section is plano-triangular. This specimen measures 48 mm in length, 22 mm in width
and 13 mm in thickness.
The second specimen is asymetrically ovate in shape. A strongly excurvate and
straight lateral edge merge to form a blunt, pointed end. The base is straight and
flat. It is unmodified and cortex still remains. The cross-section is asymetrically
biconvex. Primary flake scars are wide and relatively deep with a number ending in
hinge scars. A few narrow, shallow secondary flake scars are visible on one edge.
This specimen measures 63 mm in length, 45 mm in width and 17 mm in thickness.
The third biface is a midsection fragment of an unfinished specimen. Bifacial flaking
is present on one edge only. The primary flake scars are wide and shallow and no
secondary flake scars or edge wear is visible. Cortex remains on one face.
2. 2—38
-------
Table 2.2-14
Distribution* of Prehistoric Artifacts
Provenience
Biface
t1tilized
Flake
Hammer-
Stone
Chunk
Flake
TP
1,
40-45
cm
1
0
0
0
0
1
TP
1,
45-55
cm
1
0
1
1
0
3
TP
2,
BKD
0
0
0
0
0
3
TP
3,
BKD
0
0
0
0
0
7
TP
4,
BKD
0
0
0
0
0
1
TP
5,
BKD
0
0
0
0
3
2
TP
6,
BKD
1
0
0
0
0
0
TP
7,
BKD
0
0
0
0
0
0
TP
8,
BKD
0
0
0
0
0
3
TP
11,
BKD
0
0
0
2
1
2
TP
11,
20-25
cm
0
0
0
0
1
1
TP
11,
51 cm
0
1
0
0
0
0
TP
13,
BKD
0
0
0
1
0
0
Total
3
1
1
4
5
25
* Vertical distributions are given as BKD = backdirt or in centimeters
below surface.
2.2—39
-------
Table 2.2-15
Distribution of Historic Artifacts
Type
1P3
BKD
TP5
BKD —
TP6
BKD
TP7
BKD -
1P8
BKD
Crockery
1
0
0
0
0
China
0
2
0
1
0
Window
Glass
0
0
2
0
0
Bottle
Glass
0
0
2
1
1
Wire
0
0
0
0
1
Nail
0
0
0
0
1
Calf
Radius
0
0
0
0
1
Total
1
2
4
2
4
2.2—40
-------
Figure 2.2-7. 15 CL-iS Bifaces.
2.2-41
-------
Unifacially Worked Flake , 1 specimen
This specimen, exhibiting use wear or unifacial, modification along one edge, is made
from a secondary decortication flake. It is 36 mm long, 32 mm wide and 5 mm thick.
Hammerstone , 1 specimen
This chert tool manufacturing implement is made from a light brown quartzite pebble.
Heavy battering scars are visible on all edges and on one face. The specimen is 82
mm long, 77 mm wide and 48 mm thick.
Cores , 4 specimens
These specimens represent chert cobbles from which flakes have been removed as part
of the tool manufacturing process. One is relatively large (70 mm by 50 mm by 28 mm).
It is ovate in shape and flakes have been removed from both faces.
The remaining 3 cores are small cobbles which exhibit flake removal at one end only.
They measure between 36 mm and 43 mm in length, from 24 mm to 32 mm in width and be-
tween 19 mm and 22 mm in thickness.
Chunks , 5 specimens
These thick, blocky shaped pieces of chert are interpreted as being the byproduct
of implement manufacture in which the stone contained fractures or impurities which
resulted in unintentional breakage during the flaking process.
Flakes , 25 specimens
Thirteen unmodified flakes were broken and lacked striking platforms. Of the 12 com-
plete specimens, 4 had a small, protruding lip extending over the interior side of
the flake at the striking platform. This is interpreted as being the result of direct
percussion with a soft hammer implement such as a bone or wooden baton.
2.2-42
-------
Eight specimens had platforms whose junctures with the interior surface of the flake
was smooth and unlipped. This probably resulted from direct percussion with a hard
(stone) hammer.
Twelve flakes exhibited cortex on all (6 specimens) or part (6 specimens) of the
exterior surface. Seven flakes showed evidence of thermal damage.
Fire-cracked Stone
Although these materials were not systematically collected, they were observed, in
varying amounts, in most of the test pits. They are quartzite or sandstone river
pebbles which are heavily oxidized and fractured along angular cleavages. The indi
vidual specimens range in size from approximately 2 cm square to 1 large stone,
recovered in test pit 12, which measured 13 cm by 12 cm by 5 cm. Most specimens
averaged around 5 cm on a side. The relatively large size and heavy weight of the
cracked stone on the site would seem to indicate that they were not deposited in the
area by stream action or other natural processes. They are, therefore, thought to
be human transported, probably functioning in cooking activity.
Historical Material
A number of historic artifacts were recovered in various test pits (Table2.2-15).
These undoubtedly relate to the house which once stood on the site. The materials
include 1 crockery sherd, 3 china sherds, 2 fragments of window glass, 4 glass bottle
sherds,1 piece of wire, 1 wire nail and the distal end of a calf radius.
2.2.5.6 Conclusions
A total of 3 sites and 2 surface indications were located during the course of the
first survey. Only 1 of these, 15 CL-18 produced diagnostic artifacts. The 2 lime-
stone tempered cordmarked sherds from the site indicate a Woodland occupation.
15 CL-7 , if in fact correctly identified, appears to be largely destroyed or disturbed
Consequently, no further mitigating action is recommended.
2.2—43
-------
15 CL-17 was largely covered with pasture grass at the time of survey. This situa- .
tion resulted in very poor surface examination conditions. Given the small amount
of visible ground surface, the number of cultural materials recovered was fairly sub-
stantial. Consequently, it is believed that this site has potential significance.
However, it will not be affected by the proposed construction and no further miti-
gating action is necessary at this time. If future construction is planned for
this area, test excavations should be conducted at 15 CL-l7 to determine potential
sub—surface deposits and features. State agencies concerned with prehistoric or
historic archaeological artifacts will be permitted, by prior arrangement with Ken-
tucky Utilities, to further investigate this site.
15 CL-18 contained limited cultural material indicating limited use of the locality
at an undetermined time in the prehistoric past. The 2 small sherds recovered during
the survey are the only clues to the cultural assignment of the site--i.e., Woodland
period. It is uncertain what forces brought the numerous pebbles and cobbles to rest
at this locality. It is possible that some of these are the result of cultural acti-
vity, but their occurrence in areas (e.g., test pits 13 and 14) apparently outside
of the site in roughly the same frequency as inside of the site raises the possibility
that at least some of them may be natural inclusions in the terrace deposits.
Stone chipping is about the only prehistoric activity clearly identifiable at this
site (the flakes and evidently unfinished bifaces), so site function is uncertain.
It is felt that the 16 test pits would have encountered evidence for features or
larger quantities of sub-plowzone artifacts if these were at all characteristic of
this site. It is therefore concluded that little worthwhile additional information
would be gained by further work at 15 CL-l8.
S.I. 1 appears to be of minimal size and importance. Also it is apparently not in
an area which will be affected by future construction. Consequently, no further
mitigating action should be necessary.
S.I. 2 is also apparently insignificant and already destroyed. No further mitigation
is recomended.
2.2—44
-------
2.2.6 Historical Areas
The area in which the Ghent Station is located is rich in historical significance.
Ghent was settled in 1795, 3 years after Carroliton was first settled. The town
was originally known as McCool ‘S Creek. In 1814, Henry Clay, the famous Kentucky
statesman, while a visitor there, was asked for a suitable name of the town. He
suggested the name Ghent since he had just returned from Ghent, Belgium where he
had been a member of the Peace Treaty Commission. Many early settlers came from
Virginia after the Revolutionary War while others entered Kentucky in 1781 with
the Traveling Church. Others yet brought their families and livestock down the
Ohio River in flatboats. Ghent was incorporated as a town on January 18, 1824
(Parker 1956).
In Carroll County there are 2 structures that are listed by the Kentucky Heritage
Commission as historical sites. These are:
Butler, Gen. William 0., House. Highland Avenue, Carroilton,
Carroll County. 1830. Hero of the American Revolution,
War of 2812, Mexican War; representative in State Legisla-
ture 1827-1818 and in Congress 1839—1843; Democratic can-
didate for governor of Kentucky in 1844.
Grass Hills. Eagle Station Road, Carroll County. 1819-1823.
Large log house built by Lewis Sanders, who earlier had
built the first factory run by steam in Kentucky and held
the first cattle show and fair west of the Appalachians at
his farm near Lexington. (Kentucky Heritage Commission 1975)
Located on the property of the Ghent Power Station are several structures that could
possibly be of some historical significance. On the south side of Highway 42 is a
small log cabin that dates to pre-1883 (Lake 1883). This cabin is in fair cond1tio
with no real historical significance except for its age. Near the cabin is a fairly
large barn built around another barn frame of older origin (pre-1870’s). The barn
is not significant in itself; however, it contains a full size hay press of historical
significance. Near the Ohio River next to the proposed coal yards is a group of
buildings all dated from recent history except for a log constructed barn of unknown
age. A small Cemetery dating back to the 1830’s is also located in this area.
2.2—45
-------
The assessment made by the Kentucky Heritage Commission is that none of the previously
mentioned structures are eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic
Places. There are no objections, therefore, to their relocation and/or demolition.
The hay press does, however, deserve attention and if the building housing it is ever
in the way of plant expansion, the hay press should be removed and preserved (Ken-
tucky Heritage Commission 1976).
2.2.7 Sensitive Areas
Sensitive areas are areas valued for their natural historic, scenic or cultural
significance which may be affected by plant construction or operation. The following
subsections will describe any such areas affected by Ghent Station Units 3 and 4 and
associated transmission facilities.
2.2.7.1 Sensitive Natural Areas
Sensitive natural areas are those which are valued as natural habitats for plant and!
or animal species. These would include any natural breeding and spawning areas and
areas which are suitable as habitats for rare and/or endangered species.
The existing Ghent Station occupies land that was earlier established as farmland
and has presently, through the operation of Units 1 and 2, established the land
within the plant boundaries for use in power production. This area is, therefore,
not considered a sensitive natural area.
Outside the plant boundaries is an area which could be deemed as a sensitive natural
area. Black Rock Creek, which drains a major portion of the Ghent Station, could
be included as a sensitive natural area (Figure 2.2—8). Because of the construction
of navigation dams on and channelization of the Ohio River, small tributaries have
received an increased value as habitats for spawning of some important fish species
of the Ohio River (ORSANCO 1962, 1976). This is due to the limited number of undis-
turbed weed beds or shallow areas now present in the Ohio River main stem.
2.2-46
-------
r(
:‘ i
$ r
—
-ftJ
4 - /
— —cr — — — -
4 1 2
- - - -
U,,. -
— 2 - . - -
Figure 2.2-8. Location of Black Rock Creek.
-
- H4 4
- • - - ,
,
2 •, : . ., . ..
71 . -‘ t -. .1
- -\
-------
2.2.7.2 Sensitive Man-made Areas
Despite the Ohio River Valley being a rather rich area in terms of archaeological
sites, the results of a survey performed at the Ghent Station showed no significant
sites worth mentioning as a sensitive area. Also, the buildings that are on the
Ghent Station, though some dating back to the early 19th century, are deemed to be
of little historic significance (Kentucky Heritage Commission 1976).
Outside the Ghent Station boundaries lie several areas of some importance historically
and culturally. Of the most important is General Butler State Park located approxi-
mately 6 miles southeast of the Ghent Station. The park exhibits a scenic view of the
Ohio River and is historically significant as containing the home of General W.O. But-
ler. On 809 acres, the park contains recreational facilities for golf, swimming,
boating, ice skating, horseback riding and a mini-train. Due to the park’s nature
and the large number of people it attracts, it can be termed a sensitive man-made
and natural area.
2.2-48
-------
2.3 ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT PROPOSED TRANSMISSION LINE
All three of the proposed corridor routes lie within an area approximately 15 miles
wide and 40 miles long (Figure 2.3-1). The following sections will include a des-
cription of the natural and man-made environments plus a description of the sensi-
tive areas encountered in either locale.
2.3.1 Natural Environment
The routes being considered for the Ghent-West Frankfort lines cross the northwest
central part of the Bluegrass physiographic region of Kentucky (McFarlin 1943).
More precisely, these routes rise from the Ohio River alluvial valley on the north
and cross the Eden Shale Belt division of the Bluegrass region to terminate on the
south just inside the edge of the Inner Bluegrass division. The portion of the Eden
Shale Belt traversed by these alignments is interrupted by the broad valley of Eagle
Creek and the deep, wide gorge of the Kentucky River. Physiographically, from north
to south, the area to be traversed includes the following: (1) the moderately narrow
level Ohio River alluvial terraces of Quaternary age, (2) a band of angular but
maturely eroded Ordovician limestone and shale hills, (3) the broad though gently
rolling Eagle Creek Valley with its alluvial terraces and low, rounded Ordovician
limestone hills, (4) a second stretch of maturely eroded shale and limestone hills,
(5) the deep Kentucky River gorge with low bottomlands of varying widths and steep
walls of Ordovician limestone, (6) a third segment of mature hills, and (7) the ro11 9
and less deeply eroded Ordovician limestone hills of the inner Bluegrass near the
southern end of the route (McFarlin 1943).
2.3.1.1 Soils
Soils range from the alluvial (sands, silts and gravels) bottoms of the Ohio River,
Eagle Creek and the Kentucky River to a variety of upland soil series derived from
the weathering of bedrock under forest cover. The principal upland soil series are
Lowell, Shelbyville, Fairmont, Eden and Nicholson. Lowell and Shelbyville are dark
silt loams occurring where limestones and siltstones are the parent rock types. The
upland soils of the Fairmont series are dark silty clay barns derived from limestone 1
whereas those of the Eden series are light colored silty clay barns and clays derived
from interbedded calcareous shales, siltstones and sandstones, are brown silt loams
2.3-1
-------
SCALE IN MILES
4NEW
.
I
CASTLE
\‘
N
EMINENCE
I
- -
— COVi y
SHEL0y
SHELBY VILLE
Figure 2.3—1.
Preferred and two alternate transmission routes.
23—2
-------
with clayey subsoil. Eden and Fairmont soils are the most extensive and are best
suited to pastures and hay. Cultivated crops (e.g., corn, tobacco, small grains)
are produced on the Nicholson, Shelbyville and Lowell soil types (University of
Kentucky Cooperative Extension Service; Bailey and Winsor 1964).
Soils of the Captina and Wheeling series vie with the Huntington and Newark series
for the bottoms and terraces in the upper Kentucky River Basin. These soils developed
in alluvium washed chiefly from soils of limestone origin, except for the Wheeling
series, which was formed in stratified alluvium of very mixed origin. They are
noted for production of various agricultural crops (e.g., corn, soybean, tobacco),
(Bailey and Winsor 1964; U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville 1975).
2.3.1.2 Hydrology
All the land within the three proposed corridor routes is included within the upper
portion of the Kentucky River Basin. This area lies in the Hills of Bluegrass, which
comprises about 16 percent of the total watershed. Eagle Creek, the principal tn —
butary of the Kentucky River in this region, drains approximately 525 square miles.
Numerous streams and creeks of various sizes form a dendritic drainage system which
is characterized by V-shaped valleys and narrow ridges (Jones 1973).
2.3.1.3 Vegetation
A literature search was conducted in order to find those vegetation elements that
have been listed as occurring in the general areas of the study. Sources included
Bailey 1949; Braun 1943; Braun 1950; Duncan 1975; Duncan and Foote 1975; Fernald
1950; Gleason and Cronquist 1963; Gunn 1968; Meijer 1971; Meijer 1972; Peterson and
McKinney 1968; Petrides 1958; U.S. Department of Agriculture, ARS 1971; Wharton and
Barbour 1971; Wharton and Barbour 1973. Gleason and Cronquist (1963) was used as
the ultimate taxonomic authority for species names. Other information was derived
from two detailed vegetation studies in Trimble County in 1975 which developed lists
of plant species occurring in plant communities near Corn Creek and in the surrounding
upland areas (Water Resources Laboratory 1975). Vegetation data were also available
from a recent Louisville District Corps of Engineers study along Eagle Creek in Owen
and Grant counties, Kentucky, a portion of which is near the preferred utility line
2.3—3
-------
route. Aerial photographs were also available for the area and these were carefully
studied in order to assess the nature of vegetation to be affected by the clearing
operations along the corridors. Site visits were made and vegetation assessed at
10 points along the preferred route and the two alternate routes.
Floristically, the proposed routes are within the Western Mesophytic Forest region
which is part of the Deciduous Forest formation (Braun 1950). Kuchler (1964) consi-
ders the potential vegetation of the area to be Oak-Hickory forest (Quercus — Cwija)
whose dominants are bitternut hickory, shagbark hickory, white oak, red oak and black
oak. Other components are Fra nus T7 I S niqra, Prunus serotina and
Quercus muhlenbergii. The original vegetation of the rolling terrain of the Outer
Bluegrass region included beech, bur oak, white oak, blue ash, white ash, hackberry,
sugar maple, black walnut, black cherry, honey locust, Kentucky coffee tree, American
elm, Ohio buckeye, black locust, red mulberry, bitternut hickory and shagbark hickory
(Braun 1950). The hilly Eden Shale Belt, underlain by mudstones and shales, origi-
nally was an oak or oak-hickory belt but subsequent erosion has changed it greatly
(Braun 1950). The advent of man has changed the entire region from one of extensive
forests to one of croplands, pasturelands, and other artificial coninunities. At the
present time, about 70-80 percent of the area consists of such communities with the
remainder being intensively cut-over upland woods, bottomland woods, floodplain areas,
or riparian communities. The diverse topography of the study area varies from poorly
drained bottomland and stream sides to dry, excessively well-drained ridges and hill-
tops. Diversity of slope aspect, variations in slope steepness and local soil condi-
tions will determine the tree cover of the wooded areas. The best developed forests
occur on moderately steep east or north-facing slopes and are dominated by sugar
maple, basswood and white ash. Among the groundcover species are the coniiion spring
ephemerals. The drier south- or southwest facing slopes contain yellow oak, black
oak, cedar and hickory. On steep hillsides, where direct penetration of light from
the side is possible, these xeric forests are relatively stable. In Appendix A-5 are
listed the species of plants as they are known to occur or are expected to occur in
the major plant communities of the study area.
A list of threatened or endangered species of plants that have been reported to grow
in Kentucky is given in Appendix A-6 (Federal Register, Vol. 40, No. 127, 1975).
2.3-4
-------
Most of the species listed occur in specialized habitats such as bogs which have
not been found in the study area, or they occur in regions outside of the area.
None of the listed species have been observed in the study area, nor in the areas
adjacent to it.
2.3.1.4 Wildlife
2.3.1.4.1 Amphibians and Reptiles
Appendix A-7 is a list of the common and scientific names of the amphibians and rep-
tiles that would be expected to occur along the corridors in Carroll, Henry, Owen
and Franklin counties. This list is a compilation from Conant (1958), Barbour (1972)
and Minton (1972).
Distribution data on these reptiles and amphibians within Kentucky are not very
satisfactory. County records by specific localities with collections are seldom
available. Expected occurrence is based upon general range and distribution maps
of these species. As with other faunal groups in Kentucky, an interesting mixture
of northern and southern elements are encountered in this area, and this mixture and
interaction between forms has not been studied in detail. None of the listed species
are considered to be endangered or threatened with extinction, although several
(broad-headed skink, red-backed salamander, four-toed salamander, red milk snake,
prairie kingsnake) are considered rare and/or endangered in Kentucky (Kentucky Academy
of Science 1973).
2.3.1.4.2 Birds
In his study of the birds of Kentucky, Mengel (1965) noted that the ornithological
knowledge of the bluegrass region of Kentucky (which includes all but the southern-
most ends of the three transmission corridors) is fairly extensive, particularly
because of its proximity to Louisville and Jefferson County. Mengel and Monroe have
worked for many years in Oldham County which adjoins Henry County on the east, and
Mengel himself spent much time studying the birds of the region (Mengel 1965; Monroe
1975).
2.3—5
-------
At least 182 species of birds are known to occur in the areas under observation.
Appendix A-8 contains a complete list of these species with indication of their
status as migrants, residents, breeding residents, etc. Also indicated are those
species which have been observed in Trimble County (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
in 1975 (Trimble County is approximately 50 km to the west of the study area), and
thQse species which were observed along the transmission corridors on a 21 August
1975 field trip to the area. A few additional species were taken from a list of
birds presented for Grant and Owen counties in U.S. Army Engineers District, Louis-
ville, Kentucky (1973).
The only bird species which may be found in the area which is also on the endangered
and threatened list of the Department of the Interior (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice 1975) is the southern bald eagle, an occasional visitant in the area. The
osprey has been observed along the Ohio River 30 km to the east of the study area
(Public Service Indiana 1975).
It may be that the vesper sparrow (Pooecetes grcimineus) breeds in the area since
nests have been recorded and birds seen in Gallatin, Boone, Kenton, Grant, and
other counties to the north and east. This may also be true of the upland plover
(Bartramia longicauda) which has been recorded nesting in Boone County and also
for Traill’s flycatcher (Empidonax traillii) which has been recorded nesting in
Jefferson County.
There is little doubt that many other kinds of waterfowl and shorebirds visit the
area during their annual migrations. Other songbirds, such as the black-capped
chickadee Parus atricapillus, many migrating warblers (Parulidae), crossbills
(Loxia spp.), Henslow’s sparrow Passerherbulus henslowii, Bachman’s sparrow Aimophila
aestivalis, and swamp sparrow Melospiza georgiana have been recorded near the cor-
ridors, and there is no reason to believe that they may not pass through the area
on occasion.
2.3-6
-------
2.3.1.4.3 Mammals
Records of Kentucky mammals were first reported in a systematic manner by Garman
(1894). Collection and survey of the fauna continued and culminated in the publi-
cation of Wildlife in Kentucky by W.D. Funkhouser (1925). Very little specific
information about distribution records by counties is available in the literature.
Publication of Barbour and Davis’s Mammals in Kentucky in 1974 does not correct this
deficiency in the mammal records, for general U.S. distribution maps for many of the
mammals illustrate the general range of the species. [ n a few instances, Kentucky
state maps illustrate occurrence data by counties (Barbour l956a, 1957). There is
little or no specific information about mammalian fauna for the study area.
Appendix A—9 is a list of the common and scientific names of 43 manuials that are
expected to occur along the corridors with their economic importance. Species actu-
ally observed (or signs thereof) in Trimble County in 1975 or along the transmission
corridors on 21 August 1976 are indicated by footnotes on this table.
The Indiana bat, Myotis sodalis, is listed by the U.S. Department of the Interior
(Federal Register, Vol. 40, No. 127, 1975) as rare and endangered. This bat is known
to inhabit limestone caves all across the eastern two-thirds of northern Kentucky,
but we know of no authentic records from any of the counties within the corridors.
Still, it seems likely that the Indiana bat visits the area at some time or another.
The bobcat, Lynx rufus, has been recorded in Indiana near Trimble County, Kentucky
(Public Service Indiana 1975), and while it is not on the rare and endangered list,
it is a rare mammal in Kentucky.
2.3.2 Man-Made Environment
The cultural landscape of today is principally one of rural, agricultural land use
with some small communities, a few areas--along the Kentucky River--of recreational
residences, and--in the northern part of the study area--a growing number of small
acreage “commuter” residences. In the Eden Shale Belt, one observes approximately
15 percent cropland, 75 percent pastureland and 10 percent woodland. In contrast,
the outer bluegrass land use figures are more nearly 60 percent cropland, 35 percent
2.3—7
-------
pastureland and 5 percent woodland. These figures do not, however, apply to the
steep margins of the major streams nor to the valley bottoms where, respectively,
higher and lower percentages of woodlands generally occur (University of Kentucky
Cooperative Extension Service). Communities in this area are all small, and most
residences would be classified as rural.
2.3.2.1 Archaeological
A literature search was conducted in order to find available information on known
prehistoric sites in the study area. This included a review of the archaeological
site record files of the Museum of Anthropology and the University of Kentucky plus
the archaeological records of the Kentucky Heritage Commission and the Federal Regis-
ter. Site inspections were made as well as interviews with certain professional and
non-professional archaeologists familiar with the region.
The prehistoric cultural remains of the Bluegrass region of Kentucky are generally
viewed according to a Cultural-Historical scheme of organization that recognizes
a developmental sequence of cultural manifestations beginning in the late Pleisto-
cene and continuing until the arrival of Europeans. This sequence begins with the
Paleo-Indian period, characterized by migratory hunting—gathering on a landscape
affected by its nearness to the advancing and retreating edge of the Laurentian Ice
Sheet. Near the end of the Pleistocene, as environmental conditions became more as
they are today, the Paleo-Indian cultural form gave way to a somewhat different mode
of hunting-gathering known as the Archaic . Archaic hunter-gatherers maintained an
apparently very successful adaptation to their environment until several technological
advancements, in the first millennium B.C., gave rise to a more complex lifeway known
as the Woodland . During the Woodland period, rudimentary agriculture, pottery and
evidently greater complexity in the social-political realm resulted in the distinc-
tive cultural forms, Early Woodland (Adena), Middle Woodland (Hopewell), and Late
Woodland (Newton). Near the end of the first millennium A.D., Village Farnii
(Mississippian and Fort Ancient) became the dominant cultural manifestation in the
Bluegrass. By the time Europeans arrived, the bluegrass region was not intensively
used by American Indians, however, campsites of Shawnee and use of the region by
Miami, Iroquois and other groups are recorded (Goodell 1971 a, b, c; Willey 1966;
Clark 1974).
2.3-8
-------
A detailed review of each cultural historical period of the Bluegrass region of Ken-
tucky is described in Section 2.1.6.2.
2.3.2.2 Archaeological Sites Along the Proposed Routes
There are many prehistoric sites in certain places along the proposed routes, although
very few of these have been the subject of careful study. An area defined as lying
within 5 miles of the proposed transmission routes was examined in this study.
The records of the Museum of Anthropology at the University of Kentucky list 27 sites
in this area, but only those sites which lie within one mile of the proposed routes
will be listed (Owen County sites 1, 2, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11; Henry County sites 3 and 4;
and Franklin County sites 3 and 7)(Figure 2.3—2). There are a number of these sites
which are poorly documented and the existing records cannot be used to contribute
substantive knowledge to the prehistory of the region; however, their presence con-
stitutes an indication of site distributions in the area.
The recorded sites in the Owen County portion of the examined area include 4 with
single earthen mounds, 6 with both earthen mounds and village refuse present, one
with a single stone mound, 2 with multiple mounds present, and one village site.
Henry County sites recorded include a Fort Ancient village (HY3) and a site of uncer-
tain cultural affiliation (HY4).
The Franklin County sites recorded in the files of the University of Kentucky (see
also Webb and Funkhouser 1932) are a rockshelter with midden refuse (FR7) and a camp-
site of uncertain cultural affiliation (FR3, reported by Allen 1976).
Also, a recent survey in portions of Franklin County by personnel of the Kentucky
Heritage Commission has produced information on at least 13 sites in the study area
(FR11, 18, 19, 26, 28, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59 and 60) according to R. Boisvert
(personal communication)(Figure 2.3-2). These consist of 2 Archaic sites (FR26 and
28), a Fort Ancient rockshelter (FR52), 3 sites with both Archaic and Woodland materials
present (ERie, 54 and 60), one site with both Woodland and Fort Ancient remains (FR28),
2.3-9
-------
5
SCALE tN MIL!S
— j
‘S I
4NEW
S
.
S
.
S
S
(S.
CASTLE
3
\
\
\
\
\
N
EMINENCE
I
!:!E: !! .9 0 0IVrr
St L . COt —--—---..
SHELBY VILLE
Figure 2.3-2. Archaeological
Transmission Routes
(I
‘it
1
(WS$t
Fronkfort
Sites Along the Prefei
4
ii
2.3-10
-------
and 6 sites of uncertain cultural affiliation CER n, 19, 55, 56, 57 and 59). The
Archaic site, FR26, will be nominated to the National Register of Historic Places
as will site FR52 (Boisvert, personal communication). One additional site (FR28,
a mound) on the east side of the Kentucky River was also visited by the Heritage
Commission archaeologists in their survey.
No prehistoric sites are yet on the National Register of Historic Places in the
study area (Federal Register 1976a, 1976b).
Interviews with relic collectors and amateur archaeologists who are familiar with the
study area provided additional insight into the nature of prehistoric remains along
the proposed routes. One interview brought to light a possible shell midden on the
Kentucky River in Owen County. The other persons interviewed offered no clues about
sites of different kinds from those documented above; however, they all agreed on
3 points: (1) sites are extremely numerous along the valleys of Eagle Creek, the
Kentucky River, Elkhorn Creek, Sixmile Creek and Benson Creek, (2) many sites occur
on uplands near these same streams, and (3) sites tend to be less numerous on the
high, narrow ridges of the Eden Shale Belt, particularly east of the Kentucky River.
A few archaeological materials in private collections from this area were observed
during these interviews, and diagnostically Archaic, Adena (possibly Newtown) and
Fort Ancient artifacts were noted.
These data and observations, then, would indicate that the study area was intensively,
though not evenly, utilized throughout each of the periods of Kentucky prehistory,
and that important sites are present in the area.
2.3.2.3 Historical
Five structures of historical value were found in the vicinity of the proposed routes
Verification was done by examining lists of historic sites in Franklin, Henry, Owen,
Shelby and Carroll Counties from the National Register of Historic Places (Federal
Register, Vol. 41, No. 28, 1976. pp. 5950-5954) and the Survey of Historic Sites in
Kentucky and its Supplement (Kentucky Heritage Commission 1975). Glenwood Hall
(ca. 1830) and Inverness (ca. l849)(Hl), both architectural examples, are located in
2.3—11
-------
Perry Park, Owen County. Other historical structures located in Owen County are
the John Q. Baker House (H2)(Federal 1830), a 1 1/2 story brick residence on Route
1, in Wheatley, and the Thomas Hardin House (H3)(1812), a 2 story brick residence
in Monterey. The Penn-Marshall Stone House (H4)(1B1O-20), a 2 story stone house,
is situated east of Harvieland on Stoney Creek Road at the Kentucky River in Franklin
County (Figure 2.3—3).
2.3.2.4 Present Land Use
The preferred route encompasses approximately 703 acres of land in the counties of
Carroll, Owen, Henry and Franklin and a portion of Shelby County. Of the 703 acres,
63 acres make up the 5.2 mile common corridor near the plant, while 640 acres com-
prise the remaining 35.2 mile—long corridor. Total acreage of the proposed route
is outlined in Table 2.3-1.
Sixty-three percent of the population of these Counties live in rural areas. Five
towns (preferably called crossroads) lie within 1 mile of the preferred route and
have a population of less than 100 people (Table 2.3-1). One of the towns, Perry
Park, has a resort development located on the river front. This resort was developed
between 5-10 years ago, but has had only limited success.
The proposed route crosses the Kentucky River and about 40 perennial streams of vari-
ous sizes (Table 2.3-2). Nine major highways, including Interstate 71, and one rail-
road (crossed twice) are intersected. The railroad to be crossed is the Louisville
and Nashville railroad. United States Geological Survey maps indicate that the
proposed transmission route will cross 5 other major transmission lines and one pipe-
line. The route passes within 0.2 mile of both the Twin Eagle Wildlife Management
Area and the Eagle Station Recreation Area, but the line does not impinge directly
on any significant cultural features (Table 2.3-3) and (Figure 2.3-4 and 2.3-5).
2.3—12
-------
SCALE IN MILES
-
4NEW CASTLE
.
.
S
S
S
I.
S
.
S
S
. 5.
S
S
1’
\*Wheatly
HI
U
Perry
TI
Park
\
Management Area
\
PI nt Home
I
?
Frankfort
HistorIcal , Terrestria1 and
Preferred and Two Alternate
/
I,
I
N,—
-T i
—4
-4
Recreation Sites Along the
Transmission Routes.
EMINENCE
I
-
- .g9 iy
SHELBy C0UN
SHELBY VILLE
>-
4—
0
U’
-
-.Js
C l )
I
?West
Figure 2.3-3.
2.3—13
-------
Table 2.3-1
Present Land Use for the Proposed Transmission Route
% Length and Area
Common Corridor
1) Open
2) Forested
Corridor
Open
Forested
9.0% -
66.7% -
33.3% —
91 .0%
46.2%
53.8%
63.0*
42. 0
21.0
- 640.0**
- 295.6
- 344.4
* Acreages
** Acreages
based on right-of-way
based on right-of-way
width of 100 ft.
width of 150 ft.
* U.S. Department of Commerce 1971d.
Eagle Station
Mox ley
Perry Park
Si abtown
Benson
Distance
0.5 mi.
0.2 mi.
0.4 ml.
0.3 mi.
0.6 mi.
% of Total - Area in Acres
100.0% - 703.0
Lon
1
2)
Population of Counties : 1970 Census*
Counties Total
Carroll 8523
Owen 7470
Henry 10,910
Shelby 18,999
Franklin 34,481
Population
Urban
3884
4192
21 ,356
Rural
4639
7470
10,910
14,817
13,125
Towns Less Than 1.0 Miles From
Town
Line — Distance and Direction
Direction
East
E St
East
West
East
2.3-14
-------
Table 2.3-2
Natural Terrain Traversed by the Proposed Transmission Route
River Crossed--(No . of times)
Kentucky River (1)
Perepni J, Creeks Crossed--by County
Creek
Carroll_Cou.!
Black Rock Creek (4 Branches)
McCool Creek (7 Branches)
Indian Creek
Creeks (2)
Eagle Creek
Creeks (2)
Buck Run Creek
Creeks (2)
Henry County
Boiling Branch Creek
Sulphur Creek (4 Branches)
Sixmile Creek
Longs Branch Creek
Woodcocks Branch Creek
Little Sixmile Creek
Creek
Shelby County
East Fork Creek
Scrabble Creek
Backbone Creek
Franklin Couy
Goose Creek (2 Branches)
Quire Creek
Sudduin Branch Creek
(2 Branches)
Dutch Fork Creek
Benson Creek
Tributary
Ohio River
Ohio River
Eagle Creek
Eagle Creek
Kentucky River
Eagle Creek
Eagle Creek
Kentucky River
Sulphur Creek
Kentucky River
Kentucky River
Sixmile Creek
Sixmile Creek
Sixmile Creek
Sixmile Creek
Sixmile Creek
Backbone Creek
East Fork Creek
Flat Creek
Sudduin Branch Creek
Dutch Fork Creek
Benson Creek
Kentucky River
(2 Branches)
(2 Branches)
2.3—15
-------
Table 2.3-3
Cultural Features of the Proposed Transmission Route
Highways Crossed - (No. of times)
Federal U.S. 227 (1)
U.S. 421 (1)
Interstate mt. 71 (1)
State Ky. 47 (1)
Ky. 36 (1)
Ky. 355 (1)
Ky. 389 (1)
Ky. 22 (1)
Ky. 12 (1)
Railroad Crossed - (No. of times)
Louisville-Nashville (2)
Transmission Lines Crossed - (No. of times)
KU 69 kV - Carroilton to Ghent (1)
KU 138 kV - Carrollton to Ghent (1)
KU 138 kV - Carroliton to east of Stedmantown (1)
OVEC 345 kV - Clifty Creek Station (Madison, Indiana) to
interconnection point by the Ohio River in
Campbell County (1)
EKRECC 69 kV - Renaker to New Castle (1)
Pipeline Crossed - (No. of times)
rlid-Valley Pipeline Co. (Petroleum) - goes through Henry County and the
northern part of Owen .County (1)
Dedicated Land within 1.0 miles - Distance and Direction
1 Wildlife Preserve - Twin Eagle Wildlife Management Area - 0.2 ml. East
2 Recreation Area - Eagle Station Recreation Area - 0.2 mi. East
Nearby Airport - Distance and Direction
Capital City Airport - 2 mi. East
2.3-16
-------
SCALE IN MILES
ion
\ I
-
( O <¼
/
‘ . CARROLL
/
•NEW
EMINENCE
1
-
- — COUNTY
SHEL ,,
SHELBY VILLE
Figure 2.3-4.
(
>- I
tZ I j
2
U-
2 West
Fran kfort
E\
/
‘1 (1)
C)
>0
-C-)
z, 0
oIz
c- I
—I
Railroads and highways crossed by the preferred transmission route.
\
\
S
\
\
014\ 4,
1
‘4/’ O
00\
N
C
\
\
CASTLE
\
\
—
, —
I
2.3-17
-------
N
5
SCALE IN MILES
‘; . CARRQ 5
‘—-7-
4 NEW
CASTLE
I0
.
.
S
S
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
Q
OL.’ 4,
V
S4, \
EMINENCE
I
- — - COUNTY
SHELBY
SHELBY VILLE
Figure 2.3-5. Transmission lines
/
(
>-I>-
z l
mIj
-Ji
LU,Z
zI’
U)I
It’-
(
(‘West Frankfort
-flu)
; 1I
F-’
8
11W
traversed by the preferred transmission route.
0
1 — —
I
1>
2.3-18
-------
2.3.3 Sensitive Areas Along the Proposed Transmission Route
2.3.3.1 Natural Environment
Backwater Area (Ti )
This area is located on the east floodplain of the Kentucky River 3 miles south of
Moxley, Kentucky. This area consists of 1 oxbow lake adjacent to the Kentucky River,
a small amount of wetland and several artificial impoundments. It is used as both
a hunting and fishing area by local residents. The proposed line passes very near
the eastern boundary of this area (see Figure 2.3-3).
Wooded Tract (T2 )
This area is located 2 miles north of Moxley, Kentucky and very near the Twin Eagle
Wildlife Management Area (Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources). This
tract would be further dissected by the line and would be very near this small wild-
life management area operated by the state of Kentucky (see Figure 2.3-3).
Wooded Tract (13 )
This area is located on the western bluff of the Kentucky River 3.5 miles south of
Perry Park, Kentucky. This large wooded tract would be further dissected by the
proposed line (see Figure 2.3-3).
Limestone Caves
These caves found along the corridors might be inhabited by the Indiana bat, Myotis
sodalis.
Wet or Marshy Seeps
These areas are situated in wooded tracts, or at the base of hills and ridges, or
along rock outcroppings which might contain unusual plants and amphibians. None of
these areas have been observed, however, the team did not walk along each of the
three lines.
2. 3-1 9
-------
2.3.3.2 Man-Made Environment
Eagle Station Recreation Area (Ri )
This area is located on the south bank of Eagle Creek 1 mile west of Eagle Station,
Kentucky. This is a parklike area on the floodplain of Eagle Creek. It contains
picnic areas, natural oxbow lakes, artificial impoundments, outdoor recreation
facilities of several kinds, and some large native trees. It is heavily used by
local residents. The preferred route passes very close to the west side of the area
and would dissect wooded areas on both the north and south slopes of the Eagle Creek
valley (see Figure 2.3-3).
Earthen Mound (OW1O )
This mound is located on the east bank of the Kentucky River 0.7 mile southwest of
Perry Park, Kentucky. This archaeological site will be dissected by the proposed
transmission line (see Figure 2.3-2).
Earthen Mound (0W9 )
This mound is located on the east floodplain of the Kentucky River 2 1/4 miles south-
west of Perry Park, Kentucky. The proposed line passes within 0.8 mile of this archaeo-
logical finding (see Figure 2.3-2).
2.3—20
-------
2.4 REFERENCES
Allen, R.C. 1973. Salvage excavations in the Eagle Creek Reservoir—1972. Report
to the National Park Service. Manuscript on file, Museum of Anthropo-
logy, University of Kentucky.
__________ 1976. An archaeological survey of the Capital City Airport, Franklin
County, Kentucky. Report prepared for Talbert, Cox and Associates by
the Ohio Valley Archaeological Research Associates, Lexington.
Artmann, J.W. 1975. Woodcock status report, 1974. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci.
Rep. - Wildl. No. 189. 39 pp.
Bailey, H.H. and J.H. Winsor. 1964. Kentucky soils. Univ. of Kentucky Agr. Exp.
Sta., Misc. Publ. 308. 174 pp.
Bailey, L.H. 1949. Manual of cultivated plants. The MacMillan Co., N.Y.
Bailey, V. 1933. Cave life of Kentucky. Am. Midl. Nat. 14(5): 385-635.
Barbour, R.W. l956a. Synaptomys cooper-7 in Kentucky, with description of a new sub -.
species. 3. Mammal. 37: 413-416.
____________ l956b. The Salientia of Kentucky: identification and distribution.
Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 17: 82-87.
____________ 1957. A checklist and key to the mammals of Kentucky. Mimeographed.
Lexington, Kentucky. 41 pp.
____________ 1972. Amphibians and reptiles of Kentucky. Kentucky Nature Series,
Univ. Kentucky Press, Lexington. 235 pp.
Barbour, R.W., C.T. Peterson, D. Rust, H.E. Shadowen and A.L. Whitt, Jr. 1973.
Kentucky birds. The Univ. Press of Kentucky, Lexington. 306 pp.
Barbour, R.W. and W.H. Davis. 1974. Mammals of Kentucky. The Univ. Press of Ken-
tucky, Lexington. 322 pp.
Blair, W.F.,, A.P. Blair, P. Brodkord, F.R. Cagle and G.A. Moore. 1968. Vertebrates
of the United States. 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, N.Y. 616 pp.
Bluegrass Archaeological Society. 1976. 15 MS 28, an early Late Woodland Site in
Mason County, Kentucky. Paper presented at the annual meetings of the
Kentucky Archaeological Association, Lexington.
Braun, E.L. 1943. An annotated catalog of spermatophytes of Kentucky. John S.
Swift Co., Inc., Cincinnati. 161 pp.
__________ 1950. Deciduous forests of eastern North America. Philadelphia: Blak—
iston. 596 pp.
__________ 1951. Plant distribution in relation to the glacial boundary. Ohio 3.
Sci. 51: 139-146.
2.4-1
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
Burt, W.H. and R.P. Grossenheider. 1964. A field guide to the mammals. Houghtori
Mifflin Co., Boston. 284 pp.
Butcher, R.W. 1932. Studies on the ecology of rivers II: The microflora of rivers
with special reference to the algae on the riverbeds. Ann. Bot. 46:
81 3-861.
Campbell, L.J., N.K. Bleur, H.H. Gray, R.L. Powell and W.C. Swadley. 1974. Late
cenozoic geologic features of the middle Ohio River Valley. Kentucky
Geol. Surv., Lexington. 25 pp.
Carney, S.M., M.F. Sorensen and E.M. Martin. 1975. Distribution in states and counties
of waterfowl species harvested during 1961-1970 hunting seasons. Fish
and Wildi. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. - Wildl. No. 187. 132 pp.
Clark, J.E. 1974. Shawnee Indian migration: a system analysis. PhD dissertation
on file, the University of Kentucky.
Collins, M.B. and C.W. Cowan. 1976. Investigations at 15 MS 28, an early Late Wood-
land Site in Mason County, Kentucky. Report read at the annual meetings,
Society for American Archaeology, St. Louis.
Conant, R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of the United States and
Canada east of the 100th meridian. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 366 pp.
_________ 1975. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of eastern and central
North America. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 429 pp.
Dragoo, D.W. 1963. Mounds for the dead. Annals of Carnegie Museum: 37. Pittsburgh.
Duncan, W.H. 1975. Woody vines of the southeastern United States. The University
of Georgia Press, Athens, Georgia. 76 pp.
Duncan, W.H. and L.E. Foote. 1975. Wildflowers of the southeastern United States.
The University of Georgia Press, Athens, Georgia. 296 pp.
Federal Register. 1976a. Federal Register 41 :28:5950-5954, 10 February 1976.
_______________ 1976b. Federal Register 41:130:27747, July 1976.
Fenneman, N.M. 1938. Physiography of eastern United States. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Fernald, M.L. 1950. Gray’s manual of botany. 8th edition. American Book Co., N.Y.
1632 pp.
Forbes, S.A. 1925. The lakes as a microcosm. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 15:
537—550.
Funkhouser, W.D. 1925. Wildlife in Kentucky. The Kentucky Geol. Surv., Frankfort.
385 pp.
2.4—2
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
Garman, H. 1894. A preliminary list of the Vertebrate animals of Kentucky. Bull.
Essex Inst., 26: 1-63.
Gentry, J.L. 1963. The vascular plants of Henry County, Kentucky. M.S. Thesis,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington. 79 pp.
Gleason, H.A. and A. Cronquist. 1963. Manual of vascular plants northeastern
United States and adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton,
New Jersey. 810 pp.
Goodell, K. l971a. Archaic manifestations in the Bluegrass Region of Kentucky.
on file, the University of Kentucky.
__________ 197lb. The Woodland in the Bluegrass of Kentucky: with an emphasis on
the Adena. M.S. on file, the University of Kentucky.
l971c. Fort Ancient. M.S. on file, the University of Kentucky.
Gunn, C.R. 1968. The flora of Jefferson and seven adjacent counties, Kentucky.
Annals of the Kentucky Society of Natural History. 2: 1-322.
Gusey, W.F. and Z.D. Maturgo. 1973. Wildlife utilization of croplands. Environ-
mental Affairs Department, Shell Oil Co., Houston, Texas. 278 pp.
Hall, F.R. and W.N. Palmquist, Jr. 1960. Generalized columnar section and water
bearing character of the rocks in Carroll, Gallatin, Henry, Owen and
Trimble Counties, Kentucky. Dept. of the Interior, U.S.G.S.
Hanson, L.H., Jr. 1966. The Hardin Village Site. Studies in Anthropology 4, Uni-
versity of Kentucky Press, Lexington.
Holzworth, G.C. 1972. Mixing heights, wind speeds and potential for urban air poll ...
tion throughout the contiguous United States. EPA, Research, Triangle
Park, North Carolina.
Hynes, H.B.N. 1960. Biology of polluted waters. Liverpool University Press, Liver-
pool, England.
Indiana University, Division of Research, School of Business. 1976. Indiana Popula-
tion Projections. p. 78.
Jillson, W.R. 1928. Geology and mineral resources of Kentucky. The Kentucky Geol.
Surv. Series 6, Vol. 17, Frankfort, Kentucky. 409 pp.
Jones, A.R. 1973. Inventory and classification of streams in the Kentucky River
drainage. Ky. Fish and Wildl. Res. Fisheries Bull. No. 56, 108 pp.
Keith, J.R. 1967. A study of vegetation in the Pleistocene Drift Region of northern
Kentucky. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington. 29 pp.
2.4-3
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
Kentucky Academy of Science. 1973. A preliminary list of rare and/or endangered
species in Kentucky. 3 pp.
Kentucky Department of Commerce in cooperation with the Carroll County Chamber of
Corii ierce. 1974. Industrial Resources, Carroliton, Kentucky. 34 pp.
Kentucky Department of Commerce in cooperation with the Gallatin County Development
Association, Inc. 1974. Industrial Resources Warsaw, Sparta and Glen-
rose, Kentucky. 27 pp.
Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources. 1976. Kentucky Hunting, 1975-
1976. Ky. Dept. Fish Wildl. Res. Bull.
Kentucky Heritage Commission. 1975. Statewide survey of historic sites in Kentucky
and its Supplement. Frankfort, Kentucky.
____________________________ 1976. Personal communication, Frankfort, Kentucky.
Kentucky Utilities Company. 1974. Report on system disturbance following tornadoes
in central and northern Kentucky on 3 April 1974. 20 pp.
Kuchier, A.W. 1964. Potential natural vegetation of the conterminous United States.
Am. Geographical Society. Sp. Pub. No. 36.
Lake, D.J. and Co. 1883. Atlas of Carroll and Gallatin Counties, Kentucky.
Lowe, R.L. 1974. Environmental requirements and pollution tolerance of freshwater
diatoms. USEPA—670/4-74-005, Cincinnati, Ohio. 332 pp.
McFarlin, A.C. 1943. Geology of Kentucky, Lexington.
Meijer, W. 1971. Tree flora of Kentucky. Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological
Sciences. Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington. 120 pp.
_________ 1972. Composite family (Asteraceae) in Kentucky. Herbarium of the Thomas
Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington.
156 pp.
Mengel, R.M. 1965. The birds of Kentucky. Amer. Ornithol. Union, Monog. No. 3
581 pp.
Minton, J.A., Jr. 1972. Amphibians and reptiles of Indiana. md. Acad. Sci. Monogr.
No. 3. 345 pp.
Monk, C.D. 1967. Tree species of diversity in the eastern deciduous forest with
particular reference to North Central Florida. Am. Nat. 101: 173-187.
Monroe, B.L., Jr. 1975. The Kentucky sumer breeding bird survey: a nine year sum-
mary. Ky. Warbler. 51: 39-45.
Mueller, J.W. 1974. The use of sampling in archaeological survey. Memoirs of the
Society for American Archaeology, No. 28, Washington, D.C.
2.4-4
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
N.O.A.A. l975a. Local climatological data, annual summary with comparative data.
Louisville, Kentucky and Cincinnati, Ohio. U.S. Dept. of Commerce. 8 pp.
Northern Kentucky Area Development District under Supervision and Administration of
Executive Department for Finance and Administration. 1974. Economic/
Land Use Growth. 84 pp.
ORSANCO. 1962. Aquatic life resources of the Ohio River. Cincinnati, Ohio. 217 pp..
_______ 1970. Notice of requirements pertaining to sewage and industrial wastes
discharged to the Ohio River. Cincinnati, Ohio.
_______ 1976. Assessment of 1975 and future water quality conditions. Cincinnati,
Ohio. 121 pp.
Parker, V. 1956. History of Carroll County, Kentucky. Paper presented to Christo-.
pher Gist Historical Society. Covington, Kentucky.
Pennak, R.W. 1946. The dynamics of freshwater Dlarikton populations. Ecol. Monogr.
16: 340—355.
Peterson, R.T. and M. McKinney. 1968. A field guide to wildflowers of northeastern
and northcentral North America. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 420 pp.
Petrides, G.A. 1958. A field guide to trees and shrubs. Houghton Mifflin Co.,
Boston. 431 pp.
Price, W.E., Jr. 1964. Geology and hydrology of alluvial deposits along the Ohio
River between Ethridge and Twelve-mile Island, Kentucky. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Hydrologic Inves. Atlas. HA 97, Washington, D.C.
Public Service Indiana. 1975. Marble Hill Nuclear Generating Station Environmental
Report, Construction Permit Stage. Section 2. 290 pp.
Purrington, B.L. and D.G. Smith. 1966. An archaeological survey of the Eagle Creek
Reservoir, Grant and Owen Counties, Kentucky. Report to the National
Park Service, on file at the University of Kentucky.
Region 12 Development Commission. 1976. Letters and telephone conversations.
Robbins, C.S., B. Braun and H.S. Zim. 1966. Birds of North America. Western Pub.
Co., New York. 340 pp.
Rolingson, M.A. 1964. Paleo-Indian Culture in Kentucky. Studies in Anthropology
2, University of Kentucky Press, Lexington.
_____________ 1968. Preliminary excavations in the Eagle Creek Reservoir, Grant
and Owen Counties, Kentucky. Report to the National Park Service, on
file at the University of Kentucky Museum of Anthropology, Lexington.
2.4-5
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
Sargent and Lundy Engineers. 1969. Soil borings, Ghent Generating Station, Units
1 and 2. 9 sheets.
____________________________ 1976. Personal communications.
Smithsonian Institution. 1975. Report on endangered and threatened plant species
of the United States. Smithsonian Institution Serial No. 94-A, U.S.
Gov’t. Printing Office. 200 pp.
Stebbins, R.C. 1954. Amphibians and reptiles of Western North America. McGraw—Hill,
New York. 536 pp.
Swadley, W.C. 1973. Geologic map of parts of the Vevay South and Vevay North Qua-
drangle, North Central Kentucky.
Thornbury, W. 1965. Regional geomorphology of the United States. New York: Willey.
Trautman, M.B. 1957. The fishes of Ohio. Ohio State Univ. Press, Columbus. 683 pp.
U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville. 1973. Draft Environmental Statement, Eagle
Creek Lake, Kentucky River Basin, Kentucky. Louisville.
______________________________________ 1975. Environmental Impact Statement,
Operation and Maintenance, Kentucky River Navigation Project. 233 pp.
U.S. Corps of Engineers. 1966. Appendix C: hydrology of the Ohio River Basin. Ohio
River Basin Comprehensive Survey. Cincinnati, 57 pp.
______________________ 1967. Appendix M: flood control in the Ohio River Basin.
Ohio River Basin Comprehensive Survey. Cincinnati, 217 pp.
_____________________ 1975. Project maps and data sheets. Vol. 1: rivers and
harbors, Louisville, Kentucky. 32-34 pp.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, ARS. 1971. Common weeds of the United States.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York. 463 pp.
U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census. 197la. 1970 Census of population,
general social and economic characteristics, Indiana and Kentucky.
Tables 121—124.
____________________________________________ 197lb. 1970 Census of selected ser-
vice industries-area statistics, Kentucky and Indiana. 18-32 pp.
______________________________________________ l971c. 1970 Census of population,
nuthber of inhabitants, Indiana. 48 pp.
____________________________________________ 197ld. 1970 Census of population,
number of inhibitants, Kentucky. 44 pp.
2.4-6
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census. 1972. 1969 Census of agriculture,
Indiana and Kentucky. Tables 1, 8.
______________________________________________ 1973a. 1972 Census of wholesale
trade, area series, Indiana and Kentucky. Table 6.
—— 1973b. 1972 Census of retail trade,
area series, Indiana and Kentucky. Table 6.
_____________________________________________ 1974. 1973 County business patterns,
Indiana and Kentucky. Table 2
U.S. Department of Commerce of Indiana. 1976. Computer listing of miscellaneous
statistics on Switzerland County. 3 pp.
U.S. Department of the Interior, U.S.G.S. 1971. 7.5 Minute Series. Topographic
maps: Vevay North; Vevay South; Florence, Indiana; and Sanders, Kentucky
Quadrangles.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region IV. 1964. Mixing height data from the
George Holzworth Climatic Analysis Branch, Division of Meteorology.
Dayton, Ohio.
________________________________________________ 1972. Population by county, his-
toric (1940-1970) and projected (1980-2020) . Table 4.
________________________________________________ 1976. Personal communication dated
14 May 1976. Air QiTaTffy Branch, EPA, Atlanta, Georgia.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1973. Threatened wildlife of the United States.
U.S.D.I. Fish and Wildlife Service Resource Publ. No. 114. 289 pp.
1974. United States list of endangered fauna.
Wildlife Serv., Office of Endangered Species and
International Activities. 22 pp.
1975. Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants.
25 September 1975. 44412-44429 pp.
_____________________________ 1976. The Indiana bat: a bibliography. U.S.D.I.
Fish and Wildlife Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. - Wildl. No. 196. 11 pp.
______________________________ Undated. Appendix 0, pages 1-74. In: Ohio River
Basin Comprehensive Survey, U.S. Army Engineer Division, Ohio River,
Cincinnati, Ohio.
U.S.G.S. 1975. Water resources data for Kentucky. Water Year 1975. 334 pp.
_______ 1976. Personal communication, Louisville, Kentucky.
2.4—7
-------
2.4 REFERENCES (cont’d)
University of Kentucky Cooperative Extension Service. Undated. Soils handbook, Mis-
cellaneous Publication 383, University Cooperative Extension Service,
Agriculture and Home Economics.
Usinger, R.L. 1956. Aquatic insects of California. University of California,
Berkeley, California. 508 pp.
Wapora, Inc. 1972. The effect of temperature on aquatic life in the Ohio River.
Final Report July 1970-September 1971. 151 pp.
___________ 1973. Continued surveillance of thermal effects of power plants along
the Ohio River, 1972. Project 1-27 Report. 68 pp.
___________ 1974. Continuing ecological studies of the Ohio River, 1973. Project
1-27 Report. 98 pp.
___________ 1975. Continuing ecological studies of the Ohio River, 1974. Project
1-27 Report. 115 pp.
Water Resources Laboratory. 1975. Summary report for the baseline study of aquatic
and terrestrial communities for the Louisville Gas and Electric Company
site for a proposed power plant, Trimble County, Kentucky. 113 pp.
Watkins and Associates. 1974. Comprehensive Plan for Carroll County, Kentucky.
122 pp.
Webb, W. and W.D. Funkhouser. 1932. Archaeological Survey of Kentucky. University
of Kentucky Reports in Archaeology and Anthropology. Volume 2. Lex-
ington.
Wharton, M.E. and R.W. Barbour. 1971. A guide to the wildflowers and ferns of Ken-
tucky. Kentucky Nature Studies: 1. The Univ. Press of Kentucky, Lex-
ington. 344 pp.
______________________________ 1973. Trees and shrubs of Kentucky. Kentucky
Nature Studies: 4. The Univ. Press of Kentucky, Lexington. 582 pp.
Willey, G.R. 1966. An introduction to American Archaeology: I, North and Middle
America. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
2.4-8
-------
Appendix A-i.
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
TAXACEAE
Canadian Yew
Taxus ,anad2nsts Marsh.
PINACEAE
Shortleaf Pine
Pinus scthina a Mill.
Loblolly Pine
P. tacda
Pitch Pine
P. rigida Mill.
White Pine
P. strobus L.
Virginia Pine
P. virginiana Mill.
Eastern Hemlock
Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr
TAXODIACEAE
Bald Cypress
Taxodiu,n diatichwn (L.) Richard
CUPRESSACEAE
Red Cedar Upland
Jw ziperus virginiana L.
GRAMINEAE
Giant Cane
Arundinaria gigantea (Walt.) Chapm.
Al-i
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
LILIACEAE
Bristly Greenbrier Upland
Smi lax bona-nox L.
Sawbrier
S. glauca Walt.
Hispid Greenbrier
S. hiopida Muhl.
Greenbri er
S. rotundifolia L.
SALICACEAE
White Poplar
Populus al-ba L.
Cottonwood Bottomi and
P. deltoides Marsh
Large-tooth Aspen
P. grandidentata Michx.
Swamp Cottonwood
P. heterephplla L.
European White Willow
Solix alba L.
Peach-leaf Willow
S. ainpgdaloides Anders.
Carolina Willow
S. caroliniana Michx.
Pussy Willow
S. discolor Muhi.
A1-2
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
SAL ICACEAE
(cont’d)
Crack Willow
S. fragilis L.
Upland Willow
S. humilis Marsh.
Sandbar Willow
S. interior Rowlee.
Black Willow Slope; bottomland
S. nigra Marsh
Heart-leaf Willow
S. rigida Muhi.
Silky Willow
S. sericea Marsh.
Dwarf Upland Willow
S. tristis Art.
MYRICACEAE
Sweetfern
Conrp o?2ia peregrina (L.) Coul t.
JUGLANDACEAE
Water Hickory
Ca.rya aquatica (Michx. f.) Nutt.
Bitternut Hickory
C. cordifor nis (Wang.) K. Koch.
Pignut
C. glabra (Mill.) Sweet.
Al -3
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
J UG LAN BA C EA E
(cont’d)
Pecan
C. iZZino nsia (Wang.) K. Kock.
Big Shagbark Hickory
C. laciniosa (Michx. f.) Loud.
Sweet Pignut
C. ovalis (Wang.) Sarg.
Shagbark Hickory Upland
C. ovata (Mill.) K. Koch.
Pale Hickory
C. poZiida (Ashe.) Engi. and Graebn.
Mockernut
C. torn ntosa Nuff.
Butternut
Juglans cinerea L.
Black Walnut Upland
J. nigra L.
BETULACEAE
Common Alder
Alnus ser’rulata (Aiti.) wilid.
Sweet Birch
Betula lenta L.
Yellow Birch
B. 7-utea Michx. f.
River Birch
B. nigra L.
Al -4
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
BEIULACEAE
(cont’d)
American Hornbeam
Carpinus caroZiniana Walt.
American Hazelnut
Corylus vnericana Walt.
Hophornbeam Upland
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch.
FAGACEAE
American Chestnut
Castanca dentatcz (Marsh.) Borkh.
Chinquapin
C. pwnila (L.) Mill.
American Beech Upland
Fagus grandifolia Ehrh.
White Oak
Quercus aiba L.
Swamp White Oak
Q. bicolor Wilid.
Red Oak
Q. borealis Michx. f.
Scarlet Oak
Q. cocc inea Muench.
Southern Red Oak
Q. falcata Michx.
Single Oak
Q. imbricana Michx.
A1-5
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomiland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
FAGACEAE
(cont’d)
Overcup Oak
Q. lyra*a Walt.
Bur Oak
Q. ma ’oca pa Michx.
Blackjack Oak
Q. mariiandica Muench.
Swamp Chestnut Oak
Q. rnichauxii Nutt.
Chestnut Oak
Q. montana Wilid.
Chinquapin Oak Upland
Q. mu hlenbergii Engeim.
Water Oak
Q. nigra L.
Pin Oak Upland
Q. paluatri-s Muench.
Willow Oak
Q. phelloa L.
Chinquapin Oak
Q. prinoides Wilid.
Shumard Oak
Q. shwn rdii Bucki.
Post Oak
Q. ateZlata Wang.
Al-6
-------
Appendix A—i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably Occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
FAGACEAE
(cont’d)
Black Oak Upland
Q velutina Lam.
ULMACEAE
S u g a rbe r ry
celtis laevigata Wilid.
Hackberry Upland
C. eccidentalj8 L.
Dwarf Hackberry
C. tenuifoiia Nutt.
Water Elm
Planera aquaiiaa (Walt.) J. F. Gmel.
Winged Elm
Ilitnus alata Michx.
American Elm Upland, bottomland and
U. americana L. slope
Slippery Elm Upland
U. i’ubra Muhi.
September Elm
U. serotina Sarg.
Rolk Elm
U. thomasi Sarg.
MORACEAE
Paper Mulberry
BroussonaZia papyrifera (L.) Vent.
Al-7
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
MORACEAE
(cont’d)
Osage Orange
Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneid.
White Mulberry
Morus aTha L.
Red Mulberry
M. rubra L.
SANTALACEAE
Buffalo—nut
Pyrularia pubera Michx.
LORANTHAC EAE
Mistletoe
Phoradendron flcwescens (Pursh.) Nutt.
ARISTOLOCHINCEAE
Dutchman’s-pipe
Ari.stoiochia durior Hill.
Pipe-vine
A. tomentosa Sims.
POLYGONACEAE
Buckwheat Vine
Brunnichia cirrhosa Gaertn.
MENISPERMACEAE
Cups eed
Calycocarpum lyoni (Pursh) Nutt.
Al-8
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
LAURACEAE
(cont’d)
Sassafras
Sassafras aZ.bidwn (Nutt.) Nees.
SAX I FRAGACEAE
Wild Hydrangia
Hycfrangea arborescens L.
Virginia Willow
Itea Virginia
Mock-orange
ThiZadelphus hirsutus Nutt.
Mock-orange
P. inodoruB
Prickly Gooseberry
Ribes cbnosbat-i L.
Missouri Gooseberry
R. missouriense Nutt.
HAMAMEL I DACEAE
Witch-hazel
FkvncDneii8 virginica L.
Sweet Gum
Liquidambar styraciflua L.
PLATANACEAE
Sycamore Upland, bottoniland and
.Platanus occidentaiis slope
Al -9
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g.,, upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
MENISPERMACEAE
(cont’d)
Carolina Moonseed
Cocculu8 carolinuB (L.) D.C.
Moons eed
Menisperlnwn canadense L.
RANUNCULACEAE
Shrub Yellowroot
Xanthorhiza simplicissima Marsh.
MAGNOL IACEAE
Tulip Tree Upland
Liriodendron ulipifera L.
Cucumber Tree
Magnolia acuminata L.
Fraser’s Magnolia
M. fraseri Walt.
Large-leaf Magnolia
M. macrophyila Michx.
Umbrella Magnolia Upland
M. tripetala L.
ANNONACEAE
Pawpaw
Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal.
LAURACEAE
Spi cebush
Lindera benzoin (L.) Blume.
Al-lO
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ROSACEAE
Servi ceberry
Ametanchier arborea (Michx.) Fernaid.
June berry
A. intermedicz Spach.
Smooth Serviceberry
A. Zaevis Wieg.
Red Chokeberry
Aronia czrbutifolia (1.) E.H.
Black Chokeberry
4. me7 anocarpa (Michx.) Eli.
Purple Chokeberry
A. prunifolia (Marsh.) Rehder.
Cockspur Thorn
Crataegus crus-gali L.
Red Haw
C. nioljis (1. & G.) Scheele.
Washington Thorn
C. phaenopyrum L. f.) Medic.
Ni nebark
Physocarpus opu7 ifoiius (L.) Maxim.
Wild Plum Upland
Prunus americana Marsh.
Chickasaw Plum
P. angustifoi-ia Marsh.
Al-li
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ROSACEAE
(cont’ d)
Hortulan Plum
P. hor ulana Bailey.
Wild Goose Plum
P. munsoniana Wight and Hedrick.
Perfumed Cherry
P. maha7-eb L.
Peach
P. persica (L.) Batsch.
Wild Black Cherry Upland; slope
P. serotina Ehrh.
Choke Cherry
P. virainiana L.
Wild Crab
Pprus angustifolia Ait.
Pear
P. convnwiis L.
Wild Crab
P. coronaria L.
Prairie Crab
P. ioensis (Wood.) Bailey.
Apple
P. malus L.
Dog-rose
Rosa acznina L.
Al -12
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ROSACEAE
(cont’d)
Carolina Rose
Rosa carolina L.
Sweetbri er
R. eqlanteria L.
Multiflora Rose
R. mulliflora Thunb.
Swamp Rose
R. palustris Marsh.
Climbing Rose Upland; bottomland
P. aetigera Michx.
Black Raspberry
Ru2 us occidsnta li .g L.
Flowering Raspberry
P. odoratus L.
Southern Dewberry
R. enslenjj TraH.
Northern Dewberry
P. flagellczrjs Wilid.
Swamp Dewberry
R. hispidus L.
Blackberry Upland; bottoniland
R. aliegheniensis Porter.
Meadowsweet
Spiraea alba DUROI.
Al—13
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ROSACEAE
Japanese Spiraea
S. Japonica L.
Steepi ebush
S. tom ntosa L.
LEGUMINOSAE
Indigo Bush
Amorpha fruticosa L.
Redbud
Cerais canadensis L.
Yellow-wood
Clad ’astr s lufea (Michx. f.) K. Koch.
Water Locust
Gleditsia aquatica Marsh.
Honey Locust Upland; bottomland
C. triacanthos L.
Kentucky Coffee-tree Upland
Gymnocladus dioiaa (L.) K. Koch.
Rosa-acaci n
Robinia hispida L.
Black Locust Upland, bottomland and
R. pseudo-acacia L. slope
Wisteria
Wisteria macrostachya Nutt.
RUTACEAE
Hop-tree
Ptelea trifoliata L.
Al-14
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
RUTACEAE
(cont’d)
Prickly Ash
Xcrnthoxy luni cvnericanwn Mill.
S IMAROUBACEAE
Tree-of-Heaven
Ailcznthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle.
ANACARDIACEAE
Fragrant Sumac
Rhus aromatica Ait.
Winged Sumac Upland
R. copaZlina L.
Smooth Sumac
R. glabra L.
Poison Ivy
R. radicans L.
Poison Oak
I?. toxicodendron L.
Staghorn Sumac
R. typhina L.
AQUIFOLIACEAE
Swamp Holly
hex decidua Walt.
Mountain Winterberry
I. montana T. & G.
A1-15
-------
Appendix A-I. (cont’d)
Vascular plant spec4es probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
AQUI FOLIACEAE
(cont’d)
American Holly
I. opaca Ait.
Wi nterberry
I. verticillata (L.) Gray.
CELASTRACEAE
Bittersweet
Celactrus scandens L.
Strawberry-bush
Euonynius conericanus L.
Wahoo
E. atropurpureas Jacq.
Winter Creeper
E. fortunsi (Turez.) Hand.-Mazz.
Running Strawberry—bush
‘ b,uc’ .-tue Nutt.
Pachistima
Pachistima canbyi Gray
STAPHYEACEAE
Bl addernut
Staphylea trifolia L.
ACERACEAE
Box Elder Upland
Acer negundo L.
Al-16
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ACERACEAE
(cont’d)
Black Maple
Ab nlgri.n Michx f.
Striped Maple
A. pensylvanicum L.
Red Maple Slope
A. rubrum L.
Silver Maple Slope
A. saccharinum L.
Sugar Maple Upland
A. saccharuni Marsh.
Mountain Maple Slope
A. spicatuni Lam.
HI PPOCASTANACEAE
Red-and-Yellow Buckeye
Aescuius discolor Pursh.
Ohio Buckeye Upland
A. glabra Willd.
Yellow Bucheye
A. octayidra Marsh.
Red Buckeye
A. pavia L.
RHAMNACEAE
Supple-jack
Berchernia scandens (Hill.) K. Koch.
Al-17
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
R HAM NA C EAE
(cont’d)
New Jersey Tea
Ceanothus cl2nerlcanus L.
Carolina Buckthorn
Rhajnnus caroliniana Walt.
Lance-leaf Buckthorn
R. lanceoiata Pursh.
V ITACEAE
Pepper-vine
Anipelopsis arborea (L.) Koehne.
Heart-leaf Ampelopsis
A. cordata Michx.
Virginia Creeper
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch.
Summer Grape
Vitis czestivalis Michx.
Bailey’s Grape
V. bailsyana Munson
Graybark Grape
V. cinerea Engeim.
Fox Grape
V. labrusea L.
Catbird Grape
V. palinata Vahl.
Riverbank Grape
V. ripar a Michx.
A1-18
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
VITACEAE
(cont’d)
Muscadi ne
V. ro undifolia Michx.
Frost Grape
V. vulpina L.
TILIAC [ AE
American Linden Upland; slope
Tilia americana L.
Linden
T. floridana (V. Engler) Small.
White Basswood
T. wterop7-zylla Vent.
Basswood
T. neglecta Spach.
THEACEAE
Mountain Camellia
Stewartia ovata (Cay.) Weatherby.
HYPERICACEAE
Bushy St. John’s-wort
Hypericum densifloruin Pursh.
Golden St. John’s-wort
H. frondosum Michx.
Shrubby St. John’s-wort
H. spathulatum (Spach.) Stend.
A1—19
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
THYMELAEACEAE
Lea therwood
Ilirca paluetr-L-s L.
LYTHRACEAE
Swamp Loosestripe
Decodon verticillatus (L.) Eli.
N VS SAC EAE
Tupelo Gum
Nyssa aqucztica L.
Black Gum
N. syivatica Marsh.
ARAL IACEAE
Hercule’s—club
Aralia .spinosa L.
English Ivy
Fledera helix L.
CORNACEAE
Flowering Dogwood Upland
Cornus florida L.
Alternate-leaf Dogwood
C. alternifolia L. f.
Silky Dogwood
C. a’no7nuin Mill.
Rough-leaf Dogwood
C. drwr nondi Meyer
Al-20
-------
Appendix A—i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
CUR NAC EAE
(cont’d)
Stiff Dogwood
Cornus foemina Mill.
Pale Dogwood
C. obliqua Raf.
Gray Dogwood
C. racemosa Lam.
Red Osier
C. stolonifercz Michx.
CLETHRACEAE
Mountain Pepperbush
Clethra acwninata Michx.
ERI CACEAE
Trailing Arbutus
E’pigaea repens L.
Huckleberry
Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) K. Koch.
Box—huckleberry
C. brachycera (Michx.) Gray
Mountain Laurel
Kalmia latifoZia L.
Privet-and Romeda
Lyonia Zigustrina (L.) D. C.
Sourwood
Oxydendrwn arboreum (L.) D. C.
Al-21
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
ERICACEAE
(cont’d)
Smooth Azalea
Rhododendron arbore8cens (Pursh.) Torr.
Mountain Rosebay
R. catawbiense Michx.
Flame Azalea
R. calendulacewn (Michx.) Torr.
Red Azalea
R. cumberlandense E. L. Braun.
Great Laurel
R. ma nmun L.
Pi nxter-flower
R. nudifioruni (L.) Torr.
Rose Azalea
R. rosewn (Loisel.) Rehder.
Clammy Azalea
R. vi.s’coswn (L.) Torr.
Mountain Dryland Blueberry
Vacciniwn alto-rnontanum Ashe.
Farkleberry
V. arborewn Marsh.
Constabel’s Highbush Blueberry
V. constablaei Gray
Lowbush Blueberry
V. pallidion Ait.
Al-22
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland slope).
TAXA Habitat
ERICACEAE
(cont’d)
Highbush Blueberry
Vaccinium simulatum Small.
Bee rbe rry
V. stamineuni L.
Lowbush Blueberry
V. vacillans Torr.
SAPOTACEAE
Buckthorn Bumelia
Bwnelia lycioides (L.) Gaertn.
E BE NAC EA E
Per s I mmo n
Diospyros virginiana L.
STY RACAC EAE
Silverbell
Halesia carolina L.
Snowbell
Styrox americana Lam.
Large-leaf Snowbell
S. grandifolia Ait.
OLEACEAE
Fringe-tree
C’hionanthus virginicus L.
Swamp Privet
Forestieyaa acuininata (Michx.) Poir.
A1-23
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
OLEACEAE
(cont t d)
Upland Forestiera
Forestiera ligustrina (Michx.) Poir.
White Ash Upland; slope
Fraxinus conericana L.
Biltmore Ash
F. anericana var. biltmoreana (Beadle)
J. Wright
Red Ash
F. pennsylvanica var. subintegerrinia (Vahi.)
Fernal d
Blue Ash
F. quacZranguiata Michx.
Pumpkin Ash
F. tcnnentosa Michx. f.
Privet
Ligustrum spp.
APOCYNACEAE
Climbing Dogbane
Trac -ieZosperrnwn difforme (Walt.) Gray.
BIGNONIACEAE
Cross-vine
Bignonia caperolata L.
Trumpet-vine
Ccwrpsis radicans (L.) Seem.
Southern Catalpa
Catalpa bignonioides Walt.
Al-24
-------
Appendix A—i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottoniland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
BIGNONIACEAF
(cont d)
Northern Catalpa
C. sp ciosa Warder.
Royal Paulonia
Pczulownia /omentosa (Thunb.) Steud.
RUBIACEAE
Buttonbush
Cephalanthus occidentalis L.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE
Wild Honeysuckle
Lonicera dioica L.
Yellow Honeysuckle
L. flavida Cockerell.
Japanese Honeysuckle Bottomland; slope
L. japon z-ca Thunb.
Wild Honeysuckle
L. prolifera (Kirchn.) Rehd.
Trumpet Honeysuckle
L. sernpervirens L.
Elderberry Bottomi and
Sanbucus canadensis L.
Red-berried Elder
S. pubens Michx.
Buckberry Upland; bottomland
Symphoricarpos orbiculatus Moench.
A1—25
-------
Appendix A-i. (cont’d)
Vascular plant species probably occurring at the Ghent
Power Station. Those encountered are indicated by hab-
itat (e.g., upland, bottomland, slope).
TAXA Habitat
CAPRIFOLIACEAE
(cont’d)
Maple-leaf Viburnum
VibuTnuni acerifolium L.
Wi the-rod
V. cas.sinoides L.
Arrow-wood
V. dentatuni L.
Nannyberry
V. lentago L.
Kentucky Viburnum
V. niol-le Michx.
Possum-haw
V. nudum L.
Bi ack-haw
V. prunifoliwn L.
Arrow-wood
V. rafinesquianum Schult.
Arrow-wood
V. recognitwn Fern.
Southern Black-haw
V. rufiduiwn Raf.
Al-26
-------
Appendix A-2.
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair eta]. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: AMPHIBIA
CRYPTOBRANCHI DAE
Helibender Protected areas of rivers
Cryptobranchus alleganiensis and streams.
Mudpuppy Ponds, lakes, streams,
JVecturus maculosa and rivers.
AMBYSTOMATI DAE
Small-mouthed Salamander* Debris in ponds, swamps,
Ambystoma texanum and lakes.
Tiger Salamander Moist environments.
A. tigrinwn
Jefferson Salamander Damp areas under rocks,
A. jeffersonianum logs, and boards.
Spotted Salamander Wet and moist localities.
A. maculatwn
Marbled Salamander Moist sandy areas; occasionally
A. opacum on dry sites.
SALAMANDRIDAE
Red-spotted Newt Permanent and semi-perman-
Notopthalmus vi1ridescens ent bodies of water in early
stages; later seen occasionally
on land.
* Encountered during site visit.
A2- 1
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair etal. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: AMPHIBIA
(cont’d)
PLETHODONTI DAE
Dusky Salamander Streams, creeks, and
Desmoqnat iu fuscu. ponds.
Slimy Salamander Moist forested areas.
Pie thoclon giutinos s
Ravine Salamander Wooded slopes of hills
P. riclvnondi and valleys.
Zigzag Salamander Most often found in
P. dorsalis rockpiles or near caves.
Red-backed Salamander Wooded localities.
P. oinereus
Four-toed Salamander Boggy areas with sphagum
He7nidactyiium .scutaturn moss.
Red Salamander Under organic debris in
Pseudotriton ruber or near clear running streams.
Mud Salamander Muddy areas of streams and
P. montanus ponds.
Two-lined Salamander Swift-moving, clear springs
Ewi1 Jcea bislinsata and streams.
Cave Salamander Semi-light areas of caves
E. lucifuga and under debris in forests.
Long-tailed Salamander Caves, streams, and springs.
E. ion gicauda
A2-2
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair etal. 1968; Coriant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: AMPHIBIA
(cont’d)
PELOBATIDAE
Eastern Spadefoot Forested sites with friable
Scaphiopus hoibrooki soils.
BUFONI DAE
American Toad Most moist habitats.
Bufo alner-tcc(nus
Woodhouse’s Toad Mesic and xeric locales in-
B. wooclhousei cluding swamps, grasslands,
and mountains.
HYLJDAE
Spring Peeper Near streams, creeks, and
Hyla crucifer ponds in forests.
Gray Treefrog Moist wooded areas.
H. versicolor and
H. chrysoscelis’
Chorus Frog Grasslands and farmlands.
Pseudacris triserialcz
Cricket Frog Edges of ponds, lakes, and
Acris crepitans intermittent streams.
RAN IDAE
Green Frog Creeks, ponds, streams.
Rana cZa nitans
1 Closely related species separable only by voice in the field. For this
reason the exact range of each species is riot known.
A2-3
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair etal. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: AMPHIBIA
(cont’d)
RANIDAE
(cont’ d)
Bullfrog Larger bodies of water in-
Rana ca besheiancz cluding lakes, ponds, slow-
moving streams.
Northern Leopard Frog Shallow-water habitats.
R. p1 Piefl8
Southern Leopard Frog Ponds, cattle tanks, inter-
R. utricularia mittent streams.
Pickerel Frog Swamps, streams, ravines.
R. palustris
Wood Frog Wet or moist forested areas.
R. sylvatica
CLASS: REPTILIA
CHELYDRIDAE
Snapping Turtle Lakes and ponds.
Chelydra serpentina
Stinkpot Clear lakes, ponds and
Sternotherus odoratus rivers.
TESTUDINIDAE
Eastern Box Turtle Sandy terrestrial sites.
Terrapene carolina
A2-4
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair et al. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: REPTILIA
(cont ’ d)
TESTUDINIDAE
(cont ’d)
Painted Turtle Marshes, ponds, swamps,
Chryseinys picta drainage ditches.
Map Turtle Lakes and rivers.
Crap temys geographica
CHELONI IDAE
Smooth Softshell Creeks, streams, rivers,
Tn onyx muticus occasionally lakes.
Spiny Softshell Rivers and ponds.
T. sp-z-n-ij’erus
IGUANIDAE
Fence Lizard Rocky and sandy areas of
Sceloporus undulatus prairies, brushlands, and
forests.
SCINCIDAE
Five-lined Skink Organic debris and rock
Ewneces fasciatus piles near forests.
Broad-headed Skink Swamps, forests, and
P. Zaticeps brushlands.
COLIJBR I DAE
Northern Water Snake Marshes, swamps, ponds,
Natnix sipedon creeks, and lakes.
A2-5
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair etal. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebblns 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: REPTILIA
(cont’d)
COLUBRIDAE
(cont’d)
Queen Snake Rivers, streams, and other
Natrix septembittata aquatic habitats.
Red-bellied Snake Open forests.
Storeria occipitomaculata
Brown Snake Marshes, swamps, and upland
S. dekayi woods.
Garter Snake* Meadows, swamps, grasslands,
Thamnophis sirtalis and woodlands.
Ribbon Snake Vegetated edges of swamps,
T. sauritus sloughs, creeks.
Eastern Hognose Snake Open, sandy areas.
Heterodon p latyrhinos
Ringneck Snake Rocks and logs in wooded
Diadophis punctatus habitats.
Worm Snake Moist protected sites in
Carphophis cmioenus forests.
Racer Forest and brush edge
Coluber constrictor habitats and grasslands.
Rough Green Snake Dense woody undergrowth of
Opheodrys aestivus forests.
Black Rat Snake Variety of areas from farm-
Elaphe obsoleta lands to woodlands.
* Encountered during site visit.
A2-6
-------
Appendix A-2. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence and habitat preference of amphibians and
reptiles at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour 1956;
Blair etal. 1968; Conant 1975; Stebbins 1954).
TAXA Preferred Habitat
CLASS: REPTILIA
(cont’d)
COLUBRI DAE
(cont’d)
Milk Snake Grasslands and cultivated
Tpr ’cp lti. ’ t iangulum fields.
Prairie Kingsnake Open woods, savannahs,
L. caZli gaster prairie, and pastures.
Black Kingsnake Most habitats but more
L. getuluB common near creeks and
streams.
Scarlet Snake Sandy or loam soils under
Cernophora coccinea boards, logs, and rocks.
VI PER IDA E
Copperhead Wood piles and rocky hill-
Agkistrodon contortrix sides.
Timber Rattlesnake Timbered areas.
Crotalus horridus
A2- 7
-------
Appendix A-3.
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
GAVIIDAE
Common Loon R UC C FC Open water.
Gavia inirn r
POD IC I P ED IDA E
Red-necked Grebe R R Large bodies of water.
Podiceps grisegena
Horned Grebe R R R Lakes, rivers.
P. auribus
Pied-billed Grebe R C FC C Emergent vegetation of
Polilymlus podiceps marshes, sloughs, rivers.
PELECANI DAE
White Pelican VR VR Large lakes, reservoirs.
Pe lecanus erythrorhynchos
PHALACROCORACI DAE
Double-crested Cormorant R FC FC FC Swamps, lakes, large
Phaiacrocorax auritus rivers.
ANHINGIDAE
Anhinga R Swamps and woody lake
Anhinga anhinga margins.
ARDEIDAE
Great Blue Heron R C C C Borders of streams, ponds,
Ardea herodiczs and creeks.
1 VR=very rare, R=rare, UC=uncomrnon, FC=fairly common, C=coninon, A=aburidant
(after Barbour etal. 1973).
A3-l
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbiris
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
ARDEIDAE
(cont’d)
Green Heron R C C C Marshes, swamps, reser—
Butorides vire. 8 ens voirs, farm ponds.
Little Blue Heron R UC R Shallow—water habitats.
Florida caeru lea
Cattle Egret R R R Pastures, grasslands,
Bululucus ilis ponds, and marshes.
Common Egret R FC R Ponds, streams, sloughs.
Casmerodius albus
Snowy Egret FC C R Shallow areas of marshes,
Leucophoyx thula creeks, and reservoirs.
Black—crowned Night Heron FC R FC Large marshes, occasiona1l
Nycticorax nycticorax in lakes, streams, ponds.
Yellow-crowned Night Heron R FC R Woods and swamps.
Nyctarzassa vio lacea
Least Bittern R UC R Emergent vegetation of
Ixobrychus exilis marshes, swamps, lakes.
American Bittern FC UC Tall reeds of marshes
Botaurus lentiginosus and swamps.
CICONI IDAE
Wood Stork FC Swamps, creeks, and other
Mycteria americana wet areas.
THRESKIORNITHIDAE
Glossy Ibis R Mudflats and shallow-water
Plegadis falcinellus habitats.
A3-2
-------
Appendix A—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
ANATIDAE
Whistling Swan VR VR VR Large impoundments, lakes,
Olor columbianus and ponds.
Canada Goose FC FC R FC Marshes, lakes, prairies,
Branta canadens-is and cultivated lands.
Snow Goose FC C Large rivers, lakes, and
Chen cae rulescens grasslands.
Mallard* A A R A Shallow areas of ponds,
Arias pZa yrhynchos lakes, and streams.
Black Duck C C VR C Lakes, ponds, streams,
A. rubripes creeks.
Gadwall yR R R Ponds, flooded fields,
A. strepera shallow water areas.
Pintail UC C FC Lakes, rivers, ponds, and
A. acuta creeks.
Green-winged Teal VR UC UC Marshes, sloughs, farm
A. carolinensis tanks.
Blue-winged Teal C R C Swamps, lakes, ponds.
A. d’lscors
American Widgeon R A VC Lakes, large rivers, and
Mareca a nericana shallow ponds.
Shoveler C R Marshes, impoundments,
Spatula clypeata sewage ponds, large rivers.
Wood Duck* R UC C UC Swamps, marshes, and streams
Aix sponsa adjacent to woodlands.
Redhead UC R R Large rivers and lakes.
Aythya cvnericana
A3-3
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W Sp Su F
ANATIDAE
(cont’d)
Ring-necked Duck UC C C Tree-lined ponds, swamps,
Aythya collaris and lakes.
Canvasback R C C Large rivers and lakes.
A. valisineri a
Greater Scaup R R R Large rivers and lakes.
A. mar-zla
Lesser Scaup C A A Ponds, creeks sloughs,
A. affinis farm tanks, and lake
backwater.
Common Goldeneye C UC UC Edges of large lakes,
Bucephala clangula rivers.
Bufflehead FC UC UC Reservoirs, ponds, and
B. albeo7,a lakes.
Oldsquaw R R R Impoundments, rivers, and
Clangula hyemalis lakes.
White-winged Scoter R R R Lakes and other large
Melanittcz deglczndi bodies of water.
Ruddy Duck R UC VR C Creeks, ponds, and
Oxyura ja.inaicensis sloughs.
Hooded Merganser FC FC R FC Rivers, ponds, swamps,
Lophodytes cucullatus and wet bottomlands.
Common Merganser A C C Lakes and large rivers.
Mer ’gus merganser
Red-breasted Merganser R FC R Ponds, sloughs, creeks,
M. serrator and streams.
A3-4
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
CATHARTI DAE
Turkey Vulture
Ca- hartes aura
Black Vulture
Coragypa atratus
ACCIPITRIDAE
Mississippi Kite
Ictinia rnisisippiensis
Sharp-shinned Hawk
Accipi ter striatus
Cooper’s Hawk
A. cooperi
Rad-tailed Hawk*
Buteo jcvnaicensis
Red-shouldered Hawk
B. lineatus
Broad-winged Hawk
B. piatypterus
Rough-legged Hawk
B. lagopiw
Golden Eagle
Aguita chrysastos
Bald Eagle
Ha iiaee tus leucocep ha 1u8
Marsh Hawk
Circus cyaneus
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
FC FC C FC Most areas.
FC FC FC FC Most areas.
R UC R UC Woods, woodland edges.
FC FC FC FC Woods, woodland edges.
C C FC C Grasslands and forests.
C C C C Riparian and lowland
forests.
UC FC UC Upland hardwood stands.
VR VR VR Grasslands, pastures,
farmland.
VR Edges of large lakes and
reservoirs.
FC R VR R Edges of large lakes and
reservoi rs.
FC FC VR FC Marshes, grasslands, and
brushlands.
A3 -5
-------
Appendix A—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et a] . 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station durinq site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
PANDIONIDAE
Osprey FC FC Lakes, large rivers, and
Pandion haliaetus impoundments.
FALCONIDAE
Pigeon Hawk R R Grasslands, woodland
Falco columbarius openings.
Sparrow Hawk* C C C C Prairies, pastures, and
F. . ‘parverius farmlands.
I ETRAON I DAE
Ruffed Grouse* FC FC FC FC Woodland habitats.
Bona3a wnbellua
PHASIANIDAE
Bobwhite C C C C Brushland edges, weedy
Col’inu6 virginicmus grasslands, and hedges
MELEAGRIDIDAE
Wild Turkey FC FC FC FC Ecotonal areas between
Meleagris gallopavo woodlands and small open-
ings.
GRUIDAE
Sandhill Crane R R Open grasslands, shallow
Grus canadensis marshes.
RALLIDAE
King Rail R UC R Weedy margins of marshes,
Rallus elegans sloughs, and streams.
Virginia Rail R R Densely vegetated marshes.
R. limi cola
A3—6
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
RALLIDAE
(cont’d)
Sora FC FC Vegetation of marshes,
Por 7za & ro7ina streams, creeks.
Common Gallinule R VR R Water adjoining emer-
(a7-1-inula ‘hloropus gent vegetation.
American Coot R A VR A Shallow areas of lakes
Fuli a a nericczna and ponds.
CHARADRI I DAE
Semipalmated Plover FC FC Mudflats, sloughs, and
Charadrius semipalmatus sandbars.
Piping Plover R R Marshes, mudflats, and
pond edges.
Killdeer* FC C C C Pastures, farmland, and
mudflats.
American Golden Plover R R Pastures, moist bottom-
Pluvia7is do?ninic a land, and marshes.
Black-bellied Plover R R Pasture, pond edges.
SquataroZa squataro la
Ruddy Turnstone R Wet rocks and sandbars
Arar ter res adjacent to streams.
SCOLOPACI DAE
American Woodcock VR C C Wooded seeps and sloughs.
Thilohela minor
Common Snipe C FC Marshes, mudflats, and
‘ ‘‘T 2 7Zfnago creek edges.
A3-7
-------
Appendix A-3. (contid)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et aT. 1966). *Qbserved at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
SCOLOPAC I DAE
(cont’ d)
Upland Plover UC UC Pastures and grasslands.
Bartrariia ion gicauda
Spotted Sandpiper C R C Borders of creeks and
Actitis macularia streams.
Solitary Sandpiper C VR C Shores of lakes, rivers,
Trinqa solitaria and creeks.
Willet VR VR Lake and reservoir bar—
C’atoptrophorus semipalmcztus ders.
Greater Yellowlegs FC VR FC Mudflats, marshes, mar-
Totanus meianoieucus gins of lakes.
Lesser Yellowlegs C VR C Mudflats, marshes, mar-
T. fiavi pes gins of lakes.
Knot VR VR Sandbars, borders of
Calidris canutus rivers.
Pectoral Sandpiper C C Wet pastures, grassy
Erol-la rnei znotos areas, mudflats.
White-rumped Sandpiper R R Rocky edges of fast-
E. fusc-icoilis flowing streams.
Baird’s Sandpiper R R Mudflats and marshes.
E. bairdii
Least Sandpiper FC FC Muddy and grassy bor-
E. m-inut-illa ders of lakes and rivers.
Dunlin R R Mudflats and sandy bor-
E. alp-ma ders of lakes and rivers.
A3-8
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et aL 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
SCOLOPAC I DAE
(cont’d)
Short-billed Dowitcher R UC Shallow water of ponds,
Liinnodromus gri. eus creeks, and reservoirs.
Stilt Sandpiper VR UC Mudflats, sandbars, and
Mici’opalcvna hi7nantopus marshes.
Semipalmated Sandpiper UC FC Muddy and sandy edges of
Ereuhetes pusillus rivers, lakes, streams.
Western Sandpiper UC UC Muddy and sandy edges of
E. mauri rivers, lakes, streams.
Buff-breasted Sandpiper R R Grasslands and the bor-
Tryngites subruficollis ders of impoundments,
lakes, and rivers.
Sanderling R R Sandbars and marshes.
Crocethia alba
RECURVIROSTRIDAE
American Avocet R Emergent vegetation lining
Recurvirostra conericana streams and creeks.
PHALAROPODIDAE
Wilson’s Pharalope R R Open water of lakes and
Steganopus tricolor ponds.
LARIDAE
Herring Gull A R R Large rivers, lakes and
Larus argentatus reservoirs.
A3-9
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
LARIDAE
(cont’d)
Ring-billed Gull C C C Rivers, lakes and
L. delctwarensis reservoirs.
Franklin’s Gull R R Aquatic habitats.
L. pipixcan
Forsters Tern C C Rivers, creeks, lakes,
Sterna forsteri and impoundments.
Least Tern UC VR Sloughs, rivers, lakes.
S. albifrons
Caspian Tern VR R Oxbows, ponds, reser—
Hydroprog-ne caspia voirs.
Black Tern FC C Marshes, ponds, small
Chlidonias niger lakes.
COLUMB IDAE
Rock Dove A A A A Buildings and grain ele—
Columba livia vators.
Mourning Dove A A A A Pastures, farmlands, brush—
Zenaida macroura lands, and forests.
CUCULIDAE
Yellow-billed Cuckoo FC UC FC Woodlands and swamps.
Cocayzus a nericanus
Black-billed Cuckoo FC UC FC Forested uplands.
C. erythropthal7rtus
A3-lO
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
TYTON I DAE
Barn Owl UC UC UC UC Abandoned buildings near
Tyto alba grasslands.
STR I G I DA E
Screech Owl UC UC UC UC Woodlands of all types,
c tus asio occasionally in buildings.
Great Horned Owl FC FC FC FC Thickly forested areas.
Bubo virginianus
Barred Owl Bottomland forests and
Strix varicz swamps.
Short-eared Owl UC R R Grasslands and farmlands.
Asio flanrmeu.s
Saw-whet Owl R Moist coniferous forests.
Aegolius acczdicu6
CAPRIMULGIDAE
Chuck-wills Widow UC C UC Open, upland forests and
Caprimu..1gus carolinensis woodland edges.
Common Nighthawk UC C UC Cities, farmland, and
Clwrdsiles minor pastures.
APODIDAE
Chimney Swift UC C UC Open areas and towns.
C’haetura pelagica
TROCH IL I DAE
Ruby-throated Hummingbird UC C UC Woodlands, farmland, and
Archilochus colubris residences.
A3—fl
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TA XA S eas nal Ab un dan ce l P ref e rred Habi ta
AL CE DIN I DAE
Belted Kingfisher C C C C Lakes, rivers, streams,
Megaceryie alcyon and ponds.
PICIDAE
Yellow-shafted Flicker* C C C C Open forests, towns, and
Colaptes auratus farms.
Pileated Woodpecker* C C C C Mature woodlands.
Cryocopus pileatus
Red-bellied Woodpecker* C C C C Farmland, open woodlands.
Centurus carolinus
Red-headed Woodpecker FC FC FC FC Sparsely wooded habitats,
Melanerpes erythrocephalus and forest margins.
Yellow-bellied Sapsucker* C C C Open broadleafed forests.
Sphyrapicus varius
Hairy Woodpecker C C C C Large wooded areas.
Dendrocopus villosus
Downy Woodpecker C C C C Forests of all types.
D. pubs scens
Red-cockaded Woodpecker FC FC FC FC Mature pine-oak comunities.
D. borealis
TY RAN N I DA E
Eastern Kingbird uc C UC Savannah—type habitats
Tyrannus tyrannus and grasslands.
Great-crested Flycatcher uc C UC Open woodlands.
M jiarchus crinitus
A3-12
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbing
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
TYRANN IDAE
(cont’d)
Eastern Phoebe* R UC C UC Wooded and unwooded moist
Sayornis phoebe bottomlands.
Yellow-bellied Flycatcher R FC Brushlands and forest
Einpidonax fiaviventris habi tats.
Acadian Flycatcher UC C iC Wet forest bottomlands.
E. virescens
Traill’s Flycatcher R R Scrub areas and brushy
E. traillii sloughs.
Least Flycatcher C C Open woodlands and for-
E. minimus est- edges.
Eastern Wood Peewee UC C UC Forested areas.
Conto pus virens
Olive-sided Flycatcher R R Savannah habitats.
Nuttallornis borealis
ALAUDIDAE
Horned Lark C C C C Roadsides, farmlands, and
Eremophila alpestria pastures.
HIRUNDIDAE
Tree Swallow C UC Lakes, ponds, and rivers.
Iridoprocne bico br
Bank Swallow FC UC FC Mud banks of streams
Rip ia riparia and rivers.
Rough-winged Swallow UC C UC Open habitat usually
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis adjacent to a cliff or bute.
A3—13
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbjns
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
HI RUN DI DA E
(cont’d)
Barn Swallow UC C UC Farmlands, pastures,
Hirundo rustica ponds and lakes.
Cliff Swallow UC R UC Reservoirs, lakes, dams,
Petroche7 idon pyrrhonota and bridges.
Purple Martin UC FC UC Open habitats.
Pro gne subia
CO RV IDA E
Blue Jay* C C C C City dwellings, and
Cyanocitta cristata woodlands.
Common Crow* A C C C Farmland and open forests.
Corvus brachyrhynohos
Fish Crow UC Woody borders of lakes
C. ossifragus and rivers.
PARIDAE
Carolina Chickadee* C C C C Forests of all types.
Parus carolinensis
Tufted Titmouse* C C C C Most bottomlands except
P. bicolor the densest forests.
SITTIDAE
White-breasted Nuthatch FC FC FC IC Swamps, and upland wood-
Sitta carolinensis lands.
Red-breasted Nuthatch FC C C Most comon in pine-oak
S. canadensis forests.
A3-14
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
CERTHI IDAE
Brown Creeper FC C C Mature bottomland forests
Certhis familiaris near streams.
TROGLODYTIDAE
House Wren UC C UC Residential areas and
Troglodytes aedon farmlands.
Winter Wren FC FC FC Brush and tangled under-
T. troglodytes growth of bottomland
forests.
Bewick’s Wren UC UC C UC Brushy and open wooded
Thryomanes beW1 Ckii habitats.
Carolina Wren* C C C C Swamps and woodlands.
Thryothorus ludovicicrnus
Long-billed Marsh Wren VR R Wet grasslands and emer-
Telmatodytes palustris gent marsh vegetation.
Short-billed Marsh Wren UC UC UV Wet grasslands and emer-
Cistothorus platensis gent marsh vegetation.
MIMIDAE
Mockingbird* C C C C Suburban areas, and open
Minrus polyglottos forested habitat.
Catbird UC C UC Dense brushlands.
Dumete 7 la caro linensis
Brown Thrasher R UC C UC Overgrown fields, forest
Toxostoma rufum margins, and shrublands.
A3-15
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
TURDIDAE
Robin* C FC VC FC Savannahs, open brush—
¶urdus mig’ratorius lands, grasslands, resi-
dential areas.
Wood Thrush UC C UC Forests of all types.
Hylocichia mustelina
Swainson’s Thrush C FC Forests of all types.
H. ustulata
Gray-cheeked Thrush FC FC Dense brushlands.
H. minima
Veery FC C FC Forest margins and open
H. fuscescens brushlands.
Eastern Bluebird* C C C C Grasslands, savannahs,
Sialia sialis and forest openings.
SYLVI IDAE
Blue-gray Gnatcatcher UC C UC Open woodlands and for—
Polioptila casrulea est margins.
Golden-crowned Kinglet C C C Evergreen forests.
Regulus satrapa
Ruby-crowned Kinglet VR C C Forest undergrowth and
1 . alendula open brushlands.
MOTACILLIDAE
Water Pipit VR UC UC Small ponds, wet fields,
Anthus spinoletta and pastures.
A3—16
-------
Appendix A—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
BOMBYCILLIDAE
Cedar Waxwing* C VC C VC Open shrublands and
Borithyciila cedroruin forests.
LANIIDAE
Loggerhead Shrike FC FC FC FC Open farmlands, grass—
Lanius ludovicianus lands and savannah.
STURN I DAE
Starling* A A A A Agricultural areas, towns,
Sturnus vulgczris and cities.
VIREONIDAE
White-eyed Vireo UC C UC Open woodlands often near
Virso griseus a stream or creek.
Bell’s Vireo R R Dense brushlands and for-
V. bellii est undergrowth.
Yellow-throated Vireo UC C UC Dense., relatively mature
V. flavifrons woodlands.
Solitary Vireo UC C UC Upland forests and forest
V. sol-z-tarvus margins.
Red-eyed Vireo C C C Woodlands of all types.
V. olivaceus
Philadelphia Vireo UC FC Low woody growth.
V. phi lade iphicus
Warbling Vireo UC FC UC Savannahs and grasslands.
V. gilvus
A3—17
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
PARULIDAE
Black-and-White Warbler C C C C Dense broadleafed
niotilta varicz forests.
Prothonotary Warbler UC C UC Swamps and wet lowland
Protonotama citrea forests.
Swainson’s Warbler R FC R Swamps and wet lowland
Liinnothlypis swczinsonii forests.
Worm-eating Warbler UC C UC Steep forested slopes.
He imitheros vermivorus
Golden-winged Warbler UC VR UC Openings in hardwood
Vermivora chrysoptera forests.
Blue-winged Warbler FC FC FC Brushlands and overgrown
V. pinus hillsides.
Tennessee Warbler C A Open forests and shrubby
V. peregrina habitat.
Orange-crowned Warbler VR VR Brushlands and forest
V. celata understory.
Nashville Warbler C C Early successional forest.
V. ruficapilla
Parula Warbler FC C FC Mature bottomland forest.
Parula cijnericana
Yellow Warbler C C UC Open locations particularly
Dendroica petechia near water.
Magnolia Warbler C C Most wooded situations.
D. magnolia
A3-18
-------
Appendix A—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
PARULIDAE
(cont’d)
Cape May Warbler
Dendroica ligrina
Black-throated Blue Warbler
D. caeruleecens
Myrtle Warbler
D. cororzata
Black-throated Green Warbler
D. virens
Cerulean Warbler
D. cerulea
Blackburnian Warbler
D. fusca
Yellow-throated Warbler
D. dominica
Chesnut-sided Warbler
D. pensylvanica
Bay-breasted Warbler
B. castanea
Blackpoll Warbler
D. striata
Pine Warbler
D. pinus
Prairie Warbler
D. discolor
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
FC
R
vC
C
UC
UC
UC
FC
UC
FC
UC
UC
FC Woodlands and forest
edges.
C R Edges and understory of
upland woods.
VC Most habitats.
C C Dense broadleafed forests.
C UC Mature mixed hardwood
forest.
C UC Wooded habitats.
C UC Forested areas particu-
larly with sycamores, cy-
press, and pines.
C C Woodland clearings and
brushl ands.
C Most forest types.
R Open forest types.
C UC Coniferous forest.
C UC Open upland forest and
brushl and.
A3-19
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly Occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
PARUL IDAE
(cont’d)
Palm Warbler
Dendroica palmarwn
Ovenbi rd
Seiu rus aurocapi 1 lus
Northern Waterthrush
S. noveborczcensis
Louisiana Waterthrush
S. motacilla
Kentucky Warbler
Oporornis forinosus
Connecticut Warbler
0. agilis
Mourning Warbler
0. philadelphia
Yellowthroat
Geothlypis trichas
Yellow—breasted Chat
Icter-la v rens
Hooded Warbler
Wilsonia citrina
Wilson’s Warbler
W. pusilla
Canada Warbler
W. canadensis
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
UC UC Forest openings, savan-
nah-type habitats.
FC C C Mixed upland woods.
FC C Woodland streams and
creeks.
UC C UC Brushy edges of streams
and creeks.
UC C UC Undergrowth of mature
forests.
UC Brush and open areas.
UC UC Lowland shrubby sites.
UC C C Overgrown meadows, pas-
tures, marshes, creeks,
and streams.
UC C UC Forest edges, brushlands,
and overgrown fields.
UC C UC Mature forests.
UC UC Forest undergrowth, open
woods.
C C C Forest margins and open
woods.
A3-20
-------
Appendix 44—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). * Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
PARUL I DAE
(cont’d)
American Redstart C C C Edges of lowland forests.
S typnaga rutic-f-lla
PLOCE IDAE
House Sparrow A A A A Houses, farmlands, and
Passer domesticus open woods.
I CT ER I DA E
Boblink C R VR Pastures and fields.
Do lichonyx orysivorus
Eastern Meadowlark* C C C C Farmlands and grasslands.
Sturnella magna
Western Meadowlark R R R Farmlands and grasslands.
S. negZecta
Redwinged Blackbird* C R R R Pastures, meadows, marshes,
Agelaius phoeniceus and sloughs.
Orchard Oriole uc C UC Woodland margins, savannah-
Icterus S U US like areas.
Baltimore Oriole FC UC R Brushlands and open wood-
I. gabula lands.
Rusty Blackbird R UC UC Marshes, swamps, farmlands,
Euphagus carolinus and grasslands.
Brewer’s Blackbird R R Marshes, swamps, farmlands,
E. cyanocephalus and grasslands.
Common Grackle* C A C A Urban and suburban areas;
Quiscalus quiscula farmlands.
A3-21
-------
Appendix A—3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly Occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbjns
et al. 1966). *pbserved at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
ICTERIDAE
(cont’d)
Brown-headed Cowbird C C C C Grasslands and agri-
Molothrus ater cultural areas.
THRAUP I DAE
Scarlet Tana 9 er VC C VC Mixed woodlands.
Piranga oli -vacea
Summer Tananger UC C UC Suburban locales and
P. rubra open forests.
FRINGILLIDAE
Cardinal* C C C C Brushlands, forest under-
Richmondena cardinalis growth, woodland margins.
Rose-breasted Grosbeak LJC FC FC Lowland forests.
Pheucticus ludovicianus
Blue Grosbeak R FC R Brushy borders of creeks
Guiraca caeruiea and streams.
Indigo Bunting C VC C Brush and open woodlands.
Pczsserina cyanea
Dickcisse l UC C UC Old fields and grasslands.
Spiza americana
Evening Grosbeak R Residences and forests.
Hesperiphona vespertina
Purple Finch C C C Old fields, thickets, and
Carpodacus pUrpUreUs forest undergrowth.
Pine Siskin UC Open woodlands.
SpinuR piflU8
A3-22
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance 1 Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
FRINGILLIDAE
(cont’d)
American Goldfinch C C C C Brushlands and forest
Spinus tristis clearings.
Rufous—sided Towhee C C C C Early successional wood—
Pipilo erythropht7zalmus lands and shrublands.
Savannah Sparrow C C Pastures, old fields, and
Passer ulus aand&n .chefl8is grasslands.
Grasshopper Sparrow UC C UC Grasslands, pasture, and
Ammod amus savannarum agricultural areas.
LeConte’s Sparrow R R Marshes and dense grass—
Passerh rbulus caudacutus lands.
Henslow’s Sparrow R FC R Tall-grass meadows and
P. henslowii marshes.
Vesper Sparrow VR C UC C Pastures, farmlands, and
Pooecetes grconineuo grasslands.
Lark Sparrow R FC R Grasslands, and other areas
Chondestss granimacus with exposed soil.
Bachman’s Sparrow R FC R Old fields and early
Aimophila aestivalis successional forest stages.
Slate-colored Junco C C C C Brush, forest undergrowth,
Junco hyemalis and overgrown fencerows.
Tree Sparrow C UC UC Old fields and forest mar-
Spizella arborea gins.
Chipping Sparrow UC C UC Old fields, forest under-
S. passor-ina story, and brushlands.
A3-23
-------
Appendix A-3. (cont’d)
Seasonal abundance and habitat preference of birds possibly occurring
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour et al. 1973; and Robbins
et al. 1966). *Observed at Ghent Power Station during site visit.
TAXA Seasonal
Abundance’ Preferred Habitat
W
Sp
Su
F
FRI N GILL I DA E
(cont’d)
Field Sparrow C C C C Shrublands.
Spizella pusilla
White-crowned Sparrow* C UC UC Open woodlands, overgrown
Zonotrichia leucophrys fencerows, sparse brush-
lands.
White-throated Sparrow* C C C Swamps, sparse bottomland
Z. albicollis forests and forest edges.
Fox Sparrow UC C C Brush-lined areas near
Passerella iliaccz creeks and streams, old
fields.
Lincoln’s Sparrow FC FC Forest edges, overgrown
Melospiza lincolnii fields, and shrublands.
Swamp Sparrow C C C Marshes, emergent vegeta-
M. georgiana tion of streams, and forest
undergrowth.
Song Sparrow C C C C Shrubby habitat.
M. melodia
Lapland Longspur UC R R Bare fields and open
Calcarius lapponicus ground.
A3 .-24
-------
Appendix A-4.
Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of rnaniiials
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour and Davis 1974;
Burt and Grossenheider 1964).
TAXA Abundance and Preferred Habitat
DIDELPHIDAE
Virginia Oppossum* Abundant; disturbed areas of
Dideiphis virginiana lower elevations.
SORICIDAE
Short-tailed Shrew Abundant; forests, brush, and
Blarina brevicauda grasslands.
Least Shrew Fairly common; less often ob-
C’rijptotis parva served in the eastern half of
the state; undisturbed grassy areas.
TALPIDAE
Eastern Mole Abundant; dry, sandy soils.
Sca 1 opus aqua icus
V ES PERT IL TONI DAE
Little Brown Bat Conuion in caves, buildings, and
Myotis lucifugus trees.
Keen’s Bat Uncertain; scarce and local in
M. keenii caves throughout the state.
Indian Bat** Associated with major cavernous
M. sodalis limestone areas.
Silvered-haired Bat Rare, present only in the winter
Lasionycteris noctivagans and during migratory periods; build-
ings.
Encountered during site visit.
Listed as “threatened” (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1973: 209) and
“endangered” (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1974).
A4-.1
-------
Appendix A-4. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of mammals
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour and Davis 1974;
Burt and Grossenheider 1964).
TAXA Abundance and Preferred Habitat
V ES PERT I L ION IDA E
Eastern Pipistrelle Abundant at lower elevations;
Pipistrellus subfiavus trees, caves, buildings.
Big Brown Bat Abundant especially in buildings.
Pp tesicus fuscus
Red Bat Abundant; trees, occasionally in
Lasiurus borealis caves.
Hoary Bat Rare; woods.
L. cinereus
Evening Bat Uncertain; probably present only
Nycticeius huineralis during summer in buildings and
hollow trees.
LEPORIDAE
Eastern Cottontail* Abundant in all habitats but pre-
Sylvilagus fioridanus fers brushlands.
SCIURIDAE
Eastern Chipmunk Common locally; rocky and forested
Tamias striatus areas.
Woodchuck* Uncommon; more often seen in the east-
Mar’niota monax em half of the state; open woods,
forest margins, rocky outcrops.
Gray Squirrel Common; hardwood forests, bottom-
Sciurus carolinensis land.
Fox Squirrel* Fairly common; open woodlands.
S. niger
A4- 2
-------
Appendix A—4. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of nianinals
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour and Davis 1974;
Burt and Grossenheider 1964).
TAXA Abundance and Preferred Habitat
SC I UR I DAE
(cont’d)
Southern Flying Squirrel Fairly con 1ion; hardwood forests.
CASTORIDAE
Beaver Fairly conrion; tree-lined streams
Castor canadsnsi.g and creeks.
CRIYCETIDAE
Eastern Harvest Mouse Uncormion; abandoned fields.
R ithr dontomys hwnuiis
Deer Mouse Uncertain; all habitats.
Peromyscus maniculcztus
White-footed Mouse Abundant; all areas with adequate
P. Z ucopus cover.
Golden Mouse Uncomon; may not occur in Carroll
Ochrotomys nuttalli County; thick forest undergrowth.
Meadow Vole Abundant; grasslands and.swamps.
Micro tus pennsy ivanicus
Prairie Vole Abundant to the north of, but may
M. ochrogaater not occur in, Muhlenberg County;
prairies and grasslands.
Pine Vole Coninon to abundant; forests and
M. pinetorwn grasslands with loose soils.
Muskrat* Abundant in marshes, streams, and
Odonata zibethicue ponds.
Southern Bog Lemin Fairly coninon; dense bluegrass.
Synaptomys coo pen..
A4-.3
-------
Appendix A-4. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of mammals
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour and Davis 1974;
Burt and Grossenheider 1964).
TAXA Abundance and Preferred Habitat
MURI DAE
Norway Rat Common in stores and houses.
Rat tus norvegicus
House Mouse Common; buildings and old fields.
Mus rnusculus
ZAPODI DAE
Meadow Jumping Mouse Probably uncommon; grasslands.
Zapus hudsonius
CANIDAE
Red Fox* Coninion; cultivated lands and for—
Vulpes vuipes est margins.
Gray Fox Common; brush and wooded habitats.
Urocyon cinereoargenteus
URSIDAE
Black Bear Probably absent but historically
Ursus anericanus present.
PROCYON I DAE
Raccoon* Abundant; most habitats, but more
Procyon lotor commonly woodlands.
MUSTEL I DAE
Long-tailed Weasel Fairly common; most areas near water.
Mustela frenata
Mink* Common; streams, lakes, and rivers.
M. Vision
A4 -4
-------
Appendix A-4. (cont’d)
Possible occurrence, abundance and habitat preference of mammals
at the Ghent Power Station area (after Barbour and Davis 1974;
Burt and crossenhelder 1964).
TAXA Abundance and Preferred Habitat
MUSTELIDAE
(cont’d)
Striped Skunk* Comon; brush and grasslands.
FEL I DAE
Bobcat Scarce; brush, woodlands, other
£yn.x rufuB undisturbed areas.
C ERV I DAE
White-tailed Deer* Fairly common; woods, brush,
Odocoileua virgin-ianus forest margins.
A4-5
-------
Appendix A-S.
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Old-Fields, Abandoned Fields, Abandoned Pasture, Roadsides
Three-seeded mercury Acalypha rhoinboidea Raf.
Yarrow Achillea millefolium L.
Garlic-mustard A7 liaria officinalis Andrz.
Wild onion Alliurn canadense L.
Thorny amaranth ‘ Amaranthus spinosus L.
Ragweed &4mbrosia czrtemisiifolia L.
Giant ragweed *Ainbrosia trifida L.
Mayweed *Anthernus cotula L.
Indian hemp Apocynum cannabinwn L.
Smooth rock-cress Arabic laevig’ala (Muhi.) Poir
Common burdock *Arct um minus Schk
Sweet wormwood *Artemisia annua L.
Common mugwort Artemisia vulgaris L.
Common milkweed *Asclepias syriaca L.
Asparagus Asparagus officinalis L.
Heath aster Aster ericoides L.
Oats *Avena sativa L.
Winter cress Barbarea vulgar-is R.Br.
Sticktight ‘ Bidens vulgata Greene
Leafy-bracted begger tick Bidens tripartita L.
Brome grass *Bromus inermis L.
Brome grass Bromus japonicus Thunb.
Trumpet creeper Canrpsis radicana (L.) Seem.
Shepherd’s purse *Capsella bursa-pastoris L.
Nodding thistle Carduus nutcins L.
Mouse-ear chickweed *Cerastium vuZ gatum L.
Lambs quarters *Chenopodium album L.
Mexican tea *Chenopodium conbrosioides L.
Ox-eye daisy *C7 jrysanthemum luecanthemum L.
Chicory *Cichorium intybus L.
Poison hemlock Conium maculatum L.
Hedge bindweed ‘Convolvulus aepiwn L.
Orchard grass *Dactylis glomerata L.
Jimson weed *Datura strcononiwn L.
Wild carrot Daucus carota L.
Pointed-leaf tick trefoil ‘ Desmodium glutinoswn (Muhi.) Wood
Smooth crab grass Digitar-ia ischaernwn (Schreb.) Schreg. ex .Muhl.
Teasel Dipsacus sylvestris Huds.
Barnyard grass Echinochloa crua—galli (L.) Beauv.
Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk.
A5-l
-------
Appendix A-5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Old-Fields, Abandoned Fields, Abandoned Pasture, Roadsides
Yard grass
Wild rye
Love grass
Stinking love grass
Fleabane
Fl eabane
Mist flower
Joe-pye weed
Spotted joe-pye weed
Wartweed
Fescue
Morning glory
Wild lettuce
Prickly lettuce
Henbit
Purple dead-nettle
Cow-cress
Poor man’s pepper
Pineapple weed
Alfalfa
Korean clover
Japanese clover
Black medick
White sweet clover
Yellow sweet clover
Evening primrose
Yellow wood sorrel
Panic grass
Parsnip
Ditch stonecrop
Timothy grass
Fog fruit
Po keweed
English plantain
Pale plantain
Bluegrass
Lady’s thumb
Pennsylvania smartweed
False buckwheat
Knotweed
Cinquefoil
*Fjjausjne indica (L.) Gaertn.
Elymus virginicus L.
Eragrost-is poaeoides Beauv.
Eragrostis cilicznensis (All.) Link.
Eriqeron ccznadense Conyza ccrnadensis (L.)
Cronqui St
Erigeron phi ladeiphicus L.
Eupator-iujn coelestinz n L.
‘ Eupatori ujn fistuloewn Barratt.
‘ Eupatoriujn pupureum L.
Euphorbia rnaculata L.
‘ Festuca sp.
‘ Ipomoea purpurea (L.) Roth
*Lactuca canadensis L.
‘ Lactuca seariola L.
*Lainiwn anip lex-icaule L.
‘ Lamiwn purpureum L.
‘ Lepediwn cccnpestris CL.) R. Br.
-‘ Lepedium virgin-icuin L.
Matricaria matr-icarjojdes (Less.) Porter
*Medicago sativa L.
Lespedeza stipulacea Maxim.
Lespedeza striata (Thunb.) H. & A.
Medicaqo lupulina L.
‘ 4 Melijotus aTha Desr.
‘ MeZiZotus offici1naljs (L.) Desr.
Oenothera biennis L.
Oxalis stricta L.
Pa-nicujn sp.
Pastinaca sativa L.
Penthorujn sedioides L.
“Phieuni pratense L.
Phyla lanceolata (Michx.) Greene
*Phytolacica coner-icana L.
*Pzantago lcznceolata L.
*Plantago rugelii Decne.
*Poa sp.
.*Pozygoniwn persicar-ia L.
*poiygonu,n pen8ylvanicwn L.
Polygonwn scandens L.
*PoZygonzdm SP.
‘ Potentjjla recta L.
A5-2
-------
Appendix A—5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community ( = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Old-Fields. Abandoned Fields,
Abandoned Pasture, Roadsides
(L.) Scop.
Kidney buttercup
Multiflora rose
Blackberry
Black—eyed susan
Red sorrel
Curled dock
Bitter dock
Bouncing bet
Butterweed
Nodding foxtail
Common millet
Green foxtail
Prickly mallow
Hedge mustard
Horse—nettle
Nightshade
Gol denrod
Johnson grass
Common chickweed
Coral berry
Common dandelion
Purple top
Smaller hop clover
Red clover
White clover
Wheat
Wooly mullein
White vervain
Speedwel 1
Violet
Cock 1 ebur
Thistle
Corn
Hedge parsley
Deptford pink
Ranunculus abortivus L.
*Rosa inultirlora Thunb.
*pubus sp.
*Rud1 ckia hirta L.
Rumex acetosella L.
*RuJnex crispus L.
Rumex obtusifolius L.
Saponaria officinalis L.
Senecio tlabellus Poir.
* 5 t ja Paberii Herm.
*t ja italica (L.) Beauv.
Setaria viridus (L.) Beauv.
*Sida spinosa L.
Sisymbri urn officinale
*Solanum carolinese L.
Solanum nigrum L.
*solidago canadensis L.
Sorghwn halpense (L.) Pers.
SteZZaria media (L.) Cyrill.
*synrpharcarpos orbiculatus Moench.
*Tar acum officinale Weber
Tridens sp.
Trifolium procwnbens L.
*Trifo 1-iwn pratense L.
Tr-ifolium repens L.
Triticum aestivwn L.
*Verbascum thapsus L.
Verbena urticifolia L.
Veronica Sp.
Viola striata Ait.
Xanthium strumarium L.
Cirsiwn discolor (Muhl.) Spreng.
“Zea mays L.
Torilis japonica (Houtt.) Dc.
Dianthus armeria L.
A5-3
-------
Appendix A-5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Bottomland Woods
Box elder
Silver maple
Yellow buckeye
Giant hyssop
Garlic-mustard
Blue vine
Hog peanut
Pa paw
New England aster
False nettle
Pecan
Big sheilbark hickory
Bitternut hickory
Catal pa
Hack berry
Redbud
Hornwort
Mist flower
Spotted joe-pye weed
White ash
Honey locust
Kentucky coffee tree
Witch hazel
Sneezeweed
Spotted touch-me-not
Pale touch-me-not
False rocket
Black walnut
Red cedar
Wood nettle
Wild lettuce
White grass
Blue lettuce
Motherwort
Sweet gum
Bugle weed
Moneywort
Usage-orange
Mulberry
Yellow wood sorrel
Panic grass
Virginia creeper
Sw.
K. Koch.
) Loud.
K. Koch.
*Acer negundo L.
*Acer saacharjn ,n L.
Aescujus octczndra Marsh.
Agastache nepetoides (L.) Kuntze.
Aijiaria officjnalis Andrz.
Anrpeiczmus albidus (Nutt.) Britt.
Anrphicarpa bracteata CL.) Fern.
*Asimina t ’iloba (L.) Dunal.
ABter novae-angliae L.
Boehmeria cylinth’ica (L.)
Carya illinoensis (Wang.)
*carya laciniosa (Michx. f.
4 Carya cordiforn is (Wang.)
Catalpa speciosa Warder
*CejtiB occidentaije L.
*Cercjs canaden8js L.
Cryptotaenia canadensis (L.) Dc.
*Eupatoriwn ooelestinu’n L.
*Eupatoriwn purpureun L.
*Fraxjnus americana L.
‘ Gleditsja triacanthos L.
*Gymnocladwn dioica (L.) K. Koch.
Hcvnconelis virginiana L.
Heleniupi autumnaje L.
‘ Impatiens biflora Walt.
Inrpatiens pallida Nutt.
lodant hue pinnatifidus
‘ Juglans nigra L.
“Juniperus virginiana L.
Laportea canadensis (L.) Wedd.
“Eactuca canadeneje L.
Leersia virginica Willd.
Lactuca fioridana CL.) Gaertn.
Leonurus car’diaca L.
Liquidarnbar styraciflua L.
Lycopus Virg1n1 cus L.
Lyeimachja nu .m’nujarja L.
‘ Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneid.
*M0ru8 rubra L.
Oxalia atrt.cta L.
Paniown sp.
“ParthenocjeBuB quinquefolia (L.) Planch.
(Michx.) Stend.
A5-4
-------
Appendix A-5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community ( = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Bottomiand Woods
Empress tree
Beef-steak plant
Timothy grass
Clammy ground cherry
Sycamore
Sel f-heal
Yellow oak
Poison ivy
Black locust
Black willow
Skullcap
Bur-cucumber
Wild bean
Wood-sage
Basswood
American elm
Slippery elm
Stinging nettle
Stinging nettle
Yellow ironweed
Ironweed
p land Woods
Paulozinia tomentosa (Thunb.) Steud.
Perilla frutescens (L.) Britt.
‘ PhZeum pratense L.
Physalis heterophylla Nees.
Platanus occidentaZis L.
PruneZia vulgar s L.
*Quercus znuhlenbergii
)cRhus radicans L.
*Robinia pseucloacacia L.
Salix nigra Marsh.
Scutellaria sp.
Sicyos angulatus L.
Strophostyles heiveola (L.) Eli.
Teucriwn canadense L.
*Tilia neglecta Spach.
*Ulmus americana L.
*Ulmus rubra Muhl.
Urtica chamaedryoides Pursh.
Urtica dioica L.
*Verbesina aZternifolia (L.) Britt.
Veronia altissima Nutt.
Box elder
Sugar maple
Ohio buckeye
Tree-of-heaven
Garlic—mustard
Service berry
Thimbi eweed
Rue anemone
Smooth rock—cress
Jack-in-the—pulpit
Hercules club
Wild ginger
Pa paw
Ebony spleenwort
Crooked stem aster
Spanish needles
‘ Acer negundo L.
*Acer saccharwn Marsh.
AescuZua gZ-abra Willd.
“ Aiianthus aZt1 8S1 Tfla (miii.)
Ailiaria officinalis Andrz.
Amelanchier arborea (Michx.
Anemone virginiana L.
Anemone 1 la tha lictroides
Arabia laevigata (Muhl.)
Arisaema spinosa L.
Aralia spinosa L.
Asarwn canadense L.
‘ Asimina tinloba (L.) Dunal.
Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes
Aster prenanthoidee Muhi.
‘ Bidens bipinnata L.
Engelm. (Q. prinoides
var. acuniinata)
Swingle
f.) Fernald
(L.) Spach.
Poir.
A5-5
-------
Appendix A-S. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
comunity (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Upland Woods
Virginia grape fern Bot chj virginianum (L.) Sw.
Downy chess BrOr/lus tectorum L.
Wild hyacinth Ccv assia sailloicZes (Raf.)
Carex Cares sp.
Ironwood 4 Carpinus caroliniana Walt.
Bitternut hickory ‘ Carya cordiformis (Wang.) K. Koch.
Big shelibark hickory *Carya laciniosa (Michx. f.) Loud
Shagbark hickory Carya ovata (Mill.) K. Koch.
Mockernut hickory Carya tomentosa Nutt.
Hackberry Celtis occidentalis L.
Redbud *Cercis canadensis L.
Spreading chervil Chaerophyllum procwnbens (L.) Crantz.
Chicory Cichoriu,n intybus L.
Spring beauty Claytonia virginica L.
Blue-eye-mary Coliinsia verna Nutt.
Day flower Cornmelina con nunis L.
Bindweed ‘Convolvulus sp.
Dogwood Cornua di’wnmondii C. A. Meyer
Flowering dogwood *Co Us florida L.
Green violet Cubeliujn concolor (Forst.) Raf.
Orchard grass DactyZio glomerata L.
Larkspur *Delphiniwn tricorne Michx.
Cut-leaved toothwort Dentaria laciniata Muhi.
Squirrel corn Dicentra canadensis (Goldie) Waip.
Dutchman’s breeches Dicentra cuc ullaria (L.) Bernh.
Persimmon ‘ Diospyros virginiana L.
Fleabane Erigeron phi ladeiphicus L.
Adder’s tongue Erythronium cvnericanujn Ker.
Wahoo Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq.
Mist flower patroium coeie8tinwn L.
Beech ‘ Fagus grandifolia Ehrh.
Fescue 4 Festuca sp.
Wild strawberry ‘agaria virginiana Duchesne.
White ash *Frax inus cvnericana L.
Cleavers Galiuni aparine L.
Sweet-scented bedstraw c li n trifloruin Michx.
Carolina cranesbill Geranium carolinianum L.
Geranium Geranium maculatwn L.
White avens Geum canadense Jacq.
Avens Geuin vernuin (Raf.) 1. & G.
Ground ivy Glecoma hederacea L.
Honey locust 4 Gieditsia triacanthos L.
A5-6
-------
Appendix A-S. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Upland Woods
Day lily
Hepatica
Hydra n gea
Appendaged waterleaf
Bottle-brush grass
Touch—me-not
Twinleaf
Black walnut
Red cedar
Spicebush
Japanese honeysuckle
Tulip poplar
Osage-orange
White sweet clover
Yellow sweet clover
Moonseed
Virginia bluebells
Mul berry
Evening primrose
Star-of-bethl ehem
Hop-hornbeam
Sourwood
Virginia creeper
Miami mist
Blue phlox
Sycamore
Mayappl e
Greek valerian
Bluegrass
Solomon’s-seal
Black cherry
White oak
Yellow oak
Bur oak
Red oak
Black oak
Buckthorn
Fragrant sumac
Shiny sumac
Poison ivy
Hemerocallis fuiva L.
Hepaticcz acutiloba DC.
Hydrangea arborescens L.
Hydrophyliwn appendiculatum Michx.
*Jqystrix patula Moench. = Elymus hystrix L.
‘ Im’patiens S .
Jeffersonia diphylla (L.) Pers.
Juglans nigra L.
4 Juniperus virginiczna L.
‘ Lindera ben2oifl (L.) Blume
Lonicera japonica Thunb.
‘ Liriodendron tulipifera L.
Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneid
cMelilotus alba Desr.
*MSjjloIus officinalis (L.) Desr.
Menisper nuin canadense L.
Mertensia virginica (L.) Pers.
*Morus rubra L.
Oenothera biennis L.
Ornithogaliuri umbellatwn L.
*ostrya virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch.
Oxydendr om arboreum (L.) DC.
*parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch.
Phacelia purshii Buchl.
Phlox divaricata L.
‘ Platanus occidentalis L.
Podophyllum peltatum L.
Polemoniwn reptan8 L.
‘ Poa spp.
Polygonatum bifiorwn (Walt.) Eli.
* lUflu3 serotina Ehrh.
*Q 5 yi . alba L.
4 Quercus muhlenbergii Engeim ( Q. prinoides
var. acw7rnata)
‘ Quercus macrocarpa Michx.
‘ Quercus borealis Michx. f. var. maxima (Marsh.)Ashe
*Quercus velutina Lam.
caro lineanus Wa 1 t.
RhUS aromatica Ait.
*RhuB glabra L.
*Rhu9 radi an8 L.
A5-7
-------
Appendix A—5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Upland Woods
Black locust
Blackberry
Multiflora rose
American elder
Bloodroot
Wild stonecrop
Sassafras
Butte rweed
Fire pink
Blue-eye grass
False solomon’s seal
Catbri er
Hispid greenbrier
Horse-nettle
Ni ghtshade
Wood poppy
Bladdernut
Coralberry
Meadow rue
White basswood
Spi derwort
Trillium
American elm
Slippery elm
Large-flowered bellwort
Southern black—haw
Yellow violet
Blue violet
Grape
Golden alexanders
Stream Margins and Moist Beds
*Robinia pseudoacacia L.
*Ru2,u sp.
*Rosa multiflora Thunb.
*5aJnbuc us canadensis L.
Sanauinay ja ccmadensis L.
Sedwn terna wn Michx.
Sassafras albidum (Nutt.) Nees
Senecio glabellus Poir.
Silene virginica L.
Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill.
S7nilacjna racemosa (L.) Desf.
*j7 glauca Walt.
5 ni lax hispida Muhi.
Solanum carolinese L.
Solanum nigrum L.
Stylophorum diphyllum (Michx.) Nutt.
Staphylea trifolia L.
Symphoricarpo. orbiculatus Moench.
Thalictrum revolutwn DC.
‘ Tilia heterophylla Vent.
Tradescantia sp.
Triuliwn sc.ssile L.
Ulmus americana L.
Ulmus rubra Muhi.
Uvularia qrczndiflora Sm.
Viburnum rufidulum Raf.
Viola pensylvanica Michx.
Viola papilionacea Pursh.
Vitis sp.
Zizia aptera (Gray) Fernald
(Riparian veqetation)
Three-seeded mercury
Box elder
Silver maple
Sugar maple
Tall beliflower
Ironwood
Hackberry
Ohio buckeye
False indigo
Acalypha rhobo-idea Raf.
*Acer negundo L.
*Acer saccharinwn L.
*Acer saccharwn Marsh.
Campanula americana L.
Carpinus caroliniana Walt.
Celtis occidentalis L.
AescuZus glabra Wilid.
Amorpha fruticosa L.
A5-8
-------
Appendix A-5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Stream Margins and Moist Beds (Riparian vegetation )
Papaw ‘ A$imina triloba (L.) Dunal.
Redbud *Cercie canadensis L.
Croton Croton mononthogynus Mi chx.
Blue waxweed Cuphea petiolata (L.) Koehne
Scouring rush *Equiset7, i7 arvense L.
Beech *Fagus grandifolia Ehrh.
Wh i te ash ‘ Fraxinu.s cvne icana L.
Bi ue ash *Fraxinus quadrangulata Mi chx.
Honey locust *Gleditsia tin acanthos L.
Stickseed Hackelia virginiana (L.) Johnst.
Spotted touch-me-not *Inrpatiens biflora Walt.
Pale touch-me-not Inrpatiens pallida Nutt.
False rocket lodanthus pinnatifidus (Michx.) Stend.
Tulip poplar ‘ Liriodendron tulipifera L.
Black walnut ‘ Juglans nigra L.
Blue cardinal flower Lobelia siphilitica L.
Water purslane Ludaigia palustris (L.) Ell.
Fringed loosestrife Lysimachia ciliata L.
Moneywort Lysimachia num nularia L.
Monkey flower Mimulus alatus Ait.
Osage-orange *Maclura po nifera (Raf.) Schneid.
Carpetweed Mollugo verticillata L.
Clearweed Pilea pwn-ila (L.) Gray
Catnip Nepeta cataria L.
Hop-hornbeam *Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch.
Sycamore Platanus occidentalis L.
Leaf-cup Polynrnia canadensis L.
False buckwheat Polygonwn scandene L.
Cottonwood ‘ Populus deltoides Marsh.
Black cherry r -runu.s serotina Ehrh.
Yellow oak “Quercus nnthlenbergii Engelm.
Black oak “Quercus velutina Lam.
Black locust “Robinia pseudoacacia L.
Bouncing bet Saponaria officinalis L.
Figwort Scrophularia marilandica L.
Wild stonecrop Sedwn ternatwn Michx.
Venus’ looking—glass Z iodanis perfoliata (L.) Neuwl.
American elm *Ulpp s americana L.
Moth mullein Verbczscwn blattaria L.
Southern black-haw Viburnwn rufiduiwn Raf.
St. John’s-wort Hyperiown Sp.
A5- 9
-------
Appendix A—5. (cont’d)
Plant species known to occur in the project area arranged by
community (* = sighted during reconnaisance on 21 August 1975).
Ponds and areas of standing water
American water plantain Alisnia suhcordatwn Raf.
Fox sedge Carex vulpinoidea Michx.
Gray sedge Carex grisea Wahi.
Sedge Cyperus sp.
Spike rush Eleocharis spp.
Soft rush Juncus effusu.s L.
Path rush Juncus tenuis Wilid.
Upright primrose willow Jussiaea decurrens (Walt.) DC.
Creeping primrose willow Jussiaea repens L.
Duckweed sp.
Long-leaved pond weed *Potnnogeton conericanus
Dark-green bulrush Scirpus atrovirens
Cattail Typha latifolia
A5-lO
-------
Appendix A-6.
List of threatened or endangered species of plants that have been
reported to grow in Kentucky (Federal Register, Vol. 40, No. 127, 1975).
Threatened
Groundnut
Sandwort
Spi eenwort
False foxgloves
Sedge
White lady’s-slipper
Shooting star
St. John’s—wort
Leavenworth i a
Lesquerel 1 a
Torrey’s muhienbergia
Phlox
Pale green orchis
Purple fringeless orchis
Greek valerian
Rattlesnake root
Saxi frage
Chi ckweed
Sul 1 ivantia
Eggleston’s violet
Endangered
Rock cress
Whorled conradina
Resinous eupatorium
Sunfl ower
Leavenworthi a
Gol denrod
Goldenrod
Apr-los priceana Robinson
Arenaria fontinalis (Short & Peter) Shinners
Asp leniuin kentuckiense McCoy
Aureolar-la patula (Chapm.) Pennell
Carex purpurifera MacKenzie
Cypripedium candidum Muhi.
Dodecatheon franchii Rydb.
Hyper-icwn sphaerocarpwn var. turgidwn (Smal 1)
Svenson
Leavenworth-la torulosa Gray
Lesquereila globos (Dexv.) Wats.
Muhlenbergia torreyana (Schult.) A.S. Hitchcock
Phlox bifida var. stellar-la Wherry
Platanthera flava = Habeneria flava (L.) R.Br.
Platanthera peramoeba = Habenaria peramoeba Gray
Polemoniwn reptans var. villosain Braun
Prenanthes roanensis
Sax-ifraga caroliniana Gray
Ste liar-la fontinalis = Arenaria fontinalis
(Short & Peter) Robinson
Sullivantia ohionis
Thododendron bakeri (Lemmon & McKay) Hume
Viola egglestonii Brainerd
Arabis perstellata var. persteilata Braun
Conradina vertici 1 lata
Eupator-lum resinosum var. kentuckiense
Helianthus eggertii Small
Leavenworth-la exigua var. laciniata Rollins
Solidago albopilosa Braun
Solidago shortii 1. & G. = Aster rafinesquii
J. Ktze.
A6 -1
-------
Appendix A—7.
Amphibians and reptiles which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage
(U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville 1973), in Trimble County,
Kentucky (Water Resources Laboratory 1975), and along the proposed
transmission corridors.
Order Caudata:
Hell bender Cryptobranchz s alleqaniens-is
Jefferson’s Salamander Ambzistoma jeffersonianz jr
Small-mouthed Salamander A. texanum
Marbled Salamander A. opacum
Spotted Salamander A. maculatum
Tiger Salamander A. tigrinuni
Newt Notopht almus viridescens
Dusky Salamander Desmoqnathus fuscus
Red-backed Salamander Plet’zodon cinereus
Zig-zag Salamander P. dorsal-is
1 Slimy Salamander P. glutinosus
Four-toed Salamander Hein’idactyliuin scutatum
Mud Salamander Pseudotriton montanus
1 Two-lined Salamander u.rycea bislineata
1 Long-tailed Salamander P. lonqicauda
Cave Salamander P. lu ifug’
Mudpuppy Necturus maculosus
Order Anura:
Spadefoot Toad Scaphinopus holbeooki
1 Bullfrog (H) Rana catesbeiana
1,2 Green Frog Rana clamitans
1 Leopard Frog P. pipiens
1 Pickerel Frog Rana palustnis
Wood Frog R. sylvatica
American Toad Bufo americanus
1 Fowler’s Toad B. woodhousei
1 Cricket Toad Acris crepitans
1 Spring Peeper Hyla crucifer
1 Gray Treefrog Hyla versicolor
Chorus Frog Pseudacris triseniata
(?) Occurrence in area is questionable
(1) Observed in Trimble County, 1975
(2) Observed along transmission corridors, August 1976
A 7-1
-------
Appendix A-7. (cont’d)
Amphibians and reptiles which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage
(U.S. Army Engineer District, Louisville 1973), in Trimble County,
Kentucky (Water Resources Laboratory 1975), and along the proposed
transmission corridors.
Order Testudi nata:
1 Snapping Turtle C7zelydra serpentina
Stinkpot Sternotherus odoratus
1,2 Box Turtle Terrapene carolina
Map Turtle Graptemys eographica
1,2 Painted Turtle Chryse?m/s picta
Smooth Softshell Turtle Trionyx inuticus
Spiny Softshell Turtle Trionyx spinifer
Red-eared Turtle Pseudemys scripta
Order Squamata:
1 Fence Lizard Sceloporus undulatus
Five-lined Skink Eur?neces fasciatus
Broad-headed Skink (?) F. laticeps
Ground Skink Scinceila Zczterale
Worm Snake Carphom-is amoenus
Ringneck Snake Diadophis punctatus
1 Hognose Snake Heterodon platyrhinos
1 Rough Green Snake Opheodrys aestivus
1 Black Racer Coluber constrictor
Rat Snake Elaphe obsoleta
Kingsnake (?) Lcwrpropeltis getulus
Milk Snake Lampropeltis doliata
Red Milk Snake La npropeZtis triangulum
Prairie Kingsnake Lainpropeitis calligaster
Northern Red-bellied Snake Storeria occipitomacula
Southeastern Crowneared Snake Tantilla coronata
Eastern Ribbon Snake Thaninophis sauritus
1 Garter Snake T. sirtalis
Earth Snake (?) Virginia valeriae
Brown Snake (?) Storeria dekayi
Queen Water Snake Regina septembittata
Kirtland’s Water Snake Natrix kirtlandi
1 Common Water Snake N. sipedon
Copperhead Agkistrodon contortrix
Rattlesnake Crotalus horridus
(?) Occurrence in area is questionable
(1) Observed in Trimble County, 1975
(2) Observed along transmission corridors, August 1976
A7-2
-------
Appendix A-8.
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
Common loon (V) Gavia irniner
Pied-billed grebe (S) Podilymbus podiceps
Double-crested cormorant (V) Phalacrocorax auritus
1 Great blue heron (V) Ardea herodias
1,2 Green heron (S) Butorides virescens
Common egret (V) Casmerodius albus
1 Black-crowned night heron (V) Nycticorax nycticorax
Yellow-crowned night heron (V) Nyctanassa violacea
American bittern (S) Botaurus lentigi.-nosus
Least bittern (S) Ixobrychus exilis
Glossy ibis (V) Plegadis falcinelius
Whistling swan (V) Qior columbianus
1 Canada goose (M)(H) Branta canadenais
Snow goose (M)(H) Chen hyperborea
1 Mallard (M)(H) Anas platyrhynchos
Black duck M)(H) Anas rubripes
Gadwall (M) H) Anas strepera
Pintail (M)(H) Anas acuta
Green-winged teal (M)(H) Anas carolinensis
Blue-winged teal (M)(H) Anczs discors
American widgeon (M)(H) Mareca americccna
Shoveller (M)(H) Spatula clypeata
1 Wood duck (S)(H) Aix sponsa
Ring-necked duck (M)(H) Aythya collaris
Canvasback (M)(H) Aythya valisineria
Lesser scaup (M)(H) Aythya affinis
Common goldeye (M)(H) Bucephala clangula
Bufflehead (M)(H) Glaucionetta aibeola
Ruddy duck (M)(H) Oxyura jaznaicensis
Hooded merganser (M)(H) Lophodytes cucullatus
American merganser (M)(H) Mergus merganser
1,2 Turkey vulture (5) Cathartes auta
H - hunted for sport
M - migrant
P - permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S - summer resident, locally breeding
V - visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trimble County, Kentucky in 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 - observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8-. 1
-------
Appendix A-8. (cont’d)
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble, County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
2 Black vulture (S) Coragyps atratus
Mississippi kite (V) Tctinia im ssippiensis
Sharp-shinned hawk (P) Accipiter striatus
1 Cooper’s hawk (P) Accipiter cooperii
Marsh hawk (S) Circus cyaneus
1 Red-tailed hawk (P) Buteo jainaicensis
Red-shouldered hawk (P) Buteo lineatus
Broad-winged hawk (5) Buteo platypterus
Golden eagle (V) Aquila chrtjsaetos
Bald eagle (V) Haliasetus leucocepha7 us
Osprey (V) Pandion hali.aetus
Peregrine falcon (P)(R) Falco peregrinus
1 Sparrow hawk (P) Faico sparveriu.s
1 Bobwhite (P)(H) Co7 inus virginianus
1,2 Robin (P) Turdus ngratorus
1 Woodthrush (S) Hylocichia inustelina
1 Hermit thrush (W) Hylocichia guttata
1 Gray-cheeked thrush (M) Hylocichia minima
1 Swainson’s thrush (M) flylocichia ustulata
1 Veery (M) HyZccichla fuscescens
1,2 Eastern bluebird (P) Sialia sialis
1 Blue-gray gnatcatcher (S) Polioptila casrulea
Golden-crowned kinglet (W) Regulus satrapa
Water pipit (M) Anthus spinoletta
1 Cedar waxwing (w) BombyciZia cedrorwn
2 Loggerhead shrike (P) Lanius ludovicianus
1,2 Starling (P) Sturnus vuigaris
1 White-eyed vireo (5) Vireo gr seus
Yellow-throated vireo (S) Vireo fiavifrons
1 Red-eyed vireo (S) Vireo olivaceus
Philadelphia vireo (M) Vireo phi ladeiphicus
1 Warbling vireo (5) Virso gilvus
H - hunted for sport
M - migrant
P - permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S - summer resident, locally breeding
V - visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trimble County, Kentucky in 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 - observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8- 2
-------
Appendix A-8. (cont’d)
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
1 Black and white warbler (S) ! fniotilta vai a
Swainson’s warbler (S) Limnothlypis swainsonii
1 Worm-eating warbler (S) Helmilheros verrnivorus
1 Blue-winged warbler (S) Vermivora pinus
Golden-winged warbler (M) Vermivora chrysoptera
Tennesse warbler (M) Ver’mivora peregrina
Nashville warbler (M) Vermivora ruficapilia
1,2 Yellow warbler (S) Dendroica petechia
1 Magnolia warbler (M) Dencfroiaa magnolia
1 Myrtle warbler (W) Dendroica coronata
Black-throated green warbler (M) Denthioica virens
1 Cerulean warbler (S) Dendroica cerulea
Blackburnian warbler (M) Dendro-Ica fusca
Yellow-throated warbler (S) Dendroica dorninica
Chestnut-sided warbler (M) Dendroica pensylvanica
Bay-brested warbler (M) Dend.roica castanea
1 Blackpoll warbler (M) Dendroica str iata
1 Pine warbler (S) Dendroica pinus
1 Prairie warbler (S) Denthioica discolor
1 Palm warbler (M) Dendi ’oica palmarwn
Ovenbird (S) Seriurus aurocapillus
Louisiana water-thrush (S) Seriurus motacilia
1,2 Kentucky warbler (S) Opornorni forinosus
Connecticut warbler (S) Opornornis agilis
1 Mourning warbler (M) Opornornis philadelphia
1 Yellow throat (S) Geothlypis trichas
1 Yellow-breasted chat (S) Icteria virens
Hooded-warbler (S) Wilsonia citriria
1 Wilson’s warbler (M) Wilsonia pusilla
1 Canada warbler (M) Wilsonia canadensis
1 American redstart (M) Setophaga ruticilla
1 Prothonotary warbler (M) Protonotaria citrea
H — hunted for sport
M - migrant
P — permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S - summer resident, locally breeding
V - visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trinible County, Kentucky In 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 — observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8- 3
-------
Appendix A-8. (cont’d)
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
1 ,2 House sparrow (P) Passer domesticus
1,2 Eastern meadowlark (P) Sturnellcz magna
1,2 Red-winged blackbird Agelaius phoeniceus
1 Orchard oriole (S) Icterus spurius
Common gallinule (M) GaZlinuZa chioropus
1 American coot (M)(H) Fulica co2ler-icana
1 Kilideer (P) C haradpius vociferus
Woodcock (P)(H) PhilQi2ela minor
Spotted sandpiper (S) Actitis macularia
1 Herring gull (H) Larus argentatus
Rockdove (P) Columba Zivia
1 ,2 Mourning dove (P) Zensidwrct macroura
1 Yellow-billed cuckoo (S) Coccysus cmier-icanus
1 Black-billed cuckoo (M) Cocc erythrophthalnius
Barn owl (P) l jto alba
1 Screech owl (P) Otus asio
1 Great horned owl (P) Bubo virginianus
Barred owl (P) Strix varia
1 Whfppoorwill (S) Caprirnulgus vociferous
1 Chuck-will ‘s widow (S) Caprimulgus carolinensis
1 Common night hawk (S) cfhordeiles minor
1 ,2 Chimney swift (S) Ch.aetura pelagica
Ruby-throated hummingbird (S) Archilochus colubris
1 Belted kingfisher (P) Megaceryle alcyon
1,2 Yellow-shafted flicker (P) Colaptes auratus
1 Pileated woodpecker (P) Dryocopus pileatu.s
1 Red-bellied woodpecker (P) Cent s carolinus
1 Red-headed woodpecker (P) Melanerpes erythrocephalus
1 Yellow-bellied sapsucker (W) Sphurapicus varius
1 Hairy woodpecker (P) Denth- ocopus viZiosus
1 Downy woodpecker (P) Dendrocopus pubescens
1,2 Eastern kingbird (S) Tyrannus tyrannus
H - hunted for sport
M - migrant
P - permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S - summer resident, locally breeding
V - visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trimble County, Kentucky in 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 - observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8-4
-------
Appendix A-8. (cont’d)
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
1 Great crested flycatcher (S)
1 Eastern phoebe (P)
Arcadian flycatcher (S)
Least flycatcher (M)
1,2 Eastern wood pewee (S)
1 Olive-sided flycatcher (M)
Horned lark (P)
Tree swallow CM)
1 Bank swallow CS)
1 Rough—winged swallow (S)
1,2 Barn swallow (5)
1,2 Purple martin (S)
1 Cliff swallow (S)
1,2 Blue jay (P)
1,2 Common crow (P)(H)(sport & pest
control)
1 Carolina chickadee (P)
1 Tufted titmouse (P)
White—breasted nuthatch (P)
Red-breasted nuthatch (W)
Brown creeper (W)
1 House wren (S)
1 Bewick’s wren CS)
1,2 Carolina wren (S)
1,2 Mockingbird (P)
1 Catbird CS)
1 Brown thrasher CS)
1 Baltimore oriole (S)
1 Brown—headed cowbird (P)
Rusty blackbird (P)
1,2 Common grackle (P)
1 Scarlet tanager
Myiarchus crinitus
Sayornis phoebe
E) irpidonax virescens
&irpidonax minimus
Con torus virens
Nuttalornis borealis
Eremophi la alpestris
Iridoprocne bicolor
Ri pan a ripania
Ste igidopteryx ruficol us
Hirundo rue tica
Pro gne subis
Petroche lidon pyrrhonota
Cyanocitta cnistata
Corvus brachyrhynchos
Parus carolinensis
Parus bicolor
Sittcz carolinensjs
Sittcz canadensis
Certhia fconilianis
Troglodytes aedon
Thryamanes bew-ickii
Thryothorus ludovicianus
Mirtius polyglottos
Dumetella carolinensis
Toxostoma rufum
Icterus galbula
Molothrus ater
Eu hagus carolinus
Quiscalus quiscula
Piranga olivacea
H - hunted for sport
M - migrant
P - permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S - summer resident, locally breeding
V - visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trimble County, Kentucky in 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 - observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8-5
-------
Appendix A-8. (cont’d)
Birds which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973) and which were observed in Trimble County,
Kentucky and along the transmission corridors.
1 Summer tanager (S) Piranga rubra
1,2 Cardinal (P) Richmondena cardinalis
1 ,2 American goldfinch (P) Spinus tristis
Pt ne siskin (V) Spinus pinus
1 ,2 Rufous-sided towhee (P) Pipilo erythrophthalinus
1 Field sparrow (P) Spizella pu.siZla
1 Chipping sparrow (S) SpizelZa passerina
1,2 Song sparrow (P) Melospiza melodia
1 Vesper sparrow (P) Pooecetes grcmiineus
1,2 Indigo bunting (5) Passerina cryanea
Evening grosbeak (V) Hesperipl’zona vespertina
Grasshopper sparrow (S) Anrmodranius savannarum
Bachman’s sparrow (S) Aimophila aestivalis
Purple finch (W) Carpodacus purpureus
1 Slate-colored junco (W) Junco hyenialis
1 White-throated sparrow (W) Zonotrichia aZbicollis
Fox sparrow (W) Passereila iZ-iaca
Swamp sparrow (W) Melospiza georgiana
1 White-crowned sparrow (W) Zonotrichia leucophrys
1 Rose-breasted grosbeak Pheucticus Zudovicianus
1 Savannah sparrow CM) Passercujus sandi ichensis
1 Dick cissel Spiza americana
1 ,2 Pigeon (P) Columba livia
H - hunted for sport
M — migrant
P — permanent breeding resident
R - rare and/or endangered
S — summer resident, locally breeding
V — visitant, not breeding locally
W - winter resident, absent during breeding season
1 - observed in Trimble County, Kentucky in 1975 (Water Resources Laboratory 1975)
2 — observed along proposed transmission corridors in August 1976
A8-6
-------
Appendix A-9.
Mammals which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Louisville 1973), in Trimble County, Kentucky (Water Resources
Laboratory 1975), and along the proposed transmission corridors.
Order Marsupiala:
1,2 Virginia opossum (H) IJideiphis virginiana
Order Insectivora:
1 Eastern Mole Scalopus aquaticus
Smoky Shrew (?) Sorex fuinous
Least Shrew Cryptotis parva
Shorttail Shrew Blarina brevicauda
Order Chiroptera:
Keen Myotis Myotis keeni
Little Brown Myotis M. Zucifugus
Indiana Myotis (R) M. sodalis
Silver Haired Bat Lasionycteris noctivagans
Eastern Pipistrel Pipistrellis subflavus
Big Brown Bat E’ptesicus fuscus
Red Bat Lasiurus borealis
Hoary Bat L. cinereus
Evening Bat Nycticeius hwneralis
Order Carnivora:
1 ,2 Raccoon (H) Procyon lotor
Longtail Weasel M. frenata
Mink (1) M. vison
1,2 Striped Skunk (1) 1ephitis mephitis
River Otter (?) Lutra canadensis
1 Red Fox (T)(H) VuZpes fulva
Gray Fox (T) Urocyon cinereoargenteus
Bobcat (?) Lynx rufus
Order Rodentia:
1 Woodchuck (H) Marmota nionax
1 Chipmunk T nias striatus
1,2 Eastern Gray Squirrel (H) Sciurus carolinensis
H - hunted for sport
R - rare, endangered species
T - trapped for fur
? - occurrence in study area is questionable
1 - observed in Trimble County, 1975
2 - observed along transmission corridors, August 1976
A9-1
-------
Appendix A—9. (cont’d)
Mammals which may occur in the Eagle Creek drainage (U.S. Army Engineer
District, Loujsvflle 1973), in Trimble County, Kentucky (Water Resources
Laboratory 1975), and along the proposed transmission corridors.
1 Fox Squirrel (H) Sciurus niger
Flying Squirrel Glaucomys volans
Beaver (?) Castor canadensis
Eastern Harvest Mouse Reithrodontoniys humulis
1 White-footed Mouse Peromyscus leucopus
Deer Mouse Peroniyscus maniculatus
Rice Rat (?) Cryzomys palustris
Eastern Woodrat Neotoma floridana
1 Southern Bog Lemming Synaptonrys cooperi
1 Meadow Vole Microtus pennsylvanicus
Pine Vole Microtus pinetorwn
Prairie Vole (?) M. orchrogaster
Muskrat (1) Ondatra zibethica
Norway Rat Rattus norvegicus
1 House Mouse Mus musculus
Meadow Jumping Mouse Zapus hudsonius
Order Lagomorphia:
1,2 Eastern Cottontail Rabbit (H) Sylvilagus floridanus
Order Artiodactyla:
Whitetail Deer (H) Odocoileus virginianus
H - hunted for sport
R - rare, endangered species
I - trapped for fur
? - occurrence in study area is questionable
1 - observed in Trimble County, 1975
2 - observed along transmission corridors, August 1976
A9-2
-------
SECTION 3.0
1 . -a-
PROPOSED STRUCTURES
- c — ’ 2
‘F _
• r: l
V. . 4 I
f)
-------
Table of Contents
Section Page
3.1 Station Structures
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.1.1
3.3.1.2
3.3.1.3
3.3.1.4
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.3.1
3.3.3.2
3.3.3.3
3. 4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
Steam-ElectricSystem
Boiler
Turbine Generation Unit
3.3—1
• 3.3-1
• 3.3-1
3.3-4
• 3.3-4
3.3-7
3.3-7
• 3.3—8
3.3-8
3.3-8
3.3-9
3.4—1
3.4-1
3.4-1
3.4-2
3.5
Ash and Fly Ash Disposal System
3.5-1
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.2.1
3.6.2.2
3.6.2.3
3.6.2.4
3.6.3
3.6.3.1
3.6.3.2
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.1.1
3.7.1.2
3.7 .2
3.7.2.1
3.7.2.2
3.7.2.3
Atmospheric Emissions
Introduction
Computer Modeling Programs
PTMAX
CRS-l
PTMTP-W
Terrain Model
Input Data
Meteorological Data
Source Parameters .
3.6—1
3.6-1
3.6-4
3.6-4
3.6-4
3.6-4
3.6-5
3.6-5
3.6-5
3.6-6
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.1-1
3.2-1
3.2-1
3.2-1
Plant Water Use and Waste Water Treatment System
Plant Cooling Water System
Plant Cooling Water Intake
Condenser Cooling System
Cooling Towers
Plant Service Water and Discharge Systems .
Plant Boiler and Domestic Water Supply
Waste Water Treatment System
Particulate Settling and Discharge System .
Oily Waste Handling System .
Low-Volume and the Boiler and Metal Cleaning Waste
Fuel
Coal
Specifications
Fuel Delivery and Storage
. . • .
Systems
Transmission Line
Proposed Corridor
Towers
Termination of Transmission Line
Construction Methods .
Material Unloading and Storage Yards
Field Offices and Equipment . .
Access Roads
3.7—1
3.7-1
3.7—1
3.7—1
3.7—1
3.7-4
3.7-4
. . . . • 3.7—4
-------
Table of Contents
(cont’d)
Section
3.7.2.4
3.7.2.4.1
3. 7. 2. 4.2
3.7. 2. 4.3
3. 7. 2. 4.4
3.7.2.5
3.7.2.6
3.7.2.7
Right-of-Way Clearing
Initial Clearing
Stormproofing and Screening .
Wood Disposal
Herbicide Use
Tower Erection and Wire Stringing
Erosion Control
Maintenance
3.8 References
Page
3.7-5
3.7-5
3.7-9
3.7-9
3.7-13
3.7-13
3.7-13
3.7-14
3.8-1
•11
-------
List of Figures
Number Page
3.1-1 Ghent Station layout 3.1-2
3.1.2 Proposed Ghent Station 3.1-3
3.3-1 Ghent Station water use diagram 3.3-2
3.3-2 Cooling water flow diagram for Ghent Units 3 and 4 3.3-3
3.3—3 Intake structure design for Ghent Units 3 and 4 3.3-5
3.6-1 Orientation map showing location of emission sources in
the Ghent region 3.6-3
3.7-1 150 ft proposed corridor of the A-Frankfort” route . . . . 3.7-2
3.7—2 345 kV single circuit self supporting tower 3.7-3
3.7-3 Plan of clear cutting technique 3.7-6
3.7-4 Plan of selective clear cutting technique 3.7-7
3.7-5 Plan of tailored clear cutting technique 3.7-8
3.7-6 Danger tree and disposal method of wood on right-of-way . . 3.7-10
3.7—7 Plan of vegetative screen without new plantings 3.7-11
3.7—8 Plan of vegetative screen with new plantings 3.7-12
List of Tables
3.3-1 Cooling Tower Parameters, Ghent Station, Units 3 and 4 . . . 3.3-6
3.5—1 Ash Pond Storage Capacity Analysis 3.5-1
3.6—1 Existing Federal and State Air Quality Standards 3.6-2
3.6-2 Significant Deterioration Increment Standards for Class II
Designations 3.6—2
3.6-3 Stack Parameters for Units at 95% Load 3.6-6
3.6—4 Operating Parameters, Units 3 and 4 3.6-7
iii
-------
L -L •‘‘
/ — L Ift ? M L L tJ ;v
_____ ffti ___ tZ41: -
at
gi
. if I
I a , . , ,1
a
& 2
1
3
. t
- ‘ -
TR 009
N
- ‘4
1 —
- -0--- - * 0*4 j _ . *0
c” V 4 — -‘4.-..-.
k . I I *. ‘ - f.ssatsnt ’ 4QLtta ) —_ . ._t—i —
H H9 : : M* -r
— - - .— c
1i qur 3.1-1. Ghent Station layout.
1
r 4 c P I
a
* . . .,
-. -
L.
ASE QUD
7.4(7CNSPL I 7 0 D
4-7 - ,
3.J—
-------
3.1 STATION STRUCTURES
The addition of the proposed Units 3 and 4 to the existing two-unit Ghent Station
will involve new construction on the existing 640 acre site. The proposed layout
of the station, including existing structures, is diagramed in Figure 3.1-1. An
artist’s rendering of the main plant buildings is presented as Figure 3.1-2.
The main plant structure which will house the two proposed units will be similar
in design to the existing main plant building for Units 1 and 2. It will be loca-
ted directly next to and on the west side of the building for Units 1 and 2. The
new building will house the steam electric systems consisting of the turbine genera-
tion units and the boilers. It will measure approximately 340 ft x 340 ft with a
height of 231 ft.
Next to the main plant building will be the systems associated with the combustion
gas. These include four air heaters, four electrostatic precipitators and a stack.
The -four combustion air heaters will be constructed to transfer heat from the flue
gas to the air which is to be blown into the boilers. Four electrostatic precipi—
tators will be installed and will remove 99.5 percent of the solid particles of the
flue gas. The stack will be a concrete structure that will be identical to the
stack for Units 1 and 2, 660 ft high with a 40 ft outside diameter at the top.
The cooling water circulation system will consist of a concrete intake screenhouse
which will be located on the river bank. Three pumps at this structure will furnish
water to the cooling water system. Two mechanically induced draft wet type Cooling
towers, one for each unit, will be constructed to cool the circulating water. ASSOC1.
ated piping for this cooling water system will be constructed to transport water
through the system and to remove cooling tower blowdown to the existing ash pond.
There will be two discharge structures associated with the cooling water circula-
tion system. These include the existing ash pond discharge structure (001) and a
proposed plant service water discharge structure (008).
The fuel handling system for Units 3 and 4 will involve expansion of the existing
coal storage yard eastward by approximately 13.3 acres. It will be surrounded by
a drainage ditch to remove run-off water to a settling basin. The coal crusher
3.1-1
-------
I _________
r. S.
Figure 3.1-2.
Proposed Ghent Station.
—a
-------
house will be enlarged by 4800 sq ft. It will be connected to Units 3 and 4 by
a conveyor system 2400 ft in length.
The electrical switchyard will be expanded by approximately 138,000 sq ft. It
will enclose the main power transformers and the auxiliary transformers for
Units 3 and 4. A 345 kV transmission line associated with the construction of
Unit 4 will be constructed from near the switchyard to a substation which will
be located approximately 5 miles west. of Frankfort.
Other construction associated with Units 3 and 4 are a roadway servicing the
cooling towers, office building, settling basin for coal yard drainage with a
discharge pipe connected to the ash pond, two condensate storage tanks, a
machine shop, and a water treatment service building.
3.1-4
-------
3.2 STEAM-ELECTRIC SYSTEM
3.2.1 BoIler
Each unit will have one boiler, manufactured by Foster-Wheeler. The boilers
are coal-fired and designed to burn from 0.6 to 3.0 percent sulfur coal. They
have a maximum continuous rate of steam delivery of 3,800,000 pounds per hour.
3.2.2 Turbine Generation Unit
The turbine generating units design by General Electric are guaranteed to pro-
vide 511 MW per unit at 1.5-inch mercury back pressure. Expected turbine
(design) capability at 1.5-inch mercury back pressure with 0% makeup and valves
wide open with 5% overpressure is 556 MW. This unit is generally referred to
as a 500 MW unit.
3.2-1
-------
3.3 PLANT WATER USE AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
This section presents the proposed breakdown of water usage of the Ghent Station
upon completion of Units 3 and 4. Descriptions of the plant cooling water system,
the plant boiler and domestic water supply systems and the waste water system are
given. Two structures will be utilized in the discharge of all waste streams re-
sulting from the operation of Units 3 and 4. These are the plant service water
discharge (008) and the ash pond discharge structures (001). Water flow diagrams
(Figure 3.3-1) are presented to give an overall picture of the water usage and
flows associated with the operation of the Ghent Station.
3.3.1 Plant Cooling Water System
The plant cooling water system consists of the cooling water intake, condenser
cooling system, cooling tower and the plant service water and discharge systems.
The water flow diagram (Figure 3.3-2) is a further breakdown of the Unit 3 and 4
cooling tower and plant heat exchanger blocks of Figure 3.1-1.
3.3.1.1 Plant Cooling Water Intake
Water which will be utilized as make-up water for the condenser cooling and the
plant service water systems will be obtained from the Ohio River. To obtain this
water, the construction of an intake structure on the south bank of the Ohio River,
near the main plant building for Units 3 and 4, is proposed. It will consist of a
concrete screenhouse 36 ft wide, 46 ft 2 in long and 63 ft in height above normal
pool elevation.
Water will be supplied by three full-size (one a spare) low pressure service
pumps, each with a capacity of 21,000 gpm. Thus, for Units 3 and 4, the total
pump capacity will be a maximum of 42,000 gpm. The average intake rate under
full generation will be approximately 25,068 gpm for both units (see Figure 3.3—1).
The water will pass through traveling screens, which will remove debris. The
debris will be automatically collected in a trash basket and periodically removed
for disposal. The intake opening has been designed so that at the maximum pump
3.3-1
-------
8,746 6PM
6 6PM 9,494 6PM
DRAIN BLOWDOWN a
UNITS I-U I)/ERFLOW (004 )
TOWERS (SEE NOTE 2)
I (004)
6PM COOLING 846 6PM
CHLORINATION ______ (SEE NOTE 3)
PH CONTROL
BOTTOM 46 1-4
a Fi ’ ASH
UICE
4,725 5PM
675 6PM
NOTES
I. BATCH TREATMENT FACILITY M ’ BE
CONSTRUCTED DEPENDING ON OUTCOME
OF EQUIVALENCE DEMONSTRATION
2 WHEN THERE IS NO ASH SLUICING,
SUPPLEMENTAL SLOWDOWN RATES WILL BE
995 5PM— UNIT I AND 1,035 SPM- UNIT 2
T’YS IS FOR 0 HOURS PER DAY PER UNIT
3 FLOW RATE INDICATED REPRESENTS
MAXIMUM 24-HR FLOW. MAXIMUM 30-DAY
AVERAGE FLOW 2,835 6PM
4 FLOW PATE REPRESENTS MAXIMUM 24-HR
FLOW MAXIMUM 30-DAY AVERAOE FLOW
2,465 6PM
(000) NPDES SERIAL NUMBERS
(SEE NOTE 4) —
BACKWASH
DISCHARGE
COOl)
22795 6PM
)EXC N
04410 RIVER UNITS 1-2
INTAKE I
SCREEN WASH 12OGPM(OI 2 )
WATER 6PM
(009) (AVG)
CHLORINATION
DISCHARGE )O )
EVAPORATION B DRIFT
652 6PM ASH HOPPER
SEALS
ATERrII
HOPPERS &
CLEANING
WI PLANT USE
260 6PM I OIL 250 6PM
(AVG) L SEPARATOR p
36 6PM
STEAM LOSS
WE 116 6PM PM LOW-VOLUME AND
)AVG) BOILERS 6
LL UNITS I 2 271 6PM OIl) ISO 6PM PLANT USE BOILER BLOWDOWN WASTES (003) 460 6PM
DOMESTIC SEWAGE 0 GPM (005 )
TREATMENT
5 GPM (AVG
PLANT
II33 IPI_
I S O M _____
)AVG) PLANT USE _____________
WELL
52 6PM 80
(003) _________________
BC I LERS
)AVG) 6PM _____________
PLANT BOILER
[ MESTIC WATER SLIP — — — 72 6PM
1 E ANTSERVICE WATER —
I 250 6PM, RI PLANT USE 1 I 1 OIL I 250 6PM
(AVG) I SEPARATOR I
I I
ASH
POND
I
J)O06( j r6 LG 2 ISOG J 1
I _______________________________
i -fII1-• __
BOILER ______________
AIR HEATER r NOTE I I SYSTEM ) 004f wWDOwN —
CLEANING
HOPPERS B 10,792 5PM UNITS 3-4 I I 8,662 5PM
- L — — — — — — W COOLING W EVAPORATION B DRIFT
TOWERS i
___________ PH CONTROL$ I
_______________ CHLORINATION
INTAKE 2
SCREEN WASH 420
OHIO RIVER SRI UNITS 25,068 6PM 10101 — — — —
WATER 6PM r ’ PLANT SERVICE WATER — — —
(009) lAys) I AND DISCHARGE SYSTEM YARD DR J I
CHLORINATION
I T xi [ HA} I4 6PM 3,372 6PM SR DISCHARGE (008)
_j
Note: During construction of Units 3 and 4, construction runoff will be routed to the ash pond.
Figure 3.3-1. Ghent Station water use diagram.
-------
KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY
GHENT STATION-UNITS 384
PLANT HEAT EXCHANGERS
AND COOLING SYSTEM AT FULL LOAD
a-
0
N-
c’J.
STATOR
0
0
a-
0
0
(0
OHIO RIVER
WINDING
COOL ERS
J, 1 t... PORATION & DRIFT - 8,662 6PM
PH CONTROL 8
CHLORINAT ION
BLOWDOWN TO
ASH POND
z
0
a-
U)
z
0
C-)
-J
(A) 4
(A)
0
(A) Z
0
C,
C D
0
c J
ASH POND
Figure 3.3-2. Cooling water flow diagram for Ghent Units 3 and 4.
-------
rate, the velocity of the water through the bar grills and in the forebay up-
stream of the traveling screen will be 0.48 ft/sec. Figure 3.3-3 shows the
screenhouse plan.
3.3.1.2 Condenser Cooling System
The condenser system in a steam electric power plant maintains a low turbine
exhaust pressure by condensing the steam leaving the turbine at a temperature
corresponding to vacuum conditions. This provides a high cycle efficiency and
also recovers the condensate for return to the cycle. The proposed condenser
system utilizes a surface type shell and tube heat exchangers. The condenser
tube material is arsenical copper.
Cooling water to be circulated through the heat condensers will be used in a
closed cycle with the cooling towers. Of the 25,068 gpm average rate of water
intake fronc the Ohio River, approximately 10,792 gom will be used as make-up
water for the condenser cooling system. This make-up water is used to replace
losses due to cooling tower drift, evaporation and blowdown. Total flows passing
through the condensers for cooling will average 344,000 gpm and will involve an
estimated five cycles of concentration (see Figure 3.3-2).
3.3.1.3 Cooling Towers
Condenser cooling water for Units 3 and 4 will be cooled by two mechanically
induced draft, wet type cooling towers, one for each unit. Each tower will be
able to cool up to 172,000 gpm of water with a 29.2F cooling range, ll.4F
approach temperature and 79F design wet-bulb temperature. Each tower will
dissipate to the atmosphere approximately 4514 BTU/KW or about 2510 million
BTU/hr (Table 3.3-1).
Chlorination will be used in compliance with the draft NPDES permit to inhibit
growth of fouling organisms in the condenser cooling system. Also a pH control
system will be constructed to maintain a proper pH of cooling system circulation
water (see Section 8).
3.3-4
-------
U,
P1 PS & ‘RA ELNC
ROCLEV SCREENS &
BEAM ROLLE
BE AM
4 1 6 k WATER
S O
Figure 3.3-3. Intake structure design for Ghent Units 3 and 4.
-------
Table 3.3-1
Cooling Tower Parameters
Ghent Station, Units 3 and 4
(Typical for each unit)
a
Turbine-
Generator
Load
Heat Rejection
to Cooling
Tower
(BTUJhr 106)
Cooling
Tower
Evap.
(gal/mm)
Tower**
Drift
Losses
(gal/mm)
Tower
Inlet Water
Temperature
(F)
Tower
Outlet Water
Temperature
(F)
Remarks
(1)
Capability
(VWO + 5%
OP) *
2510
4317
14
119.6
90.4
Design operating
conditions
(2)
Guarantee
2300
3962
14
116.6
89.8
Guaranteed load at
weather conditions
design
(3)
Capability
2510
4362
14
121.2
92
Max. instantaneous
conditions expected
(4)
Capability
2510
4295
14
119.2
90
Max. 24-hr average
conditions expected
(5)
76.58%
Capacity
Factor
1922
3182
14
105.9
83.5
Max. 30-day average
conditions expected
Note: Based on 172,000 gpm flow to cooling tower, 11.4°F approach, 79°F wet-bulb temperatures and 29.2°F design
cooling range.
* VWO + 5% OP - Values wide open plus 5% overpressure.
** Two—pass blade-type mist eliminators with closer blade spacing will be furnished to achieve the guaranteed
maximum drift loss of 0.008%.
-------
3.3.1.4 Plant Service Water and Discharge Systems
The plant service water system will supply water to be used as coolant for the
different heat exchangers essential to the operation of the proposed generating
units such as the turbine oil coolers, hydrogen Coolers, alternator coolers and
bearing cooling water heat exchangers. In addition, part of the service water
will be used for other miscellaneous uses, such as backwashing the service water
strainers and traveling screens, for general cleaning and fire protection.
Approximately 25,068 gpm will be circulated through this systemfor Units 3 and 4.
That which is in excess of cooling tower make-up requirements will be discharged
back into the Ohio River. The rate of the discharge flow will average 13,372 gpm
(see Figure 3.3-2). The discharge pipe base will be located approximately 6 ft
below normal pool elevation. The temperature rise above ambient at the point of
discharge may be as high as 1OF.
Due to periodic biocide treatment of this sytem, chlorine may at times be dis-
charged. The draft NPDES permit as presented in Section 8 states that the total
residual chlorine will not exceed 0.3 mg/ instantaneous or 0.2 mg/ 2 one hour
average at the point of discharge. The ability to meet this limitation is anti-
cipated. If it is not, dechlorination equipment will be added.*
3.3.2 Plant Boiler and Domestic Water Supply
Plant domestic and demineralizer water will be obtained from on-site wells (see
Figure 3.3-1). The average rate of water use for Units 3 and 4 will be 307 gpm.
The maximum use rate is expected to be 450 gpm. This usage is approximately the
same as for Units 1 and 2. Groundwater requirements for the complete station
will be supplied by two 200 gpm wells, one 400 gpm well and a fourth well rated
at approximately 450 gpm.
Plant boilers for Units 3 and 4, at full load, will require 152 gpm of make—up
water. Of the 152 gpni, 80 gpm will replace water loss due to boiler blowdown
arid 70 gpm will replace normal steam loss.
* The company has the Option, as biological toxicity data become available, to sub-
mit a demonstration showing that discharge of higher levels of chlorine are con—
stent with Kentucky Water Quality Standards.
3.3-7
-------
Boiler feed water needs to be high purity. For this reason, well water is cir-
culated through a demineralizer system before being used. This system consists
of regenerative cation and anion exchangers that remove the mineral salts in the
water.
3.3.3 Waste Water Treatment System
The waste water treatment system is made up of the following: (1) particulate
settling system, (2) oi1y waste handling system, (3) low volume waste system,
and (4) treated boiler and metal cleaning if necessary. All waste water will
be routed to the ash pond.
3.3.3.1 ParticulateSettling and Discharge System
Waste streams treated under this system include those where particulate matter
(i.e., total settleable solids and total suspended solids) constitutes the
objectionable contaminant. Treatment provided under this system consists of
settling, using the existing Units 1 and 2 ash pond. Waste streams under this
classification will be routed directly through the present ash pond. Included
among these streams are the following: (1) run-off from the present and future
coal storage pile, (2) floor drains from the transfer house, sample yard and
yard reclaim hopper--all of which contain coal dust, (3) backwash streams from
service water strainers, (4) cooling tower basin drains, (5) drains and overflow
from ash hoppers, (6) pyrites transfer hopper overflow, (7) filter backwash, and
(8) other miscellaneous drains that may fall under this category.
3.3.3.2 Oily Waste Handling System
Waste streams processed under this system include those susceptible to oil and
grease contamination. These include turbine room drains, transformer area drains,
oil handling equipment and area drains, miscellaneous floor drains, and other
drains which may be classified under this category. These drains will be treated
by routing them through an oil separator. The oil separator effluent will, in
turn, be pumped into the present ash pond whose spiliway is equipped with a
3.3-8
-------
skimmer. With this scheme, should oil or grease escape the oil separator, It
will further be confined within the ash pond prevented from being released into
the Ohio River. The captured oil and grease will be applied to the coal in the
coal storage area for later combustion.
3.3.3.3 Low—Volume and the Boiler and Metal Cleaning Waste Systems
The low-volume wastes, consisting of the demineralizer regenerant wastes, softener
regenerant wastes, laboratory and sampling drains, selected miscellaneous floor
and equipment drains and boiler blowdown will be routed into the ash pond.
The metal cleaning wastes, namely the boiler fireside and tubeside cleaning
wastes, the air heater wash water and the precipitator hopper cleaning wastes
will be routed to the ash pond. Pretreatment of these wastes will consist of
a batch treatment facility which will be constructed to neutralize and chemically
precipitate the wastes.*
* Dependent on outcome of equivalence demonstration.
3.3-9
-------
At the mine site, the coal that will be used for Units 3 and 4 will be crushed
to the size of approximately 2 in diameter, of which no more than 35 percent
shall be classified as (1/4 in x 0) fines. All reasonable means to remove
extraneous matter such as metal objects and any partings present in the coal
will be used to obtain the cleanest coal possible.
3.4.3 Fuel Delivery and Storage
The final delivery of coal to the plant will be by barge. The present barge
unloading facilities for Units 1 and 2 will be sufficient for the increased
volume required by Units 3 and 4. As Units 3 and 4 become operational, it is
expected that the unloading facilities will operate almost continuously and
unload approximately 48 to 72 barges of coal per week.
The coal will then be transported from the unloading facility via the existing
conveyor system to the coal storage area. The existing coal storage area will
be increased by 13.3 acres to accommodate the added volume required by Units 3
and 4. Since a majority of the Ghent Station units (2 through 4) will be burning
low sulfur coal, the front two-thirds of the storage yard will contain the low
sulfur coal while the back one-third of the storage yard will contain the higher
sulfur coal which is presently burned in Unit 1.
The crusher house will be expanded by 4800 sq ft and will be connected to Units 3
and 4 by a conveyor system 2400 ft in length.
3.4—2
-------
3.4 FUEL
3.4.1 Coal
Coal, which is to be used for Units 3 and 4, is expected to be supplied from East
Kentucky sources, with some possibility of 20 to 30 percent of the coal coming
from West Virginia. The coal will be trucked approximately 25 to 100 miles and
loaded on 1500 ton barges at available river terminals (presently Ashland, Kentucky
is a consideration). Barges will travel approximately 220 river miles downstream
to the Ghent Plant coal unloading facilities. Under normal operation (60 percent
load), Units 3 and 4 will burn a total of 2.4 million tons of coal per year. This
will require 1600 barge loads per year to supply the coal. Kentucky Utilities
Company has a possibility of three different suppliers for the above required coal
requirements. If is the intention of Kentucky Utilities to have a minimum 15-year
contract with renewable option for 15 more years to purchase the required amount
of low sulfur coal for Units 3 and 4.
3.4.2 Specifications
It is anticipated that the sulfur content of the coal used for Units 3 and 4 will
meet government requirements. Such requirements currently are that the ratio of
the percent sulfur by weight to the calorific value of the coal in BTU per pound
shall not exceed .00006. An example of shipment in compliance is:
12,200 BTU/lbs and 0.71% sulfur
= .000058
Example of shipment not in compliance:
11,700 BTU/lbs and 0.83% sulfur
______ = .000071
Each shipment of coal will be tested to insure that the quality will comply with
state and federal standards. Coal which does not meet standards will not be
burned.
3.4-1
-------
3.5
ASH AND FLY ASH DISPOSAL SYSTEM
Unlike the method used to transport bottom and fly ash from Units 1 and 2 incor-
Porating cooling tower blowdown, a recirculating ash sluice system is planned for
Units 3 and 4. This system will draw discharge water from the ash pond for the
purpose of transporting bottom and fly ash from Units 3 and 4 back to the ash
pond. The daily average flow rate will be 3220 gpm.
The ash pond capacity is estimated at 200 million cubic feet.
able date that the ash pond would reach capacity is 1992, nine
becomes operational, assuming that all ash produced by Units 1
posed of in the pond.
The earliest prob-
years after Unit 4
through 4 is dis—
Since fly ash is now recognized as a beneficial additive in concrete, cement block
and paving materials, it is very probable that a market for fly ash from the Ghent
Station will be developed prior to 1992. Such sales of fly ash could extend the
lifetime of the ash pond as is shown in Table 3.5-1.
Years of
Qperati on
1974 -1980
1983
1988
1993
1998
2003
2008
2013
2017
All Ash to Pond
— (ft 3 )
30,499,000
84,649,000
156,915,000
222,855,000
278,298,000
322,372,000
353,309,000
369,056,000
374,373,000
Fly Ash Sold if
Market Develops
— (ft )
8,198,000
21,364,000
37,320,000
51,759,000
63,702,000
73,149,000
79,659,000
82,605,000
83,505,000
Total Ash to
Pond if Units 3&4
Fly Ash Disposed
of Offsite (ft 3 )
30,499,000
72, 987 ,000
116,584,000
155,300,000
186,117,000
210,101,000
225,826,000
230,806,000
231 ,707,000
* Based on the following coal specifications (as received).
Heating value (BTU/lb)
Units 1 & 2 — 11,000
Units 3 & 4 — 12,200
Average ash content
Unit 1 - 11.6%
Units 2,3,4 — 10%
Table 3.5-1
Ash Pond Storage Capacity Analysis*
3.5-1
-------
In anticipation of future markets for dry fly ash, a 1000 ton capacity storage
silo to facilitate the direct loading of ash into covered trucks will be installed
at Units 3 and 4.
If markets for dry fly ash are not available, additional ash disposal areas would
be sought prior to exceeding the capacity of the existing ash pond. These disposal
areas are to be approved by the State of Kentucky and the EPA Region IV. The new
ash disposal areas would either receive ash dredged from the existing pond or ash
transported directly from the individual units.
The method of transporting the ash to an offsite disposal area will depend upon
the distance from the plant and the geography of both the route and the site. If
the new disposal site is located in an area that makes it uneconomical to extend
the existing ash pipelines, then the ash will be hauled to the site in covered
trucks. However, if trucks are used then both the bottom ash and fly ash trans-
port systems would require extensive retrofitting. Regardless of the ash transport
method employed, all ash handling and disposal techniques would be conducted in an
environmentally acceptable manner.
The retention time of the ash pond upon completion of Units 3 and 4 is estimated
to be 6.9 days (considering total inputs to equal 30.41 cfs under full load and
an average water content of the pond as 18 million ft 3 ).
The outfall of the ash pond is directed to a second smaller settling basin located
at the north corner. It is from this second settling basin that water will be
recirculated for the Unit 3 and 4 ash sluice system. The effluent of the second
settling basin will be directed through a final sand filter and then discharged
into the Ohio River via an existing 72-in diameter pipe structure. Maximum flow
rate is expected to be 10,428 gpm.
3.5-2
-------
3.6 ATMOSPHERIC EMISSIONS
3.6.1 Introduction
The intent of this study is to predict the ground level concentrations of sulfur
dioxide (SO 2 ) and total suspended particulates (TSP) which will be the result
of the operation of the proposed Ghent Units 3 and 4. These predictions are
important in order to determine whether the proposed units will meet applicable
state and federal ambient air and significant air quality deterioration standards.
State and federal ambient air standards determine the maximum sulfur dioxide
(SO 2 ) and total suspended particulates (TSP) concentrations allowable in terms
of maximum 3 hr, 24 hr and annual averages (Table 3.6-1). Significant air
quality deterioration standards determine the increment increase of SO 2 and TSP
allowable from sources occurring since 1 January 1975 (Table 3.6-2).
An important factor involved with predictive air modeling is the contribution
that other sources make to the local ground level contaminant concentrations
near the Ghent Station. Another factor is the contribution that the proposed
units at Ghent will make on local areas near other sources. These factors are
computed accounting for large sources within a 24 km radius of the Ghent Station.
Figure 3.6-1 shows the location of three other sources considered in the modeling:
OVEC’s Clifty Creek Plant — existing
LG&E’s Wises Landing Plant - proposed
CG&E’s East Bend Plant - proposed
Normally, when predictive air models are used to determine air emission at any
site, it is desirable to calibrate the model with measured data. There are
only two emission monitoring stations available in the Ghent area and therefore
data is insufficient to calibrate the models.
Ground-level concentrations were calculated employing dispersion analysis via
the EPA 24-hr computer model and the EPA terrain computer model which is more
applicable in the vicinity of an emission source where complex terrain features
exist. These models are employed because of the wide application by regulatory
agencies in diffusion modeling analysis.
3.6-1
-------
Table 3.6-1
Existing Federal and State Air Quality Standards
Annual
Pollutant
Annual Geometric
Average Mean
Primary Standards
2
4 hr
Max.
3 hr
Max.
TSP
n.a. 75 pg/rn 3
260
pg/rn 3
n.a.
SO 2
80 pg/rn 3 n.a.
365
pg/rn 3
n.a.
TSP
Secondary Standards
n.a. 60 pg/rn 3
150
pg/rn 3
n.a.
SO 2
n.a. n.a.
n.a.
1300 pg/rn 3
Source: Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental
Protection, 1975.
Table 3.6-2
Significant Deterioration Increment Standards
For Class II Designations
Pollutant pg/rn 3
TSP
Annual geometric mean 10
24 hr maximum 20
S02
Annual arithmetic mean 15
24 hr maximum 100
3 hr maximum 700
Source: U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1974.
3.6—2
-------
0I
0
ZI
w
— -‘L_ — ____ — RIPLEY_COUNTY _____ —
JEFFERSON COUNTY
CLIFTY CREEK
STAT/ON
O.V.E.C. MADISON
>-
>-I--
I—z
ZD
Io
00
ZZ
o
U) -J
wiw
U..’ NI
U - ,.-
w —
U)
I
—4
RISING
L_ _ _ OHIO COUNTY
SWITZERLAND COUNTY —
INDIANA
MARKL AND
WARSAW
WISES LANDING
STAT/ON
L.G.8E.
I..
CARROLLTON
KENTUCKY
‘9
L—
C
o’ .-’__—
(Jo
/
0
I>-
5
- -
SCALE IN KILOMETERS
I0
I
Figure 3.6—1. Orientation map showing location of emission sources in the Ghent
region. (Clifty Creek Station, Wises Landing Station, Ghent Station
and East Bend Station)
C.)
(A)
-------
3.6.2 Computer Modeling Programs
3.6.2.1 PTMAX
The first program, called PTMAX, is used to determine the distances from a single
point source at which maximum 10-mm average ground-level pollutant concentrations
may be expected. These distances are computed for various combinations of wind
speed and atmospheric stability. Since wind direction is not considered by the
program, the resultant distances are direction-independent. For certain com-
binations of wind speed, stability and emission source operating parameters, the
computational techniques and assumptions included in the program are not valid,
and amessage is automatically printed explaining why either no calculation was
attempted or why the output shown should be treated with suspicion (U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture 1976).
3.6.2.2 CRS—l
The CRS—1 program takes 1964 meteorological data from Louisville, Kentucky and
Dayton, Ohio, combines it with emission source values, and produces concentrations
from five points located concentrically (at .8, 1.5, 3.0, 4.2 and 6.0 km and at 10°
azimuths). These five locations that were found to have maximum concentrations
were derived from the PIMAX program. A resultant from CRS-l which is important
for the next program to be discussed is an output giving the worst meteorological
days causing the greatest emission concentrations within a certain location.
3.6.2.3 PTMTP-W
Having determined through the CRS-l program the specific days on which highest
24-hr concentrations occur, the program designated PTMTP-W is run. Essentially,
PTMTP-W offers a way of refining the results obtained from CRS-1 for specific
1 hr and 24 hr periods of interest. The same emission sources used in CRS—l
can be used in PTMTP-W. In PTMTP-W, however, they are placed at their actual
locations. Furthermore, there is much greater latitude in selecting receptor
points at which to calculate concentrations. Any point can be treated as a
receptor, so that locations where maximum 3 hr and 24 hr concentrations would
be expected to occur can be used.
3.6-4
-------
The output from PTMTP-W consists of a tabular listing showing each 1 hr average
concentration and the total 24 hr average concentration at each receptor Se-
lection.In addition, that portion of the total concentration which is contributed
by each individual emission source at each receptor is also given. As many days
as desired can be considered by rerunning the program for each individual day.
Usually the only days of interest are those that are associated with the highest
overall 3 hr and 24 hr concentrations during the year, or the days with highest
concentrations at particular points of concern.
3.6.2.4 Terrain Model
The Terrain Model is used to calculate the maximum annual ground-level concentra-
tion that may be expected from a source or sources. The Terrain Model uses a
fixed circular network of receptors located along radials from the center of
the plot (but with variable scale), with concentrations outputed on the computer
printer in map form. The Terrain Model can also consider the effect of terrain
on ground level concentrations by assigning each receptor with a corresponding
elevation. Because of the complex terrain surrounding the units, the Terrain
Model was determined to be the appropriate model for predicting annual con-
centrations (U. S. Department of Agriculture 1976).
3.6.3 Input Data
The input parameters used in the models were obtained partly from Kentucky
Utilities and partly from EPA Region IV Air Quality Section. Close contact
was kept with EPA Region IV Air Quality Section with regards to the execution
of the models. To a large extent, their rationale was the determining factor
for the use of certain parameters.
3.6.3.1 Meteorological Data
For the 3 hr and 24 hr average concentration predictions, 1964 LouisvIlle!
Dayton meteorological data was utilized. This was because 1964 was the most
recent year in which complete hourly data for this area is available. For
prediction of present day average annual ambient conditions, the 1974 Covington
Star Rose meteorological data was used. This set of data presented the most
3.6-5
-------
recent information that was on an annual basis. For the remainder of the annual
average ground-level concentration moedling 1964-1969 Louisville five year average,
Star Rose data was used because of its long-term statistical accuracy.
3.6.3.2
Source Parameters
Table 3.6-3 shows the parameters from each source used to run both the short-tern
program (PTMTP-W) and the long-term program (Terrain Model).
Table 3.6-3
Stack Parameters for Units at 95% Load
KU
OVEC
LG&E
CG&E
* These values reflect the latest emission rates of SO 2 for Wises Landing Plant. The
original values (2000 9/sec and 1466.7 g/sec) for SO 2 were calculated from coal which
produced 1.2 lbs/million BTU’s of S02. This value (1.2 lbs/million BTU’s) was
lowered to .8589 lbs/million BTLJ’s which enabled the Wises Plant to meet air quality
standards. The new emission rates were calculated from a ratio of .8589/1.2 = 0.71575.
Ghent
1
Plant
2
Clifty Creek
1 Plant 2
201
(659.4)
201
(659.4)
Wises Landing
Plant
211.9
(695.2)
4082.0 1365.0
211.9
(695.2)
East Bend
1 Plant
Stack height (m)
(f t)
Emission Rate of
SO 2 (g/sec)
Plant Elevation (m)
(ft)
Stack Temp. (K)
Diameter (m)
Exit Velocity
(m/sec)
847.76 847.76
149.0
(489)
202
(662.7)
149.0
(489)
202
(662.7)
140.2
(460)
418.6 410.8
140.2
(460)
821.5 821.5
244.2
(801.2)
2000.0
(1431 .5)*
144.8
(475)
389
9.0
20.7
9.1
244.2
(801 .2)
1466.7
(1 049.8)*
144.8
(475)
389
9.0
20.7
9.1
421.9 421.9
7.1 7.1
33.2 33.2
22.9 23.2
1 58. 5
(520)
423
6.3
1 58. 5
(520)
423
6.3
33.5 33.5
3.6-6
-------
The stack parameters for Ghent Units 3 and 4 at 95 percent, 75 percent and 50
percent are shown in Table 3.6—4. Results of predictive air modeling are
presented in Section 5.2.2.1.
Table 3.6-4
Operating Parameters
Units 3 and 4
Parameter
Load Factor
95%
75%
50%
Emission rate of
SO 2 (g/sec)
1365.1
1075.0
727.0
Emission rate of
parti culates
(g/sec)
114.0
90.0
60.0
Stack Temperature
(K)
410.8
399.7
388.7
Exit Velocity
(m/sec)
23.2
18.3
12.8
3.6-7
-------
3.7 TRANSMISSION LINE
3.7.1 Proposed Corridor
The proposed route of the 345 kV single circuit transmission line runs adjacent
and parallel to the existing Ghent-West Lexington 345 kV line in a 100 ft cor-
ridor for 5.2 miles south to point “A”, then in a southerly direction in a
150 ft corridor for a distance of approximately 35.2 miles to the proposed sub-
station about 5 miles west of Frankfort in rural Franklin County (see Figures
1.3—3, 3.7-1). This substation and line is intended to strengthen the trans-
mission network in this area. Since no rights-of-way have been acquired for
the proposed primary route, changes and variations may become necessary as
negotiations for easements progress.
3.7.1.1 Towers
The 345 kV transmission line will be supported by single circuit tangent lattice
structures (Figure 3.7-2). The self supporting lattice type steel towers will
have a span between 800 and 1200 ft, requiring approximately 6 towers per mile
of right-of-way. The conductor will be a twin-conductor bundle per phase of
size 954 MCM (45 x 7) ACSR, with a normal load capacity of 1194 MVA. The trans-
mission line design and all electrical clearances will meet or exceed the require-
ments of the National Electric Safety Code.
3.7.1.2 Termination of Transmission Line
The 345 kV line will terminate at a substation about 5 miles west of Frankfort,
Kentucky (see Figure 1.3-3). This substation will be needed to accommodate the
growth of Frankfort with construction beginning in 1981. Additional transformers
will be used in this substation in order to tie in the 345 kV line from Shent to
a 138 kV line which will run from Frankfort to Shelbyville, Kentucky.
3.7.2 Construction Methods
The following sections describe the techniques for constructing the proposed 345
kV transmission line from the Ghent Steam Electric Generating Station Unit 4.
The methods employed in construction of this line will vary according to the
3.7-1
-------
— Edge Proposed Easement
Nj _______________ Proposed 345 KV — _________________ —
___________ Edge Proposed Easement
ROUTE “ A — FRAN KFORT ”
Figure 3.7—1. 150 ft proposed corridor of the “A-Frankfort” route.
-------
57’
286”
k 22x 28’
RECTANGULAR
BASE
Figure 3.7—2. 345 kV single circuit self supporting tower.
0
3.7-3
-------
specific site and route, time of year, weather and right-of-way or easement
conditions. Estimated time involved with the proposed transmission line will
total three years, of which actual construction will be one year.
3.7.2.1 Material Unloading and Storage Yards
Material unloading and storage yards will be located in the vicinity of the line
right—of-way at intervals of approximately 15 miles, preferably at railroad junc-
tions. Materials used in line construction will consist of tower steel, reels of
conductor, insulators and conductor hardware. These material unloading and stor-
age yards will determine delivery methods, material handling facilities, and
weather protection requirements.
3.7.2.2 Field Offices and Equipment
Requirements for construction field offices will be minimal and will be located at
the material unloading and storage yards. Construction field offices consist of a
mobile office trailer, storage trailers and light utility vehicles. These loca-
tions will serve as places to headquarter construction equipment and as assembly
points for workmen.
Construction equipment will consist of standard transmission line equipment with
light to medium weight equipment mounted on rubber tires and heavier equipment
such as bulldozers, heavy cranes, etc. mounted on tracks.
3.7.2.3 Access Roads
The proposed corridor is traversed by many federal, state and county roads pro-
viding good access to the route for construction equipment which will reduce to
a minimum the amount of bulldozer work required for additional access or con-
struction roads (see Figure 2.3—4).
3.7-4
-------
3.7.2.4 Right-of-Way Clearing
3.7.2.4.1 Initial Clearing
The policy of Kentucky Utilities is to secure complete tree rights for transmission
rights-or-way on private property because vegetation removal (e.g., trees) is neces-
sary to permit line construction and to provide safe and adequate electrical clear-
ance to the energized lines. These rights-of-way may be bought but are often
occupied under easement. Therefore, any type of work done is subject to con-
ditions contained in the easement and most often designates the type of initial
clearing and manner of wood disposal.
Depending on the type of terrain and land use encountered during initial clearing,
it may be possible to employ three major methods of clearing: clear cutting, selec-
tive clearing, and tailored clear cutting.
Clear cutting will be used only where conductor or structure heights are minimal
and the removal of all trees is necessary to permit construction or safe operation
of the energized line (Figure 3.7-3). However, this method may be specified by
individual property owners or may be a condition of easement.
In areas where the aesthetic treatment of rights-of-way are of primary importance,
the method of selective clearing will be used (Figures 3.7-4). This involves clear
cutting to within 100 ft of the road and stream crossings, access and construction
roads, tower sites and brush disposal areas.
Tailored clear cutting results in a corridor with undulating boundaries (Figure
3.7-5) and is used in hilly terrain where there is sufficient ground clearance
to allow growth of mature trees on portions of the right-of-way.
Where the proposed route traverses an agricultural region advance arrangements.
will be made with the property owners for any rescheduling of cultivation. Should
the area already be under production, Kentucky Utilities will assess any crop damage
or loss and compensate the property owner according to the crop’s harvest price.
3.7—5
-------
t r -’-_
• /
• r,
Figure 3.7-3. Plan of’ clear cutting technique.
(I
1
C
(,r
. ; (r
CLEAR CUTTING
3.7-6
-------
Figure 3.7-4. Plan of selective clear cutting tecnnique.
SELECTIVE CLEARING
3.7-7
-------
TAILORED CLEAR CUTTING
Figure 3.7-5. Plan of tailored clear cutting technique.
3.7-8
-------
3.7.2.4.2 Stormproofing and Screening
Any trees adjacent to the right —OfWaY that Constitute danger of damage (e.g.,
falling) to the conductor or towers will be Selectively removed upon the property
owner’s approval (Figure 3.7—6).
Screening of vegetation may be established when practical (and possible) at all
paved road crossings where the right-of—way passes through wooded areas or heavily
wooded fence rows. In areas where native vegetation provides a suitable screen,
all tall growth-form species will be selectively removed while taking the neces-
sary precautions to minimize damage to the low growth-form individuals (Figure
3.7-7). At locations where the low growth-form native trees and shrubs are in-
adequate for screening, taller species may be left in selected strategic locations
or supplementary plantings of additional desirable low growth-form vegetation may
be used (Figure 3.7-8). Similar screening techniques may also be employed where
practical at stream, creek and wetlands crossings where there are aesthetically
sensitive areas.
3.7.2.4.3 Wood Disposal
The disposal method of cleared wood will be dependent upon the volume and the type
of material (whether it is of commercial value or wood waste). Wood of commercial
value will be cut according to length determined by the property owner and stored
out of the right-of—way areas with access available to the landowner. Normal
disposal of wood waste may be by windrowing and burning. The topography, disposal
site, waste volume, easement specifications and applicable legal controls will be
considered in determining the appropriate disposal method.
Disposal of wood waste in the corridor will be done by windrowing along either or
both sides of the right-of-way, 25 ft from the edge. This can serve as a source
of wildlife cover and also assist in erosion control (Figure 3.7-6). The other
method, burning, will be utilized at road or stream crossings and will be per-
formed in strict conformity with state and local regulations.
3.7-9
-------
Figure 3.7-6. Danger tree and disposal method of wood on right-of-way.
A-DANGER TREE
DISPOSAL OF WOOD ON RIGHT-OF-WAY
3.7—10
-------
Figure 3.7-7. Plan of vegetative screen without new plantings.
3.7-li
SCREEN ESTABLISHED FROM EXISTING
LOW GROWING TREES AND SHRUBS
-------
SCREEN DEVELOPED BY COMBINATION OF PLANTING AND NATIVE TREES
Figure 3.7—8. Plan of vegetative screen with new plantings.
3.7-12
-------
3.7.2.4.4 Herbicide Use
Herbicides will not be used in the construction period for the purpose of initial
right-of-way vegetation clearing. Limited use of herbicides may be used later for
stump spraying to prevent sprouting. All herbicides used on the right—of-way will
be applied according to manufacturer’s label instructions.
3.7.2.5 Tower Erection and Wire Stringing
Tower assembly and erection involves the following steps: construction of the
tower foundations using steel earth grillage, assembly of portions of each tower
into subassemblies on the ground, and erection of these subassemblies into a com-
pleted tower unit using mobile cranes.
Installation of the conductors will be performed using the tension stringing
method, which requires tension pull sites with temporary anchors, covering approxi-
mately 40,000 ft along the right-of-way. Use of this method will help minimize
corona formation by abrasions on the conductor.
3.7.2.6 Erosion Control
To maintain erosion control, selective cutting of only line obstructions will be
performed near bodies of water. Also where possible, towers will be set back away
from river banks, In this way, natural vegetative cover will be preserved in those
areas.
With the completion of line construction, final clean—up of the right-of-way will
involve the removal of all equipment, cribbing, packing, scrap, temporary installa-
tions and other material plus restoration of the soil. Complete restoration of
agricultural areas will be necessary due to the loss of the root material by bull-
dozing, while pasturelands will require only reseeding because the method of sheer
dozing leaves the root. Temporary access and construction roads, and other dis-
turbed areas (e.g., tower sites, etc.) will be back-bladed, disked, fertilized and
seeded to reduce erosion and sedimentation.
3.7-13
-------
3.7.2.7 Maintenance
Normal line inspection will be performed four times year (once every quarter)
by helicopter to determine insulator and conductor damage from lightning and
vandals; as well as clearance problems with trees on or adjacent to the right-
of-way. The life expectancy of this facility is in excess of 50 years.
Approved herbicides will be used to maintain the right-of—way and will be
applied by the selective ground leasal spraying method. These herbicides will
be applied during periods in which the wind speed is less than 5 mph. Herbicide
use is expected to be needed only once every five years and will be applied no
closer than 50 ft from any streams. Aesthetic areas may also be maintained by
employing light farm vehicles and hand cutting equipment. Required painting
of the tower units would be done every 20-25 years.
Emergency maintenance, which will be required for sections of line downed during
storms or other natural phenomena, will be performed as required. Should signi-
ficant environmental disruption occur at the time maintenance is performed,
Kentucky Utilities will consult with Soil Conservation Service, Forest Service,
appropriate state agencies and private landowners to insure that any damage is
properly corrected.
3.7—14
-------
REFERENCES
Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental Protection. 1975.
Kentucky Air Pollution Control Regulations. Bureau of Environmental
Quality, Frankfort, Kentucky, 121 p.
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1976. Spurlock Station Unit No. 2 (500 MW)
and Associated Transmission, USDA, Washington, D.C., 90 p.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1974. Air Quality Implementation Plans,
Federal Register, Vol. 39, No. 235, Part III, Washington, D.C.
3.8—1
-------
t
-
It
:.
j
-I
“ ___________
SECTION 4.0
ALTERNATI VES
-------
Table of Contents
Section
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
Capacity
Selection of Energy Sources
Nuclear Fission
Hydroelectric
Oil and Gas Fired Steam Electric Generation
Coal-Fired Steam Electric Generation
Comparison of Alternative Sites
Water Availability
Road, Rail and Barge Access
Cost Estimates
Ecology
Demography
Climate and Air Quality
Land Use
System Alternatives
Cooling System
Intake System Alternatives
Discharge System
Ash Disposal
Fuel Delivery
Condenser Cleaning Alternatives
Waste Treatment Systems .
Air Emission Control System
4.1-1
4.1-1
4.1-2
4.1-2
4.1-3
4.1-3
4.2-1
4.2-1
4.2-1
4.2-2
4.2-2
4.2-3
4.2-3
4.2-4
4.2-4
4.2-5
4.2-5
4.2-8
4.2-8
4.2-9
Page
Alternatives not Requiring Creation of New Generating
Capacity
Upgrade Existing Units or Reactivate Retired Ones
Base Loading of Existing Peaking Units
Preplanned Load Curtailment
Energy Purchase
Advertisement and Energy Conservation
Alternatives Requiring Creation of New Generating
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.1.1
4.2.1.2
4.2.1.3
4.2.1.4
4.2.2
4.2.2.1
4.2.2.2
4.2.2.3
4.2.2.4
4.2.2.5
4.2.2.6
4.2.2.7
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.3.1
4.4.3.2
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.3-1
4.3—1
4.3-4
4.3-7
4.3-7
4.3-8
4.3-8
4.3-9
4.3-9
Transmission Line Alternatives
No Action
Action
Corridor Route Alternatives
“A—E” Route
“A-C” Route
Alternate Construction Methods
Alternate Maintenance Methods
4.5 References
4.4-1
4.4-1
4.4-1
4.4-2
4.4-2
4.4-2
4.4-4
4.4-6
4.5-1
1
-------
List of Figures
No. Page
4.3-5 Conceptual multipart pipe intake structure 4.3-5
4.4-1 Existing transmission line corridor and additional
100 ft right-of-way required for the alternate A-E”
route
4.4-2 Existing transmission line corridor and additional
100 ft right-of-way required for the alternate “C-D”
route
List of Tables
4.2-1 Alternative Site Cost Comparison, Two Additional
Units, 1 November 1976 Price Level 4.2-6
4.2-2 1975 Ambient Air Quality 4.2-9
4.3-1 Comparative Cost and Power for Various Types Cooling
Towers 4.3-3
11
-------
4.1 ALTERNATIVES NOT REQUIRING CREATION OF NEW GENERATING CAPACITY
The alternatives presented in this section are those which do not necessitate
the construction of new generating units. The possibilities include: upgrading
existing units or reactivating retired ones, base loading of existing peaking
units, load curtailment, outside energy purchases, and energy conservation.
In each case the feasibility and practicability of each alternative is dis-
cussed.
4.1.1 Upgrade Existing Units or Reactivate Retired Ones
As discussed in Section 1.2, Kentucky Utilities is anticipating a 500 MW demand
over present generating capacity in 1982, and by 1984, a 1000 MW demand over pre-
sent generating capacity during peak demand periods. Because of Kentucky Utilities’
present capacity (1742 MW), it is not feasible or nearly impossible to upgrade
existing units or reactivate retired ones to make up the expected 1000 MW in-
crease peak load demand.
Kentucky Utilities present capacity is largely the result of construction which
occurred during the 10-year period after World War II. The first units built
during this period were at the Tyrone Station. The nameplate rating for these
units were 25 MW for Units 1 and 2 and 60 MW for Unit 3. These three units are
still in use today as peaking units and demonstrate that Kentucky Utilities is
still utilizing its older units to help fulfill peak load demands.
Kentucky Utilities presently has no existing retired units. Units that have in
the past been retired were completely dismantled and taken out of use.
At the present time, existing Kentucky Utilities generating units are utilized to
their full safe operable ratings. Any upgrading of these units would entail prac-
tically new construction of generation units in place of the old. By building new
capacity at Ghent, the existing capacity of the older units is retained.
4.1-1
-------
4.1.2 Base Loading of Existing Peaking Units
Kentucky Utilities presently has a peaking capacity from seven generating units
with an output of 193.4 MW. Three of these units at the Haefling Station are
gas turbine powered and too costly to run as base loading units. The other oil
and coal-fired peaking units which could conceivably be used as base load units,
however, would also be much more costly to run compared to larger, more efficient
base load coal-fired units (see Section 1.1). Even if the peaking units were
base—loaded, the 193.4 MW total capacity of these units would not fulfill the
increased load requirements expected by 1982.
4.1.3 Preplanned Load Curtailment
Preplanned load curtailment is a process by which a utility can request one or more
heavy-use customers to cut back their electrical consumption at times of peak load.
By utilization of this process, it is sometimes possible to reduce or delay plans
for construction of new capacity by reducing peak load demand.
Kentucky Utilities does not have any con.tractual, interruptible loads. However,
they can request their two largest industrial customers. Green River Steel and
West Virginia Paper and Pulp (West Vaco) to curtail their operations or suffer
a rate penalty for the next 6 to 12 months.
The terms of the Green River Steel contract specify that Kentucky Utilities may
request them to cut back from their usual demand of 20-25 MW to a 5 MW load. If
they do not cut back to 5 MW, then they pay a higher demand rate for the next 12
months.
The West Vaco contract is very similar except that the interruptible load is any-
thing above 10 MVA (9 MW equivalent). Their load normally runs as high as 25 MVA
(23 MW equivalent). They receive a 6-month penalty for non-compliance.
The process of requested load curtailment does not greatly affect surmier peak
load projections and future planning of needed capacity. Historically, this
curtailment has represented a depression in load demand of 15-20 MW and has
already been included in future planning.
4.1-2
-------
4.1.4 Energy Purchase
As explained in subsection 1.2.5, Kentucky Utilities is a member of the Kentucky-
Indiana Pool (KIP). The KIP members plan their generating capacity on a joint
basis and thus take advantage of any purchase or sales which would minimize the
creation of new generation capacity.
Normally, deficits occur before the addition of new generating capacity and sur-
pluses result after new capacity is added in any given system. This fluctuation
is minimized through energy purchases before construction and outside energy sales
after construction. Through these purchases and sales, a utility company is ulti-
mately responsible for its own load demand. Energy purchases in lieu of unit con-
struction are not possible unless neighboring companies have over-built and have a
large excess of capacity over a long period of time. This is not the case with
Kentucky Utilities since there is not enough excess capacity obtainable from its
neighboring companies to fulfill their projected load demand.
4.1.5 Advertisement and Energy Conservation
Kentucky Utilities’ present advertising program consists principally of a monthly
bulletin enclosed with billings (The Kentucky Utilities News) and bimonthly news-
paper articles in the main newspapers of the service area. Short television spots
are also utilized, but are infrequent. The direction in which the present adver-
tising has evolved is toward customer education in energy conservation. Typical
themes involve home insulation tips for existing and new construction, efficient
use of electrical appliances and efficiency in air conditioning operation; All
of the Company’s advertising stresses the importance of wise use of electricity.
These advertising measures have not tended to decrease the rise in per capita
consumption significantly. As shown in Section 1.2, the rise in consumption is
primarily due to a larger reliance on electricity for home heating and air con-
ditioning in new construction and cannot realistically be overcome by Kentucky
Utilities’ conservation measures. However, Kentucky Utilities does offer special
rates for home water heating units which are designed to operate during off-
peak periods.
4.1-3
-------
Peak demand pricing, as a method to reduce energy consumption during periods
of peak electrical usage, is not utilized by Kentucky Utilities. This is
principally due to questions concerning economic factors and the amount of
energy savings to be realized if this program were to be instituted in Kentucky.
4.1-4
-------
4.2 ALTERNATIVES REQUIRING CREATION OF NEW GENERATING CAPACITY
This section includes a discussion of alternatives requiring creation of new
capacity. Included in this section are: a listing of energy sources, the com-
parison of an alternate site and plant design alternatives.
4.2.1 Selection of Energy Sources
Energy sources that were considered to be viable alternatives to the selected
coal-fired steam electric generating units were nuclear fusion and perhaps to a
lesser degree hydroelectric and oil or gas fired steam electric generating units.
Geothermally produced electricity was not considered because of the absence of any
large geothermal steam sources in the service area. Solar energy, wind energy
and nuclear fission were not considered technically feasible for large scale
electric generation by the early 1980’s and therefore were not considered.
4.2.1.1 Nuclear Fission
There are several important factors that must be considered in the selection of
nuclear power as an energy source. These factors have been weighed by Kentucky
Utilities in their rejection of nuclear power as an energy source at this time.
The factors that will be discussed are economic, the lead time factor, unit
reliability and system compatibility.
Economic element--While the initial construction cost for nuclear plants are some-
what higher than fossil fuel plants, nuclear power can be a more economical source
of base load generation, depending on unit sizes, system load patterns, and fuel
availability. This is brought about by somewhat lower fuel cost which in time
should offset the higher initial construction cost. In order to achieve this
saving, however, unit sizes larger than KU Company feels are justified on its sys-
tem during the early 1980’s must be installed.
Lead time--The lead time for completion of a nuclear plant is much longer than
that required for a fossil fuel plant. It takes approximately 8—10 years for a
nuclear plant to go from its planning stage to completion, compared to 4-6 years
4.2—1
-------
for a fossil fuel fired plant. In Kentucky Utilities’ case, a delay of 2-6 years
in adding additional capacity will cause problems in fulfilling system demands,
requiring outside purchases in the neighborhood of 500 MW in 1981, and in
increasing amounts in each year thereafter for the period of the delay (Figure
1.2-4).
Unit reliability--The minimum size of a nuclear unit that would be economically
worthwhile for Kentucky Utilities to construct would be in the range of 1000 MW
and above. Construction of this size unit would in time overcome the larger
initial construction cost through lower fuel costs. However, by constructing a
1000 MW nuclear unit, unit reliability would be a problem compared to original
plans for two 500 MW coal-fired units. Without purchasing additional capacity,
Kentucky Utilities would not have adequate reserves to cover the loss of this
unit due to breakdown, maintenance or refueling (Figure 1.2—21).
4.2.1.2 Hydroelectric
Kentucky Utilities presently owns two hydroelectric stations, at Dix Dam and Lock
7. Dix Dam has three 8 MW units for a total of 24 MW and Lock 7 has three 0.7 MW
units totaling 2.1 MW. The capacity of hydroelectric generating units in Kentucky
is usually small and the output dependent upon available water flow. There is
no impoundment of water in Kentucky large enough to supply the volume of flow neces-
sary to provide Kentucky Utilities with dependable power which is adequate in
capacity to fulfill energy requirements predicted for 1981.
4.2.1.3 Oil and Gas Fired Steam Electric Generation
Although oil and natural gas are excellent fuels for steam electric power genera-
tion, their availability and cost restrict their use for base load unit operation.
Fuel oil is presently being used in the two peaking units at Tyrone. However, for
continued operation, the fuel cost is restrictive. In addition, the availability
of fuel oil for the future is uncertain and the Federal Energy Administration (FEA)
has curtailed the use of natural gas for the production of electricity.
4.2-2
-------
4.2.1.4 Coal-Fired Steam Electric Generation
Coal, as a fuel for steam electric generation, is the best alternative as an
energy source for Kentucky Utilities. The availability of coal from east Kentucky
on a long—term basis, coupled with the higher efficiency of newer generating unit
components and the shorter lead time (4-5 years) to put the unit on—line, make the
coal—fired units a desirable alternative.
The two proposed coal—fired units would be comparable with the two existing units
at the Ghent Station. For this reason, some minimization of adverse environmental
impact and cost will be derived through joint use of existing coal unloading
facilities, control mechanisms and operational personnel.
There are two alternative types of coal to be considered in new generating unit
operation. The two types are high sulfur and low sulfur coal. Because of the
state and federal New Source Emission Standards, the use of high sulfur coal would
require an air pollution scrubber device to remove sulfur from the emissions. The
use of low sulfur coal requires no sulfur removal to meet the state and federal
emission standards. Factors associated with a sulfur dioxide scrubber device
are: (1) construction and operation, (2) costs, (3) possible technical problems,
and (4) the necessity of land area required for disposal of SO 2 sludge. It is
therefore possible that a utility could pay more for low sulfur than for high
sulfur coal and still break even on a cost/KWH basis. At present day prices
for low and high sulfur coal, the alternative of using low sulfur coal is more
favorable for the Ghent Station.
4.2.2 Comparison of Alternative Sites
The capacity of a facility required to satisfy the future service area demand of
approximately 1000 MW by 1983 suggests that construction of two generating units
at an existing station is both feasible and desirable. The need for duplication
of certain systems such as coal unloading systems and the need for more trans-
mission lines and substations is minimized. Therefore, the economic and environ-
mental impacts due to facility construction is lessened.
4.2-3
-------
This consideration led to the choice of the Ghent Station as the preferred con-
struction site, with the second most feasible alternative the Green River Station
in Muhienbery County, Kentucky. The following discussion describes this station
in general terms as a second alternative and gives the rationale for choosing Ghent
as the primary candidate site for construction.
4.2.2.1 Water Availability
Water is readily available at both the Ghent and Green River Stations, with each
being situated directly on river banks. The Green River, however, has a mean flow
of 9146 cfs compared to a mean Ohio River flow of 130,500 cfs at the Ghent Station.
River flows at Green River are known to decrease to 600 cfs compared to 10,500 cfs
on the Ohio River (U.S.G.S. 1975). Especially during times of low flow, it can be
seen that the Ghent Station would be a more desirable site, since make-up water
and service water demand would comprise a smaller percentage of the total river
flow and, therefore, probably cause less adverse environmental impact. Also,
since the Ohio River maintains a higher flow, it will be better able to assimilate
the impact of the additional barge traffic which will be utilized in the transport
of coal to the plant.
4.2.2.2 Road, Rail and Barge Access
Road, rail and barge access is readily available to the Green River as well as to
the Ghent Station. The Green River is located approximately 8 miles from the
Western Kentucky Parkway, giving convenient access to Louisville and other major
cities of Kentucky. In addition, rail connections exist via the Louisville and
Nashville Line directly to the plant. Coal is transported from the coal mines
nearby via the Green River to the plant by way of barge. Other shipments to the
plant can utilize the connecting Ohio River barge network, which is located 82.3
river miles downriver of the Green River Plant. Transportation facilities for
the Ghent Station have been described in Sections 2 and 3.
4.2-4
-------
4.2.2.3 Cost Estimates
Economic factors that are taken into account in the 1981 and 1983 unit location
are construction costs of generation units and transmission facilities, annual
fixed charges for generation and transmission, and fuel costs for each unit
location. Table 4.2-1 illustrates these costs for each of the proposed units
if both were placed at either Ghent or Green River. As can be seen, locating
the two additional units at the Ghent Station would result in substantial savings
both in initial construction costs and annual operational costs over locating the
units at the Green River Station.
The difference in costs between the locations of the two stations arises prin-
cipally from three factors. One is the necessity of installing sulfur dioxide
scrubbers at the Green River Station since it is a mine—mouth plant and would
use high sulfur coal. The cost of installation and operation of SO 2 scrubbers
is substantial. The second factor involves the additional amount of land that
would need to be purchased for construction of new structures at the Green River
Station. It is estimated that an additional 500 acres are needed. The last
factor is the addition of transmission lines and facilities that would be needed
at the Green River Station as well as the added cost of operation and service
of these lines.
4.2.2.4 Ecology
Less topographic variation and therefore less variety in plant communities exist
at the Green River Plant than at Ghent. Two alluvial terraces lie in stepwise
fashion, one above the other, at the Green River Station. The lower terrace
floods frequently and its vegetation is dominated by American elm, American
sycamore, sweetgum, yellow poplar and hackberry. The power plant is located on
the second terrace, which is relatively free from flooding, and whose vegetation
is a mixture of that found on the lower terrace and the slopes above. Hillside
woodlands are dominated by sugar maple, sweetgum, shagbark hickory, black oak,
yellow poplar, and in ravines and near drainageways, American beech. Shining
sumac, devil’s walkingstick and greenbrier are abundant in disturbed areas in
openings and at woodland edges. Broomsedge bluestem, little bluestem and purple—
top are common perennial grasses in openings.
4.2-5
-------
Table 4.2-1.
Alternative Site Cost Comparison
Two Additional Units*
1 November 1976 Price Level
Year
Location
Construction Cost
Annual Cost
Fixed
Charges
Fuel Cost
Total Cost
Generation
Transmission
Gen. (15.5%)
Trans. (16.5%)
1981
Ghent #3
$242,000,000
$ 499,000
$37,510,000
$ 82,335
$41,887,943
$ 79,480,278
Gr.River
297,000,000
20,576,000
46,035,000
3,395,000
56,681 ,395
106,111 ,395
1983
Ghent #4
234,000,000
20,916,000
36,270,000
3,451,000
47,065,297
86,786,297
Gr 6 River
265,479,000
18,809,000
41,149,245
3,103,485
63,687,222
107,939,952
* The proposed units were assumed to operate at a 70% load factor and to produce 3,066,000 MWH per year.
-------
Diversity of vertebrate fauna at the Green River Station is probably not as great
as that of the Ghent Station site because of the greater topographic and physiog-
nomic variety characterizing the latter. The location of the Green River site in
the Western Coal Fields region promotes faunal assemblages more characteristic of
southern forests than do habitats at Ghent. The Green River is smaller and of
less significance as a migratory pathway of waterfowl than is the Ohio River,
although mammals associated with its margins are similar to those at the Ghent
site. Animals found near the Green River plant site proper are characteristic
woodland forms. However, across the river from the plant site and occupying con-
siderable areas both upstream and downstream are alluvial floodplains in pasture-
land and/or farmland which support farmland and prairie species.
Game and other hunted animals likely to be found at Green River include cotton-
tailed rabbits, gray and fox squirrels, white-tailed deer, bobwhite, mourning
doves, opossums, raccoons, gray and red foxes, and waterfowl. Neither woodland
habitats, edges nor openings (fields, pastures) appear to have the quality for
wildlife habitat as do comparable areas at Ghent (LGL Limited, U.s. 1976).
In order to construct two additional units at the 458 acre Green River Station,
nearly all the land supporting new unit facilities (approximately 500 acres) would
need to be purchased and cleared. The impacts of this action are much greater than
would be experienced at the Ghent Station where most of the construction site
has been previously cleared as a materials lay-down area for the construction of
Units 1 and 2.
Qualitatively, the ecological effects of unit construction and operation on the
aquatic life of the Green River would be similar to that on the Ohio River. How-
ever, due to the Green River’s smaller flow and width, the quantitative ecological
impact would be greater. An increase in plant discharges as well as increased barge
traffic needed to supply coal to new units at Green River are examples of such
impacts. Due to greater flow on the Ohio River, the overall impact would be less
than that on the Green River.
4.2-7
-------
4.2.2.5 Demography
Muhlenberg County, with a 1970 population of 27,537, is predominately a rural area.
The largest town, situated approximately 3 miles southwest of the Green River Sta-
tion, is Central City which had a 1970 population of 5450. The 1972 estimated per
capita income for the county was $2795.
The Green River site and the Ghent site are favorable demographically for the
additional units. Both have comparatively low populations and the increased
employment that would be provided by a larger power station would be welcomed.
The soclo-economic impact from temporary construction crews at the Green River
Station would be somewhat higher than at the Ghent Station due to the fact that
construction crews have been present at the Ghent Station since beginning of con-
struction of Units 1 and 2 (since 1970) whereas no large crews have been at the
Green River Station since the construction of Unit 4 which ended in 1959.
4.2.2.6 Climate and Air Quality
The climate of the Green River area is of the humid, temperate type. The mean
annual temperature is about 57F, varying from a mean of 37F in January to a mean
of 76F in July. With these climatic conditions, the area has a growing season
of approximately 180 days.
Precipitation in the Green River project area is fairly evenly distributed through-
out the year, with smaller amounts occurring in late summer and fall. The average
annual rainfall is approximately 42 inches (U. S. Corps of Engineers 1975).
The general climate of the area around the Green River Station is comparable to
that at the Ghent Station site. The factors affecting stack emission dispersion,
such as mixing height and stability factors, are comparable.
4.2-8
-------
The Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental Protection (1975a)
has given both the Ghent and Green River areas the same priority class for parti-
culates and sulfur dioxides (priority Class I for particulates and priority Class II
for sulfur dioxides). Table 4.2-2 illustrates the 1975 ambient air quality at Ghent
and Central City (near the Green River Station) and the classification limits set
by the state for the priority class designations (Kentucky Department for Natural
Resources and Environmental Protection 1975b).
Table 4.2-2
1975 Ambient Air Quality
Priority class Annual mean 24-hour maximum
(AQCR) pg/rn 3 pg/rn 3
Central City
Particulates I
Limits > 95 > 325
1975 ambient 55 114
Sulfur oxides II
Limits 60-100 260-455
1975 ambient 9.0 47.8
Ghent
Particulates I
Limits > 95 > 325
1975 ambient 38 102
Sulfur oxides II
Limits 60-100 260-455
1975 ambient 21.1 116.9
4.2.2.7 Land Use
Physiographers (Fenneman 1938) place the Green River Station in the south central
portion of the hilly uplands of the Western Coal Fields. The Western Coal Fields
have an undulating hilly topography. Elevations range from 363—750 MSL, with an
average elevation of 538 ft MSL. Broadly alluviated river floodplains at eleva-
tions ranging from 390-410 ft MSL are a marked physical feature.
4.2-9
-------
The area surrounding the Green River site, like that of the Ghent facility, once
supported mature hardwood forests. Although essentially no original stands of
timber remain, the countryside is presently more forested than is the Ghent area,
but only with second and third growth timber. The extensive floodplain of the
Green River is largely farmed or in pastureland; however, a very narrow flood-
plain exists locally on the power plant site of the river, and most of the land
is forested. Much of the land in Muhlenberg County to the south of the Green
River plant has been surface-mined for coal. (The nearest extensively mined
‘Rnds are several miles distant.)
4.2-10
-------
4.3 SYSTEM ALTERNATIVES
4.3.1 Cooling System
The function of the cooling system is to remove waste heat that is produced from
the condensing of steam after it passes through the turbine system. Alternative
cooling systems that are applicable to the Ghent Station include (1) once-through
cooling, (2) cooling lake, (3) wet mechanical draft towers, (4) dry towers, (5)
wet natural draft towers, and (6) wet/dry towers and spray canals.
Once-through cooling at Ghent would involve pumping Ohio River water, utilizing
it as cooling water, then discharging it back to the Ohio River. The advantages
of once-through cooling systems are that they are normally the simplest and most
economical to operate and also have the lowest consumptive use of water. The
disadvantages are that there is usually limited availability of large supplies
of cooling water and that the effluent may violate water quality standards.
As an alternative cooling system for Units 3 and 4 at the Ghent Station, once-
through cooling does not seem to be a feasible alternative. There is a 67 ft rise
from normal pool elevation of the Ohio River to the plant grade. The costs asso-
ciated with pumping river water at a rate of approximately 1262 cfs to this height
is not considered cost efficient as compared to the mechanical draft cooling tower
system of the type used in Units 1 and 2. The cost of pumping for the once-through
system could be lessened by the construction of caissons as a means to lower
pumping height. The cost of this construction however would probably offset any
gain realized from lower pumping costs. Another problem associated with once-
through cooling systems is the present uncertainty of future environmental legis-
lation concerning cooling systems. Once—through cooling systems, due to their
processing of larger volumes of water, have higher impingement and entrainment
rates, require more biocide treatment and discharge more heat. Due to these higher
impacts and the uncertainty of compliance with both present and future legislation,
another means of cooling is the more desirable alternative at this time.
4.3-1
-------
Construction of a cooling lake involves containment of a large enough body of
water to use as a closed cycle cooling reservoir. Spray ponds are a modification
of this system which accelerates the cooling through installation of spray modules.
A smaller body of cooling water is necessary for the latter system. Spray ponds
or a cooling lake are also undesirable alternatives due to the lack of favorable
topography associated with the Ghent Station for construction of these facilities.
The costs associated with and the environmental impacts of constructing a large
enough body of water necessary for the cooling of 1000 MW is restrictive in this
case.
Th various forms of cooling towers available can be divided initially into two
basic categories: wet and dry. The wet towers are operated by forcing air through
a fill pack through which the water to be cooled is also circulated. The air move-
ment is induced either by natural draft or mechanically, by fans. The dry type
cooling towers incorporate closed cycle water circulation through finned heat
exchangers. The air movement is again induced either by natural draft or mechanical
fans. A third type of cooling tower incorporates a wet-dry combination. The advan-
tage of this system is the reduction in the amount of water loss encountered in a
totally wet system.
The most common type of cooling tower used today is the induced-draft evaporative
crossflow tower. This form of cooling is used as a base in Table 4.3-1 to compare
the relative cost and power usage with the other types of cooling systems. At the
present time it seems that the induced draft wet tower is the most economical
alternative unless the size of the generating facility is large enough that the
lower operating costs of natural draft towers will result in lower total costs
with time (Kolfiat 1974). The natural draft cooling towers, however, have the
greatest potential for adverse aesthetic impact and obstruction due to their size
and visibility. High level plumes are frequently associated with these towers.
4.3-2
-------
Table 4.3-1
Comparative Cost And Power For
Various Types Cooling Towers*
BHP Cost
Tower Type Fan/Pump/Total Factor
WET
Mechanical Draft
Wood or PVC 7,600/8,200/15,800 BASE
Mechanical Draft
Concrete 7,600/8,200/15,800 1.6
Natural Draft
2 Shell -- /12,400/12,400 4
Natural Draft
1 Shell -- /13,800/13,800 3
WET & DRY
Parallel Path 9,600/8,400/18,000
Wood or PVC 19,200/5,800/25,000 2--3
Parallel Path 9,600/8,400/18,000
Concrete 19,200/5,800/25,000 3--S
DRY
Mechani cal
5 inch Hg A 64,000/8,000/72,000 10
Mechanical
12 inch Hg A 32,000/4,000/36,000 5
* All towers taken at same design wet and dry bulb temperatures.
Same water flow, range and approach is taken for all towers
except where necessary to use a more practical condition.
Based on Marley pricing information published in 1970.
Source: Kolfiat 1974.
4.3-3
-------
The wet/dry induced draft towers, along with the completely dry towers, seem to
be most effective in reducing evaporative water loss. However, this advantage
is not considered significant to overcome the greater number of towers needed
for this system.
The induced draft evaporative towers compare favorably with other alternative
systems on the basis of tower height, land committed, construction effects and
impacts on humans and biota. While frequent visible plumes can be expected from
tower operation, little or no effect from the plumes is expected on transportation,
agriculture or other activities.
4.3.2 Intake System Alternatives
The intake structure proposed for Units 3 and 4 consists of a submerged intake on
the river bed equipped with a bar grill and traveling screens. The intake velocity
is not expected to exceed 0.5 ft/sec. Other alternatives investigated were a
screen pipe type intake structure and a Ranney well type intake structure.
The screen pipe intake system consists of a perforated pipe placed in the waterway
such that passing current will sweep debris downstream (Figure 4.3-1). This system
can be very effective in reducing fish mortality through very low approach velo-
cities with a reasonable length of perforated pipe and also by its placement in a
less productive zone of the river.
The multiport pipe intake was not proposed for Units 3 and 4 due to its relatively
high construction and structural costs and because little operating experience is
available. Those comparative engineering disadvantages which contribute to the
high costs are as follows:
4.3-4
-------
Figure 4.3—1.
ELEVATI Qs J
eC .A : 1”a 2 O Q
V L 4 t. 3
JOR1.1AL L ., 420
—
Conceptual multiport pipe intake structure.
4.3-5
z
-I
l ii
>
0
t
. — — I..-- -.--. ____
E ..483.
EL401
24. C.a I sc)r .
TO I(
SLJ r•
-------
1. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers requires a clearance
of 15 ft between the normal river pool level and the
top of the submerged pipe so as not to be a navigational
hazard. To meet this requirement, the pipe would have
to be located at a depth of about 23 ft below normal
pool elevation which would necessitate that the pipe
extend about 250 ft from the shoreline. Protection of
the supports of such a pipe against river scour and
against the dynamic forces of the river current would
be a special design consideration.
2. River debris a id sediment are likely to block or clog
the screen slots. For this reason, costly provisions
would have to be made to backwash the screens periodically
by air or water.
3. Frazil ice deposition on the pipe may clog the screen
openings during severe winters. Sufficient field experi-
ence regarding the performance of such intakes with
respect to frazil ice is not available.
4. The cost and repair time involved with accidental damage
to this system from barge traffic is also a consideration.
The Ranney well type intake system consists of a cylindrical caisson approximately
16-18 ft in diameter with screen pipes projected into the aquifer below the river
bed. Advantages are that periodic maintenance dredging would not be required and
that, due to the filtration effect of the aquifer, relatively pure water would be
provided for make-up. The disadvantage is that at least six Ranney wells would
be required to supply water for Units 3 and 4 and these wells would have to be
spaced at least 1500 ft aparL, necessitating the acquisition of a much larger tract
of land than the site currently requires. Additionally, the structural cost of
the Ranney well type intake system is several times greater than that of the intake
system proposed for Units 3 and 4.
Based on the preceding discussion, and in consideration of the favorable operating
experience of the Unit 1 intake structure from both an engineering and environ-
mental standpoint (see section 5.2.1.5), a very similar design was selected to
be used for Units 3 and 4.
4.3-6
-------
4.3.3 Discharge System
Two discharge arrangements for water utilized in plant operation have been chosen
for Units 3 and 4. These involve discharging once-through service water directly
to the Ohio River and discharging all other utilized water indirectly to the
Ohio River via the existing ash pond. The latter case utilizes the ash pond as
a treatment facility. The ash pond discharge structure and the service water
discharge structure for Units 1 and 2 are now in operation. The existing ash
pond discharge structure is adequate for Units 3 and 4. A similar service water
discharge structure is proposed for Units 3 and 4, and no other alternative
was considered.
4.3.4 Ash Disposal
A disposal method for both bottom ash and fly ash is necessary for the proposed
units. It is planned that the bottom ash will be sluiced to the existing ash
pond for disposal. Since this method poses no difficulty in meeting discharge
standards and is the most economical, no other alternative was considered.
Due to the smaller sized particles and therefore slower settling rate involved
with disposal of fly ash in ash ponds, several alternatives were first considered
before deciding upon the method of disposal into the existing ash pond. Other
alternative methods considered included the construction of a separate ash pond
for disposal of fly ash with no discharge and the sale of the fly ash for use
in the cement industry. Construction of a dry-type ash pond would result in the
highest economic costs of the three methods and would present certain engineering
problems not easily resolved (e.g., dry ash transport and elimination of fugitive
dust). The selling of fly ash is by far the best method for disposal. Unfortunately
at the present time there is no market in the region for fly ash. The proposed
fly ash disposal method for Units 3 and 4 enables storage of dry fly ash in a silo
before sluicing to the ash pond. This will allow for its removal and sale should
a desirable market develop at some future date. Until then, disposal of fly ash
into the existing ash pond is planned.
4.3—7
-------
4.3.5 Fuel Delivery
Alternative delivery modes for the transportation of coal to the Ghent facility
consist of barge, train, truck and slurry pipeline. The choice of mode depends
upon the constantly changing nature of cost, fuel-efficiency and environmental
considerations. Trucks carry the highest adverse impacts in terms of fuel costs,
emission of pollutants and damage to roadways. Barge and rail transportation are
competitive in terms of cost, and cleaner in terms of pollutant emissions. Slurry
pipeline is by far the cleanest mode, however, drawbacks arise in terms of long
distance transportation and the necessity of long-term commitments (Commonwealth
of Kentucky 1975).
At the present time, deliveries from one of the potential suppliers would involve
truck transportation of coal from the mine to Ashland, Kentucky, where it will be
loaded onto barges for delivery at the Ghent Station. However, as transportation
costs change, it is possible that Kentucky Utilities will change to having the
coal shipped by unit train to a barge loading company next to the Ghent Station,
transferred to a barge and then unloaded from the barge to the plant coal storage
yard. As Unit 4 comes on-line, it is also possible that it will become economically
feasible for rail car unloading facilities to be built at the Ghent Station for
direct unloading.
4.3.6 Condenser Cleaning Alternatives
At the present time, no condenser cleaning agents are used. However, at such time
as cleaning of fouling organisms becomes necessary, it is planned that chlorine
will be used. An alternative method involves mechanical cleaning. Although
varying forms of this method are in use today, they tend to have a higher rate of
damage to condenser tubing than do chemical treatment methods (Nichols 1974).
For this reason, chlorination will be the preferred method for the proposed Units
3 and 4.
4.3-8
-------
4.3.7 Waste Treatment Systems
The method chosen for treatment of domestic and chemical waste at the Ghent
Station is outlined in Section 3.3.3. Few practical alternatives to this system
exist since no existing municipal system is near enough to tie into. A packaged
secondary sewage system is installed and in operation. The discharge is directed
to the ash pond.
4.3.8 Air Emission Control System
To meet emission standards prescribed by USEPA and the State of Kentucky, levels
of SO 2 , particulates and NOx may not exceed certain limits set by these agencies
to insure the health and well being of the surrounding community. To meet these
standards, only particulates need an air pollution removal device. Since the
chosen electrostatic precipitator removes the particulates to meet standards,
no alternatives are considered.
4.3-9
-------
4.4 TRANSMISSION LINE ALTERNATIVES
4.4.1 No Action
If the proposed transmission line was not to be constructed, the Company’s
Central Service Area would not receive the additional extra high voltage support
that is needed by the 1980’s. Nor would it solve the loss of the double circuit
345 kV tower line resulting in overloading on several other facilities. This
causes a cascading of outages with a loss of the entire station (see section
1.2.6, Transmission Line Rationale).
4.4.2 Action
Upgrading of the existing Indiana tie facilities that could become overloaded
would insure against the cascading of outages, as would be true if a 345 kV line
were constructed to East Kentucky Power Cooperative’s Spurlock Station, Cincinnati
Gas and Electric’s East Bend Station or Louisville Gas and Electric’s proposed
station in Trimble County. However, the EHV support needed in the Central Service
Area would not be supplied by either of these lines.
Constructing a second 345 kV line from Ghent to West Lexington would provide the
required additional outlet at Ghent and support to the Lexington area. However,
its construction would duplicate an existing line and provide no potential for
support in other areas such as Frankfort and Shelbyville. These areas will
require additional support in the middle 1980’s.
Transmission lines will not be placed underground in any location because of the
high voltages involved, which can cause technical problems (e.g., conductor
heating), and because of additional cost. The Federal Power Comission (1971)
reported that the cost of an underground line in a rural area is about 19 times
that of an overhead facility providing equivalent capacity.
4.4—1
-------
4.4.3 Corridor Route Alternatives
Two possible routes, labeled “A—E” and “C-D” were considered along with the
preferred route labeled “A to West Frankfort” (see Figure 2.3-5). Route des-
criptions and reasons for their elimination as possible choices will be presented
in the following sections.
4.4.3.1 “A-E” Route
This route, as well as the preferred and alternate routes, are shown as a solid
black line from the Ghent plant to point “A”. This section is approximately 5.2
miles long. From point “A”, this route runs parallel and adjacent to two existing
lines from Ghent to West Lexington in a corridor requiring a 100 ft additional
right-of-way (Figure 4.4-1) for a distance of approximately 22.4 miles to point
“E”, then in a southwesterly direction for a distance of 17.6 miles to a pro-
posed substation 5 miles west of Frankfort (see Figure 2.3-5).
Although this route uses the least amount of total acreage (654.5 acres), it would
have considerable adverse effect on the people living adjacent to the existing
right—of-way. Eleven residences would have to be moved and 9 barns and one silo
destroyed to provide space adjacent to the existing lines for a new construction.
This route would also be the least reliable as there would be three major circuits
subject to loss from natural disturbances.
The following terrestrial, historical and archaeological findings give further
reasons agianst selection of this route. Widening of the existing corridor
between points A to E will affect wooded tracts between Pleasant Home and
Monterey, Kentucky (14). This line will also come within one mile of three
historical structures (H2, 3 and 4) (see Figure 2.3-3), and either traverse or
lie within a mile of the following known archaeological sites: (Owl, 2 and 11,
and FR18, 19, 26, 28, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58 and 59) (see Figure 2.3-2).
4.4.3.2 “A-C” Route
This route leaves point “A” in a direction approximately south 100 west for a
distance of about 10.8 miles across country to point “C” intersecting the
4.4-2
-------
345 KV
Figure 4.4—1. Existing transmission line corridor and additional 100 ft
right—of-way required for the alternate A-E” route.
Edge Existing Easement
c. 38
I L )
r-
0
0
f -
Ic)I
c’Jto
I L)
I
345 KV
Edge Existing Easement
Q Proposed
ROUTE
Edge Proposed Eosement
-------
existing right—of-way of the Carrollton-Frankfort 138 kV line, then runs parallel
with the above line and adjacent to it requiring a 100 ft additional right-of-way
(Figure 4.4—2) for a distance of approximately 17.2 miles to point “Do then leaves
the Carrollton-Frankfort 138 kV line in a southwesterly direction approximately
11.6 miles to a proposed substation about 5 miles west of Frankfort (see Figure 2.3-5).
The route is second largest in acreage (678.8 acres) and would have considerable
adverse effect on the people living adjacent to the existing right-of-way. Six
residences (two on the east side and four on the west side) would have to be moved
and four barns (two on each side) destroyed to provide space for adjacent con-
struction to the existing right-of-way for a new construction.
Although no historical sites were located along this right-of-way, the terrestrial
and archaeological findings described below suggest this route’s elimination as a
possible choice. From point A to C, the route will dissect a wooded tract on
top of a hill 1-1/2 miles southeast of Worthville, Kentucky (T5) (see Figure
2.3-3). Also, 18 known archaeological sites (0W6 and 7; HY3 and 4; and FR3, 7,
11, 18, 19, 26, 28, 52, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59 and 60) will be traversed by or fall
within a mile of the route (see Figure 2.3-2).
4.4.4 Alternate Construction Methods
Conventional construction methods using standard transmission line equipment will
be used in constructing the proposed line as the terrain traversed by this route
does not require special methodology.
The steel towers will be standard height for this class line, utilizing standard
vegetation removal as described in Section 3.8.2.4.1. No alternative towers were
considered because the tower type now in use by Kentucky Utilities is best suited
for the type of terrain and is of good quality, thus requiring low maintenance.
At present, the towers are being utilized in a 345 kV transmission line now under
construction from Ghent to West Lexington.
4.4-4
-------
0 ,
Edge Existing Easement
138KV
Proposed Easement
Figure 4.4—2.
Existing transmission line corridor and additional 100 ft
right-of-way required for the alternate “C-D” route.
)
F•-
le
t
Edge Existing Easement
c Proposed 345KV
ROUTE C-D
Edge
-------
4.4.5 Alternate Maintenance Methods
Herbicides will be used to maintain the right-of-way and would be applied by
the selective ground basal spraying method. Use of light farm tractors (e.g.,
brush hogs) and hand cutting equipment may be employed as an alternative method
around aesthetically sensitive areas (e.g., roadways, streams).
4.4-6
-------
4.5 REFERENCES
Commonwealth of Kentucky. 1975. Kentucky Coal Transportation, Commonwealth
of Kentucky Printing Office, Frankfort, Kentucky, 96 p.
Federal Power Commission. 1971. The 1970 National Power Survey. Vol. I,
U. S. Government Printing Office, December 1971.
Fenneman, N. M. 1938. Physiography of Eastern United States. McGraw-.Hill,
New York.
Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental Protection. 1975a.
Kentucky Air Pollution Control Regulations. Division of Air Pollution,
Bureau of Environmental Quality, Frankfort, 121 p.
1975b.
Kentucky Ambient Air Quality. Division of Air Pollution, Frankfort,
39 p.
Kolfiat, 1. D. 1974. Cooling Tower Practices. Power Engineering, January,
pp. 32—39.
LGL Limited - U.S., Inc. 1976. A Report on Terrestrial Flora and Fauna of
the Ghent (Carroll County) and Green River (Muhlenberg County) Power
Stations, Kentucky, unpublished, 47 p.
Nichols, Charles R. 1974. Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guide-
lines and New Source Performance Standards for the Steam Electric Power
Generating Point Source Category, USEPA, Washington, D.C., 771 p.
Public Service Indiana. 1975. Marble Hill Nuclear Generating Station Environ-
mental Report, Construction Permit Stage, Section 9, 61 p.
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1975. Final Environmental Impact Statement,
Continued Operation and Maintenance of the Green and Barren Rivers,
Kentucky. U. S. Army Engineer District, Louisville, Kentucky, 255 p.
U.S.G.S. 1975. Water Resources Data for Kentucky, Part 2. Water Quality Records,
U. S. Geological Survey, Louisville, 126 p.
4.5-1
-------
1
p : 5
I
a
SECTION 5.0
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PROPOSED PROJECT
I ..
.j.
1
I
-
S.
,
A
-. S.
I .
-------
Table of Contents
Section Page
5.1
Construction
5.2 5.2-1
5.2.1 5.2-1
5.2.1.1 5.2-1
5.2.1.2 5.2-5
5.2.1.3 5.2-8
5.2.1.4 5.2-10
5.2.1.5 5.2-13
5.2.1.6 5.2-13
5.2.1.7 5.2-13
5,2.2 5.2-14
5.2.2.1 5.2-14
5.2.2.2 5.2-26
5.2.2.3 5.2-28
5.2.2.4 5.2-29
5.2.3 5.2-29
5.2.3.1 5.2-29
5.2.3.2 5.2-29
5.2.3.3 5.2-30
5.3 . . . . 5.3-1
5.3.1 . . . . 5.3-2
5.3.2 . . . . 5.3-3
5.3.3
5.3-5
5.3.4 5.3-6
5.4 5.4-1
5.5
5.5-1
5.5.1 5.5-1
5.5.1.1 5.5-1
5.5.1.2 5.5-2
5.5.1.3 5.5-2
5.5.1.4 5.5-3
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1 .3.1
5.1 .3.2
Environmental Effects of Site Preparation and Facilities
Effect on Land Use
Effect on Water Use
Resources Committed
Land Resources
Building Materials
5.1-1
5.1-1
• . . 5.1-2
• . . 5.1-3
5.1-3
• . . 5.1-4
Environmental Effects of Plant Operation
Effects on the Aquatic Environment
Thermal and Chemical Standards
Physical Effects on the Ohio River
Effects of Released Heat on the Aquatic Biota
Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges
Effects of Intake Structure
Effects of the Discharge Structure
Effects of Condenser Passage
Effects on the Terrestrial Environment . .
Air Modeling Program Results
Effects of Plant Stack Emissions
Effects of Cooling Tower Plume
Effects of Coal Handling Facilities
General Effects of Plant Operation
Noise
Traffic
Aesthetics
General Economic and Social Effects
The Delivered Product
Costs of Delivered Product
Effects of Significant Deterioration on Industrial
Growth
Effects of Barge Traffic
Resources Committed in Plant Operation
Environmental Impacts of Transmission Line Construction
and Operation
Natural Environment
Vegetation
Wildlife
Soils
WaterResources
. .
1
-------
Table of Contents
(cont’d)
Section Page
5.5.2 Man-Made Environment . 5.5—3
5.5.2.1 Land Use ....... 5.5—3
5.5.2.2 Historical ...... 5.5—3
5.5.2.3 Archaeological . . . . 5.5—3
5.5.2.4 Aesthetics 5.5—5
5.5.2.5 Growth and Land Values 5.5—5
5.6 References 5.6—1
•11
-------
List of Figures
No. Page
5.2-1 Predicted nature of the three Ghent Plant plumes under
worst-case conditions 5.2-7
5.2-2 Annual average ambient SO 2 concentrations predicted for
the Ghent area in 1983 5.2-20
5.2-3 Contribution of the proposed Ghent units to the annual
significant deterioration increment standards of SO 2 at
the Ghent area 5.2-21
5.2-4 Contribution of the proposed Wises Landing Plant to the
annual significant deterioration increment standards of
SO 2 at the Ghent area 5.2-22
5.2-5 Contribution of the proposed East Bend Plant to the
annual significant deterioration increment standards of
SO 2 at the Ghent area 5.2-23
5.2-6 Summation of contributions to the annual significant
deterioration increments of SO 2 at the Ghent area . . . 5.2-25
5.3-1 Orientation map showing location of emission sources in
the Ghent region (Wises Landing Station, Ghent Station
and East Bend Station) 5.3-7
5.3-2 Percent of annual average SO 2 significant deterioration
increment (15 pg/ni 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity . . . . 5.3-8
5.3-3 Percent of 24 hr average SO 2 significant deterioration
increment (100 pg/rn 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity . . . 5.3-9
5.3-4 Percent of 3 hr average SO 2 significant deterioration
increment (700 pg/rn 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity . . . 5.3-10
111
-------
List of Tables
NC) ge
5.2-1 U.s. Environmental Protection Agency, Standards of
Performance for New Sources: Maximum Allowable Dis-
charge Concentrations by Waste Source 5.2-3
5.2-2 Worst-Case Plume Configuration (5F delta) Under Low Flow
Conditions and Maximum Initial T 5.2-6
5.2-3 Recommended Temperature Limits for Fish 5.2-9
5.2-4 General Properties of Power Plant Waste Streams 5.2-11
5.2-5 Chlorine Effect on Fish Species of the Ohio River . . . . 5.2-12
5.2—6 Ghent Stacks 1 and 2, Maximum Average Sulfur Dioxide and
Total Suspended Particulate Conditions at 95 Percent
Load Factor 5.2-15
5.2-7 Predicted Interaction of Area Sources for Day 176 with
Sources Operating at 95 Percent Load Factor 5.2-16
5.2-8 Predicted Maximum Average SO 2 and TSP Concentrations
for Significant Deterioration Increment from Ghent
Station Stack 2 at 95 Percent Load Factor, Day 208 . . . 5.2-17
5.2-9 Predicted 24 hr Average Maximum Significant Deteriora-
tion SO 2 and TSP Increment for Ghent Units 3 and 4,
Wises Landing and East Bend at 95 Percent Load Factor . . 5.2-18
5.3-1 Estimated Hours Per Year of Operation Over Life of
Single Unit 5.3-3
5.3-2 Estimated Construction Costs, Ghent Units 3 and 4,
1 November 1976 Price Level 5.3-4
5.3-3 Estimated Annual Costs, Ghent Units 3 and 4, 1 November
1976 Price Level 5.3-4
5.3-4 Commercial Traffic on the Ohio River between Ashland
Ghent, Kentucky 5.3-11
5.5-1 Transmission Line System from the Proposed Ghent Station
Unit #4 55.4
iv
-------
5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION AND FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION
5.1.1 Effect on Land Use
Unavoidable adverse environmental effects will be caused by the construction
of Units 3 and 4 at the existing Ghent Station. It is predicted, however,
that these effects will be minimal due to the fact that the majority of the
land on which the new construction will be located is already cleared and has
been used as a materials lay—down for the construction of Unit 2.
The only major structure that will occupy previously uncleared land is the
coal storage yard expansion. Clearing areas of natural vegetation cover, dis-
posing of trash and brush, excavating and landfill activities during construc-
tion will alter the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Soil and vegeta-
tive cover will also be disturbed by associated roads, lay—down and other acti-
vities near the construction site.
The vegetative communities present in the 13.3 acre area of planned coal yard
expansion range from pastureland to invaded pastureland to some river bank com-
munities. Dominant vegetative forms consist of American sycamore, black locust,
American elm, hackberry and sugar maple.
Wildlife populations within the construction area will be displaced or eliminated
depending upon the mobility of the organism, availability of alternate habitat in
the vicinity, weather conditions during the clearing phase, accident rates, pre-
dation rates and disease rates. Common animals affected include cottontailed
rabbits, bobwhite, opossums, gray squirrels, fox squirrels and ruffed grouse.
Forced emigration of wildlife populations are never without mortalities or
adverse impacts. The adverse impacts in this case, however, are small due to
the relatively small area that will be affected by construction.
5.1—1
-------
The general construction at the station will also result in the unavoidtable tem-
porary and permanent loss of some feeding and nesting habitats for birds. Noise
from construction and presence of humans may cause some birds to leave portions
of the station property. However, none of these habitats are unique or valuable
for nesting and most of the displaced birds should find similar habitats adjacent
to the site.
The general area of the proposed coal yard expansion contains several buildings
and a cemetery. The cemetery and a barn date back to the early 19th century and
will not be affected by construction. The archaeological survey performed in this
area uncovered a possible significant site. However, further testing demonstrated
that the site was indeed neither significant nor worthly of further study (see
Section 2.1).
5.1.2 Effect on Water Use
Since the Ghent Station is located on the floodplain of the Ohio River, construction
effects on water use are expected primarily from temporary erosion of disturbed
ground cover and from construction of the intake and discharge structures. Erosion
will cause an increased load of suspended solids in the Ohio River that may adver-
sely affect aquatic life by decreasing light penetration, silting over substrates,
increasing abrasion, and clogging respiratory organs. Fish, however, can be
expected to avoid areas of high silt concentration, thus minimizing the effects
on this important group.
Some disruption of ground cover involved in the construction of the switchyard,
parking lot and transmission line facilities may cause increased siltation in
small creek that empties into Black Rock Creek. Since the area in which this
construction occurs is less than 95 acres of low slope land and six percent of
the total Black Rock Creek drainage area, the effects are considered to be both
temporary and small. A buffer zone of vegetation will be left between construc-
tion areas and the creek to reduce the amount of siltation entering the creek.
5.1-2
-------
The enlargement of the coal storage yard will involve the construction of a
drainage ditch surrounding it. This ditch will eventually be used to drain
the yard into a sedimentation basin and thence to the existing ash pond. This
ditch will also minimize run-off during the construction period.
The construction of the intake and discharge system will affect approximately
100 ft of the river bank. Construction of these structures will adhere to the
requirements of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and the U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency. A description of construction is outlined in Section 8.0.
The foundation of the intake structure will be built inside a cofferdam and,
therefore, siltation due to construction will be minimal. The construction of
the discharge structure will cause some temporary erosion of the bank. However,
as the construction is completed, 650 cubic yards of riprap and 320 cubic yards
of bedding will be used to control the erosion.
During construction of the main plant building, the rainwater run-off will be
collected in the excavation hole and pumped to Unit 2 auxiliary sump and then
pumped to the ash pond. Construction materials for Units 3 and 4 will be stored
in a lay-down area west of the construction site. Sheet run-off from this area
drains into a small tributary of Black Rock Creek. Significant changes in run-
off is not expected.
Other areas of the site will be graded and seeded as much as practicable to
minimize erosion. Essentially, the practices outlined in the USEPA document
430/9-73-007 Processes, Procedures and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting
from All Construction Activity will be followed .
5.1.3 Resources Committed
5.1.3.1 Land Resources
No new land will be purchased for the construction of Units 3 and 4 other than for
transmission line rights-of-way. Approximately 60 acres of previously cleared or
otherwise disturbed land that is within the station property will be used for new
construction.
5.1-3
-------
Existing wildlife will sustain some mortalities as a result of construction
activities and survivors will be forced to emigrate from the disturbed area.
However, due to the relatively small amount of land impacted by construction,
the effect of the loss or emigration of wildlife is not serious.
5.1.3.2 Building Materials
The usual life of project equipment and materials is estimated to be about 35
years. Based on previous experience, Kentucky Utflities expects after this
time to decommission and dismantle the plant so that materials that were com-
mitted for electrical generation can possibly be recycled for use in other
appi ications.
5.1-4
-------
5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF PLANT OPERATION
This section involves the adverse and beneficial environmental effects of operation
of the proposed Units 3 and 4 at the Ghent Station. Topics discussed will include
impacts on the aquatic environment from thermal and chemical discharges, impacts
on the terrestrial environment of plant stack emissions and impacts on the socio-
logical and economic framework of the region from plant operation. The same topics
will also be addressed concerning the proposed transmission line from the Ghent
Station to West Frankfort.
5.2.1 Effects on the Aquatic Environment
As stated in Section 3, two point discharges will result from operation of Units 3
and 4. One will consist of discharge of service water near the proposed intake
structure and another will consist of the discharge of a combined set of effluents
from the existing ash pond. The ash pond effluents will be composed of low-volume
waste, chemical treatment effluent, cooling tower and boiler blowdown, effluent
from the domestic waste treatment system, and discharge from the ash sluice system.
5.2.1.1 Thermal and Chemical Standards
The thermal standards applicable to waste water discharges from the Ghent Station
Units 3 and 4 are discussed in this subsection. Three sets of standards have
been promulgated, each by a different regulatory agency:
a. the Federal Environmental Protection Agency’s
final effluent limitations under the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972;
b. the State of Kentucky’s water quality standards,
Kentucky Water Pollution Control Commission
Regulation WP-4-l; and
c. the Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Corrunission’s
standards, ORSANCO Pollution Control Standard No.
2-70.
5.2-1
-------
Applicable chemical standards are outlined in 40 CFR Part 423, EPA Effluent
Guidelines and Standards for Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source
Category. These standards are presented in Table 5.2-1. The thermal require-
ments for 40 CFR Part 423 have, however, been totally remanded and set aside
by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit on July 16, 1976. This
ruling previously stated that there shall be no discharge of heat from the
main condensers except for heat discharged in blowdown from recirculated
cooling water systems. Thermal standards as appear in the draft NPDES permit
are derived from the Kentucky Water Quality Standards.
Kentucky water quality standards state:
a. the maximum temperature for the Ohio by month:
Month Ohio River (F )
January 50
February 50
March 60
April 70
May 80
June 87
July 89
August 89
September 87
October 78
November 70
December 57
b. the maximum temperature rise at any time or place
above natural temperatures shall not exceed 5F in
streams;
c. mixing zones shall be determined on a case—by-case
basis--Kentucky Regulation EP-4-l, Section 3(3) states
that the mixing zone shall be as small as possible and
shall not prevent the free passage of fish and drift
organisms;
5.2-2
-------
Table 5.2-1
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Standards of Performance for New Sources:
Maximum Allowable Discharge Concentrations by Waste Source 1 ’ 2
Effluent Characteristics
Free Available Zinc, Chromium,
Chlorine 5 Phosphorous and
Total Suspended Oil and Grease pH PCr Copper . Total Iron, Total Chlorine- Other Corrosion Neat
So] ids Mau. slam Inhibitors
Waste Source llo:ly Daily Gaily Daily Allowable Gaily Daily Gaily Daily Instam— Period Daily Daily
Max. Ave. Max. Ave. Range Man. Poe. Mao. Ann. taneaus Ave. Mao. Ant.
All discharges 6,G—9.G ND°
2. Low volume wastes’ 100mg/ i 3Onq/a 20mg/i lSnq/c
3. Bottom ash transport
water ° 100mg/i 30mg/ I 20mg/I lsxng/t
d. Fly ash trantport
water NO 6 ’ 9 ND°’° ND 6 ’ 9 ND 6 ’ 9
5. Metal cleaning wastes
and boiler bloedown lGOsng/x 30mg/a 20mg/I 15mg/s 1.0mg/a 1.0mg/u 1.0mg/a 1.0mg/c
6. tooling tower blowdowm’° 0.5mg/f 0.2mg/f NDA 5 MDAn
7. Main tondenser ND 5 ’ 9 ’ ’ ’
H. Material storage runoff’ 50mg/a 50mg/a
9. Comstrottion runoff 5 ° 50mg/a 9 50mg/I 9 6.0—9.0
The quantity of pollutants discharged from waste sources 1-6 shall not esceed the quantity determined by multiplying the flow
from the waste source times the concentration in the table.
2 In the exent that waste screams from oarious sources are combined for treatment or discharge, the qaaetity of each pollutant or
polluted property attributable to each controlled waste source shall ntt exceed the specified limitation for that waste source.
Daily Maximum: Maximum 24-hour value; Daily Average: Aaerage oalae For 30 consecutive days.
PCD: Polychlorinated biphenyl compounds.
Neither free available chlorine nor total residual chlorine may be discharged fran any anit for norm than two hours In any one
day amd not nore than one unit in any plamt nxay discharge free aoailable or total residual chl rime at any one time anless the
utility tan demonstrate to the Regional Administrator that the units in a particular locatiox cannot operate at or below the
level of chlorination.
N bA: fix detectable amount and ND: No discharge.
ttclude, but are not limited to waste waters from wet scrubber air pollution control systems, ion exchange water treatment
systems, water treatment evaporator bloneloan, laboratory and sampling streams, Floor drainage, tooling tower basin cleaning
wastes, and blowdown from recirculating house service water systems.
The quantity of pollutants discharged in bottom ash transport water shall not exceed the quantity determined by multiplying the
flow of bottom ash transport water times the above concentrations and dividing the product by 20.
Limitations remanded and set aside by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit on 16 July 1976,
10 Slowdown shall mean the niminun discharge of recirculating tooling eater far the purpose of discharging materials contained in
the process, the further buildup of which would cause concentrations or anxounts exceeding limits established by best engineerimg
practice.
There ahull be no discharge of heat from the main condensers except heat may be discharged in blowdown from recirculated cooling
water systems provided the temperature at which the blowdawn is discharged does not enceed at any time the lowest teepxerature
of recirculated cooling aater prior to the addition of the makeup water.
12 Amy untreated overflow from facilities, constructed, and operated to treat the volume of material storage runoff and con-
struction runoff which results from a 10-year, 24-hour rainfall ement shall not be subject to the ph and total suspended solids
limitations stipulated for this waste source.
pH measured in standard units
mg/t - milligrams per liter
Source: U.S. Environmental Pralettian Agency “Steam Electric Power Generating Paint Source Categary: Effluent Guidelines and
Standards,’ Federal Register, Hal. 39, Na. 196. 6 October 1924. 40 CFR Part 423.
5.2-3
-------
d. the normal daily and seasonal temperature fluctua-
tions that existed before the addition of heat due
to other than natural causes shall be maintained;
and
e. that above subsections a, b and d shall apply at
the edge of the mixing zone.
The ORSANCO Pollution Control Standard No 2-70 regulates the amount of heat that
may be discharged to the Ohio River by the following formula:
Allowable heat-discharge rate (BTU/sec) =
62.4 x the river flow (cfs) x (TA_TR) x 90%
where:
TA = allowable maximum temperature (°F) in the
river as specified in Kentucky water quality
standards
TR = river temperature (daily average in °F) up-
stream from the discharge
River flow = measured flow but not less than 11,900 cfs
In no case shall the heat-discharge rate result in a calculated increase in
river temperature of more than 5F.
The Kentucky water quality standards were approved by the Region IV EPA Admini-
strator on February 28, 1974 in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act.
Kentucky is a signatory of the Ohio River Valley Sanitation Compact. However,
since the ORSANCO standards are identical to or less stringent than the Kentucky
water quality standards, compliance with the latter will satisfy the former.
The water quality standards of no other state is applicable to this discharge.
5.2—4
-------
5.2.1.2 Physical Effects on the Ohio River
Since the Ghent Station utilizes off-stream cooling for all its generating units,
the thermal effects that have been historically associated with power plants with
once-through cooling will not be present at the Ghent Station. Three discharges
with a total flow of 72.5 cfs are expected upon completion of Units 3 and 4. Only
two of these, a service water discharge (29.8 cfs) and the ash pond discharge
(23.2 cfs) are associated with the operation of Units 3 and 4.
A flow averaging approximately 13,372 gpm (29.8 cfs) will be expected from the
service water discharge structure. The temperature of this water may be elevated
as high as 1OF above ambient Ohio River water. The area impacted by this thermal
effluent will be relatively small since it will only make up .25 percent of historic
low flow (11,900 cfs) of the Ohio River at Ghent.
A somewhat smaller discharge is anticipated from the ash pond, which combines the
effluents from the operation of all four units. This flow is anticipated to be
10,428 gpm (23.2 cfs), which is .20 percent of historic low flow of the Ohio
River. The temperature of the final ash pond effluent after all four units
are operational is difficult to predict. Not only does this temperature depend
on the temperature of the cooling tower blowdown entering the ash pond but also
the residence time of the ash pond, and climatic conditions such as humidity,
solar radiation, wind speed, air temperature and precipitation. The temperature
rise above ambient river temperature of this discharge is expected to be SF or
less under normal conditions. Under worst-case conditions, particularly in the
winter months, the temperature rise may be greater but it is expected never to
exceed a 2l.3F rise.
In order to assess the impact of the three thermal discharges, predictive modeling
was performed as outlined in EPA’s Workbook of Thermal Plume Prediction, Vol. 2,
Surface Discharge, May 1974. To simulate worst—case conditions, the highest
expected t T and lowest expected Ohio River flow was used. As a comparison, a
hypothetical case was also modeled incorporating parameters of a plant of the
same size as Units 3 and 4 but with once-through cooling. Results are presented
in Table 5.2—2.
5.2—5
-------
Table 5.2-2
Worst-Case Plume Configuration (5F delta)
Under Low Flow Conditions* and Maximum Initial T
Flow Maximum Maximum Area of
Initial Rate Downstream Offshore 5F Delta
Discharge _______ ( cfs) Distance Distance ( ft 2 )
Ash pond 001 2l.3F*** 23.2 197 ft 121.9 ft 19,600
Service water 002 lOF 19.5 12.6 ft 28.4 ft 200
Units 1 and 2
Service water 008 1OF 29.8 12.6 ft 28.4 ft 200
Units 3 and 4
Once-through 20F 1262 352.7 ft 620.7 ft 99,500
cool i ng**
Source: USEPA 1974. Workbook of Thermal Plume Prediction, Volume 2, Surface
Discharge.
* Assuming Ohio River at 7-day, 10-year low flow condition, 11,900 cfs.
** Hypothetical--for 1000 MW plant.
*** Reflects the maximum rise above ambient Ohio River temperature of the
ash pond discharges from Cincinnati Gas and Electric s Miami Fort and
Beckjord Plants. (1972-1974). Source: East Bend Unit 1 and 2 EIS,
USCOE, Louisville District.
Figure 5.2-1 presents the predicted nature of the three Ghent Plant plumes under
worst-case conditions. It can be seen that the 5F E T mixing zones of the three
plumes will displace very little area of the Ohio River and not interact.
5.2-6
-------
OHIO RI VER
LOW
5°F MIXING ZONE
SEP.
•AT R SCREC J ?
r 4
N 1Q ’ . TO
. OALCO
fd 0..
[ It5Cp .IjE 002
TLNI( 3C O &w -
- --- -
.— 4CT0R Su P -UR
r — SN.IPLE
ELL -- LNE EL4200
coI c TED 4I G . S J9HJR -
C L ‘ LE 65 FT H IGH COI.B’ACTtD L ‘)W SULPj &IR COAL U.E FT HIGH tOOQ000 T IS
3IC 000 TON 70L J F
r-WEST BASE UNE _ K ________
________
—
- ___________________________ NEW COP
-; - — -—— - - ii ______
— 5 Of ( — —
- - —- -
,
JIT I ASH SL ’CE L .E
__-+-- 4IT-3&4 ASH SLL)CF .FS
ASI-
= -I
TET’LNG BASIN—
D; S C H A RGIJ
‘l BERM EL -O
/
- ‘- D DISCftTR
T 40 SE
To- S uIC Z WA I — —
P.ARDING ROMPS
Figure 5.2-1. Predicted nature of the three Ghent Plant plumes under
worst—case condi ti ons.
5°F MIXING ZONE
U,
-------
5.2.1.3 Effects of Released Heat on the Aquatic Biota
The effects of released heat from steam electric power plants have been studied
for some time. It has been determined that off-stream cooling is a desirable
means to reduce the impacts of released heat on the aquatic environment. Since
the Ghent Station will utilize cooling towers to dissipate the majority of the
heat produced in the production of electricity, the amount of released heat
affecting the aquatic biota will be minimal and localized around the discharge
structures.
At the present time, the Ohio River appears to be favorable (in temperature) for
spawning by the emerald shiner, channel catfish, largeniouth bass, freshwater drum
and blue catfish. The channel catfish population would be enhanced by higher
temperatures and the sauger population is already limited by existing or higher
temperatures (Table 5.2-3) (ORSANCO 1975).
As one looks at the possible effects resulting from a low-volume heat discharge
from the Ghent Station, it can be seen that it will not contribute significantly
to overall changes that are presently occurring in the Ohio River. Studies car-
ried out by Wapora (1975) have shown that fish which favor a thermal discharge
will move toward it and those which favor cooler water will move away. In the
case of the Ghent Station, where the maximum percent of the Ohio River flow
which is taken up by the discharge is only 0.5 percent, cooler water species
will easily avoid it.
Due to the low abundance of shallow areas or weeds suitable for nesting in the
main stem of the Ohio River, much of the spawning of fish presently takes place
in small creeks and other tributaries to the Ohio River (ORSANCO 1975). There-
fore, the possibility of the discharge of the Ghent Station upsetting natural
patterns of spawning along the river bank is remote.
The impact upon p bytoplankton and zooplankton by the Ghent Station’s thermal
discharge is predicted to be negligible.
5.2—8
-------
Table 5.2-3
Recommended Temperature Limits for Fish
S ecies
p
Temperature
Ultimate
Upper Incipient
Lethal
Temperature
Maximum
Weekly
Average
Temperature
Spawning
Optimum
°C °F
°C °F
°C °F
°C
Black crappie
Bluegill
Carp
Channel catfish
Emerald shiner
Freshwater drum
Largemouth bass
Sauger
Smailmouth bass
Gizzard shad
20.0 68.0
19.4 66.9
19.0 66.2
26.7 80.1
15.6 60.1
23.0 73.4
15.6 60.1
5.0 41.0
18.9 66.0
16.7 62.1
22.0 71.6
30.0 86.0
27.0 80.6
27.5 81.5
33.8 92.8
38.0 100.4
30.7 87.3
36.4 97.5
34.5 94.1
25.9 78.6
32.7 90.7
28.2 82.8
30.5 86.7
Water Quality Criteria--1972, EPA-R3-73-033, Appendix Il-C.
-------
5.2.1.4 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges
The service water discharge will remain chemically unchanged through its cooling
cycle. Slight depression of dissolved oxygen concentrations may result through
the heating of the water but because of the low discharge volume, not enough to
cause any ill effects on the aquatic biota.
Discharge from the ash pond will vary significantly from ambient Ohio River water.
The concentration of dissolved and suspended solids is increased significantly
resulting from evaporation in cooling tower operation, unsettled fly and bottom
ash from Units 1 and 2, boiler blowdown and regenerant wastes from boiler
demineralizers. A generalized list of properties found originating from fossil
fuel power plant waste streams is presented in Table 5.2-4. Due to the small
amount of discharge compared to the flow of the Ohio River, the effects of
dissolved oxygen and suspended solids will be minimal at the discharge.
Chlorination will be used to reduce bacteria after sewage treatment and also, when
necessary, to reduce biological growth in the cooling water systems. Chlorine
used in the condenser cooling system will be discharged into the ash pond. Due
to the estimated long retention time (6.9 days) of the ash pond, free chlorine
should be removed through chlorine demand, heating and aeration. No detectable
amount of chlorine will be discharged into the Ohio River from the ash pond.
Chlorine will be used in the service water system which discharges directly into
the Ohio River. The draft NPDES permit (see Section 8) limits this discharge to
0.3 mg/2. instantaneous and 0.2 mg/i one-hour average concentration of residual
chlorine at the point of discharge. The concentration will be reduced to less
than 0.1 mg/i within 30 ft of the point of discharge. Table 5.2-5 presents
information on the effect of chlorine on indigenous fish species of the Ohio
River. By operating within the limits of the draft NPDES permit, little impact
is expected from chlorine additions.*
* If the effluent limitation on chlorine is not obtainable after an initial
demonstration period, dechlorination equipment will be added. The company
has the option, as biological toxicity data become available, to submit
a demonstration showing that discharge of higher levels of chlorine are con-
sistent with Kentucky Water Quality Standards.
5.2—10
-------
Table 5.2-4
General Properties of Power Plant Waste Streams
Condenser
Cooling Water Chemical
System Treatment_ Cl eani n y
(I , a)
a) U) U
4 ) ) a)
Ld 4 ) >
r (1) 0 c a)
rØ ,—
P meter 5- - 4— •r a) a
0 0 a) 5- 4.) 4.)
- 0 a) 0 LI) 4 ) LI) a) S . - fl 0 LI) (I )
a) ( a) >
D + - 4- S.- 0 - a) 5- Q • - 4)
o iø 0 •r- 0 )
C-) - 4) I— I LL.. 5- > .,
- •‘- U r 0) 5-
4) U 9- )< S.- S.- S.- 5- 5- 0 O(
I 5— - u.J 0 0) 0) 0 . a) 5- Q 4)
0) 5- 0.. i - 0 0 “
o C-) 5... r 0 S-E
0) r- 0 > 0 0 •‘ 0 LI) 0 s— • 0J (0 0
C D L) p—i U i < (j LL < (1) .)
_______ - = = = — __= =
Alkalinity x x x x x x x x x x x
BOD X X X X X X X x x x x
COD X X X X X X X X X X X
TS X X X X X X X X X X X x x x
TDS X X X X X X X X x x x x x x
TSS X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Ammonia X X X X X X X X X X X
Nitrate X X X X X X X X X
Phosphorus x x x x x x x x x x
Turbidity x x x x x x x x x x x x
Fecal Coliform
Acidity x x x x x x x
Hardness, Total x x x x x x x x x
Sulfate x x x x x x x x x x x x
Sulfite X X X X X
Bromide x
Chloride x x x x x x x x x x
Fluoride x x x x x
Aluminum x x x x x x x x x
Boron x
Chromium x x x x x x x x x x
Copper x x x x x x x x x x x
Iron x x x x x x x x x x X
Lead X X X
Magnesium x x x x x x x x x x x x
Mercury x x x x x
Nickel x x x x x x x x x x
Selenium x x x
Vanadium x
Zinc X X X X X X X X
Oil&Grease x x x x x
Phenols X X X X X
Surfactants x x x x x
Algicides x x
Chlorine x x
Manganese x x x x x x x x x
Note: Miscellaneous streams such as laboratory sampling, stack chemical —
cleanings, etc. are not included since the parameters are accounted
for in other streams.
5.2—11
-------
Table 5.2—5
Chlorine Effect on Fish Species of the Ohio River
Herrings
Gizzard shad
Minnows and carps
Goldfish
Carp
Bluntnose minnow
Emerald shiner
E. blacknose dace
Suckers
White sucker
Catfi shes
Channel catfish
Li vebearers
Mosquito fish
Sunfishes
Green sunfish
Bluegill
Smailmouth bass
Largemouth bass
Black crappie
Perches
Yellow perch
Walleye
Cl upeidae
Dorosoma pedianum
C.ypri ni dae
Carassius auratus
ri carp i 0
Pimepheles notalus
Notropis atherinoides
a. atratulus
Catostorrii dae
Catastomus commersoni
Ictal uridae
Ictalurus p nctatus
Poeci ii idae
Gambusia atfinis
Centrarchi dae
pomis çyanellus
Lepornis macrochirus
Micropterus dolomieui
Micropterus sairnoides
Pomoxis nigromaculatus
Perci dae
Perca flavescans
Stizostedion vitreum
2.0
0.52
0.5
0.494
1.36
0.365
0.267
Some mortality
50% mortality
Some mortality
100% mortality
50% mortality
100% mortality
100% mortality
50% mortality
Mortality
threshold
60% mortality
50% mortality
50% mortality
50% mortality
Truchan and Basch 1971
Dickson and
Truchan and
Hubbs 1930
Collins 1976
Hubbs 1930
Forbes 1971
Roseboom and Richey 1975
Gromov 1944
Panikkar 1960
Bass and Heath 1975;
Heath 1974
Pyle 1960
Arthur et al. 1975
Truchan and Basch 1971
Arthur et al. 1975
Arthur et al. 1975
Common
Name
Scientific
Name
Chlorine
Concentration
(mg/i) —
Duration
(hrs)
Effect
Reference
0.62
0.27
0.72
0.7
0.3
0.7
1.0
0.09
0.5-1.0
Cairns 1975
Basch 1971
1/6
24
1
1
1/2
1-1/3
1
96
72
24
75
15
24
1/2
12
12
vi treum
50% mortality
50% mortality
Some mortality
-------
5.2.1.5 Effects of Intake Structure
The operation of the intake structure can result in an adverse impact on the
aquatic biota of the source water. Impingement of juvenile and adult fishes
on traveling intake screens can occur depending on the following factors:
a. velocity of water intake
b. swimming capability of each species (which
varies with size, physiological condition,
water temperature and amount of dissolved
oxygen in the water)
c. location of the intake structure
The proposed intake structure will be almost identical to the existing structure
for Units 1 and 2. Geo-Marine, Inc. (1976) has recently completed a year-long
impingement study of this structure. A total of six fish weighing 1.2 lbs were
collected during 28 separate 24 hr long biweekly samplings. This low rate of
impingement probably results from the low velocity of water at the point of in-
take (0.83 fps), which most fish can avoid. Also, the location of the structure
is on the Ohio River not on tributaries where a greater abundance of water swim-
ming juvenile fishes would be located. Lower impingement results can be expected
from the new structure due to a lower intake velocity rate (0.48 fps).
5.2.1.6 Effects of the Discharge Structure
No significant impact on the aquatic biota of the Ohio River is expected to
result from the operation of the three discharge structures at the Ghent Station.
5.2.1.7 Effects of Condenser Passage
Organisms such as fish eggs and larvae, zooplankton , phytoplankton and drifting
macroinvertebrates are susceptible to entrainment by the condenser cooling system.
Mortality approaching 100 percent may occur due to thermal, mechanical, pressure
and biocide shocks during circulation in the condenser cooling system (Jensen et
al. 1969; March 1975).
5.2-13
-------
The total effect of condenser passage of organisms of the Ohio River will be
small due to the low rate of water intake from the river. It is anticipated
that Units 3 and 4 will require a normal rate of 25,068 gpm of water intake.
At the historic low flow of the Ohio River, this rate amounts to 0.5 percent
of the river flow used for cooling water. This small flow of intake water
relative to the river flow indicates that no significant ecological impact
can be expected from mortality in condenser passage.
5.2.2 Effects on the Terrestrial Environment
The primary effects of plant operation on the terrestrial environment will be
due to plant stack emissions. Other operating components that will also be dis-
cussed in terms of effects on the terrestrial environment will be the cooling
towers and the coal handling facilities. Section 5.2.2.4 will discuss general
operational effects that may have an impact upon the environment.
5.2.2.1 Air Modeling Program Results
PTMAX and CRS-l
The results of these two programs were obtained from USEPA Region IV, Air Quality
Section, Atlanta, Georgia. For each receptor location, each 1 hr and 24 hr average
SO 2 concentration at 860 ft MSL elevation for 1964 Louisville meteorological con-
ditions is given. In addition, a summary is presented giving the maximum 1 hr and
24 hr average SO 2 concentration, with the corresponding meteorological conditions,
which occurred during the year, at each receptor location. This information was
used to further pinpoint the location and value for the maximum SO 2 concentrations
with the short-term model (PTMTP-W).
Results of the Short-Term Model (PTMTP-Wj
This section is divided into two parts. The first will discuss the short—term
model’s results in terms of federal and state air quality standards and the
second in terms of significant deterioration increment standards (see Table 3.6—1).
In each part, applicable 3 hr and 24 hr maximum average concentratins of SO 2 and
5.2-14
-------
total suspended particulates are presented. First, concentrations resulting
from the Ghent Station as the only source; and secondly, concentrations resulting
from the interaction of all significant area-wide sources. (Note: When modeling
for the interaction with area-wide sources, day 176 (24 June) from the 1964 Louis-
ville meteorological data was used since it demonstrated the conditions that tend
to carry air emissions the farthest distance.) As the results are read, refer to
Table 3.6—1 for an overview of applicable state and federal air quality standards.
Short-Terni Model Results Applicable to Ambient Air Quality Standards
Table 5.2-6 presents the results of the short-term modeling that was performed
with Ghent stacks 1 and 2 as the only sources. The table presents the highest
3 hr and 24 hr average pollutant concentrations found after modeling the days
and hours of worst-case dispersion conditions obtained from the CRS-l program.
(Note: Day 208, 26 July 1964, was used for modeling in the Ghent area since it
demonstrated worst-case conditions.)
Table 5.2-6
Ghent Stacks 1 and 2, Maximum Average
Sulfur Dioxide and Total Suspended Particulate
Conditions at 95 Percent Load Factor
Average
Concentration
Period
Day
SO 2 Concentration
in i.ig/m 3
—
TSP Concentration
in pg/rn 3
Receptor
Distance
from
Ghent
Station
Predicted
Maximum
Standards
Predicted
— Maxim m
Standards
3 hr
24 hr
208*
208
1137
142.1
1300
365
N/A
7.1
N/A
260/150**
1.8 km
1.8 km
* Day 208 corresponds to 26 July 1964.
** Primary/Secondary
5.2-15
-------
Table 5.2-7 presents the results of the short-term model that included the inter-
action of area sources for day 176 of the 1964 Louisville meteorological conditions.
The worst-case wind direction can be rotated in this model, so as to carry the
emissions of one plant toward another and cause interaction. For these results,
the wind direction was rotated so as to come from between the Clifty Creek Plant
and Wises Landing Plant and be directed toward the Ghent Plant. This wind direc-
tion was found to bring in the largest quantity of outside pollutants to receptors
downwind of the Ghent Plant.
Table 5.2—7
Predicted Interaction of Area Sources for Day 176*
with Sources Operating at 95 Percent Load Factor
Average
Concentration
Sources
SO 2 Concentrations
in ng/m 3
TSP Concentrations
in jig/m 3
Recept
Distance
from
Ghent
Station
.— -
Primary!
Predicted Secondary
Primary!
Predicted Secondary
Period
3 hr
24 hr
Ghent
Wises Landing
East Bend
Clifty Creek
Total
Ghent
Wises Landing
East Bend
Clifty Creek
Total
Maximum Standards
395.7 1300
5.2
0
16.9
417.8
119.1 365
4.2
0
3.6
126.9
Maximum Standards
N/A N/A
5.6 260/150
.5
0
.3
6.4
4.2
4.2
* Day 176 corresponds to 24 June 1964.
5.2—16
-------
Short-Term Model Results Applicable to Significant Deterioration
Increment Standards
Table 5.2-8 presents the results of the short-term modeling that was performed
with Ghent stack 2 as the only source. The results represent the maximum 3 hr
and 24 hr average pollutant concentration resulting from the Ghent Plant’s stack 2.
This concentration is also expressed in terms of the maximum percentage of the
significant deterioration increment used near the Ghent Station.
Table 5.2-8
Predicted Maximum Average S02 and TSP Concentrations
for Significant Deterioration Increment from
Ghent Station Stack 2 at 95 Percent Load Factor,
Day 208
Average
Concent-
ration
Period
SO 2 Concentrations
—
TSP Concentrations
from
Ghent
Station
(km)
Predicted
Maximum Percent
(jig/rn 3 ) Increment Standard
Predicted
Maximum Percent
- ( pg/rn 3 ) Increment Standard
3 hr
24 hr
288 41.1 700
35.2 35.2 100
N/A N/A N/A
1.7 8.5 20
1.8
1.8
The following tables represent results obtained from short-term modeling indicating
interaction from other emission sources which contribute to the significant deterio-
ration increment. These include Wises Landing Plant’s two stacks and East Bend
Plant’s two stacks. Each of the following tables present results obtained by varying
the worst-case wind direction in order to account for all worst-case conditions. All
results are expressed as the maximum percent of the significant deterioration incre-
ment used.
Table 5.2-9 presents the maximum 3 hr increment percentage used by each source by
directing the worst-case wind on day 176 from: (1) Wises Landing Plant toward
Ghent, (2) Ghent toward Wises Landing, (3) East Bend toward Ghent, and (4) Ghent
toward East Bend. Table 5.2-10 is similar to Table 5.2-9 except that 24 hr S02
and TSP concentrations are shown.
5. 2-17
-------
Table 5.2-9
Predicted 24 hr Average Maximum Significant Deterioration
SO 9 and TSP Increment for Ghent Units 3 and 4,
Wises Landing and East Bend at 95 Percent Load Factor
24 hr SO 2 Concentration
24 hr TSP_Concentrations
Distance
from
Predicted
Predicted
Wind
Increment
Percent
Standard
Increment
Percent
Standard
Receptor
Direction
Sources
(pg/rn 3 )
Increment
(pg/rn 3 )
(pg/rn 3 )
Increment
(pg/rn 3 )
Locatins
Wises Landing
to Ghent
Ghent
Wises Landing
East Bend
Totals
28.5
10.6
0
39.1
28.5
10.6
0
T t
100
1.42
1.22
0
2.64
7.1
6.1
0
13.2
20
4.4 km
downwind
from Ghent
Ghent to Wises
Ghent
6.7
6.7
100
.34
1.7
20
3.9 km
Landing
Wises Landing
East Bend
Totals
54.4
1.6
62.7
54.4
1.6
62.7
1.26
.32
1.92
6.3
1.6
9.6
downwind
from i es
Landing
East Bend to
Ghent
28.5
28.5
100
1.42
7.1
20
4.4 km
Ghent
Wises Landing
East Bend
Totals
0
10.5
39.0
0
10.5
39.0
0
2.10
3.52
0
10.5
17.6
downwind
from Ghent
Ghent to
Ghent
8.8
8.8
100
.44
2.2
20
3.7 km
East Bend
Wises Landing
East Bend
Totals
3.0
40.1
51.9
3.0
40.1
51.9
.36
8.02
8.82
1.8
40.1
44.1
downwind
from
East Bend
-------
Results of the Long—Term Model (Terrain Model )
As with the short-term model, the long-term model was utilized to obtain pre-
dictions of SO 2 concentrations for indication of compliance with the ambient
air quality standards and the significant deterioration increment standards.
Results are presented as 70 percent reductions of the computer output illustrating
the actual position of each SO 2 concentration in 2 km increments. In order to
locate each value, the orientation map (Figure 3.6-1) is enlarged to the same
scale and overlayed on the computer printout. The decimal point of each value
is its receptor location.
Long-Term Model Results Applicable to Ambient Air Quality
Standards
Figure 5.2-1 presents the results of the long—term model’s prediction of the annual
average SO 2 concentrations due to all area sources operating at 95 percent load in
1983. (OVEC’s Clifty Creek Plant, LG&E’s Wises Landing Plant, KU’s Ghent Plant
and CG&E’s East Bend Plant). The resulting maximum SO 2 concentrations within
the study area is predicted to be 3.61 pg/rn 3 located due north 14 km* from the
Ghent Plant. This value is well under the primary air quality standard of 80
g/m 3 and the secondary air quality standard of 60 pg/ni (see Table 3.6—1).
Long—Term Model Results Applicable to Significant Deterioration
Increment Standards
The Wises Landing Plant, Ghent Stack 2 and the East Bend Plant were used as sources
in the long-term model in order to establish the percent of the annual significant
deterioration increment each used within the Ghent study area. Figure 5.2-2 shows
the maximum annual significant deterioration increment used by the proposed units
at Ghent as 0.45 pg/rn 3 or 3 percent of the 15 pg/rn 3 increment. This concentration
is predicted to occur 14 km due north of the Ghent Plant. Figure 5.2-3 and 5.2-4
likewise show the contribution that Wises Landing and East Bend respectively have
in the Ghent Station study area. Maximum SO 2 concentrations from the Wises Landing
* The scale of the output was expanded to cover a 21 km radius. The value of
3.61 pg/rn 3 remains the maximum SO 2 concentration encountered.
5.2—19
-------
hi 1NC 4
as,.?
‘
343,u
209.5 2 59.e
—
DIo
o (
I
3-1 ir2 1 *7 , 1 -
1*%., 110. 1 -
— 1* 14 0*4 tO ALL
I
,,
111.1
201.0 292.0
4
I
, 1 —J
‘ - ftaz .s
,4LIF(s
I
- .
333,b
- - KU 9S 103 f’T 3 1
T $ .E$ 1$T*$ NI. l$,*S CC 3170$ REIP? *i’ usi *, s .
101.1 111.1 $91.0
117.1
*1*1* MRS. CO’CtR CORRCTD TO ITO CONO vIa FACTOR 1.000. ØAX 7OAA .‘ cp€s. R T T0*ARD TOPS PLOT 111.010
230.2 3)1.1 215.2
:11.1 • -
33q,3 30I,C
$ 0* ELLV C0000X COORDY STK MT Q(aM $ C) FIXD D$
.1 .1 $*$S$**$*331 a Dta’l**FT*;****s$$**$***$*******M 0 0000 *09*9*
••.i rav.o
si na.o i .e.. \. Il,.S •sis.c s.is. osil o*Ni $T*R Rlatw
sr el.1 11 101910000** 1111. III t H$UNtOS
2*1.0
2 7 0pM 19b. LcL0 0 2 51. 1 S9IGUPd
.,‘ I IO 1.0 213,A -.- •****$$$
1*$ “ I ‘ -‘ \ A a ’s.i
0 $11.1 vv $1114 *2*0 pD$C$p )
1 *71 1* li lIan 1171*6 latIlli t.ltUi flaSo _ _ l0I .•
\,
2 *1.6 215.5 236. 5
AIR 7 SA l 7 fl*$ V
C.) - - _•
- j, A ssssssssssssss sss aaaa•.a
, g i na
1 275.1 2*5.5 ,
293 • 2
- 259.6
I
i
i
272.9
I
CARROLLT t 1h1, 0
A j
2 17.1
‘cC
/
o *. 1.1..*N 1 èi4ii 1 .tS 1’ j jsks a, , i,* ai,uiss
I(’ “f I 7/ // L.—’t ’ - __.___.jii 7 ‘ 1Vt tIC&!I /1 7 1CM flOlPd
Figure 5.2—2. Annual average ambient concentrations predicted for the Ghent
v i
I.— 361.0
301 .5
area in 1983.
-------
(
/0 QOb.9 leLa
fl E) 0 ifTE 2/3 I,JCM UP / a03,i.)
1/VOIM/VA
13’.’ 1 .7.7
375.2
112.6 2e7.a
— 1h O.M
D O 11$.,
U .y&c p
127.6 ioS ,a
110,6 297 ,3
u9$ $oa MLNT$T
o lii UMD P $TK$.aI$( 1. •$TU •$$P7 AT ShINY $$M
113. , lu.t U1.
au.. sea..
MLIF . •*$*S 4 3• COPdC7R CORRCTD TO 310 CONO VIA FACTOR 1,000. MAX TDøA L fd0 TW TOWARD TOP, PLOT 116.17$
. P G) ENT MULTIPLY 1NTIO VAUAS IT
b .S
I
1 I.I1 TI t 1 . II
201.6 i26.2 235.7 Z?C.q LiI e , * 0.3 7 17’/Q4( 006.6 036.2 021.1 $07.1
— ‘s 0* ‘iop LLV COOROX COORDY 37K MT Q(1 /$EC) FIXO DM
***uh1p7 t cMAP.FT pp, 2n1.M I.3 ’ êOJ so....
*7 4 $3.1
17,3 11,3 \G- 1’3” 1111,1 IRISj OMIX DWI $TAR P 1 1 1 7 W
• . -‘—, tUi , 1 . 5. 1,55 1.
191.2
•jla ,J - 96,5 17.1 222.3 SRI UN
*31.1
7 55 1.0 \ / 2 . 2 g .
555$ 6.01515 IIft\ 3flhI HI 0
$30.4 vv Nt I s sZwO p0 (Mp v _) 1 Le
lhI.la è’ )
177.3 166.3 71.5 tm \ p06• S
157. 1 1 * 1 —I
187,6 60.3 *1, T $65 y —,t1,’
_________ 1. all. 0.1 l3.l1$S$.$
51 I
I 1 .7 ‘ 161,2
CFLLT Iç J 107.3 $1.1
205.1
/
11T.
O MM P . 100KM ñI0M 1 ’ ’ 1 1. 1 00KM 11 ,0 00* 5
L”!’AJ ‘TI J1’ I . 1 $ pp p 4
Figure 5.2-3. Contribution of the proposed Ghent units to the annual significant
deterioration increment standards of SO 2 at the Ghent area.
-------
7 .I
>-
C
—
7a.a 7t.b
I o — $4.0
o (_) I,.. 84.0
es,e
78.3 7a.Z
KU -fl* -$ -- -Ut
$ *$ •UAL!TY SPT AT SWfNT TO 13KM
7 ,.; 7 0. , 77•
. 1 e 13.7 4 1.1
lLI ’ PêQ$ CONCYR CURRCTD to OTO COPdD VU FaCTOR 1.000. MAx TO4A L OR 1Q. sv tw TOi AR0 TOP• P 0T 1)1..
Os..
T 7 .0 44.4
LiJ — .8., 71.3
—, .. ve.e
2 RS W
61.8 70.9
?
7 3 G’A’ 1 # VT MUIPTIPLY POINTID VMU3$ SY
I .O.U tO Nt CI . IN USIIU
%J.4I 9Z 4 3 7/Qd 77.4 78.9 61.3 00.1
100.’ 103.5 101.6 92.1 /4 /L V COORDX COORDY $T Mt Q(4M $CC) FIXO DM
Is ’s....
I .1 i4 3 I ,*FT.***S***.***SS***898818M 0,0000
78.8 $34 \Q$1.e .R1..( I*.P DMIX DNI $780 P wI$Tw
I I*s•ISI$$I II ju&, I1I, i,ii.s a
80.1
82.0 93•b
31.7 03.1
SS.3 vv MEAN wIwO •p0 (Mp $) vC 1ç \
‘P Is......
a.A GIe AS I40 ,.& A0 .11801 C°
‘
1u3.b
101.9 98.3 08.3 / ‘
-
*sss*•*
‘ e 1 *1R 7 SAlT -
•ss••s0 800s
111.1 — I
E
111.2 111.4 l la.6 121.5
Ci RROLLT
110.1 *13.0 ‘
117.3
110.0 4 14&.0
0 MM 2.300KM ç ohs l.soP 1. 4hKw 12.3 50kM $3 .00 0K$
i1 , 1 QfLflfAYE 1I tNC DOwN
Figure 5.24. Contribution of the proposed Wises Landing Plant to the annual significant
1 .9 I .. 79.3
• /1 ,/ •* ‘ £ 3/3 INCH uP. / $2.3
“V
U.S
S...
p
A / ‘r, / ,- , : - ,
deterioration increment standards of SO 2 at the Ghent area.
-------
I.. 541.2
W LOCaTI 2/3 I’ CP4 up. ’ 503,7
A
IIVLII’4 ( t IM
“.3
547.7
11$.,
f.
50$.’
394.0 411.0
&9L4 194.9
Z 1 D
•‘— 7O
D 10 101.1 Iii .?
573,$ 302,4
321.9 523.7
101 £U UT4
ii,, -—
I c4 $ 11* SUALITY OIIPT AT SMENT TO
310.1 Ie.s out
(f’( I .9_ I, , • ,•
, l iØ )$ TOøA D TOP. PLOT 542.70$
LIPEs •**** $RS. C)P CT5 CORRCTO ifl gYD CO D wYS FACTOs 1 00(1. M*
354 9
ZPLY PS$bTI$ V *
, , 1 ,,GHENT
I
397,0 517,0 5!e,9 aii,a • • 3,4 ST .147I1it
313.9 313.3 11 1,7 $93.3
OS ,,8O LL V COORDX COOIDY 31K MT OCOM/SEC) PIXO OH
SS 4pJ 7 ,- .a.Y.SSS$$.SSSSSSISsSs$ISS$M p ,p000 5*9*9 5
331.4 307.9
1.1 \c 4 °’ 3 I$IS, 5NZ$ 5NN$ $715 P 1*714
as.ss.ss. . .aaI ItI& 1 _ I,II1II S
110. ’
“‘s
4I .9 270.7 ‘ ,lo 1_- $01.1 IRIQUN
133.$
1$7. 1 vv øi .i wlo “
31I //
I •&Tt1I )IaIII ,.iThai &..I .11 9.1 Ii htf.U1II - 1 77 1 1 C
373.7 343.1 113,4 /
icza
4 e- 7
*1 T S&$ 7
..,Sip.*s$,O*,$1plP P UJIulI1PSS
I,?
251.2 379,5 ale,? aQa,S
N
%
375$ 110.1
C’ T’c
rL PPC)L
3$ 1,5
129.9
$1. IS*ISP% 5 SI•S,. ’,•.,’,,” .1 .1 S SS *I•
• s 1. 150KM • N • k is *1
- S £ A S A A 4 1?( pa)
Figure 5.2—5. Contribution of the proposed East Bend Plant to the annual significant
deterioration increment standards of SO 2 at the Ghent area.
-------
Plant is predicted to be 0.9 pg/rn 3 (6.2 percent of increment)* and to occur 14 km
due south of the Ghent Plant. Maximum SO 2 concentration from the East Bend Plant
is predicted to be 0.5 pg/rn 3 (4.0 percent of increment) and to occur 14 km north-
northwest of the Ghent Plant.
Figure 5.2-6 is a summation of contributions from the previously mentioned sources.
The maximum annual average SO 2 concentration predicted is 1.6 pg/rn 3 (10.7 percent
of increment) and is predicted to occur 14 km due south of the Ghent Plant.
Ghent’s proposed Units 3 and 4, Wises Landing Plant and East Bend Plant will have
electrostatic precipitators installed. These electrostatic precipitators are de-
signed to remove 99.5 percent of the fly ash produced. The percentage of the
annual average TSP increment is expected to be small. The type of coal which
will be used by these sources will produce an emission rate not greater than
1.2 lbs sulfur/MBTU and 0.1 lb TSP/MBTU. This will give a ratio of 1:12 TSP to
S0 2 .** Using this ratio, the maximum annual TSP concentration of the three pre-
viously mentioned sources operating at a 95 percent load factor is predicted to
be 0.16 pg/rn 3 in the Ghent area. The three sources would use 1.6 percent of the
TSP significant deterioration increment standard of 10 pg/rn 3 .
* The actual SO 2 concentrations that appear in Figures 5.2-4 and 5.2-6 are
somewhat higher than these revised values. This is due to a reduction of
the permissible emission rate of the Wises Landing Plant by a factor of
0.72 since the time of modeling. (The emission rate of 1.20 lb S0 2 /MBTU
was reduced to 0.86 lb S0 2 /MBTU).
** Since the emission i-ate of the Wises Landing Plant has been reduced to
0.86 lb SO 2 /MBTU, the cuimiulative ratio from all plants of TSP to SO 2 can
be somewhat different than 1:12 depending upon the location of the pre-
dicted concentration.
5.2—24
-------
>-
tse.o -
.11 / I LO ttU3INC uP./
/1 VL114/tiA
127.3
117.9
I
/ . 110.3
17 1.9
173.3
11
IM S.7
14$.,
I
Io U — . ..
o L) Ii .S 111.2
1U C C DL* Tfl
153.2
I 120.2 391.5 U Q3S flZ MLI T -
o 1 a.t ,1$D I $ $.I$1 L 1hk$ $(SP7 at sss t II Ø
f) I ._J ii i . ’ us.. 4 1. 1
s ls.i
NLIF . *99*9 19$, CO1dCTR COPRCTD TO 3TD CO’&D VIA FACTOR 1.000. M % TO Ø Z1g4 ( . 4 $ TOwARD TOP. PLOT 197.927
F 133.1 .T 1 i i 1 •1.
t13;
‘ ir 4 vai,• iv
I 11 1.1 11
339.9 173.0 179.3 155.5 , 1 . 7 S4T ’fc t 1 u1 I
0 152.5 191.1 197 9 174.4
$
._- 41 .3 LEV COOROX COORDY ST 4T Q(IM#$EC) FIXO OW
**FTS*S$SI***S***9**S***S**M 0.0000 9*9*9*
I .,
ias.e \, Q1u.$ USd S$!SJ OMIX DN ! $719
Ltr tT na.’ $SUSIS*9*S*S II I ill i.$D***9*1
14d 1
199 cv iie.* 159.2 SRI LjP l
/ 11 1.2 114.7
*7
123.1 *$**$.*e -___________________
*1 1.1 M A WINO pO$(Wp$)
,&?$ph h &a a_a?iI. & .tIo o MI
o.i ia ,.e i ,.s
*19 7 $1. 7 sr’
*******•****9*• 1*9 *********
-A A 191
1* 1.
179.1 J
17 9.
131.2 - 1%9 A
CA RROLLT 4
7 _I
IflS
199 ,5
•
lie.)
(
1. 1 1 hk$ 11.4U*$
4 KM I. ISI*$ $$ M
- 11 V CAif 1 JY
Figure 5.2-6. Sumation of contributions to the annual significant deterioration
increments of SO 2 at the Ghent area.
-------
5.2.2.2 Effects of Plant Stack Emissions
Computed peak ground level concentrations resulting from the operation of Units
3 and 4 were presented in Section 5.2.2.1. Along with these results are included
the effects of interaction between the Ghent Station and other existing and future
plants in the area. These plants consist of the existing Ohio Valley Electric
Cooperative’s Clifty Creek Plant, the future Louisville Gas and Electric Wises
Landing Plant, and the future Cincinnati Gas and Electric East Bend Plant. It
is concluded that applicable national air quality standards will be met with
Ghent’s Units 3 and 4 in operation. Based on the fact that these standards are
designed to allow no significant impact on human health, biota or public welfare,
minimal effects are expected from the station’s atmospheric emissions.
By operating within existing federal and state standards through the use of poi-
lution control equipment, fuel selection and high stack dispersion, effects of
plant emissions are minimized. (The 3 hr average SO 2 standard is 1300 pg/rn 3 .)
Acute occurrences such as the 1952 London fog episode affected people of both
sexes and all ages. The SO 2 concentration recorded was 4020 pg/rn 3 (Machie 1969).
Much higher concentrations are considered tolerable but over a period of time
found detrimental to health. Possible effects of the excessive emission of par—
ticulates, SO 2 and NO are outlined below:
(1) Particulates - Adverse effects of high levels of
particulate concentration8 might include the following:
Accumulation of particulates on plant surfaces may
reduce light reaching the plcazt therby reducing photo-
synthesis and affecting plant growth and viability.
Particulates may ab8orb chemicals, introduce the8e
chemicals directly to the plant surface and cause
lesions.
Particulates may be ingested by animals eating
affected plants and may be inhaled into the respira-
tory systems of man and other animals.
Particulate collect on all non-living materials
causing unsightliness, dcvnage or high maintenance costa.
Visibl 5 enn-ssions are aesthetically displeasing to the
re8l,dents of the area.
5.2—26
-------
Particulate emissions in many cases increase the
harmful effects of other air pollutants. Particulate
matter suspended in the atmosphere reduces visibility
by scattering and absorbing light. Visual contraet
between an object and its background is reduced.
(2) Sulfur Oxides - The adverse effects of high levels
of sulfur oxides, particularly sulfur dioxide, on vegeta-
tion may include the following, depending on the concentra-
tion of sulfur dioxide, the level of plant physiological
activity and the species of plant:
The range of possible injuries includes suppression
of growth and reduction of plant viability; chronic injury
such as loss of green color due to disruption of the chloro—
phyll—rnaking mechanisms, browning and drying of leaves; and
acute injury such as browning, drying out, bleaching, lesions,
red-brown discoloration, leaf drop, complete defoliation and
death of plants.
Effects of sulfur dioxide on animals and man are also
directly related to the concentration of sulfur dioxide and
the combination with other air pollutants. Animals may be
affected by the ingestion of affected plants or inhalation
of sulfur dioxide.
Effects of sulfur dioxide on visibility and non-living
material increase with increased concentration. High levels
of sulfur dioxide concentrations result in the corrosion of
metals, damage to electrical equipment, and discoloration
and deterioration of limestone, marble, roofing slate and
mortar. Atmospheric sulfur oxides may cause fading in cer-
tain textile fibers such as cotton, rayon and nylon. Leather
may loose much of its strength and paper may become dis-
colored and brittle if exposed to sulfur oxide concentrations.
(3) Nitrogen Oxides - Adverse effects of high levels of
nitrogen oxide concentrations might include the following:
Increased frequency in the occurrence of respiratory
diseases has been documented corresponding to increasing
levels of nitrogen oxides. In the presence of nitrogen
oxides, photochernical oxidation occurs. This results in
the formation of photochemical smog which can have adverse
effects upon the health of plants and animals (including
man). Plants adversely affected by nitrogen oxides (par-
ticularly nitrogen dioxide) show lesions and reduced growth
rates. Nitrate compounds have also been identified with
corrosion and failure of electrical equipment. (USDA 1976)
5.2—27
-------
(4) Interaction OL 21iutant8 - The interaction of components
of air emissi -ons create highly variable SjtWLtjQflB. Factors
such as temperature 3 humidity, ti1fle and the presence of cata-
lytic metal aerosols XZfl greatl-y influence reactions such as
the conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfuric acid. And while
such processes may be grig Ofl , there also may be an indeter-
minate ainount of fallout of sulfuric acid droplets and other
pollutants. (Machis 2969)
5.2.2.3 Effects of Cooling lower Plume
Possible effects related to the plume or drift from operation of the cooling
towers depends largely upon the agents, if any, used to reduce corrosion or
biological fouling of the systerii’S components. The effects also depend upon
any interaction that may occur with the stack emissions (Lee and Stratton).
With the Ghent facility, the only chemical additives that will be used in the
circulating cooling water will be chlorine on an intermittent basis and a small
amount of sulfuric acid to adjust the pH. The drift from the cooling towers
will therefore be composed of little more than Ohio River water.
Interaction of cooling tower drift with stack emissions will be minimal due to
the large elevation difference between the two (630 ft).
Approximately 8,662 gpm total is expected to be lost as drift and evaporation
when cooling towers for Units 3 and 4 are under full operation. This may cause
fogging, icing or a visible plume under certain climatological conditions. During
much of the year, fogging or icing from the cooling towers will contribute to
existing fog or ice. Meteorological data from the Greater Cincinnati Airport
indicates that, as a mean, on 26 days per year, visibility is limited to 1/4 mile
due to heavy fog. The airport is, however, located about two miles from the Ohio
River. The number Of hours of naturally occurring fog will be slightly higher at
the Ghent site because of its location next to the Ohio River.
No calculations were made to quantify the numbers of hours per year that the
cooling tower drift will augment or increase the existing frequency of fog or
icing at the Ghent Station. Theoretical calculations performed for the proposed
5.2-28
-------
East Bend Station, 26 river miles upstream, indicate that fog will be increased
a maximum of 33-38 hours per year. Conditions conducive to icing were not expected
to occur more than 9 hours per year (USCOE 1976; East Bend Station EIS).
Similar calculations could be performed for the Ghent Station but was considered
unnecessary due to the proximity of and similar climatological conditions at the
two plants.
5.2.2.4 Effects of Coal Handling Facilities
High airborne dust concentrations can result from coal handling from the time of
barge unloading to the time of coal combustion. Concentrations will be minimized
at the Ghent Station by spraying the coal with water as it is unloaded at the coal
storage areas. The drainage from the spray will be collected and routed through
a settling basin and then the ash pond. Coal dust resulting from the coal being
routed through the crusher house will be minimized by a fan collection system in
the crusher house. The result of this procedure will be very little airborne dust
and, therefore, very little environmental impact.
5.2.3 General Effects of Plant Operation
5.2.3.1 Noise
The overall increase in noise level over the existing conditions of operation of
Units 1 and 2 will be slight. The area surrounding the plant property is vegetated
and absorbs much of the operational noise which results principally from mechanical
draft cooling tower operation. The nearest population centers, Ghent and Vevay,
are approximately 2 to 3 km away and will be subjected to normal noise levels of
a typical urban residential coniiiunity of 58-60 dB (USEPA 1974).
5.2.3.2 Traffic
The increase in the number of employees as Units 3 and 4 become operational is
expected to be about 80. This will cause a slight increase in overall traffic
volume in the vicinity of the plant, especially during shift changes. Highway 42,
which is the only access to the plant, should easily absorb the increased traffic
load.
5.2-29
-------
The rural nature of the area results in little other industrial traffic along
this segment of the highway.
There is presently some problem associated with plant workers who live across
the Ohio River from Ghent. The nearest crossing point is a ferry which runs
between Ghent and Vevay. During shift changes, a temporary strain is placed
on this crossing. However, by the time Units 3 and 4 become operational, a
bridge across the Ohio River at Markiand Dam will be completed and will pro-
vide a convenient crossing for Indiana residents.
5.2.3.3 Aesthetics
The aesthetic impact of any visual change in the environment will always involve
a subjective judgernent. In assessment of the aesthetic impact of a certain
action, both the visual quality of the existing surroundings plus the visual
quality of the proposed action must be compared.
The Ohio River Valley near the town of Ghent is noted for its scenic beauty.
However, the Ghent Station presently has two existing units and the addition
of two more units represents little change in the visual quality of the Ghent
Station area. Due to vegetative cover and the hilly landscape on the southern
half of the plant property, the area where the station is most visible is on the
Kentucky side of the Ohio River east-northeast of the station and directly across
the Ohio River. The maximum distance that the plant buildings are visible is
approximately two miles. The existing stack can be seen from a much greater
distance than the plant buildings since it is higher than the highest land in
a 10-mile radius. The proposed stack will be identical in height and, there-
fore, visible for the same distance.
5.2—30
-------
5.3 GENERAL ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS
Presently there are approximately 100 permanent jobs at the Ghent Station. As
Unit 3 comes on-line the work force is expected to increase to about 120. As
Units 3 and 4 become operational, the total work force associated with the opera-
tion and maintenance of the plant is expected to be about 200. This will result
in 80 new jobs which will be attributable to the construction of Ghent Units 3
and 4.
Temporary jobs during the 5-7 year construction phase of Units 3 and 4 will be
filled from the regional labor force. The work force will average approximately
300 with peak construction employment to be about 650.
The effect of these new jobs on the economy of Carroll County is expected to be
minimal. Only about 10 percent of the construction labor force reside in the
Ghent area with a majority residing in or close to nearby population centers
such as Louisville, Frankfort, Cincinnati and Lexington. Workers filling the 80
new permanent jobs will probably live in the Ghent area. The effects due to these
job openings will be low compared to the present employment of Carroll County (3703
in 1974) and the overall industrialization which Carroll County is undergoing (North
Kentucky Area Development Division 1974).
Local residents attracted to the area as a result of the proposed project are
expected to disperse widely throughout the nearby small urban and rural communities.
Because of this dispersion, there will be only minor needs for additional local ser-
vices in any one community. The increased county tax revenue from the enlarged
Ghent Station is estimated to be at least $80,000.00 per year or 13 percent of
the County budget appropriation.* School taxes account for $166,000 per year.
In addition, there will be increased tax revenues from the new residents and
businesses attracted by the project. In all, it is expected that local taxing
districts would receive sufficient tax dollars to provide the additional govern-
mental services for the new residents and businesses.
* Based on 1975 tax rates.
5.3—1
-------
The social impact of these increases in local employment and resident population will
be insignificant. There is no problem of overpopulation in the area, nor is the
local economy expected to suffer from underemployment. Construction crews and base
level operation and maintenance personnel have been present for about 6 years, since
the construction of Unit 1 began. The construction of Units 3 and 4 will be a contin-
uation of the construction of Units 1 and 2, and will contribute very little change
in routine.
Land usage at the site will change very little since no new land will be purchased
for the new units and the Kentucky Utilities’ Ghent Station property is already
designated as industrial.
It has been shown that the existence of a power station in an area can affect pro-
perty values up to over two miles away (Blomquist 1974). The amount of this impact
is difficult to assess and varies with each situation. In the case of the Ghent
Station which has two generating units already in operation, the further effect on
property values of a third and fourth unit can be expected to be reduced.
There will be no significant effects on recreation and sport fishing uses of the
Ohio River. As explained in Section 5.2, the effect of discharges and intake
structure will not affect the overall fish population in the Ohio River. There-
fore, potential for sport fishing will not be hindered by the proposed project.
The proposed new units will probably also not significantly affect the attendance
of recreational areas. General Butler State Park is 10 km away and receives capa-
city attendance during the summer months and is expected to maintain this attendance
record in the future.
5.3.1 The Delivered Product
The proposed Units 3 and 4 will produce one delivered product - electricity. The
revenue received for this product is a measure of the tangible market benefit to be
gained by the implementation of the proposed project.
The anticipated unit load schedule is presented in Table 5.3-1. This schedule is
for one unit for an operating life of 35 years. From this table a total production
5.3—2
-------
of 79.2 million MWH over the life of the unit can be computed. A total production
for both Units 3 and 4 of 158.4 million MWH can be estimated.*
Table 5.3-1
Estimated Hours Per Year of Operation
Over Life of Single Unit
Year
Load Factor
11)0%
90%
65%
45%
30%
0%
1-5
400
hr
5836
hr
1624
hr
---
---
900
hr
6-10
400
hr
4967
hr
2000
hr
493
hr
---
900
hr
11-15
400
hr
4000
hr
2232
hr
878
hr
250
hr
1000
hr
16-20
400
hr
2500
hr
1950
hr
1810
hr
800
hr
1300
hr
21—25
400
hr
800
hr
1160
hr
2400
hr
2000
hr
2000
hr
26-30
300
hr
---
800
hr
1987
hr
3173
hr
2500
hr
31-35
300
hr
---
---
967
hr
2493
hr
5000
hr
Source: Kentucky Jtilities Company
Accruing of significant benefits to the public will be derived from the availability
of new and dependable sources of electric power. As discussed in Section 1.2, the
future demand for electric power is the rationale for the building of the new capa-
city. The benefits derived from the increased capacity will remain with the people
of the Kentucky Utilities service area through adequate supplies of energy for their
homes and livelihood.
5.3.2 Costs of Delivered Product
The costs of the delivered product from the proposed station include generation,
transmission and distribution costs. The costs are the value of the resources
which must be used to provide these services. These resources include the labor,
material and capital as well as local environmental resources which may be affected
by unit and transmission line construction and operation. Table 5.3-2 presents the
breakdown of costs involved in Unit 3 and 4 construction. Table 5.3-3 presents
estimated annual costs of Ghent Units 3 and 4 under a 70 percent load factor and
production of 3,066,000 MWH per year.
* Assumes hrs/yr times load factor times 500 MW/unit = total annual MWH delivered.
5.3—3
-------
Table 5.3-2
Estimated Construction Costs
Ghent Units 3 and 4
1 November 1976 Price Level
Unit 3 Unit 4
Materials $102,441,000 $ 87,592,000
Labor 58,061,000 46,534,000
Escalation on labor
and materials 45,302,000 68,615,000
Indirect Costs 12,569,000 7,024,000
Escalation on
indirect costs 1,685,000 1,850,000
Allowance for funds
used during construction 21,903,000 22,053,000
$241,961,000 $233,569,000
Source: Kentucky Utilities 1976
Table 5.3-3
Estimated Annual Costs
Ghent Units 3 and 4*
1 November 1976 Price Level
Construction Costs FTxed Charges Annual Cost
Generation Transmission Fuel Total
Generation Transmission (15.5%) (16. Cost Cost
Ghent #3 - 1981
$242,000,000 $ 499,000 $37,510,000 $ 82,335 $41,887,943 $79,480,278
Ghent #4 - 1983
$234,000,000 $20,916,000 $36,270,000 $3,451 ,000 $47,065,297 $86,786,297
*The proposed units were assumed to operate at a 70 percent load factor and to
produce 3,066,000 MWH per year.
Source: Kentucky Utilities 1976.
5.3-4
-------
Environmental costs are not presented in this section due to the difficulty in
assigning dollar values to environmental degradation. Environmental effects have
been described and quantified to the extent possible in Sections 5.1 and 5.2.
5.3.3 Effects of Significant Deterioration on Industrial Growth
Significant air quality deterioration standards determine the increment increase
of SO 2 and TSP concentrations allowable, for geographical areas, from sources
occurring in those areas, since 1 January 1975. The Ghent Station presently falls
within an area designated by USEPA as Class II with regard to significant air
quality deterioration. Areas designated as Class II shall be limited to the
following increases in total suspended particulates and sulfur dioxide concentra-
tions over baseline air quality concentrations:
Class II Significant Air Quality Deterioration
Increments Pollutant
Total Suspended Particulates: iJg/m 3
Annual Geometric Mean 10
24 hr Maximum 30
Sulfur Dioxide:
Annual Arithmetric Mean 15
24 hr Maximum 100
3 hr Maximum 700
Since these increments are subtractive, a new source is permitted to use only the
difference between what has already been used by new area industry and the maximum
increment limit. As the increments become exhausted in each area, a restriction
on the emission characteristics of potential new sources in the area is made.
This can produce widespread impacts upon the development of an area in terms of
industrialization and employment.
As described in Section 3.6-1, the emissions from the proposed Ghent Station Units
3 and 4 are applicable to the significant deterioration increment. Other area
sources applicable to the increment are Cincinnati Gas and Electric’s proposed East
5.3—5
-------
Bend Station and Louisville Gas and Electric’s Wises Landing Station, which are
both scheduled for completion prior to the Ghent Station Units 3 and 4. (See
Figure 5.3-1 for the location of these stations.,)
Predictions of the percentage of each increment consumed by the three plants are
based on the results of the computer modeling discussed in Section 3.6. Isopleths
are plotted on base maps in Figures 5.3-2 through 5.3-4 to locate the maximum per-
cents of the annual , 24 hr and 3 hr SO 2 increments used up in the Ghent Station
area, respectively.
The maximum percentages of the SO 2 increment used for each time period are 2.9
percent (annual), 43.3 percent (24 hr) and 41.1 percent (3 hr). Isopleths for
the percent of the TSP increment used are similar to the SO 2 isopleths but much
lower in value and, therefore, not presented. 1 ’ 2
The Ghent Station area presently is rural in nature with very little, if any,
industry using up the significant deterioration increment. It is expected that
the amount of industry will increase substantially in Carroll County over the
next 20 years (Section 2.2). Limits on this growth as a result of significant
deterioration laws, during this period, is remote due to the large portion of the
increment remaining.
5.3.4 Effects of Barge Traffic
As stated in Section 3.4.1, the expected coal consumption for Units 3 and 4 is
2.4 million tons per year under normal load. At the present time, the planned
delivery is by barge from Ashland, Kentucky. Table 5.3—4 presents the 1974 data
on the commercial traffic volumes which utilize the three locks between Ashland
and Ghent. Also presented is the increment of each total which is represented by
coal shipments. Limited data On total commercial volumes for the period August
1975 through July 1976 at Markiand Lock and Dam is also presented.
1 Maximum percentages of the TSP are: 1.6 percent of the annual increment and 13.2
percent of the 24 hr increment (the 3 hr increment is not applicable to TSP).
2 Due to the reduction of the emission rate and therefore the contribution of SO 2
from the Wises Landing Plant, the percent increment values appearing here and in
Figures 5.3-2, 5.3-3 and 5.3-4 are slightly lower than presented and, therefore,
change the contours slightly.
5.3—6
-------
_ _ _ _ 4
_____ RIPLEY_COUNTY _____ —
— L — ____ — ____ T y — — _____
— JEFFERSON COUNTY SWITZERLAND COUNTY
MADISON
>-
I-z
z
D 10
OL)
0o
ZZ
04
U) J
LLi UJ
LU —
-)
U)
INDIANA
WARSAW
CARROLLTON
KENTUCKY
GHENT
“ S i
/
7Y E T
S
c 4 . -—— ‘ (p
çO / 0
. d
0
5
SCALE IN KILOMETERS
I0
Orientation map showing location
region. (Wises Landing Station,
of emission sources in the Ghent
Ghent Station and East Bend Station)
W1SES LANDING
STAT/ON
L.G.8E.
Figure 5.3—1.
I
-------
VEVA’(
S
‘)G 01
L.. O
WARSAW
S 2.9%
CARROLLTON
.0%
>1.0%
0
>l.0’/.
SCALt IN KIL0NtTf.
i r 0,
,.‘J r
/
Figure 5.3—2. Percent of annual average SO 2 significant deterioration increment
(15 pg/rn 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity.
I
>-
I-
L I —
U-
w
-D
U,
C )
I
c7
I # * S S S S . l #
-------
igure 5.3-3. Percent of 24 hr average SO 2 significant deterioration increment
(100 ig/m 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity.
0
5
— — —
SCALE IN KILOMETERS
0<
(n-J
ujIw
-------
Figure 5.3-4. Percent of 3 hr average SO 2 significant deterioration increment
(700 pg/rn 3 ) used in the Ghent vicinity.
Cr
‘3
0
/
Maximum-41.I% at 1.8km
-------
Table 5.3—4
Commercial Traffic on the Ohio River
between Ashland and Ghent, Kentucky*
Location
St
Coi
ream
Total
Downstream
Coal Total
TOTAL
Coal Total
Greenup Lock and
Dam
,
(1974) River mile
341.0
1.3
15.4
8.1
13.7
9.4
29.1
Meldahi Lock and
Dam
(1974) River mile
433.5
1.4
16.2
3.7
9.2
5.1
25.4
Markiand Lock and
Dam
(1974) River mile
531.5
August 1975 to July 1976
N/A
21.5
N/A
10.5
N/A
32.0
Source: USCOE, Ohio River Division and Louisville District, personal
communication, 1976.
* Figures expressed in millions of tons
Estimates of future commercial loads on the Ohio River are difficult to determine
due to the close competition between railroads and barge companies for commercial
business. It can be seen that for the period August 1975 through July 1976, the
total commercial tonnage passing through Markland Lock and Dam was 32 million tons.
Of this, 10.5 million tons was downstream traffic.
Ghent Units 3 and 4, when completed, will contribute 2.4 million additional tons
per year on the downstream tonnage, representing an increase of 22.8 percent.
Similar increases can be computed for the other locks and dams using 1974 data.
The USCOE, Ohio River Division, Cincinnati, Ohio, estimates the upper capacity limit
for each of the three locks and dams as 120 million tons per year (total of upstream
and downstream commercial traffic). In terms of this consideration, the Ohio River
will be able to assimilate the increased load resulting from the proposed project.
Recreational craft passing through Markland Lock from the period August 1975 through
July 1976 numbered 2968 with the upstream traffic approximating the downstream
traffic. Most of this recreational traffic occurs during May through August and
represents a minor additional load to the Markiand Lock.
5.3—11
-------
5.4
RESOURCES COMMITTED IN PLANT OPERATION
The operation and maintenance of the proposed units will entail commitments of
labor and material, includinq both renewable and non-renewable resources.
A major resource commitment will be that of fuel. When operating at 70 percent
load factor, Units 3 and 4 will consume about 2.4 million tons of low sulfur coal
per year. Approximately 2.13 million gallons of fuel will be consumed shipping
the coal from East Kentucky to Ashland, Kentucky, by truck and 1.57 million
gallons of fuel for shipping the coal from Ashland to the Ghent Station by
barge.* These consumptive uses of fuel are termed non-renewable.
Various amounts of biocides, lubricants, paints, cleaning compounds, paving
materials and chemicals will be consumed in the operation and maintenance of
the station’s equipment and structures.
Operation of the cooling towers for Units 3
10,624 gpm of water from the Ohio River due
plant boiler and domestic water supply will
about 302 gpm normal operations of which 72
sumption of surface and ground water can be
it will eventually be returned to the system.
and 4 will involve the removal of
to evaporation and drift. Also,
remove ground water at a rate of
gpm will be steam loss. This con-
termed a renewable resource since
The plant operation will require an addition of approximately 80 full time employees.
This is a coni,iitment of 2800 man-years 0 f labor, assuming a 35-year plant life.
* Assuming one-way truck distance of 48 miles at 54 ton-miles per gallon and
one-way barge distance of 200 miles at 306 ton-miles per gallon (IJSDOT 1972
revised estimates). These estimates could change depending upon the loca-
tion of the coal source and the mode of transportation.
5. 4 —i
-------
5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TRANSMISSION LINE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
5.5.1 Natural Environment
5.5.1.1 Vegetation
No fragile or sensitive vegetation areas have been found along any of the three pro-
posed utility corridors. However, because of the nature and scope of this study,
the possibility that small areas of such a nature do exist has not been eliminated
and efforts should be made to have possibly sensitive areas assessed as they may be
encountered during construction and clearing operations.
A number of unavoidable changes in the vegetation will occur during the clearing and
construction phases of preparing the corridors. These include:
1. The removal of many individual plant species and a reduc-
tion in the total number of native plants in the area.
2. Interference with successional stages in portions of natural
communi ties.
3. Creation of erosion potential by the removal of ground cover
species and superficial soil.
4. Promotion of increased numbers of weedy species in agriculture
use areas and in the middle of natural vegetation areas.
5. Disruption of agricultural operations and loss of food produc-
tion.
6. A change in the appearance of the vegetation from its pleasing
state to a less attractive state.
7. Adverse effects on recreational use of the area.
8. Damage to standing timber during construction of the lines.
5.5-1
-------
5.5.1.2 Wildlife
Most of the proposed lines will traverse either cropland or pastureland and will
not, therefore, affect the resident or migratory birds, mammals, or reptiles in
the area. The major impact on wildlife can be expected when the line further
dissects those few wooded tracts left in the area (See Figure 2.3-3). Even here,
the direct impact on most highly mobile wildlife will be simply one of causing them
to move to adjacent wooded areas. Where an existing corridor would be widened,
the impact for the additional construction would be even less.
The method of disposal of wood waste material cleared from the right-of-way could
affect many small mammals in the area. If the woody waste material is windrowed
along the corridor at moderate heights and intervals, small mammal populations
could benefit from the increased cover available.
Resident birds and game mammals could be adversely affected by the removal of den
and nesting trees, although judicious location of the line could avoid much of this
impact. Section 2.4.2 has indicated several potentially fragile areas where
additional care may be needed to prevent adverse impacts on wildlife.
The only two rare or endangered species whose range includes the study area are
the Southern bald eagle and the Indiana myotis. Eagles have not been observed
along this section of the Kentucky River, and they almost surely occur only as a
rare visitant. The Indiana myotis is a cave-dwelling bat and no caves were observed
in the area of the three alternate corridors.
5.5.1.3 Soils
Soils along the proposed route are not subject to excessive erosion. However,
soil erosion can be expected to some degree throughout the corridor and will be
confined to the following areas: tower foundation excavations, material storage
yards, croplands and other sites subjected to unusual compaction or rutting of
soil from vehicles.
5.5—2
-------
5.5.1.4 Water Resources
Construction of the proposed transmission lines will result in a small increase in
sediment loading for the various streams crossed by these lines. Since most of
these streams along the route lie in cropland or pasture areas, the impact will
be minimal because these drainage areas are already exposed to some anount of
agricultural silt.
5.5.2 Man-Made Environment
5.5.2.1 Land Use
Forty-eight percent of the land traversed by the transmission line is open, primarily
agricultural or pastureland. Cultivated areas will be available for use after con-
struction except for that space actually occupied by the tower. In all, about 242
towers will remove about 3.422 acres from the total 703 acres (Table 5.5-1). The
impact upon land use should be minimal except in wooded areas where a portion or
all of the woodland habitat will be lost.
5.5.2.2 Historical
Only two sites of historical value are in the immediate preferred route vicinity.
Both historical structures are listed in the Survey of Historic Sites in Kentucky
and its Supplement and are located in Perry Park, Kentucky (see Figure 2.3.1.2).
These sites will not be directly impacted as they lie approximately 0.4 miles from
the proposed route.
5.5.2.3 Archeological
Two known archeological sites along the proposed route are located in the flood-
plain of the Kentucky River just south and southwest of Perry Park (see Figure
2.3.3). Archeological sites representing the Archaic, Adena (possibly Newton)
and Fort Ancient cultures are extremely numerous along the valleys and on the
5.5—3
-------
Table 5.5—1
Transmission Line System From The Proposed Ghent Station Unit #4
Transmission Line
345 kV single circuit
Rights—of-Way
New Transmission Towers
Length
(miles)
Width
(feet)
Area
(acres)
Number
Tower Base
Area (acres)
Comon corridor
a) Open
b) Forested
3.5
1.7
100
100
42.0
21.0
21
10
0.297
0.141
Long corridor
a) Open
b) Forested
16.3
18.9
150
150
295.6
344.4
98
113
1.386
1.598
TOTAL
40.4
703.0
242
3.422
-------
uplands along the Kentucky River, Eagle Creek, Sixmile Creek and Benson Creek.
The earthen mound (OwlO) crossed by the proposed line will receive the greatest
impact. A lesser impact can be expected because the preferred route also crosses
the above bodies of water where little if any archeological artifacts are known
but possibly exist.
5.5.2.4 Aesthetics
The transmission line and its cleared right-of-way will remain as a visual
presence throughout its life. The major visual effect will be from the single-
circuit, self-supporting lattice type steel towers, with a nominal tower height
of 90 ft. These will be designed and constructed to minimize effects on the
surrounding terrain by using selective clearing, landscape and natural screening
at road crossings, creek beds and other areas adjacent to public use.
5.5.2.5 Growth and Land Values
The primary purpose in constructing this transmission line will be to provide the
necessary electrical power in this area and assist in the economic growth of the
area.
5.5-5
-------
5.6 REFERENCES
Arthur, J.W. et al. 1975. Comparative toxicity of sewage—effluent disinfec-
tion to freshwater aquatic life. Ecological Research Series
EP 4 A-600/3-75-012, USEPA, Duluth, Minnesota.
Bass, M.L. and A.G. Heath. 1975. Toxicity of intermittent chlorine exposure
to Bluegill Sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus : interaction with tem-
perature. Assoc. Southeast Biol. Bull. 22: 40.
Blomquist, G. 1974. The effect of electric utility power plant location on
an area property value. Land Economics, 50: 97—100.
Collins, H.L. 1976. Personal communication. Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Duluth, Minnesota.
Cootner, P. 1 - I. and G.0. Lof. 1965. Water demand for steam electric generation.
Resources for the Future, Inc. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press.
Dickson, K.L. and J. Cairns, Jr. 1975. Effects of intermittent chlorination
on aquatic organisms and communities. Paper presented at the
48th Annual Conference of the Water Pollution Control Federation,
October 5-10, Miami Beach, Florida.
Forbes, R.L. 1971. Chlorine toxicity and its effect on gill tissue respiration
of the White sucker, Catostomus coninlersoni L. M.S. Thesis, Michigan
State University, Lansing, Michigan.
Geo—Marine, Inc. 1976. An impingement study of Kentucky Utilities’ Ghent
Electric Generating Station on the Ohio River: Summary Report.
Geo-Marine, Inc. 12 pp.
Gromov, A.S. 1944. Some data on the survival of Gambusia in sewage waters.
Med. Parasitol. and Parasit. Dis. (USSR), 13: 89.
Heath, A.G. 1974. A preliminary investigation of chlorine toxicity to fish and
macroinvertebrates: interactions with temperature. Final report
on grant with American Electric Power Service Corporation. Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia.
I-Iubbs, C.L. 1930. The high toxicity of nascent oxygen. Physiol. Zool. 3: 441.
Jensen, L.D., M. Davies and D. Meyers. 1969. The effects of elevated tempera-
tures upon aquatic invertebrates. The Johns Hopkins University
Cooling Water Res. Project Report No. 4, Edison Electric Institute,
New York. 232 pp.
Lee, G.F. and C.L. Stratton. 1974. Effect of cooling tower blowdown water on
receiving water quality - a literature review. Proc. Fourth Session,
Conf. Poll. Lake Michigan and its tributary basin by Illinois, Indiana,
Michigan and Wisconsin, USEPA V, Chicago. 53 pp.
5.6-1
-------
5.6 REFERENCES (cont’d)
Machle, W. 1969. Major challenge in setting SO 2 standards is avoiding the sim-
plistic approach. Environmental Science and Technology 3(6). 543 pp.
Marcy, B.C., Jr. 1975. Entrainment of organisms at power plants, with emphasis
on fish - an overview. Pages 89-106 IN: S.B. Saila (ed.) , Fisheries
and Energy Production: A symposium, Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and
Company, Lexington, Mass. 300 pp.
Northern Kentucky Area Development District under supervision and administration
of Executive Department for Finance and Administration. 1974. Eco-
nomic/Land Use Growth. 84 pp.
ORSANCO. 1962. Aquatic life resources of the Ohio River. Cincinnati, Ohio.
217 pp.
1975. Thermal discharges to the Ohio River: An evaluation of river tem-
perature relationships 1964-1974. Cincinnati, Ohio. 73 pp.
Panikkar, B.M. 1960. Low concentrations of calcium hypochiorite as a fish and
tadpole poison applicable for use in partly drained ponds and other
small bodies of water. Progressive Fish Culturist. 22:117.
Pyle, E.A. 1960. Neutralizing chlorine in city water for use in fish—distribu-
tion tanks. Progressive Fish Culturist. 22:30.
Public Service Company Indiana. 1975. Marble Hill Nuclear Generating Station
Environmental Report, Construction Permit Stage, Section 5, 90 pp.
Roseboom, D.P. and D.L. Richey. 1975. The acute toxicity of chlorine on Bluegill
and Channel Catfish in Illinois. Illinois State Water Survey, Water
Quality Section, Peoria, Illinois.
Truchan, J.G. and R.E. Basch. 1971. A survey of chlorine concentrations in the
Weadock Power Plant Discharge Channel. Processed Report, October.
U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1976. Spurlock Station Unit No. 2 (500 MW) and
associated transmission, USDA, Washington, D.C. 90 pp.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1974. Information on levels of environmental
noise requisite to protect public health and welfare with an adequate
margin of safety. USEPA Report 550/9-74-004, Washington, D.C.
5.6-2
-------
6.0
ADVERSE IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES
11
-------
Table of Contents
Section
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.1.1
6.2.1.2
6.2.2
6.2.2.1
6.2.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.3.1
6.2.3.2
Transmission Line Adverse
Construction Phase
Proposed Corridor
Mitigative Measures
Operation Phase
Radiated Electrical
Ground Currents and
Maintenance Phase
Herbicides .
Screening
6.2-1
6.2-1
6.2-1
6.2-2
6.2-4
6.2-4
6.2-4
6.2-5
6.2—5
6.2—5
6.3 Advertisement and Energy Conservation
Monitoring Programs
Stack Emission Monitoring Programs
Water Monitoring Programs
6.5 Draft Stipulation
6.6 Mitigation Plan Submitted to EPA
6.7 References
Page
6.1
6.1.1
Station Adverse Impacts and Mitigative Measures . . . .
Construction Phase
6.1-1
6.1-1
6.1.2
6.1.2.1
Operation Phase
Intake Structures
6.1-2
6.1-2
6.1.2.2
6.1.2.3
6.1.2.4
Waste Discharge
Coal Handling Facilities
Air Pollution Devices
6.1-2
6.1—2
6.1-3
6.1.2.5
Cooling Towers
6.1-3
Impacts and Mitigative Measures
and Accoustical Noises
Ozone Production .
. . .
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.3-1
6.4-1
6.4-1
6.4-1
6.5-1
6.6-1
6.7-1
1
-------
6.1 STATION ADVERSE IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES
6.1.1 Construction Phase
Approximately 60 acres within the existing plant site area will be disturbed by
the construction of Units 3 and 4. Enlargement of the coal storage yard and con-
struction of a drainage ditch encompassing it will remove 13.3 acres consisting
mostly of second growth pastureland. This involves the total loss of vegetation
cover and wildlife habitat (small mammals and birds) with migration of some of the
wildlife to similar habitats adjacent to the site. The addition of the drainage
ditch will minimize run—off.
Construction of the intake and discharge structures may cause a temporary eroding
of a 100 ft section of the river bank. An increase in suspended solids may adver-
sely affect the plankton and benthic communities. To minimize this, the intake
structure’s foundation will be built inside a cofferdam thus reducing siltation.
Upon completion of the discharge structure, 650 cubic yards of riprap and 330
cubic yards of bedding will be used to help cut down the erosion process.
During construction of the main plant building, the rain water runoff will be col-
lected in the excavation, pumped to Units 2 auxiliary sump and then pumped to the
ash pond.
The permittee will minimize fugitive dust production on site by limiting clearing
and grading operations to those areas essential to maintain construction sequence
and schedule, grassing disturbed areas as promptly as practical and utilizing dust
control measures, such as watering, as necessary on unsurfaced roadways or areas.
Additionally, procedures defined in “Control of Fugitive Emissions,” Kentucky State
Air Regulations, Section 14, 401 KAR 3:060, will be followed.
Indications of an archaeological site discovered during a survey of the coal stor-
age yard was found not to be of significant value. However, if additional artifacts
are uncovered during the construction, the state archaeologists will be notified in
order to allow them to assess the significance.
6.1-1
-------
6.1.2 Operation Phase
6.1.2.1 Intake Structures
Impingement of juvenile and adult fishes can be expected, but will be minimal
because of the low intake velocities. A year-long impingement study conducted
by Geo—Marine, Inc. (1976) on Ghent’s Units 1 and 2 (Units 3 and 4 will be
similar) reported a low impingement rate concomitant with the low velocity rates
(0.83 cfs).
Mortality to entrained organisms can be expected to approach 100 percent. The
actual impact of the water intake to the Ohio River planktonic comunity will
however be minimal since the intake flow for Units 3 and 4 will make up only
0.5 percent of the Ohio River historic low flows.
6.1.2.2 Waste Discharge
Before Units 3 and 4 go on-line, a preliminary monitoring of the ash pond will
be conducted to determine if the acid wastes (e.g., boiler cleaning and ash
hopper cleaning wastes) are being adequately treated. If federal and state
standards are not met, Kentucky Utilities will build a batch treatment facility
to neutralize and chemically precipitate these acid wastes before discharging
into the ash pond.
A sand filtration system will be constructed in order to control with pres-
cribed limits the suspended solids concentration of the effluent beforeentering
the Ohio River.
6.1.2.3 Coal Handling Facilities
The anticipated increase in coal barges traffic will cause an increased load of
suspended material in the Ohio River that may adversely affect the plankton and
benthic community. The fish community, however, can be expected to avoid areas
of increased suspended material which will reduce the potential effects on this
group.
6.1-2
-------
Coal dust will be minimized by wetting the coal while it is being unloaded.
While in the crusher house, coal dust is collected by a fan ventilating system.
6.1.2.4 Air Pollution Devices
Electro-static precipitators are used to control emissions of total suspended
particulates. In the event of a breakdown, the unit will stop operation until
repairs are completed.
SO 2 emissions are expected to be within standards through the use of low sulfur
coal. In the event that low sulfur coal becomes unavailable, a SO 2 scrubber
device will be installed before operations are continued with high sulfur coal.
Such an eventuality is unlikely since it is the intention of Kentucky Utilities
to obtain a 15—year supply contract for coal with less than 0.7 percent sulfur
content. Should it occur, KU will notify the State and the EPA at least three
years in advance of a required shift to high sulfur coal. (See special conditions
on the Draft NPDES Permit.) This will insure that all applicable emission standards
are met at all times.
6.1.2.5 Cooling Towers
The interaction of cooling tower aerial blowdown (drift) with the stack emissions
should be minimal because of height differences between the cooling towers (30 ft)
and the stack (660 ft). Under certain climatological conditions, the potential
for a visible plume, fog or ice is possible, but normally would be restricted to
areas bordering the plant property and Highway 42. Meteorological data indicates
that there is a mean of 26 days per year where visibility is reduced to a quarter
of a mile, but this is generally limited to a few hours.
6.1-3
-------
6.2 TRANSMISSION LINE ADVERSE IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES
6.2.1 Construction Phase
6.2.1.1 Proposed Corridor
A good deal of latitude still exists in locating the final corridor route. Addi-
tional environmental information will be included in subsequent planning work for
the transmission line.
Approximately 703 acres will be substantially disturbed by clearing, grading and
other construction activities. Of this total acreage, only 3.4 acres will be
removed by the tower base area. Some disruption of agricultural operations can
be expected with a loss in food production, but Kentucky Utilities will make amends
to the property owner by payment for the lost crop according to its market price.
Special care will be taken to avoid damage to off-corridor vegetation. However,
some standing timber within the corridor will be damaged with a portion or all
of woodland habitat lost. This route, as compared to the other two alternate
routes, is the shortest, thus minimizing its impact.
Impacts on Vegetation
Some unpreventable changes in the flora will occur in laying
the groundwork for the corridor. The removal of many individual
plant species will cause a reduction in the total number of
native plants, which will encourage an increase in numbers of
weedy species, create an erosion potential and interfere with
some successional stages of the natural cornniunity.
Impacts on Wildlife
The migration of wildlife to adjacent forest areas can occur
when the proposed line dissects any remaining wooded tracts.
By windrowing the woody waste material at moderate heights
and intervals along the corridor, additional cover will be
provided for these forms of wildlife which may resettle the
area after construction has been terminated.
Resident birds and mammals will be adversely affected by re-
moval of den and nesting trees, although judicious location
of the proposed line around some potentially sensitive areas
(see Section 2.4.2) could avoid much of this impact.
6.2-1
-------
An additional vegetative/wildlife habitat survey will be performed when a finalized
transmission line corridor is chosen. This will be needed to locate any rare or
unsually large tree specimens and to locate any significant wildlife habitats not
previously identified. This effort will be coordinated with the Commissioner,
Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources.
6.2.1.2 Mitigative Measures
Access Roads, Clearing and Waste Disposal
An absolute minimum number of new access roads will be constructed and where new
roads are opened up, they will be closed after completion of the project.
Some clearing of trees and brush along the corridor is necessary. Low lying
areas or ravines where operating clearances are not a problem will need no
clearing. Limited clearing will be performed in other areas where maintaining
the minimum clearances between the energized conductor and vegetation is necessary.
The judicious use of tailored clear cutting or selective cutting could result in
a corridor with undulating boundaries which would reduce the adverse aesthetic
impact by allowing for the retention of an occasional den tree, the avoidance
of a wet seep, etc.
Selective clearing utilizing vegetative screens of natural low—growing forms will
be left (or planted) to screen the corridor from view at all road crossings and
near other areas (e.g., streams, etc.) where the appearance of the corridor would
be unpleasing. For example: (1) the area near the Eagle Station Recreation area,
(2) the bluffs of the Kentucky River south of Moxley, Kentucky, and (3) the wooded
tract near the Twin Eagle Wildlife Management area.
Wood waste material will be disposed of by windrowing rather than burning wherever
land owners will permit it. However, when burning is required, it will be per-
formed in strict conformity with state and local regulations.
6.2-2
-------
Erosion Control
Material storage yards, agricultural areas, access roads, and other sites sub-
jected to unusual compaction of soil will be back—bladed, disked and reseeded as
soon as possible following construction. Other disturbed areas (e.g., foundation
excavations) will be fertilized and reseeded with grasses and small grains to mini-
mize erosion and run-off of silt into adjacent streams. Seed mixtures will con-
form to the existing forage and be planted as soon as weather, soil conditions
and operations permit using the cultivation method that is appropriate for that
specific location. A local state agricultural extension representative will be
consulted to determine the best ground cover suited to each particular terrain.
Water Precautions
Precaution will be taken to prevent the damming of any stream or the diversion of
the flow of any stream. Towers will be placed at least 100 ft or more from
streams to prevent erosion of the streambed. No structures will be placed in any
stream or drainage channel, nor will they be put in the floodplain (e.g., Ken-
tucky River crossing). Avoidance of stream beds (whether wet or dry) as roads
poses no problem since the terrain along these streams have rock outcroppings
making equipment crossings impossible. Should any creek crossings be necessary,
they will be done at right angles, while any roads running adjacent to the streams
will have a buffer strip between the road and creek to retard siltation or sedi-
ment loading.
Archaeologi cal
One of the two known archaeological sites (see Figure 2.3-2) will be traversed by
the preferred route. Proper rerouting of the line around this site could avert
this probable impact. However, an archaeological literature investigation found
that the “A-Efl alternate route would probably encounter less prehistoric sites
especially along the ridges east of the Kentucky River than would the preferred
and the other alternate routes. This was further substantiated by the apparent
numerous sites that exist along the valleys and on the uplands by the Kentucky
River, Eagle Creek, Six-Mile Creek and Benson Creek; areas which are all traversed
by the preferred route.
6.2—3
-------
A survey will be initiated as early as route priorities have been determined on
the basis of other considerations, and the survey will be confined to as limited
an area as possible and adequately cover the necessary corridor. This will be
done to determine if any unknown but potentially significant sites lie within
the proposed construction areas.
6.2.2 Operation Phase
6.2.2.1 Radiated Electrical and Accoustical Noises
The proposed 345 kV line will utilize a twin-conductor bundle. Line hardware and
the phase conductors will be designed for extra high voltage (EHV) use. To mini-
mize corona effects, all line hardware and conductors will have a smooth clean
surface, which will reduce the potential for corona discharge. In the event that
radio and television interference occurs from the operation of the transmission
line, Kentucky Utilities will take measures to ameliorate the problem.
Audible noise is generally of concern only during adverse weather conditions when
corona effects occur. Proper design, installation and construction techniques
can minimize the audible noise produced. Studies by Kolcion etal. (1973) and
Perry (1971) showed that transmission lines with voltage up to 765 kV are now
in operation without complaints concerning the level of audible noise.
6.2.2.2 Ground Currents and Ozone Production
The transmission line towers have a steel earth grillage foundation which helps
minimize induced ground currents and distribute ground fault currents.
Since the conductor and its hardware design and the construction technique will
be geared to minimizing corona formation, the associated ozone production will
be small. Frydman etal. (1972) have shown through intensive studies that no
measurable amounts of ozone occurred at ground level in the vicinity of trans-
mission lines up to 765 kV.
6.2-4
-------
6.2.3 Maintenance Phase
6.2.3.1 Herbicides
Controlling the regrowth and resprouting of vegetation will involve applying
approved herbicides on 100 ft of the 150 ft right-of-way, giving a feathered
effect to the 25 ft strip on either edge of the right-of-way. The use of the
selective basal method for clearing of high-growth forms should not result in
the typical “brown streak” of dead vegetation common when applying a broadcast
spray. Herbicide applications will be done once every 5 years and will not be
used within 50 ft of any streams.
6.2.3.2 Screening
Periodic inspection of vegetative screens will be augmented with additional or
replacement plantings as needed.
6.2-5
-------
6.3 ADVERTISEMENT AND ENERGY CONSERVATION
Kentucky Utilities’ advertising program covers a variety of information, utilizing
several media. A monthly publication enclosed with billings, “Consumer News,” COfl-
centrates on providing customers with information, such as stressing the wise use
of electricity; the company’s efforts in supplying energy, and the necessity of
building facilities as demand grows; safety items; the value of insulation;
efficient appliances and electrical heating systems; and the importance and
cost of pollution-control equipment. A limited number of ads are placed in
newspapers within the service area. Typical ad themes include: the value of
adequate insulation in homes, the value of electricity, environmental control
equipment installed at power plants, the importance of building power plants for
future customer needs, and how to save energy in the home. Short television spots
are used, primarily stressing energy conservation and how to use electricity safely.
Kentucky Utilities also uses several other methods in providing information to its
customers. News stories are released on topics such as energy use and conserva-
tion, upgrading of company facilities, construction of new transmission lines,
and changes in billing procedures and forms to assist customer understanding.
Information deal with the effect of the weather on electrical consumption, the
use of the heat pump as an economy measure, business development and investment
in Kentucky, and information on access to the company during emergency conditions.
Through film presentations, efforts are made to promote better public understanding
of future energy needs and wise use of electricity.
Consumer information presentations for youth and adults are held to teach the value
of electricity and how to use it wisely and safely. Programs emphasize the proper
selection, maintenance and safe operation of electrical appliances and comfort con-
ditioning equipment to insure optimum operating efficiency. Assistance is given
to individual customers in need of information on electrical equipment and thermal
insulation. Slide and film programs are also presented on such topics as energy
conservation, sources of energy, and the demand for electricity.
6.3—1
-------
Clinics are conducted for customers planning to build or remodel homes, with
special emphasis on efficient energy utilization. Meetings are held to acquaint
builders with new features and techniques available for energy efficient homes
and apartments.
Appliance dealer meetings are held to keep the dealers informed on developments
in the utility and electric appliance industries which concern them and affect
their business and coniriunities. Meetings are designed to help the dealers
effectively communicate with their customers in the use of new equipment.
A bimonthly publication, “Dealer News,” is mailed to appliance dealers informing
them on the availability and importance of energy efficient appliances. Informa-
tion and ideas are exchanged on merchandising, advertising practices, new stores,
employees and merchandise lines with dealers throughout the service area.
As shown in Section 1.2, the rise in consumption is primarily due to a larger
reliance on electricity for home and industrial heating and air conditioning
in new construction. Further gains in reducing the wasteful use of electricity
through increased conservation methods are thereby not adequate to entirely off-
set the demand for electricity and therefore the need for creation of new gener-
ating capacity. These gains, however, through advertisement and energy conservation,
will in the long run tend to reduce the annual growth in demand from pre-1973 rates.
6.3—2
-------
6.4 MONITORING PROGRAMS
6.4.1 Stack Emission Monitoring Programs
To insure that the Ghent Units 3 and 4 are in compliance with state and federal
ambient air quality standards, equipment will be installed to monitor stack
emissions (i.e., suflur dioxide and particulates). In accordance with state
regulations, this air monitoring and equipment will be available for inspection
by state personnel at their convenience without notice to Kentucky Utilities.
6.4.2 Water Monitoring Programs
As Unit 3 becomes operational, there will be a total of three waste streams
entering the Ohio River. One is the ash pond discharge and the other two are
once-through cooling discharges from plant heat exchangers of Units 1 and 2 and
Units 3 and 4, respectively. To insure that water quality standards are met,
monitoring of each discharge will be performed on a regular basis as outlined
in the Draft NPDES permit. In addition, the Draft NPDES permit requires moni-
toring to be performed at several other points in the plant water use cycle.
Each monitoring point with respective discharge serial number, limitation and
monitoring regime is outlined in the Draft NPDES permit, Section 8.0.
Monitoring o the groundwater, down gradient of the ash and coal storage areas,
will be performed to detect potential escape of leachate from these two areas.
Quarterly reports will be sent to EPA, Region IV and the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
6.4-1
-------
6.5 DRAFT STIPULATION
EPA, Region IV has formally proposed several mitigative measures in a draft
stipulation between the Applicant and EPA. The draft stipulation is prerequisite
to a favorable recominendation in the Final EIS for issuance of the NPDES Permit.
It will be modified as needed following the public commenting period and then
executed by both parties prior to the Final EIS.
6.5-1
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION IV
345 COURTLAND STREET, NE
ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30308
DR1 FT
IN THE MATTER OF
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE STIPULATION FOR THE
ELIMINATION SYSTEM APPROVAL OF THE
APPLICATION NO. KY0002038 REGIONAL ADMINISTRATOR
KENTUCKY UTILITIES
GHENT POWER PLANT UNITS 3 AND 4
Appl icant
PREL IMINARY STATEMENT
The Kentucky Utilities Company, (the “Applicant”) has applied for
a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit from
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to discharge pollutants from
Ghent Units 3 and 4. The application has been identified as NPDES No.
KY0002038. On November 5, 1975, the EPA Regional Administrator made
the determination that construction of Ghent Units 3 and 4 was
construction of a new source within the purview of Section 511 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the Act) and thereby would require
an environmental review pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act
of 1969 (NEPA), prior to issuance of the permit. On January 15, 1976,
EPA decided that an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) would be
necessary for this project.
The EIS identified potentially unacceptable environmental impacts
in the form of future contingencies. The stipulations set forth below
were developed pursuant to EPA’s authority and responsibility under the
Act and under NEPA. It is understood by both parties that this
stipulation has been entered into for the purposes of preventing or
minimizing potentially adverse environmental impacts identified in the
EIS and for the purposes of obtaining EPA’s recommendation to issue the
permit.
STIPULATION
The Applicant and the Regional Administrator, Environmental Protection
Agency, Region IV, stipulate and agree as follows:
-------
—2—
1. Prior to construction of a desulfurization system which would transport
solid wastes or materials off—site, the site as described in the EIS,
the Applicant shall submit to the Regional Administrator for an environ-
mental review and approval, an adequate Environmental Impact Assessment.
Upon notification of the intent to construct such a system, EPA shall
determine the proper scope of the Environmental Impact Assessment and
shall specify what information is required in the Environmental Impact
Assessment to complete requirements for this environmental review. The
applicant agrees not to initiate construction on the desulfurization system
or the associated waste disposal system prior to completion of the
environmental review and approval from the Regional Administrator of
the EPA.
2. Prior to the selection of the proposed final alignment of the Ghent to
Frankfort transmission corridor, the Applicant shall submit to the
Regional Administrator for review and approval the following:
a. A plan of study (PUS) for determining archaeological resources
along the transmission corridor, and
b. A PUS for u ground level vegetative wildlife habitat survey
along the transmission corridor.
The Regional Administrator shall approve or modify each PUS following
consultation with the State Archaeologist or Commissioner, Kentucky
Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources, respectively. The Applicant
shall perform the studies as approved and supply a report on the results
of the studies to the Regional Administrator for completion of EPA ’s
environmental review on this portion of the project. The applicant
agrees not to initiate construction on this transmission line prior to
completion of the environmental review and receipt of approval from the
Regional Administrator of the EPA.
3. In the event the Applicant proposes final alignment of any additional
transmission corridors required for successful operation of the new
source facilities, the Applicant shall submit, and after review and
approval by the Regional Administrator, perform the plan of studies
described in “2” above for any such transmission corridors. The
applicant agrees not to initiate construction on these transmission
lines prior to completion of the environmental review and receipt of
approval from the Regional Administrator of the EPA.
4. The Applicant waives its right to request an adjudicatory hearing,
pursuant to 40 CFR 125.36(F), within 10 days on any item agreed to
herein.
-------
—3—
5. Nothing in this Stipulation shall be deemed to relieve the Applicant
from liability for non—compliance with other provisions of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, or any other Federal laws,
including any requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act of 1976, which might be made applicable to this facility.
6. The terms contained herein shall not bind any person not a party to
the Stipulation and shall not bind the Applicant or the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency until signed by the Applicant and the Regional
Administrator, Region IV.
Date Applicant
By: ______________________________
Date Director, Enforcement Division
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region IV
Date Acting Regional Administrator
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region IV
-------
6.6 MITIGATION PLAN SUBMITTED TO EPA
A plan to monitor and control groundwater contamination and a plan to control
erosion and sedimentation at the Ghent Station have been proposed to EPA Region IV
by the Applicant. Following public comment and before the Final EIS is issued,
these plans will be modified if necessary and then approved by EPA. The permit
conditions in Part 2 of the Draft NPDES Permit (Section 8.0) refer to these plans.
6.6-1
-------
DRAF1
KENTUGKY UTILITIES CXI1PANY
GHENT STATION
PROPOSED PLAIN TO 14)NITOR THE GROUNNAITER
SUBMITTED TO EPA
BY
KENTUCKY UTILITIES
-------
Kentucky Utilities Carqany Ghent Station
Proposed Plan to I ’bnitor the grounck ater dowrigradient of the ash
pond and coal storage areas.
Applicable EPA approved methods of analysis shall be used to
detect and determine the quantity of the follcMing in the groundwater:
copper, iron, lead, mercury, nickel, selenium, chloride total suspended
solids and total dissolved solids.
We propose to ironitor our present wells and the future wells which
will be drilled for units 3 and 4. Testing will be on a rronthly basis
with quarterly reports to EPA and Kentucky Dept. for Natural Resources
and Environmental Protection Division of ter Quality.
Should the quarterly reports d nstrate any significant increase
in contamination of the groundwater we plan to iiTp1a ient measures to
control this contamination.
Measures acceptable to EPA to control the contamination may include
but not be Umited to; sealing, relocating or altering operations
of the ash pond, coal storage areas and sludge disposal areas as required.
A plat of the plant site indicating the location of the present and
future wells in relation to the ash pond and coal storage areas is attached.
Wells 1-1, 1-2, and 2-1 are each 125 feet deep and are operating. The
capacity of the 1-1 and 1-2 wells are 200 gallons per minute. The capacity
of the 2-1 well is 400 gallons per minute.
-------
01410 ftIVER
I
q pj. .T,. SC tN I
_l -j _ 2
- I
€ - a
s ’ -
I w UO*O i.s
L - - -
( ) WG.(
, , , IIW?R , !‘ i —
N(* tIlCE - ‘ I -‘
a ’ ,’ v-4 talv- ‘-
- ‘ If — cCJ “ I
— 4 I
WI •$
SI —
l ;
1 J /, I
/ G/ /
4
8
uw TU
I $ 5
3 ’. W U5 .If\
,-.**
.I*j
I - t• TO $IV$
- /‘ CO I f $5 I ’-GI
a s J ______________ ________
_______ ________ —
‘ D I ‘
b - ______
a.
Ia’ . $1 _________-
L0C411cv OF OPERATII WELLS
en:’ :: “
Plant site layout.
-------
DRAFT
KEN11J KY UTILITIES COMPANY
(}IENT STATION
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
SUBMITTED TO EPA
BY
KENTUCKY UTILITIES
-------
KENTUCK I’ UTILITIES CavIPANY GUENT STATION
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
The plant area bounded by the perimeter plant road is the area
where major construction activities for Units 3 E 4 will be concentrated
for a period of more than one year. The earthwork in this area will
consist of excavation for building foundations, backfilling and grading
work. The excavated materials will be deposited in a designated stockpile
and spoil area adjacent to the existing ash pond. (See SK-770729).
Storm runoff in the excavated area will be pumped into the existing
auxiliary sump and will be discharged into the ash pond. After backfilling
of the plant building excavation, final grading of the plant area will
be done to drain the area into the stonn drain system that will discharge
into the Ohio River. Seeded top soil will be provided on the graded
area around the building to prevent erosion.
Grading and drainage work for the laydown area arid construction
parking area, and excavation and backfilling for the foundations of
cooling towers are the other construction activities which will
involve earthwork. These construction activities are expected to
be completed within a three to four month period.
Excess cut materials in these areas will be deposited in the spoil
area near the ash pond. Storm runoff in the cooling tower excavation
will be pumped into the existing auxiliary sump and will be discharged
into the ash pond.
-------
The construction parking area will be provided with 8 inch
crushed stone layer which will prevent erosion in this area. Drainage
ditches and graded surface in the laydown area will be provided with seeded
top soil to prevent erosion.
The drainage systhii in the laydown area and construction parking
area will consist of ditches and culverts. The system will follow
the existing drainage pattern for the area which discharges into the Black
Rock Creek leading into the Ohio River.
All rainwater in excavations for piping installation will be pumped
to the auxiliary surrip. Excavated materials will be stockpiled adjacent
to the excavations so that runoff is back into the excavation. Excess
excavated material will be hauled and stored on the south side of the
ash pond. As each trench is backfilled it will be leveled off and
seeded iriinediately. Straw will be applied to prevent any backfill
materials fran being washed into the drainage ditches.
-------
.1 +
01-110 IVE
- I I t. AUtSU AP
(IXIST. W31L o O’ (OaT1P 14 TO
— :
cegT nc ,. *D
ow . . — I
— __
413 _ SEC’r’ON 2•2
LEc t o:
A• / 1
Flu. *wD • ‘oIt. S.*AT IA&.
£ (CAVAY,OW 4ATG l&L
iiisr. vo
COWSTI!UCT OH STO i.4 L .1O F
Duz Na G D TC 4 - ptow O.c t. 4
CO. T JcTl w E MT&Ti 4
CO JTZOL L 9 4. CT S
GI4CtIT GE’ U. .h 1 P. ‘jIAT’04
Lb4IlS ‘
Et . 1UCi s’ UTILT COuPAMY
‘ C.... . . 1—
::;: z- :r
• NO If —
Dt*’N N .
iO NO. St. .- 7_i 0_i L )
r I S Iii 7- ’?- 77
310
TFr’u. £L ..’$40’t
.TOG PILU 4 SPOIL’
. 5 CTION I-I
40
40.1 - IA s od
.4
-------
6.7 REFERENCES
Frydman, M., A. Levy and S.E. Miller. 1972. Oxidant measurements in the vicinity
of energized 765 kV lines. IEEE Transaction Paper. 1-72-551—0.
Geo—Marine, Inc. 1976. An impingement study at Kentucky Utilities’ Ghent Electric
Generating Station on the Ohio River: Summary Report. Geo-Marine, Inc.,
12 pp.
Kolcion, N., B.J. Ware, R.L. Fagier, V.L. Chartier and F.M. Dietrich. 1973. The
Apple Grove 750 kV project statistical analysis of audible noise per-
formance of conductors at 775 kV. IEEE Paper. T—73-43—1.
Perry, D.E. 1971. An analysis of transmission line audible noise levels based
upon field and three-phase test line measurements. IEEE Paper. 711P568-
PWR.
6.7-1
-------
SECTION 70
COMMENTS FROM FEDERAL AND STATE AGENCIES AND THE PUBLIC
-------
___ -
: ij
SECTION 8.0
DRAFT PROPOSED PERMITS
/
[ IL ] Li
....._.j*. 1 ._p . L..
C
• • :
: r
V
i t?
I
I ,
Ii
-------
Permit No. KY0002038
AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
In compliance with the provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1251 et. seq; the “Act”),
Kentucky Utilities Company
120 South Limestone Street
Lexington, Kentucky 40507
is authorized to discharge from a facility located at
Ghent Generating Station
Units 1 — 4
P. 0. Box 338
Ghent, Kentucky 41045
to receiving waters named Ohio River
from discharge points enumerated herein as serial numbers 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, and 009
during the effective period of this permit
in accordance with effluent limitations, monitoring requirements and other
conditions set forth in Parts I, II, and III hereof.
This permit is a modification of the NPDES permit issued for this facility on
February 17, 1976, and replaces that permit in its entirety. This modified permit
shall become effective 30 days after receipt.
This modified permit and the authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight,
April 3, 1981. Permittee shall not discharge after the above date of expiration
without prior authorization. In order to receive authorization to discharge
beyond the above date of expiration, the permittee shall submit such information,
forms, and fees as are required by the Agency authorized to issue NPDES permits
no later than 180 days prior to the above date of expiration.
Signed this day of
Director, Enforcement Division
-------
.0.0
I .
C
0
0
0
0
TENT LIMITA’rIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
iigtheperiodbeginning on effective date and lasting through start of discharge from Unit 3
the permittee is author ized to discharge from outlall(s) serial number(s) 001 — Ash pond discharge to the Ohio River
(Units 1 and 2)
Such discharges shall b limited and monitored by the permittee as 8pectfled below:
Effluent tharacteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
Daily Average Daily Maximum Meazurement Sample
Frequency Type
0
Temperature C(°F) N/A 33.9(93) 1/ Continuous Recorder
Flow—m 3 /Day(MGD) N/A N/A — Continuous Recorder
Oil and Grease (m /1) 15 20 1/week Crab
Total Su pended Solids (mg/i) 30 50 1/week Grab
Heavy Metcis See Below 1/UAJflth Grab
* Total Chlorine Residual (mg/i) Not Detectable 2/month Grab
Monitoring for heavy metals shall include total arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, iron, lead
mercury, nickel, selenium, and zinc.
* Limitations and monitoring requirements are not applicable unless chlorine use is instituted.
1/ The receiving water shall not exceed (1) a maximum water temperature change of 2.8°C(5.0°F) relative
to an upstream control point, and (2) maximum temperatures noted below outside of a mixing zone which
shall not exceed (1) a maximum width of 125 feet nor (2) a 200—foot linear downstream length.
Jan 10C (50°F) April 21 (70) July 32 (89) Oct 26 (78)
Feb 10 (50) Hay 27 (80) Aug 32 (89) Nov 21 (70)
Mar 16 (60) June 31 (87) Sept 31 (87) Dec 14 (57)
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard unit.s and shall
be monitored 1/week on a grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the
following location(s): discharge from ash pond prior to mixing with any other waste stream.
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning 1/ and lasting through 2/
the permittee is authorized to dis harge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 001 — Ash Pond Discharge co the Ohio River (Units 1—3)
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent tharacteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
kg/day (lbs/day) Other Units (mg/i)
Measurement Sample
Daily Avg Daily Max Daily Avg Daily Max Frequency Type
Flow—rn 3 fDay (MCD) fl/A N/A N/A !l/A Continuous Recorder
- Temperature °C(°F) N/A N/A N/A 33.9(93) 4/ Continuous Recorder
Total Suspended Solids 720(1590) 2390(5280) 20 50 — 1/week Composite
Oil and Grease 360(800) 720(1580) 10 15 i/week Crab
Total Chlorine Residual 3/ Not Detectable Not Detectable 2/month Crab
The pH shall not be less than 6 • 0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored 1/week.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
• Discharge from the ash pond filter effluent.
1/ Start of discharge from Unit 3
2/ Start of discharge from Unit 4
3/ Limitations and monitoring requirements are not applicable unless chlorine use is instituted.
4/ The receiving water shall not exceed (1) a maximum water temperature change of 2.8°C(5.O°F) relative
to an upstream control point and (2) maximum temperatures noted below outside of a mixing zone which
shall not exceed (1) a maximum width of 125 feet nor (2) a 200—foot linear downstream length.
Jan 10°C (50°F) April 21 (70) July 32 (89) Oct 26 (78)
Feb 10 (50) May 27 (80) Aug 32 (89) Nov 21 (70)
Mar 16 (60) June 31 (87) Sept 31 (87) Dec 14 (57)
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND.MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Not Detectable
Monitoring Requirements
During the period beginning 1/ and lasting through 2/
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 001 — Ash Pond Discharge to the Ohio River (Units 1—4)
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
__________________ Discharge Limitations _____________________
kg/day (lbs/day) Other Units (mg/i)
Effluent tharacteristic
Measurement Sample
Daily Avg Daily Max Daily Avg Daily Max Frequency Type
Flow—m 3 /Day (MGD) N/A N/A fl/A fl/A Continuous Recorder
Tennerature °C(°F) N/A N/A N/A 33.9(93) 4/Continuous Recorder
Total Suspended Solids 870(1920) 2840(6270) 20 50 i/week Composite
Oil and Crease 440(960) 850(1880) 10 15 1/week Grab
Total Chlorine Residual 3/ Not Detectable
Monitoring for heavy metals shall include total and soluble arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, iron,
lead, mercury, nickel, selenium and zinc.
The li shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored 1/week.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
Discharge from the ash pond filter effluent.
1/ Start of discharge from Unit 4
/ Expiration
3/ Limitations and monitoring requirements are not applicable unless chlorine use is instituted.
4/ The receiving water shall not exceed (1) a maximum water temperature of 2.8°C(5.0 0 F) rej. tive
to an upstream control point, and (2) maximum temperatures noted below outside of a mixing zone
which shall not exceed (1) a maximum width of 125 feet nor (2) a 200—foot linear downstream length.
Jan
Feb
Mar
10°C
10
16
(50°F)
(50)
(60)
April
May
June
21 (70)
27 (80)
31 (87)
34
July
Aug
Sept
32
32
31
(89)
(89)
(87)
Oct
Nov
Dec
26
21
14
(78)
(70)
(57)
..q
o
0
o
,‘
0
J
2/month
Grab
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on effective date and lasting through expiration
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 002 — Once—through cooling water
from miscellaneous plant heat exchangers and yard drainage to the Ohio River (Units 1 and 2)
Such discharges shall be limi ted and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
Chlorination Instantaneous Measurement Sample
Period Average Maximum Frequency Type
Flow—rn /Day (MCD) N/A N/A 1/week Weir reading or staff
gauge
Discharge Temperature °C(°F) 1/ 1/ 1/week Grab
Total Chlorine Residual See Below 1/week Multiple Rraba
Yard drainage may be disçharg d without limitation or monitoring requirements.
Total residual chlorine shall not exceed a maximum instantaneous concentration of 0.3 mg/i nor an average of 0.2 mg/i
for a maximum period of one h ur per day. In the event that the system(s) cannot be operated at or below this level
of chlorination, the applicant may submit a demonstration, based on biological toxicity data, that discharge of higher
levels of chlorine are consis ant with toxicity requirements of the Kentucky Water Quality Standards.
Effluent limitations will be nodif led consistant with an acceptable demonstration.
Samples taken in compliance w ith the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the
following location(s): Disch rge to the Ohio River.
1/ The receiving water shall iot exceed (1) a maximum water temperature change of 2.8°C(5.O°F) relative ,
— to an upstream control po1 nt and (2) maximum temperatures noted below outside of a mixing zone which
shall not exceed the dimer sions of a circle of 50—foot diameter:
Jan 10°C (50°F) April 21 (70) July 32 (89) Oct 26 (78)
Feb 10 (50) May 27 (80) Aug 32 (89) Nov 21 (70)
Mar 16 (60) June 31 (87) Sept 31 (87) Dec 14 (57) • o
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Duringtheperiodbeginning on effective date and lasting through expiration
the permittec is authorized to discharge from’ outfall(s) serial number(s) 003 21— Boiler Blowdown Discharged to Ash Pond
(Units 1—4)
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent tharacteristic Discharge L!mit.ations Monitoring Requirements
Daily Average Daily Maximum Measurement Sample
Frequency Type.
Flow—m 3 /Day (MGD) N/A N/A 1/week Calculation
Copper Total (mg/i) 1.0 1.0 i/month Grab
Iron, Total (mg/i) 1.0 1.0 1/month fitab
1/ Serial number assigned for identification and monitoring purposes.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
in the boiler drum, flash tanks or prior to mixing with any other waste stream (four discharge
points).
0
‘.3
0
‘.3
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on effective, date and lasting through expiration
the perinittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 004 1/ —
Units 1 — 4 discharged to: the ash pond
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Reguiren nts
Daily Average Daily Maximum Measurement Sample
Frequency Type
Flow—m 3 /Day (MCD) Units 1 & 2 N/A N/A 2/ 2/
Flow—m 3 /Day (MCD) Units 3 & 4 N/A N/A 1/week Weir elevati
Temperature °C(°F) N/A N/A 1/week Grab
Copper (mg/i) N/A N/A 1/month Composite
Consistent vith ash sluice requirements, discharge of blovdown from the Unit 1 and 2 cooling
towers shall be limited to the minimum discharge of recirculating water necessary for the purpose of discharging
materials contained in the process, the further build—up of which would cause concentrations or amounts exceeding
limits established by best engineering practice. Discharge of blowdown from the Unit 3 and 4 cooling .towers
shall be limited to the minimum discharge of recirculating water necessary for the purpose of discharging
materials contained in the process, the further build—up of which would cause concentrations or amounts
exceeding limits established by best engineering practice. Annual reports on cooling tower operation shall
be submitted showing compliance with this requirement. Such reports shall be submitted along with the first
quarterly monitoring report submittedafter January 1, of each year.
Blowdown from Units 3 and 4 shall contain no detectable amount of materials added for corrosion inhibition
including, but not limited to zinc, chromium and phosphorus.
!13Q
1/ Serial number assigned for identification & monitoring purposes. z 4
2/ Frequency and sample type shall be adequate to quantify any blowdown flow released which exceeds ash o
sluicing requirements.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the
following location(s): discharge from the cooling towers prior to mixing with other waste streams
(four discharge points).
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQU tREMi NTS
During the period beginning on effective date and lasting through completion of construction of Unit 4
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 005 1/ — Construction Sewage Treatment Plant Effluent
discharged to ash pond (Units 1—4)
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Dis harge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
kg/day (lbs/day) Other Units (mg/i)
Measurement Sample
Daily Avg 7—Day Average Daily Avg 7— 1 )ay Average Frequency Type
Flow—in 3 /Day(MGD) N/A N/A 57(0.015) 1/Week Grab
BOD5 1.70(3.8) 2.6(5.6) 30 45 1/month Grab 2/
Total Suspended Solids 1.70(3.8) 2.6(5.6) 30 45 1/month Grab 2/
Settleable Solids mill, N/A l /A 1.0 1.0 5/week Grab
Chlorine Residual N/A N/A N/A N/A 51 week Grab
Fecal Coliform 3/
(organisms/100 ml) N/A N/A 200 400 1/quarter Grab
In addition to the specified limits, the daily average effluent BOD 5 and suspended solids concentration
shall not exceed 15% of the respectively daily average Influent concentration.
1/ Serial number assigned for identification and tronitoring purposes.
2/ Influent & effluent.
3/ Geometric mean.
-
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
Sewage treatment plant effluent prior to mixing with any other waste stream.
LF1I
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on completion of construction of Unit 4 and lasting through expiration
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 005 1/ — Operation Sewage Treat nt Plant
Effluent discharged to ash pond (Units 1 — 4)
Such discharges shall be limit d and monitored by the perrnittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
kg day (lbs/day) Other Units (mg/i)
Measurement Sample
Daily Avg 7-Day Average Daily Avg 7— )ay Average Frequency Type
Flow’-m 3 /Day(MGD) Nfi N/A 28(0.0075) 1/week Grab
BOD5 O.85 l.9) 1.3(2.8) 30 45 1/month Grab 2/
Total Suspended Solids 0.85111.9) 1.3(2.8) 30 45 1/month Crab 2/
Settleable Solids, mi/i N//4 N/A 1.0 1.0 5/week Grab
Chlorine Residual N/A’ N/A N/A N/A 51 week Grab
Fecal Coliforrn 3/
(organisms! 100 ml) N/ N/A 200 400 1/quarter Grab
In addition to the specified limits, the daily average effluent BOD 5 and suspended solids concentration
shall not exceed 15% of the respectively daily average influent concentration.
!/ Serial number assigned for 1dentificati n and monitoring purposes.
2/ Influent & effluent.
3/ Geometric mean.
There shall be no discharge of 11oatin solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
Sewage treatment plant efflueht prior to mixing with any other waste stream.
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Duringtheperiodbeginning on effective date and lasting through exniration
the permittee is authorized to discharge from’outfall(s) gerial number(s) 006 1/ — Metal Cleaning Wastes discharged to the
ash pond after necessary ptetreatinent (Units 1, 2, 3, and 4).
Such discharges shall be lunited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent tharacteristic
Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
Daily Average Daily Maximum
Measurement
Frequency
Sample
Type
Flow—rn 3 /Day (MGD) N/A N/A
Copper, Total (mg/i)
• Iron, Total (mg/i)
See
See
Below
Below
1/batch
1/batch
Phosnhnr,is,
as
P (me/i)
N/A
1.0
1/batch coiiposite/calculation
composite/calculation
composite/calculation
1/batch composite/ca1culat fnn
Metal cleaning wastes resulting from chemical cleaning compounds, rinse waters from chemical cleaning,
or any other waterborne residues derived from chemical cleaning any metal process equipment including,
but not limited to, boiler tube cleaning, boiler fireside cleaning and air preheater cleaning, shall
be disposed of off—site in an environmentally acceptable manner. Details of such disposal shall be
submitted not later than 180 days prior to ar.y cleaning operation.
The quantity of total iron and total copper from water wash metal cleaning operations discharged from
Units 3 and 4 shall not exceed the quantity determined by multiplying the flow of water wash metal
cleaning wastes times 1.0 mg/i, respectively, as documented by an equivalency demonstration utilizing
analyses of the intake and ash pond and any necessary oretreatment facility.
There shall be no discharge of metal cleaning wastes to any plant waste stream
from Uni s 1 and 2 except for water wash operations included in Part III.E.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the following location(s):
discharge from the metal cleaning wastes pretreatment facility or conisensurate with equivalency
demonstration.
1/ Serial number assigned for identification and monitoring purposes.
2/ Applicable only to preoperationa]. cleaning wastes unless such wastes are retained in a holding
— pond with no discharge or are disposed of by land application in an environmentally acceptable
manner. Details of such disposal shall be provided to the Regional Administrator for approval
not less than 180 days prior to cleaning operations.
-4
, C
0
0
0
L I
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on effective date and lasting through expiration
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 007 1/ — Point gource(s) runoff
from construction (Units 1 — 4)
Such discharges Bhal]. be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Point source construction runoff shall be discharged to the ash pond without limitation or monitoring
requirements.
1:
—
1/ Serial number assigned for identification. m
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on start of discharge and lasting through expiration
the perinittee is authorized; to dischar e from outfall(s) serial number(s) 008 Once—through cooling water
for plant heat exchangers to the Ohio ‘iver (Units 3 and 4) and yard drainage
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirements
Daily Average Daily Maximum Measurement Samp1
Frequency Type
Flow—m 3 /Day(MGD) N/A N/A 1/week Weir reading or staff gauge
Discharge Temperature °C(°F) 1/ 1/ 1/week Grab
TQtal Chlorine Residual See Below 1/week Multiple Grabs
Total residual chlorine shall not exceed a maximum instantaneous concentration of 0.3 mg/i nor an average of 0.2 mg/i
for a maximum period of one hour per day. In the event that the system(s) cannot be operated at or below this level
of chlorInation, the applicant may submit a demonstration, based on biological toxicity data, that discharge of higher
levels, of chlorine are consistant with toxicity requirements of the Kentucky Water Quality Standards.
Effluent limitations will be modified consistant with an acceptable demons tration.
Yard drainage may be discharged without limitation or monitoring requirements.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at
‘1 OQ
5
the following location(s): Discharge to the Ohio River
z
1/ The receiving water shall not exceed (1) a maximum water temperature change of 2 .8°C(5.O°F) relati
00
ye •
to an upstream control point and (2) maximum temperatures noted below outside of a mixing zone which
shall not exceed the dimensions of a circle of 50—foot diameter:
Jan. 10°C (50°F) April 21°C (70’F) July 32°C (89°F) Oct. 26°C (78°F)
0
Feb. 10°C (50°F) May 27°C (80°F) Aug. 32°C (89°F) Nov. 21°c (70°F)
0
Mar. 16°C (60°F) June 31°c (87°F) Sept. 31°C (87°F) Dec. 14°C (57°F) ‘-
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning on effective date and lasting through expiration
the permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 009 — Intake Screen Backwash (Units 1—4)
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent tharacteristic Discharge Limitations Monitoring Requirementh
kg/day (lbs/day) Other Units (Specify)
Measurement Sample
Daily Avg Daily Max ‘Daily Avg Daily Max Frequency Type
Intake screen backwash (two points of discharge) may be discharged without limitation or monitoring
Tequirements.
Debris removed from the intake screens shall be disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner.
-------
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MON T0RINC REQUIREMENTS
During the period beginning t start of discharge and lasting through expiration
the permittee is authorized o discharge from outfall(s) serial number(s) 010 1/ — Plant Intakes
Such discharge shall be limired and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic Discharge Limitations
Daily Average Daily Maximum
Flow-rn 3 /day (MCD) N/A N/A
Temperature °C(°F) N/A N/A
Total Copper (mg/i) N/A
1/ Serial number assigned for identification and monitoring purposes.
Monitoring Requirements
Measurement
Frequency
Continuous
Continuous
1/month
Sample
Type
Pump logs
Recorder
Composite
Samples taken in compliance with the monitoring requirements specified above shall be taken at the
following location(s): Plant intakes. Groundwater intake flow shall also be provided.
. 5
p1
r? .p-l
0
p 4 %
0
0
0
p .,,
0
I - . ,
-------
Part I
Page 15 of
Permit No. KY0002038
B. SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCE
1. The permittee shall achieve compliance with the effluent limitations
specified for discharges in accordance with the following schedule:
a. Route low volume waste, boiler blowdown, and material storage
runoff to ash pond and/or achieve operational level of waste
treatment (001, 002, 003, 004, 005, and 006)
(1) Unit 1 — on effective date
(2) Unit 2 — on start of discharge
b. Waste treatment facilities for Units 3 and 4 (001, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, and 008)
(1) Achieve operational level — on start of discharge
c. Blowdown report Units 3 and 4 cooling systems (004) — Annual
reports submitted with first quarterly monitoring report for
each year
d. Metal cleaning waste disposal report (006) — 180 days prior to
any metal cleaning operation
e. PCB report — 12/31/77 (III.C.)
f. 316(b) study (Units 1 — 4 (111.11.))
(1) Study plan — one year prior to commercial operation date
of Unit 4
(2) Start study — 3 months after commercial operation date
ofUnit4
(3) Submit report — 18 months after commercial operation of
Unit 4
g. Flow report Units 3 and 4 (III’.I.)
(1) First report — 15 months after commercial operation date
of Unit 3
(2) Second report — 15 months after commercial operation date
of Unit 4
h. Condenser tube report (III.J.) — annually after commercial
operation date of Unit 3
1. Thermal plume reports (001, 002, and 008 (III.K.))
(1) First report — 15 months after commercial operation date
of Unit 3
(2) Second report — 15 months after commercial operation date
of Unit 4
j. Sediment and erosion control (III.N.)
(1) Implement plan — On start of construction
(2) First report — four months after start of construction
(3) Second, third & fourth reports — quarterly after first report
(4) Subsequent reports — annually after fourth report
k. Groundwater monitoring plan (111.0.)
(1) Implement plan — as directed by Regional Administrator
(2) Reports — quarterly with first report due four months after start
of monitoring
2. No later than 14 calendar days following a date identified in the above
schedule of compliance, the permittee shall submit either a report of
progress or, in the case of specific actions being required by identified
dates, a written notice of compliance or noncompliance. In the latter
case, the notice shall include the cause of noncompliance, any remedial
actions taken, and the probability of meeting the next scheduled requirement.
Note: Any construction of new waste treatment facilities or alterations to
existing waste treatment facilities will require a permit or authorization
for construction in accordance with applicable state law and regulations.
-------
PART I
16 , ,
Pd .’ KY0002038
C. MONITORING AND REPORTING
1. Representative Sampling
Samples and measurements taken as required herein shall be representative of the volume
and nature of the monitored discharge.
2. Reporting
Monitoring results obtained during the previous 3 months shall be summarized for
each month and reported on a Discharge Monitoring Report Form (EPA No. 3320-1),
postmarked no later than the 28th day of the month following the completed reporting
period. The first report is due on ._ 1/ . Duplicate signed copies of
these, and all other reports required herein, shall be submitted to the Regional
Administrator and the State at the following addresses:
Regional Administrator Department for Natural Resources
Environmental Protection Agency AND and Environmental Protection
345 Courtland Street, N.E. Century Plaza, U.S. 127 South
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 Frankfort, Kentucky 40601
3. )efInit orv
a. The “daily average” concentration means the arithmetic average
(weighted by flow) of all the daily determinations of concentra-
tion made during a calendar month. Daily determinations of
concentration wade using a composite sample shall be the concen-
tration of the composite sample. When grab samples are uaed, the
daily determination of concentrati3fl shall be the arithmetic
average (weighted by flow) of all the samples collected during
that calendar day.
b. The “daily maximum” concentration means the daily determination
of concentration for any calendar day.
c. “Weighted by flow” means the sunmiation of each sample concentration
times its respective flow in convenient units divided by the
sutvmu tion of the flow values.
d. “Nekton” means free swidng aquatic animals whether of freshwater
or marine origin.
e. For the purpose of this permit, a calendar day is defined as any continuous
24—hour period.
1/ Continuation of present monitoring program.
-------
PART I
r. 1 17 ‘.
Pdi. KY000 2038
f. The “daily average” discharge means the total discharge by weight during
* calendar month divided by the number of days in the month that the
production or commercial facility was operating. 4here less than daily
sampling is required by this permit, the daily average discharge shall
be determined by the summation of all the measured daily discharges by
weight divided by the number of days during the calendar month when the
measuret ents were made.
g. The “daily m.aximurn” discharge means the total discharge by weight during
any calendar day.
4. Test Procedures
Test procedures for the analysis of pollutants hail conform to regulations 1 iuhlislied
pursuant to Section 304(g) of the Act, under which such procedures may ho req uurvd.
5. RecOrd of Results
For each measurement or sample taken pursuant to the requircr . ents of this permit, the
permittee shall record the following information:
a. The exact place, date, and time of sampling;
b. The dates the analyses were performed;
c. The person(s) tho performed the analyses;
d. The analytical techniques or methods used, and
e. The results of all required analyses.
6. Add itional Monitoring by Permittee
If the permittee monitors any pollutant at the location(s) designated herein more
frequently than required by this permit, using approved analytical methods as specified
above, the result-s of such monitoflfl shall be included in the calculation and reporting of
the values required in the Discharge Monitoring Report Form (EPA No. 3320-1). Such
increased frequency shall also b3 indicated.
7. Records Retention
All records and information rt ’ ulting from the monithrin activities required by this
permit including alt r cords of ana!yses p
-------
PART II
18 ,i
Pcnnit No. KY0002038
A. MANAGEMF.NT RF;QLJIREMFNTS
1. Change in Discharge
All discharges authorized t ercin shall he consistent with the terms and conditions of this
permit. The discharge of any pollut.atit identified in this permit more frequently than or
at a vel in excess of that authorized shall constitute a violation of the permit. Any
anticipated facility expansions, production increases, or process modifications which will
result in new, different, or increased discharges of pollutants must be reported by
submission of a new NPDES application or, if such changes will not violate the effluent
limitations specified in this permit, by notice to the permit issuing authority of such
changes. F’ollowing such notice, the permit may be modified to specify and limit any
pollutants not previously limited.
2. Noncompliance Notification
If, for any reason, the permittee does not comply with or will be unable to comply with
any daily maximum effluent limitation specified in this permit, the permittee shall
provide the Regional Administrator and the State with the following information, in
writing, within five (5) days of becoming aware of such condition:
a. A description of the discharge and cause of noncompliance; and
b. The period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times; or, if not corrected,
the antic:patcd time the noncompliance is expected to continue, and steps being
taken to reduce, eliminate and prevent recurrence of the noncomplying discharge.
3. Facilities Operation
The permittee shall at all times maintain in good working order and operate as efficiently
as possible all treatment or control facilities or systems installed or used by the perrnittee
to achieve compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit.
4. Advcrse Impact
The permitU ’e shall take all reasonable steps to minimize any adverse impact to navigable
waters resulting from noncompliance with any effluent limitations specified in this
permit, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as necessary to determine the
nature and impact of the noncomplying discharge.
5. Bvpa.tsirig
Any diversion from or bypass of facilities necessary to maintain compliance with the
terms and conditions ol’ this permit is prohibited, except (il where unavoidable to prevent
loss of life or severe property damage, or (ii) where excessive storm (lrajnagc or runoff
would damage any facilities necessary for compliance with the effluent limitations and
prohibitions of this permit. ‘rhe permittee shall promptly notify the Re onal
Administrator and the State in writing of each such diversion or bypass.
-------
PART II
Parc 19 g
Permil No. KY0002038
6. Removed Substancea
Solids, sludges, filter hackwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or
control of wastewaters shall be disposed of in a manner such as to prevent any pollutant
from such materials from entering navigable waters.
7. Power Failures
In order to maintain compliance with the effluent limitations and prohibitions of this
permit, the permittee shall either:
a. In accordance with the Schedule of Compliance contained in Part I, provide an
alternative power source sufficient to operate the wastewater control facilities;
or, if such alternative power source is not in existence, and no date for its implementation
appears in Part I,
b. Halt, reduce or otherwise control production and/or all discharges upon the
reduction, loss, or failure of the primary source of power to the wastewater control
facilities.
B. RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Right of Entry
The permittee shall allow the head of the State water pollution control agency, the
Regional Administrator, and/or their authorized representatives, upon the presentation of
credentials:
a. To enter upon the permittee’s premises where an effluent source is located or in
which any records are required to be kept under the terms and conditions of t iis
permit; and
b. At reasonable times to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under
the terms and conditions of this permit; to inspect any monitoring equipment or
monitoring method required in this permit; and to sample any discharge of pollutants.
2 Transfer of Owners/up or Control
In the event of any change in control or ownership of facilities from which the authorized
discharges emanate, the permittee shall notify the succeeding owner or controller of the
existence of this permit by letter, a copy of which shall be forwarded to the Regional
Administrator and the State water pollution control agency.
3. Availability of Reports
Except for data determined to be confidential under Section 308 of the Act, all reports
prepared in accordance with the terms of this permit shall be available for public
-------
PART II
p 20 nI
Pe,mIi No. KY0002038
inspection at the offices of the State water pollution control agency and the Regional
Administrator. As required by the Act, effluent data shall not be considered confidential.
Knowingly making any false statement on any such report may result in the imposition of
criminal penalties as provided for in Section 309 of the Act.
4. Permit Modification
After notice and opportunity for a hearing, this permit may be modified, suspended, or
revoked in whole or in part during its term for cause including, but not limited to, the
foUowing:
a. Violation of any terms or conditions of this permit;
b. Obtaining this permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully all relevant
facts; or
c. A change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or
elimination of the authorized discharge.
5. Toxic Pollutants
Notwithstanding Part I!, B-4 above, if a toxic effluent standard or prohibition (including
any schedule of compliance specified in such effluent standard or prohibition) is
established under Section 307(a) of the Act for a toxic pollutant which is present in the
discharge and such standard or prohibition is more stringent than any limitation for such
pollutant in this permit, this permit shall bc revised or modified in accordance with the
toxic effluent standard or prohibition and the permittee so notified.
6. Civil and Criminal Liability
Except as provided in permit conditions on “Bypassing” (Part II, A-5) and “Power
Failures” (Part 11, A-7), nothing in this permit shall be construed to relieve the perrnittce
from civil or criminal penalties for noncompliance.
7. Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability
Nothin in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or
relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties to which the
permittee is or may be subject under Section 311 of the Act.
8. State Laws
Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or
relieve the permitte.e from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties established pursuant
to any applicable state law or regulation under authority preserved by Section 510 of the
Act.
-------
PART II
Page 21 of
Permit No. KY0002038
9. Property Rights
The issuance of this permit does not convey any property rights in either
real or personal property, or any exclusive privileges, nor does It
authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal
rights, nor any infringement of Federal, State or local laws or regulations.
10. Severability
The provisions of this permit are severable, and If any provision of this
permit, or the application of any provision of this permit to any circum-
stance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other
circumstances, and the remainder of this permit, shall not be affected
hereby.
fr :
PART III
r ER REQUIREMENTS
A. In the event that waste streams from various sources are combined
for treatment or discharge, the quantity of each pollutant or
pollutant property attributable to each controlled waste source
shall not exceed the specified limitation for that waste source.
B. If the perinittee, after monitoring for at least 12 months, deter-
mines that he is consistently meeting the effluent limits contained
herein, the pertnittee may request of the Regional Administrator that
the monitoring requirements be reduced to a lesser frequency or be
eliminated.
c. There shall be no discharge of polychiorinated biphenyl compounds such
as those commonly used for transformer fluid. Administrative procedures
shall be insituted to (1) maintain a detailed inventory of PCB use,
(2) assure engineering design and construction to preclude release of
PCB’s to the environment, and (3) effectively detect the loss of PCB’s
from equipment. Detail of such procedures shall be submitted no later
than December 31, 1977.
D. The company shall notify the Regional Administrator in writing not
later than sixty (60) days prior to instituting use of any additional
biocide or chemical in cooling systems, other than chlorine, which
may be toxic to aquatic life other than those previously reported to the
Environmental Protection Agency. Such notification shall include:
1. name and general composition of biocide or chemical,
2. 96—hour median tolerance limit data for organisms
representative of the biota of the waterway into
which the discharge shall occur,
3. quantities to be used,
4. frequencies of use,
5. proposcd discharge concentrations, and
6. EPA rcgi tratiofl number, if applicable.
-------
PART III
Page 22 of
Permit No. KY0002038
E. Low volume wastes from Units 1 and 2 (waste water from all sources
except those for which specific limitations are otherwise required
in this permit, including, but not limited to waste waters from wet scrubber
air pollution systems, ion exchange water treatment systems, water treatment
evaporator blowdown, laboratory and sampling streams, floor drainage, water
washing of air preheaters and boiler fireside, cooling tower basin cleaning wastes
and blowdown from recirculating house service water systems) shall be discharged to
the ash pond. Perinittee shall continue established procedures designed to minimize
oil and grease discharges,
F. Low volume wastes from Units 3 and 4 ( wastewater from all sources except those
for which specific limitations are otherwise required in this permit, Including,
but not limited to waste waters from wet scrubber air pollution control systems,
ion exchange water treatment systems, water treatment evaporator blowdown,
laboratory and sampling streams, floor drainage, cooling tower basin cleaning
wastes and blowdown from recirculating house service water systems) shall be
discharged to the ash pond. Permittee shall continue established procedures
designed to minimize oil and grease discharges.
C. The flow from material storage runoff, up to and including the flow resulting
from a 24—hour rainfall event with a probable recurrance interval of once in
ten years, shall be routed to the ash pond without limitation or monitoring
requirements and flows exceeding this amount may be by—passed to the river.
H. In accordance with Section 316(b) of the Act, by three months after the date
of commercial operation of Unit 4 the permittee shall implement an approved
program to monitor riekton and shellfish impinged on plant intake structures
and fish eggs and larvae and other organisms entrained by the cooling water
system during the months of March through August. A study plan shall be
submitted for approval not later than one year prior to commercial operation
date of Unit 4. Such study shall be in conformance with “Dasic Guide to the
Design of 316 Demonstrations, Region IV EPA (August 7, 1974).”
By 18 months after the date of commercial operation of Unit 4, the permittee
shall submit a summary report to the Regional Administrator and State Director
as to the effects of the present cooling water intake with regard to Secti
316(b) of the Act relative to Units 1 —4. If significant impingement and
entrainment is occurring this report shall include.
1. An evaluation of facuLty or procedure modifications,
to minimize the environmental impact of the cooling
water intake,
2. An evaluation of methods to return viable nekton and
shellfish collected on the intake screens to ambient
temperature water at a paint outside the iuf].uence of
the plant intake and disch irge, and
3. Proposed facilities or modifications with attendant
implementation schedule(s) for implementing 1 and/or
2 ahove.
-------
PART III
Page 23 of
E : ‘ 1 LJ Permit No. KY0002038
Upon the direction of the Regional Administration, subject to hearing and review,
the permittee shall implement construction of approved facilities in conformance
with an approved implementation schedule.
I. Subsequent to commercial operation date of Unit 3 and 4, respectively, the
perinittee shall conduct a detailed evaluation of actual water use and inpiant
waste discharges to confirm design flow data. Reports of this evaluation shall
cover a one year period after startup of each unit and shall be submitted not
later than 15 months after commercial operation date of each unit. in the event
that actual flow data is significantly different from design data, permit may be
modified by the Regional Administrator.
j. The pertuittee shall provide a technical study that correlates operations
experieTl with condenser tubes and demonstrates a sufficiently low corrosion!
eroSi0 rate to assure protection of aquatic organisms. A study plan shall
be submitted not later than one year prior to the commercial operation date
0 f Unit 3. Annual reports of study results shall be submitted starting one
year after commercial operation date of Unit 3.
gubsequent to commercial operation of each unit, field measurements (supplemented
as necessary with rnodeling results) shall be conducted to determine three
dimensional configuration of the thermal plumes and to assure conformance with
5 sig ed thermal mixing zones. A thermal plume report shall be submitted not
later than 15 months after commercial operation dates for each unit.
L. Additional monitoring of the ash pond effluent (001) and plant intake (010)
shall be conducted at a frequency of once per month to assure conformance with
applicable water quality standards. Parameters shall include calcium; chloride;
magnesium; nitrate; sodium; sulfate; total alkalinity; total hardness; total
hosph0rus; total, d ssolved,settleable and suspended solids; and total aluminum,
arsenic, chromium, copper, iron, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, selenium and zinc,
After monitoring for a period of 12 months, the perinittee may request of the Regional
Administrator that the monitoring requirements be reduced to a lesser frequency
or be eliminated.
. Permittee shall operate and maintain barge loading and unloading facilities in such
a manner as to prevent, and to the extent possible preclude, any and all spills to
the Ohio River of oil, coal, or chemicals used at the facility, and shall take all
actions necessary to clean up and control any such spill which may occur. Permittee
shall comply with applicable requirements and procedures of 40 CFR Part 112, Oil
Pollution Prevention.
N. On start of construction, the permittee shall implement the Erosion and Sedimentation
Cont ol Plan approved by the Regional Administrator on ____________________• A
monitoring report shall be submitted quarterly during the first year of construction
and annually thereafter. The report shall be submitted within one month after
completion of the monitoring period, with the first report due four months after
start of site construction.
0. The permittee shall implement the Groundwater Monitoring Plan approved by the
Regional Administrator on ____________________• The Permittee shall monitor monthly
using EPA approved methods to determine the following constituents in the ground-
water downgradient of the ash pond and coal storage areas; copper, iron, lead,
mercury, nickel, selenium, chloride, total suspended solids, and total dissolved
-------
PART III
Page 24 of
Permit No. KY0001929
solids. If the quarterly reports demonstrate significant increases, as determined
by the Regional Administrator, in contamination of groundwater, the Perinittee shall
implement measures acceptable to the Regional Administrator to control this conta-
mination. Such measures may include but are not limited to: sealing, relocating, or
alternate location of the ash pond, coal storage and other waste disposal areas.
If the quarterly report demonstrates no significant increasing contamination, the
Pertuittee, after consultation and with the approval of the Regional Administrator,
may reduce or eliminate the monitoring program.
P. No herbicides shall be used during initial transmission corridor clearing.
Maintenance use of herbicides shall be limited to EPA registered products and
in strict accordance with the label instructions governing their usage.
-------
Ofechar e 010*
Units 3—4
Intake 2 25,068
Ohio (Punp P 11
Capacity
River 42,000 019%)
2 OCPM (Avg) Ch1orj jon
wash
W$ te t
Diecharg, 009
Not. 1: kich trratment facility will be
Con• j d per ji, o ,, * Wrocs Serial Numbep.
of •qu1valcn 5 deaouitratjoi - asa:gned for tdcnt l—
ficatlon *nd mont—
hot. 2, When there Is no ash bring purpQ 5 1 ,
UPPl ntel blo dç w ,i races tii 6.
195 GIN — Unit I end 1035 (:i’ — UnIt 2.
TNt. 1. for 10 hour. pvr dip put unit.
Drain] V
If, Cm
DIscharg, 002
1000 cri ID Fan lIc ,it
flgL rs
5,130 CPM 9,494 GFPI 5,746 CPH
and 9r ft
Cool log
22,795 Pla,it hell
Tot ers 846 CPPI ( Avg )
oCh4 oge rS
.4fld
Chlorination (Sp : Note 2)
Over flow
Discharge 004*
Control
4,725 1PM
Boccon Ash and Fly Ash Sluice
Discharge 010*
Intak . 0
Cap ac ity
37.000 CPM) 632 A h Hopper
°IE— CIM ____
20 CPM (Ay 5 ) Chlorine ion Seals
l 5cr
Discharge 009
-a
Screen wash Air Heticer
iant675M
sc iarge
250 CPM
Use
(Atig)
6P M
Steam loss
80 cr
(AVg) Boilers
460CpM
Blow—
down
Discharge
003*
I Low vohmie and boIler blowdowna
(Atig)
lecher . 01
Discharge 010*
its3J
ASH
POND
(Avg) Domes 1c
(Avg)
(Avg)
72 6PM
.52 Steam loss
Blow—
(Afl)
down
Discharge
003*
ewd e
atOent 106PM
Discharge oos
6PM
325 6PM
Ji-J
U ure
Control
System
Sand
Flit:
c k—
sh
Diacharge
001
lO, 4 28CPM
Ash flopper
668 CPM
Bloo 364
Not:
Discharge 004*
3,220 sh Sluic J
10.792 Tc en
inatlon 6PM
Chlor-
Discharge 006*
and Dr
( .ontroj
!,JiVQ . Pit IIc,t
Ci flhCr. ___________________________________________
13. 358
(Max) 6PM 1 V i 0 1 J 14 6PM Discharge 008
13,372 6PM
Not, 3 The T in wafer ff frøm con Struct ion
Vi i i b. pumped to th . ash pond,
5C rjttc of Water Flow
)-tntuciy Ut1htic Co. Units tPru
Client Gener tln 0 Stlt%0i 1 Carroll Cot
Chant, Kentucky
Attach, . ,tt A
-------
ATTACHMENT B
EFFLUENT LIMITATION RATIONALE
SERIAL NUMBERS 001 and 005
- Chent Generating Station
Units 1, 2, 3, and 4
(See Attachment A for Flow Diagram)
I. Serial number 001 — Ash Pond Effluent (Includes low volume waste, material storage
runoff, metal cleaning waste after pretreatment, boiler blowdown, ash sluice water,
cooling tower blowdown and area runoff)
A. Waste Flows, gpm (MCD)
1. Units 1 & 2 Daily Average Daily Maximum
a. Ash Sluice 2,835 4,725
b. Ash Hopper Seals 652 652
c. Boiler Blowdown 80 80
d. Low Volume 400 400
e. Metal Cleaning 23 23
f. Domestic 5 5
g. Tower Blowdown 846 846
h. Rainfall 325 325
i. Coal Pile Runoff 45 45
Total Units 1 & 2 5,211 (7.50) 7,101 (10.23)
2. Unit 3
a. Ash Sluice 0 0 (Recycled)
b. Ash Hopper Seals 326 326
c. Boiler Blowdown 40 40
d. Low Volume 200 200
e. Metal Cleaning 8 8
f. Domestic 2.5 2.5
g. Tower Blowdown 789 1,065
h. Rainfall 0 0
i. Coal Pile 44 44
Total Unit 3 1,410 (2.03) 1,685 (2.43)
Total Units 1 — 3 6,621 (9.53) 8,786 (12.65)
3. Unit 4
a-h. Same as Unit 3 1,365 1,641
i. Coal Pile 0 0
Total Unit 4 1,365 (1.97) 1,641 (2.36)
Total Units 1 — 4 7,986 (11.50) 10,428 (15.02)
Note
gpm gallons per minute, MCD = million gailons per day, mg/i = mi]iigrams per
liter, lbs/day — pounds/day, Kg/day = kilograms/day (1.00 Kg 0.456 ib),
Daily average — average over 30—day period, Daily maximum — average over
24 —hour period, rss = total suspended solids, 0 & G = oil, and grease, and
B0D 5 — five day biochemical oxygen demand.
-------
ATTACHMENT B CONTINUED
B. Limitations for Units 1 — 3
1. Flows
a. Daily Average: 9.53 MGD
b. Daily Maximum: 12.65 MCD
Calculated Limitation
lbs/day
Permit Limitations
Kg/day(1bs/da ) mg/i
2. TSS
3. TSS
4. 0 &
5. 0 &
(Daily Avg.)
(Daily Max.)
C (Daily Avg.)
G (Daily Max.)
Calculated Limitation
lbs/day
1919.4
6267.1
959.5
1880.1
870(1920)
2840(62 70)
440 (960)
850(1880)
jj Serial Number 005 — Sewage Treatment Plant Effluent
A. During Construction Periods
1. Flow used in calculations: 0.015 MCD
2. BOD 5 & TSS (Daily Avg.)
3. - BUD 5 & TSS (Daily Max.)
B. During Plant Operation
Flows and limitations are one—half of construction values.
/ Due to presence of waste streams without specific limitation, no limitation,
and coal pile runoff (with a maximum Instantaneous limitation of 50 mg/i),
daily averase of TSS cnncentr .ltion 1imit it ien has been reduced to 20 mg/i
rather th 3() m /l as allowed for low VOlI’me wastes and other waste categories
and daf l v r’p imum has been rediic d to SC) m ’/l rather than 100 mg/i. 0 & C
ha&’e been reduced to 10 mg/i as a daily average rather than 15 mg/i
and daily maximum of 15 mg/i rathvr titan 20 mg/i.
2/ Caiculati Formula: lbs/day mg/i X MCD x 8.345
3.
4.
5.
TSS (Daily Max.)
0 & C (Daily Avg.)
0 & G (Daily Max.)
5278.2
795.3
1583.5
720(1590)
2390(5280)
360(800)
720
20
50
10
1/
1/
1/
6. Sample Calculation for Daily Average TSS:
lbs/day TSS = 20 x 9.53 x 8.345 — 1590.56 2/
c. Limitations for Units 1 — 4
1. Flows
a. Daily Average: 11.50 MGD
b. Daily Maximum: 15.02 MCD
Permit Limitations
Kg/day(lbs/day) /i
20 1/
50 Ti
10 1/
15 1/
Calculated Limitation
lbs/day
3.76
5.63
Permit Limitations
Kg/day(lbs/day) /1
1.7(3.8) 30
2.6(5.6) 45
-------
DEPARTMENT OF TH ARMY
LOUISVILLE DISTR GT CORPS OF ENGINEERS
• P 0 BOX g
• I LOUISVILLE. IKENTUCKY 40201
/ /
ORLOP-SP
PUBLI C NOTICE
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY, 120 South Limestone Street, Lexington, Kentucky
40507, has applied to this office for a Department of the Army (DA) Permit
subject to Section 10 of the River and Harbor Act of 1899 and Section 404
of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 to install a
service water screenhouse and discharge structure, place fill material and
riprap, drive sheet piling and dredge. The site of the proposed work is on
the left bank of the Ohio River, 536.4 miles below Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,
near Ghent, Carroll County, Kentucky. The proposed work would be in conjunc-
tion with the construction of the proposed Ghent Generating Station Units
3 and 4, designed for fossil fuels.
The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is the lead Federal agency
because it will be necessary for EPA to issue a National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) Permit subject to Section 402 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 for the proposed work. As lead
agency, EPA is responsible for making the decision as to whether construction
of the entire facility is in the overall public interest. Pursuant to that
responsibility, EPA has prepared a draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)
on the effects of the proposed project. A copy of the draft EIS has been
submitted to the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).
The decision whether to issue a DA Permit will be based solely on considerç-
ations of the effect that that part of the proposal subject to Section 10
would have on navigability and the effect that the part of the proposal sub—
ject to Section 404 would have on water quality.
Any person who has an interest, as mentioned in the previous paragraph, which
may be adversely affected by the issuance of the requested DA Permit may re-
quest a public hearing. The request must be submitted in writing to the Dis-
trict Engineer within thirty days of the date of this notice and must clearly
set forth the interest which may be adversely affected and the manner in
which the interest may be adversely affected by the activity.
Information in this office and the accompanying plans indicate that two coal
fired steam electric generating units (Units 1 & 2) were authorized by DA
-------
ORLOP-SP
Public Notice No.
Permit F70—026. Presently, Unit 1 is operational and Unit 2 is under con-
struction and expected to be in operation in 1977. The applicant proposes
to construct two additional coal fired steam electric generating units
(Units 3 & 4). Each unit would have a gross rating of 550 megawatts (MW)
with an expected net rating of 500 MW. When complete, the Ghent Generating
Station would have four units with a total net generating capacity of 2,000
MW. A 345 KV transmission line is proposed to connect the Ghent Station to
a load center about five miles west of Frankfort, Kentucky. The transmis-
sion line crossing the Kentucky River would be applied for on a separate
DA Permit application at a later date.
The purpose of the screenhouse would be to supply service water to the power
plant units. Sheet piles would be driven to elevation 368 feet above mean
sea level (insi) to form a cofferdam before the construction of the screen—
house. Approximately 2,500 cubic yards would be dredged from the area in-
side the cofferdam and would be placed in the area designated on sheet 1 of
the inclosed drawings. Approximately 2,200 cubic yards of tremie and struc-
tural concrete would be used to construct a 36’ x 4 ‘ 2” concrete structure
supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation. An access bridge would
be constructed connecting the top of the screenhouse with the power plant
area.
The intake structure is so designed that the water intake velocity through
the bar grills and in the forebay upstream of the traveling screen would be
0.48 ft./sec. This water intake velocity was calculated assuming a maximum
pump design withdrawal rate (21,000 gallons per minute) and an intake open-
ing between elevation 409 feet msl and 419 feet msl.
The purpose of the discharge structure would be to discharge plant service
water and surface drainage into the Ohio River. The discharge structure
would be constructed of a 4 foot diameter pipe buried within the bank of
the river with a minimum cover of 3 foot of compacted fill. Approximately
650 cubic yards of riprap would be placed to a depth of 18” over 320 cubic
yards of bedding placed to a depth of 6”.
A DA Permit cannot be issued until the applicant furnishes this office a
copy of the water quality certification and state construction permit from
the Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental Protection.
The National Register of Historical Places has been consulted, and it has
been determined that there are no properties currently listed on the reg-
ister which would be affected by the proposed work. If we are made aware,
-------
DRAFT
ORLOP—SP
Public Notice No.
as a result of comments received in response to this notice or by other
n ans, of specific archaeological, scientific, prehistorical, or histori-
cal sites or structures which might be affected by the proposed work, the
District Engineer will immediately notify EPA for appropriate handling
pursuant to Section 4 of Public Law 93—291.
Written statements received in this office on or before
will become a part of the official record, as such will be available for
public examination and will be considered in the determination. Any ob-
jections which are received during this period may be forwarded to the
applicant for possible resolution before the determination is made whether
to issue or deny the requested DA Permit.
FOR THE DISTRICT ENGINEER:
W. N. WHITLOCK
Chief, Operations Division
3
-------
pg .D( LIME
#CiL AREA
r
ICI JflN \A
-
II *ET -
‘I p VEV4 ( hJO Th
- • 7 J)I’..D. 3
i 7)
1F AP
9W t iI J4
I !L GI P *
.IrrH LI 4 4 . . .C.
k1 TE
1 p jp.Po TQ UPPL’ (
RVICEW,A1 R. TO T14E
‘JI pLAl.Jr AhIJDT
pt ..& rr egvice
WATER .4 uR cE RAIP.4A E.
2.AL.L,ELeV WE 7
i.rrrrres
• BEL wo.M.w.,S6 swr’2or’2
A pIA e r PR PERTh’ OW 4€
r. WAL.1 J dPJEAL (eAc -r)
• . C MAP4 (w!5r )
4Eh..ãT bI4E A’TI G tAbe LN T
5E V .E WAT ..
W 4 ’USE a 3O
T LJCTU E .4
Ri’dE
ou rY •o
0 . i I JTU M.Y 1
At l ATLOI .J 5 :
k IJTUCkY UTILIT 5 4P J4” ’
E%ir TOt’-4, .EhJTU Y .
[ J_
DIASN _L2 ’
CNtCKED/ j’I2 .
—
E TcLuNà lf
T
apoVvofA .
-
NO DRAWING!
is .rf i ’2
-• (-)‘W o
OHIO — - R VER
)21.0 (427 .o ri .o
(-ula.0 (•42t.o A21.O
(-)rl.o
()WO
( 2
( 4$
54rI’t2oY2)
( pIi• i
(- t..o
ii
(- 1.o
. . (-)_4.e
t A P cL
£30
440 —
—450
P9 POStD G.d
COlIC. 4A I4oL*
2
‘5CALe. Il .4 PEgT
OIJd
J4GM wArt*
MMALP 2L.
N. P EL .4 .
ECTJOI 4 A-A
__ • b .J
-------
TI J p-.7
H G 4 W’ ?’V
*L. 437
) W I- oL
EL.4L - 3’
— C,”
(_‘I
- b P -2, g. r2)
e1b LF £T
-
LL4 P’ -
L
J.
ECT OPb 4
a
,C LE p.J EE1
La4W7’
i M&4,
a
c
• AP O% • *P .* a’rr ,
, r/ikE,r PILt
( RL da
—, ( s-’ sw, uo i)
6
N
I i
- - -
* 10 usto M
!WT Ge 4ERAmwG
5E VI E W,A1
GCREEI 4i.1OU 1 e JP
S1’RUC TURE I .J
01410 IV J
Out4.4- y o CA OL. L 1 ., qi(
C.GhIMOUWEAL-rk OF K WTU
PPL’C q;
! Jruc y .U11LrI! CO’
I T JkE IJTLJC I4 ......-
ICALt j 4. Qwp.E
tD
p a *eP Ptul 4.
IM .aL 41’2..O’
(rii,
d4 PiPe
• 413.c’
ECT c
0
EC LE I 4 F T
50
EL 4a3.o’
LO IL
a
th•2d
•7cS
-------
5 tL &. EA
f
“—ftJrTh’ v AP
i F1. T
• p F O -4 ‘VEV4S’( sJO Th
7 Q .i)AO.
I, .
c i
o a
E21.o
(-V
41.4 0
• 0
(-‘ste .01
A11 ..O
•r Poct
CO JC. MAIJ 4ØL
(Ds- 2 4 4t 2oP 2
S L t P * .It $i-
.lrrH
—
PLA
¶,GAL H-4 F EgT
C s- z 441, I o92
of ts 6
__ __— 4.30
.0 _____
. iO
u Pa5 -ro UPPL1
1•O T}4
PowE2PL .’.b.4T
PLApJT se sjt
W4 R 4 UR tE RAIWA E.
.A1..LEL!V. P L.
rrrr s
RO RTV ow 4ER
11. WAL1’O J O 4EAL (eAsT)
- IAP-4 ( i
. E ATfl’- a
E V C.E wr
.4Q 2I
r LJc1u lb-4
.4tO R ’dE .
c u r ( WLt
.
A .1 ICATLO -J 1
ke r%. c ”( UTILI1S
ktf
LU NOV
c . .,Ca0fl
-
N t)
R VER
En,..
—
S_____ —
• _ fl40
4 0
ECT1OI.J A-A
b J
-------
d* Pipe
E T(O J p (Ps-2, N r.ôP’Z )
&-.O”M N. a GK 1LL (T’YP’ )
O DD
HIGH w’ rr
L.a 4 ‘ 1’
TIOf-4 5
59
a
6Cfr LE 114 F BT
! bLP
L
rJ O .$C. —
-
— --
r
EGT1 O 4
a
C*.LE I-J EE-r
rO .PI
I H l4 W r
rbC M’J.
(i)
—
a
. bar/ ’I4EtT l..1M3
( UL. a.o’
C —C, I or2)
6
h
T b
4WE
L C.A. rIO4-J
I_Ar
44’,7
LO .J .
5 O22O CO
p r ’i
I LL.
OO
(Cc )
0
2
W-
2 #1W
8 M5l
W d-2
-7
(,P0
go
* TO USt
h4 FIU.
G WERA 1W STA.UIJ
P OR SE ? SERVICE WATER.
CREE 4H :,usE P
s-rguc/rURE J
01-Ho ve
u# rr ’ OF cA OL .L 1
GOhsMOWWE ALTW OF (EW1UG (
PPLIC TIG J ‘Y;
Vi -iTUC.K’ ( UTILTIeS .
L I J TO .J. I E I..JTUGK’ ’-
ICALt
,.A,NA + r
T$AR EIITtLUNDY i
C—, *O’
£PflOVED .t _.
,o• so. DmAWING P O
UIVIUD _ -_ -. I p5-2
L.
------- |